āvuso 365 texts and 4808 matches in Suttanta Pali


Sutta Title Words Ct Mr Links Type Quote
an2.32-41cāvuso evamāvuso’ti idhāvuso vuccatāvuso āvuso11Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“ajjhattasaṁyojanañca, āvuso, puggalaṁ desessāmi bahiddhāsaṁyojanañca.  
“I will teach you about a person fettered internally and one fettered externally.  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, reverend,” they replied.  
“Katamo cāvuso, ajjhattasaṁyojano puggalo?  
“Who is a person fettered internally?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu.  
It’s a mendicant who is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.  
Ayaṁ vuccati, āvuso, ajjhattasaṁyojano puggalo āgāmī hoti, āgantā itthattaṁ.  
This is called a person who is fettered internally, a returner, who comes back to this state of existence.  
Katamo cāvuso, bahiddhāsaṁyojano puggalo?  
Who is a person fettered externally?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu.  
It’s a mendicant who is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, bahiddhāsaṁyojano puggalo anāgāmī hoti, anāgantā itthattaṁ.  
This is called a person who is fettered externally, a non-returner, who does not come back to this state of existence.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti …pe… samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu.  
Furthermore, a mendicant is ethical … they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, bahiddhāsaṁyojano puggalo anāgāmī hoti, anāgantā itthattan”ti.  
This is called a person who is fettered externally, a non-returner, who does not come back to this state of existence.”  

an3.18āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘devalokūpapattiyā, āvuso, samaṇe gotame brahmacariyaṁ vussathā’ti?   ‘Reverend, do you lead the spiritual life with the ascetic Gotama so that you can be reborn in the realm of the gods?’  

an3.21evamāvuso’ti māvuso āvuso24Pi En Ru dhamma

“Tayome, āvuso samiddha, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Reverend Saviṭṭha, these three people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tayo puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These are the three people found in the world.  
Imesaṁ, āvuso, tiṇṇaṁ puggalānaṁ katamo te puggalo khamati abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti?  
Of these three people, who do you believe to be the finest?”  
“Tayome, āvuso sāriputta, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, these three people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tayo puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These are the three people found in the world.  
Imesaṁ, āvuso, tiṇṇaṁ puggalānaṁ yvāyaṁ puggalo saddhāvimutto, ayaṁ me puggalo khamati imesaṁ tiṇṇaṁ puggalānaṁ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca.  
Of these three people, I believe the person freed by faith to be finest.  
Imassa, āvuso, puggalassa saddhindriyaṁ adhimattan”ti.  
Because this person’s faculty of faith is outstanding.”  
“tayome, āvuso koṭṭhika, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
“Reverend Koṭṭhika, these three people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tayo puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These are the three people found in the world.  
Imesaṁ, āvuso, tiṇṇaṁ puggalānaṁ katamo te puggalo khamati abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti?  
Of these three people, who do you believe to be the finest?”  
“Tayome, āvuso sāriputta, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, these three people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tayo puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These are the three people found in the world.  
Imesaṁ, āvuso, tiṇṇaṁ puggalānaṁ yvāyaṁ puggalo kāyasakkhī, ayaṁ me puggalo khamati imesaṁ tiṇṇaṁ puggalānaṁ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca.  
Of these three people, I believe the personal witness to be finest.  
Imassa, āvuso, puggalassa samādhindriyaṁ adhimattan”ti.  
Because this person’s faculty of immersion is outstanding.”  
“tayome, āvuso sāriputta, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, these three people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tayo puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These are the three people found in the world.  
Imesaṁ, āvuso, tiṇṇaṁ puggalānaṁ katamo te puggalo khamati abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti?  
Of these three people, who do you believe to be the finest?”  
“Tayome, āvuso koṭṭhika, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
“Reverend Koṭṭhika, these three people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tayo puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These are the three people found in the world.  
Imesaṁ, āvuso, tiṇṇaṁ puggalānaṁ yvāyaṁ puggalo diṭṭhippatto, ayaṁ me puggalo khamati imesaṁ tiṇṇaṁ puggalānaṁ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca.  
Of these three people, I believe the person attained to view to be finest.  
Imassa, āvuso, puggalassa paññindriyaṁ adhimattan”ti.  
Because this person’s faculty of wisdom is outstanding.”  
“byākataṁ kho, āvuso, amhehi sabbeheva yathāsakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ.  
“Each of us has spoken from the heart.  
Āyāmāvuso, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocessāma.  
Come, reverends, let’s go to the Buddha, and tell him about this.  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā ca samiddho āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, reverend,” they replied.  

an3.64vadehāvuso āvuso8Pi En Ru dhamma

“yadeva kho tvaṁ, āvuso sarabha, samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ yāceyyāsi tadeva te samaṇo gotamo pavāreti.   “The ascetic Gotama has offered to tell you anything you ask for.  
Vadehāvuso sarabha, kinti te aññāto samaṇānaṁ sakyaputtikānaṁ dhammo?  
Speak, reverend Sarabha, what exactly have you learned of the teachings of the ascetics who follow the Sakyan?  
“seyyathāpi, āvuso sarabha, brahāraññe jarasiṅgālo ‘sīhanādaṁ nadissāmī’ti siṅgālakaṁyeva nadati, bheraṇḍakaṁyeva nadati;  
“Reverend Sarabha, you’re just like an old jackal in the formidable wilderness who thinks, ‘I’ll roar a lion’s roar!’ but they still only manage to squeal and yelp like a jackal.  
evamevaṁ kho tvaṁ, āvuso sarabha, aññatreva samaṇena gotamena ‘sīhanādaṁ nadissāmī’ti siṅgālakaṁyeva nadasi bheraṇḍakaṁyeva nadasi.  
In the same way, when the ascetic Gotama wasn’t here you said ‘I’ll roar a lion’s roar!’ but you only managed to squeal and yelp like a jackal.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso sarabha, ambukasañcarī ‘purisakaravitaṁ ravissāmī’ti ambukasañcariravitaṁyeva ravati;  
You’re just like a golden oriole who thinks, ‘I’ll cry like a cuckoo!’ but they still only manage to cry like a golden oriole.  
evamevaṁ kho tvaṁ, āvuso sarabha, aññatreva samaṇena gotamena ‘purisakaravitaṁ ravissāmī’ti, ambukasañcariravitaṁyeva ravasi.  
In the same way, when the ascetic Gotama wasn’t here you said ‘I’ll cry like a cuckoo!’ but you still only managed to cry like a golden oriole.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso sarabha, usabho suññāya gosālāya gambhīraṁ naditabbaṁ maññati;  
You’re just like a bull that thinks to bellow only when the cowstall is empty.  
evamevaṁ kho tvaṁ, āvuso sarabha, aññatreva samaṇena gotamena gambhīraṁ naditabbaṁ maññasī”ti.  
In the same way, you only thought to bellow when the ascetic Gotama wasn’t here.”  

an3.68panāvuso āvuso19Pi En Ru dhamma

‘tayome, āvuso, dhammā.   ‘There are these three things.  
ime kho, āvuso, tayo dhammā.  
These are the three things.  
Imesaṁ, āvuso, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṁ nānākaraṇan’ti?  
What’s the difference between them?’  
‘tayome, āvuso, dhammā.  
‘There are these three things.  
ime kho, āvuso, tayo dhammā;  
These are the three things.  
imesaṁ, āvuso, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṁ nānākaraṇan’ti?  
What’s the difference between them?’  
‘rāgo kho, āvuso, appasāvajjo dandhavirāgī, doso mahāsāvajjo khippavirāgī, moho mahāsāvajjo dandhavirāgī’ti.  
‘Greed, reverends, is mildly blameworthy, but slow to fade away. Hate is very blameworthy, but quick to fade away. Delusion is very blameworthy, and slow to fade away.’  
‘Ko panāvuso, hetu ko paccayo yena anuppanno vā rāgo uppajjati uppanno vā rāgo bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṁvattatī’ti?  
And if they ask: ‘What is the cause, what is the reason why greed arises, and once arisen it increases and grows?’  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, hetu ayaṁ paccayo yena anuppanno vā rāgo uppajjati uppanno vā rāgo bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṁvattatī’ti.  
This is the cause, this is the reason why greed arises, and once arisen it increases and grows.’  
‘Ko panāvuso, hetu ko paccayo yena anuppanno vā doso uppajjati uppanno vā doso bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṁvattatī’ti?  
And if they ask: ‘What is the cause, what is the reason why hate arises, and once arisen it increases and grows?’  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, hetu ayaṁ paccayo yena anuppanno vā doso uppajjati uppanno vā doso bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṁvattatī’ti.  
This is the cause, this is the reason why hate arises, and once arisen it increases and grows.’  
‘Ko panāvuso, hetu ko paccayo yena anuppanno vā moho uppajjati uppanno vā moho bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṁvattatī’ti?  
And if they ask: ‘What is the cause, what is the reason why delusion arises, and once arisen it increases and grows?’  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, hetu ayaṁ paccayo yena anuppanno vā moho uppajjati uppanno vā moho bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṁvattatī’ti.  
This is the cause, this is the reason why delusion arises, and once arisen it increases and grows.’  
‘Ko panāvuso, hetu ko paccayo yena anuppanno ceva rāgo nuppajjati uppanno ca rāgo pahīyatī’ti?  
And if they ask, ‘What is the cause, what is the reason why greed doesn’t arise, or if it’s already arisen it’s given up?’  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, hetu ayaṁ paccayo yena anuppanno ceva rāgo nuppajjati uppanno ca rāgo pahīyatī’ti.  
This is the cause, this is the reason why greed doesn’t arise, or if it’s already arisen it’s given up.’  
‘Ko panāvuso, hetu ko paccayo yena anuppanno ceva doso nuppajjati uppanno ca doso pahīyatī’ti?  
And if they ask, ‘What is the cause, what is the reason why hate doesn’t arise, or if it’s already arisen it’s given up?’  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, hetu ayaṁ paccayo yena anuppanno ceva doso nuppajjati uppanno ca doso pahīyatī’ti.  
This is the cause, this is the reason why hate doesn’t arise, or if it’s already arisen it’s given up.’  
‘Ko panāvuso, hetu ko paccayo yena anuppanno ceva moho nuppajjati uppanno ca moho pahīyatī’ti?  
And if they ask, ‘What is the cause, what is the reason why delusion doesn’t arise, or if it’s already arisen it’s given up?’  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, hetu ayaṁ paccayo yena anuppanno vā moho nuppajjati uppanno ca moho pahīyatī’”ti.  
This is the cause, this is the reason why delusion doesn’t arise, or if it’s already arisen it’s given up.’” 

an3.71atthāvuso panāvuso āvuso19Pi En Ru dhamma

“tumhepi, āvuso ānanda, rāgassa pahānaṁ paññāpetha, dosassa pahānaṁ paññāpetha, mohassa pahānaṁ paññāpethā”ti.   “Reverend Ānanda, do you advocate giving up greed, hate, and delusion?”  
“Mayaṁ kho, āvuso, rāgassa pahānaṁ paññāpema, dosassa pahānaṁ paññāpema, mohassa pahānaṁ paññapemā”ti.  
“We do, reverend.”  
“Kiṁ pana tumhe, āvuso, rāge ādīnavaṁ disvā rāgassa pahānaṁ paññāpetha, kiṁ dose ādīnavaṁ disvā dosassa pahānaṁ paññāpetha, kiṁ mohe ādīnavaṁ disvā mohassa pahānaṁ paññāpethā”ti?  
“But what drawbacks have you seen, Reverend Ānanda, that you advocate giving up greed, hate, and delusion?”  
“Ratto kho, āvuso, rāgena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto attabyābādhāyapi ceteti, parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti, cetasikampi dukkhaṁ domanassaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti;  
“A greedy person, overcome by greed, intends to hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. They experience mental pain and sadness.  
Ratto kho, āvuso, rāgena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati;  
A greedy person does bad things by way of body, speech, and mind.  
Ratto kho, āvuso, rāgena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto attatthampi yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, paratthampi yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, ubhayatthampi yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti;  
A greedy person doesn’t truly understand what’s for their own good, the good of another, or the good of both.  
Rāgo kho, āvuso, andhakaraṇo acakkhukaraṇo aññāṇakaraṇo paññānirodhiko vighātapakkhiko anibbānasaṁvattaniko.  
Greed is a destroyer of sight, vision, and knowledge. It blocks wisdom, it’s on the side of anguish, and it doesn’t lead to extinguishment.  
Duṭṭho kho, āvuso, dosena …pe…  
A hateful person, overcome by hate, intends to hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. …  
mūḷho kho, āvuso, mohena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto attabyābādhāyapi ceteti, parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti, cetasikampi dukkhaṁ domanassaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti;  
A deluded person, overcome by delusion, intends to hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. They experience mental pain and sadness.  
Mūḷho kho, āvuso, mohena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati;  
A deluded person does bad things by way of body, speech, and mind.  
Mūḷho kho, āvuso, mohena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto attatthampi yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, paratthampi yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, ubhayatthampi yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti;  
A deluded person doesn’t truly understand what’s for their own good, the good of another, or the good of both.  
Moho kho, āvuso, andhakaraṇo acakkhukaraṇo aññāṇakaraṇo paññānirodhiko vighātapakkhiko anibbānasaṁvattaniko.  
Delusion is a destroyer of sight, vision, and knowledge; it blocks wisdom, it’s on the side of anguish, and it doesn’t lead to extinguishment.  
Idaṁ kho mayaṁ, āvuso, rāge ādīnavaṁ disvā rāgassa pahānaṁ paññāpema.  
This is the drawback we’ve seen in greed, hate, and delusion, and this is why we advocate giving them up.”  
“Atthi panāvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāyā”ti?  
“But, reverend, is there a path and a practice for giving up that greed, hate, and delusion?”  
“Atthāvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāyā”ti.  
“There is, reverend, a path and a practice for giving up that greed, hate, and delusion.”  
“Katamo panāvuso, maggo katamā paṭipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāyā”ti?  
“Well, what is it?”  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, maggo ayaṁ paṭipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāyā”ti.  
This is the path, this is the practice for giving up that greed, hate, and delusion.”  
“Bhaddako kho, āvuso, maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāya.  
“This is a fine path, a fine practice, for giving up that greed, hate, and delusion.  
Alañca panāvuso ānanda, appamādāyā”ti.  
Just this much is enough to be diligent.” 

an3.80āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“kiṁ tuyhettha, āvuso ānanda, yadi te satthā evaṁmahiddhiko evaṁmahānubhāvo”ti?   “What is it to you, Reverend Ānanda, if your teacher has such power and might?”  

an3.130āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“idhāhaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sahassaṁ lokaṁ olokemi.   “Here’s the thing, Reverend Sāriputta. With clairvoyance that is purified and surpasses the human, I survey the thousandfold galaxy.  
“Yaṁ kho te, āvuso anuruddha, evaṁ hoti:  
“Well, Reverend Anuruddha, when you say:  
Yampi te, āvuso anuruddha, evaṁ hoti:  
And when you say:  
Yampi te, āvuso anuruddha, evaṁ hoti:  
And when you say:  

an4.45āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṁ taṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ daṭṭheyyaṁ patteyyanti vadāmī”ti.   “Reverend, I say it’s not possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by traveling to a place where there’s no being born, growing old, dying, passing away, or being reborn.”  
‘yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṁ taṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ daṭṭheyyaṁ patteyyanti vadāmī’”ti.  
 
‘yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṁ taṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ daṭṭheyyaṁ patteyyanti vadāmī’”ti.  
 
“‘Yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṁ taṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ daṭṭheyyaṁ patteyyan’ti vadāmi.  
“Reverend, I say it’s not possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by traveling to a place where there’s no being born, growing old, dying, passing away, or being reborn.  
Na cāhaṁ, āvuso, appatvāva lokassa antaṁ dukkhassa antakiriyaṁ vadāmi.  
But I also say there’s no making an end of suffering without reaching the end of the world.  
Api cāhaṁ, āvuso, imasmiṁyeva byāmamatte kaḷevare sasaññimhi samanake lokañca paññāpemi lokasamudayañca lokanirodhañca lokanirodhagāminiñca paṭipadanti.  
For it is in this fathom-long carcass with its perception and mind that I describe the world, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation.  

an4.46āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

‘yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṁ taṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ daṭṭheyyaṁ patteyyanti vadāmī’ti.    
yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṁ taṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ daṭṭheyyaṁ patteyyanti vadāmi’.  
 
‘yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṁ taṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ daṭṭheyyaṁ patteyyanti vadāmī’ti.  
 
‘Yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṁ, taṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ daṭṭheyyaṁ patteyyanti vadāmī’ti.  
 
Na cāhaṁ, āvuso, appatvāva lokassa antaṁ dukkhassantakiriyaṁ vadāmi.  
 
Api cāhaṁ, āvuso, imasmiṁyeva byāmamatte kaḷevare sasaññimhi samanake lokañca paññāpemi lokasamudayañca lokanirodhañca lokanirodhagāminiñca paṭipadanti.  
 

an4.94āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

‘kathaṁ nu kho, āvuso, saṅkhārā daṭṭhabbā?   ‘Reverend, how should conditions be seen?  
‘evaṁ kho, āvuso, saṅkhārā daṭṭhabbā, evaṁ saṅkhārā sammasitabbā, evaṁ saṅkhārā vipassitabbā’ti.  
‘This is how conditions should be seen, comprehended, and discerned.’  
‘kathaṁ nu kho, āvuso, cittaṁ saṇṭhapetabbaṁ?  
‘Reverend, how should the mind be stilled?  
‘evaṁ kho, āvuso, cittaṁ saṇṭhapetabbaṁ, evaṁ cittaṁ sannisādetabbaṁ, evaṁ cittaṁ ekodi kātabbaṁ, evaṁ cittaṁ samādahātabban’ti.  
‘Reverend, this is how the mind should be stilled, settled, unified, and immersed in samādhi.’  
‘kathaṁ nu kho, āvuso, cittaṁ saṇṭhapetabbaṁ?  
‘Reverend, how should the mind be stilled?  
‘evaṁ kho, āvuso, cittaṁ saṇṭhapetabbaṁ, evaṁ cittaṁ sannisādetabbaṁ, evaṁ cittaṁ ekodi kātabbaṁ, evaṁ cittaṁ samādahātabbaṁ, evaṁ saṅkhārā daṭṭhabbā, evaṁ saṅkhārā sammasitabbā, evaṁ saṅkhārā vipassitabbā’ti.  
‘Reverend, this is how the mind should be stilled, settled, unified, and immersed in samādhi. And this is how conditions should be seen, comprehended, and discerned.’  

an4.158āvuso5Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Yo hi koci, āvuso, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā cattāro dhamme attani samanupassati, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṁ:  
“Reverends, any monk or nun who sees four things inside themselves should conclude:  
Yo hi koci, āvuso, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā ime cattāro dhamme attani samanupassati, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṁ:  
Any monk or nun who sees these four things inside themselves should conclude:  
Yo hi koci, āvuso, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā cattāro dhamme attani samanupassati, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṁ:  
Any monk or nun who sees four things inside themselves should conclude:  
Yo hi koci, āvuso, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā ime cattāro dhamme attani samanupassati, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṁ:  
Any monk or nun who sees these four things inside themselves should conclude:  

an4.167āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Catasso imā, āvuso moggallāna, paṭipadā.   “Reverend Moggallāna, there are four ways of practice.  
Imā kho, āvuso, catasso paṭipadā.  
These are the four ways of practice.  
Imāsaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ paṭipadānaṁ katamaṁ te paṭipadaṁ āgamma anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttan”ti?  
Which one of these four ways of practice did you rely on to free your mind from defilements by not grasping?”  
“Catasso imā, āvuso sāriputta, paṭipadā.  
“Reverend Sāriputta …  
Imā kho, āvuso, catasso paṭipadā.  
 
Imāsaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ paṭipadānaṁ yāyaṁ paṭipadā dukkhā khippābhiññā, imaṁ me paṭipadaṁ āgamma anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttan”ti.  
I relied on the painful practice with swift insight to free my mind from defilements by not grasping.” 

an4.168āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Catasso imā, āvuso sāriputta, paṭipadā.   “Reverend Sāriputta, there are four ways of practice.  
Imā kho, āvuso, catasso paṭipadā.  
These are the four ways of practice.  
Imāsaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ paṭipadānaṁ katamaṁ te paṭipadaṁ āgamma anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttan”ti?  
Which one of these four ways of practice did you rely on to free your mind from defilements by not grasping?”  
“Catasso imā, āvuso moggallāna, paṭipadā.  
“Reverend Moggallāna …  
Imā kho, āvuso, catasso paṭipadā.  
 
Imāsaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ paṭipadānaṁ yāyaṁ paṭipadā sukhā khippābhiññā, imaṁ me paṭipadaṁ āgamma anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttan”ti.  
I relied on the pleasant practice with swift insight to free my mind from defilements by not grasping.” 

an4.170āvuso8Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Yo hi koci, āvuso, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā mama santike arahattappattiṁ byākaroti, sabbo so catūhi maggehi, etesaṁ vā aññatarena.  
“Reverends, all of the monks and nuns who declare in my presence that they have attained perfection, did so by one or other of four paths.  
Idha, āvuso, bhikkhu samathapubbaṅgamaṁ vipassanaṁ bhāveti.  
Take a mendicant who develops serenity before discernment.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu vipassanāpubbaṅgamaṁ samathaṁ bhāveti.  
Another mendicant develops discernment before serenity.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu samathavipassanaṁ yuganaddhaṁ bhāveti.  
Another mendicant develops serenity and discernment in conjunction.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhuno dhammuddhaccaviggahitaṁ mānasaṁ hoti.  
Another mendicant’s mind is seized by restlessness to realize the teaching.  
Hoti so, āvuso, samayo yaṁ taṁ cittaṁ ajjhattameva santiṭṭhati sannisīdati ekodi hoti samādhiyati.  
But there comes a time when their mind is stilled internally; it settles, unifies, and becomes immersed in samādhi.  
Yo hi koci, āvuso, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā mama santike arahattappattiṁ byākaroti, sabbo so imehi catūhi maggehi, etesaṁ vā aññatarenā”ti.  
All of the monks and nuns who declare in my presence that they have attained perfection, did so by one or other of these four paths.”  

an4.172āvuso5Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Addhamāsūpasampannena me, āvuso, atthapaṭisambhidā sacchikatā odhiso byañjanaso.  
“Reverends, I realized the textual analysis of the meaning—piece by piece and expression by expression—a fortnight after I ordained.  
Addhamāsūpasampannena me, āvuso, dhammapaṭisambhidā sacchikatā odhiso byañjanaso.  
I realized the textual analysis of the text—piece by piece and expression by expression—a fortnight after I ordained. …  
Addhamāsūpasampannena me, āvuso, niruttipaṭisambhidā sacchikatā odhiso byañjanaso.  
I realized the textual analysis of terminology—piece by piece and expression by expression—a fortnight after I ordained. …  
Addhamāsūpasampannena me, āvuso, paṭibhānapaṭisambhidā sacchikatā odhiso byañjanaso.  
I realized the textual analysis of eloquence—piece by piece and expression by expression—a fortnight after I ordained.  

an4.173āvuso āvuso’ti āvuso”23Pi En Ru dhamma

“Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā atthaññaṁ kiñcī”ti?   “Reverend, when the six fields of contact have faded away and ceased with nothing left over, does something else still exist?”  
“Mā hevaṁ, āvuso”.  
“Don’t put it like that, reverend.”  
“Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā natthaññaṁ kiñcī”ti?  
“Does something else no longer exist?”  
“Mā hevaṁ, āvuso”.  
“Don’t put it like that, reverend.”  
“Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā atthi ca natthi ca aññaṁ kiñcī”ti?  
“Does something else both still exist and no longer exist?”  
“Mā hevaṁ, āvuso”.  
“Don’t put it like that, reverend.”  
“Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā nevatthi no natthaññaṁ kiñcī”ti?  
“Does something else neither still exist nor no longer exist?”  
“Mā hevaṁ, āvuso”.  
“Don’t put it like that, reverend.”  
“‘Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā atthaññaṁ kiñcī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘mā hevaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
“Reverend, when asked whether—when the six fields of contact have faded away and ceased with nothing left over—something else still exists, you say ‘don’t put it like that’.  
‘Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā natthaññaṁ kiñcī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno:  
When asked whether something else no longer exists,  
‘mā hevaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
you say ‘don’t put it like that’.  
‘Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā atthi ca natthi ca aññaṁ kiñcī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno:  
When asked whether something else both still exists and no longer exists,  
‘mā hevaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
you say ‘don’t put it like that’.  
‘Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā nevatthi no natthaññaṁ kiñcī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno:  
When asked whether something else neither still exists nor no longer exists,  
‘mā hevaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
you say ‘don’t put it like that’.  
Yathā kathaṁ pana, āvuso, imassa bhāsitassa attho daṭṭhabbo”ti?  
How then should we see the meaning of this statement?”  
“‘Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā atthaññaṁ kiñcī’ti, iti vadaṁ appapañcaṁ papañceti.  
“If you say that, ‘When the six fields of contact have faded away and ceased with nothing left over, something else still exists’, you’re proliferating the unproliferated.  
‘Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā natthaññaṁ kiñcī’ti, iti vadaṁ appapañcaṁ papañceti.  
If you say that ‘something else no longer exists’, you’re proliferating the unproliferated.  
‘Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā atthi ca natthi ca aññaṁ kiñcī’ti, iti vadaṁ appapañcaṁ papañceti.  
If you say that ‘something else both still exists and no longer exists’, you’re proliferating the unproliferated.  
‘Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā nevatthi no natthaññaṁ kiñcī’ti, iti vadaṁ appapañcaṁ papañceti.  
If you say that ‘something else neither still exists nor no longer exists’, you’re proliferating the unproliferated.  
Yāvatā, āvuso, channaṁ phassāyatanānaṁ gati tāvatā papañcassa gati;  
The scope of proliferation extends as far as the scope of the six fields of contact.  
Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā papañcanirodho papañcavūpasamo”ti.  
When the six fields of contact fade away and cease with nothing left over, proliferation stops and is stilled.” 

an4.174panāvuso āvuso āvuso’ti āvuso”23Pi En Ru dhamma

“Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā atthaññaṁ kiñcī”ti?   “Reverend, when these six fields of contact have faded away and ceased with nothing left over, does anything else exist?”  
“Mā hevaṁ, āvuso”.  
“Don’t put it like that, reverend.”  
“Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā natthaññaṁ kiñcī”ti?  
“Does nothing else exist?”  
“Mā hevaṁ, āvuso”.  
“Don’t put it like that, reverend.”  
“Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā atthi ca natthi ca aññaṁ kiñcī”ti?  
“Do both something else and nothing else exist?”  
“Mā hevaṁ, āvuso”.  
“Don’t put it like that, reverend.”  
“Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā nevatthi no natthaññaṁ kiñcī”ti?  
“Do neither something else nor nothing else exist?”  
“Mā hevaṁ, āvuso”.  
“Don’t put it like that, reverend.”  
“‘Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā atthaññaṁ kiñcī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno:  
“Reverend, when asked these questions,  
‘mā hevaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
you say ‘don’t put it like that’.  
‘Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā natthaññaṁ kiñcī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno:  
 
‘mā hevaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
 
‘Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā atthi ca natthi ca aññaṁ kiñcī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno:  
 
‘mā hevaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
 
‘Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā nevatthi no natthaññaṁ kiñcī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno:  
 
‘mā hevaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
 
Yathā kathaṁ panāvuso, imassa bhāsitassa attho daṭṭhabbo”ti?  
… How then should we see the meaning of this statement?”  
“‘Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā atthaññaṁ kiñcī’ti, iti vadaṁ appapañcaṁ papañceti.  
“If you say that ‘when the six fields of contact have faded away and ceased with nothing left over, something else exists’, you’re proliferating the unproliferated.  
‘Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā natthaññaṁ kiñcī’ti, iti vadaṁ appapañcaṁ papañceti.  
If you say that ‘nothing else exists’, you’re proliferating the unproliferated.  
‘Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā atthi ca natthi ca aññaṁ kiñcī’ti, iti vadaṁ appapañcaṁ papañceti.  
If you say that ‘both something else and nothing else exist’, you’re proliferating the unproliferated.  
‘Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā nevatthi no natthaññaṁ kiñcī’ti, iti vadaṁ appapañcaṁ papañceti.  
If you say that ‘neither something else nor nothing else exist’, you’re proliferating the unproliferated.  
Yāvatā, āvuso, channaṁ phassāyatanānaṁ gati tāvatā papañcassa gati.  
The scope of proliferation extends as far as the scope of the six fields of contact.  
Channaṁ, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā papañcanirodho papañcavūpasamo”ti.  
When the six fields of contact fade away and cease with nothing left over, proliferation stops and is stilled.” 

an4.175panāvuso āvuso āvuso’ti āvuso”23Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, vijjāyantakaro hotī”ti?   “Reverend Sāriputta, do you become a terminator because of knowledge?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
“That’s not it, reverend.”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, caraṇenantakaro hotī”ti?  
“Do you become a terminator because of conduct?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
“That’s not it, reverend.”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, vijjācaraṇenantakaro hotī”ti?  
“Do you become a terminator because of both knowledge and conduct?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
“That’s not it, reverend.”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, aññatra vijjācaraṇenantakaro hotī”ti?  
“Do you become a terminator for some reason other than knowledge and conduct?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
“That’s not it, reverend.”  
“‘Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, vijjāyantakaro hotī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno:  
“Reverend Sāriputta, when asked whether you become a terminator because of knowledge or conduct or knowledge and conduct, or for some other reason,  
‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
you say ‘that’s not it’.  
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, caraṇenantakaro hotī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno:  
 
‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
 
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, vijjācaraṇenantakaro hotī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno:  
 
‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
 
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, aññatra vijjācaraṇenantakaro hotī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno:  
 
‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
 
Yathā kathaṁ panāvuso, antakaro hotī”ti?  
How then do you become a terminator?”  
“Vijjāya ce, āvuso, antakaro abhavissa, saupādānova samāno antakaro abhavissa.  
“Reverend, if you became a terminator because of knowledge, then even someone who still has grasping could be a terminator.  
Caraṇena ce, āvuso, antakaro abhavissa, saupādānova samāno antakaro abhavissa.  
If you became a terminator because of conduct, then even someone who still has grasping could be a terminator.  
Vijjācaraṇena ce, āvuso, antakaro abhavissa, saupādānova samāno antakaro abhavissa.  
If you became a terminator because of both knowledge and conduct, then even someone who still has grasping could be a terminator.  
Aññatra vijjācaraṇena ce, āvuso, antakaro abhavissa, puthujjano antakaro abhavissa.  
If you became a terminator for some reason other than knowledge and conduct, then even an ordinary person could be a terminator.  
Puthujjano hi, āvuso, aññatra vijjācaraṇena.  
For an ordinary person lacks knowledge and conduct.  
Caraṇavipanno kho, āvuso, yathābhūtaṁ na jānāti na passati.  
Reverend, someone lacking good conduct does not know and see things as they are.  

an4.179idhāvuso panāvuso āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

“ko nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, hetu ko paccayo, yena m’idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme na parinibbāyantī”ti?   “What is the cause, Reverend Sāriputta, what is the reason why some sentient beings aren’t fully extinguished in the present life?”  
“Idhāvuso ānanda, sattā imā hānabhāgiyā saññāti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānanti, imā ṭhitibhāgiyā saññāti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānanti, imā visesabhāgiyā saññāti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānanti, imā nibbedhabhāgiyā saññāti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānanti.  
“Reverend Ānanda, it’s because some sentient beings don’t really understand which perceptions make things worse, which keep things steady, which lead to distinction, and which lead to penetration.  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso ānanda, hetu ayaṁ paccayo, yena m’idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme na parinibbāyantī”ti.  
That’s the cause, that’s the reason why some sentient beings aren’t fully extinguished in the present life.”  
“Ko panāvuso sāriputta, hetu ko paccayo, yena m’idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantī”ti?  
“What is the cause, Reverend Sāriputta, what is the reason why some sentient beings are fully extinguished in the present life?”  
“Idhāvuso ānanda, sattā imā hānabhāgiyā saññāti yathābhūtaṁ pajānanti, imā ṭhitibhāgiyā saññāti yathābhūtaṁ pajānanti, imā visesabhāgiyā saññāti yathābhūtaṁ pajānanti, imā nibbedhabhāgiyā saññāti yathābhūtaṁ pajānanti.  
“Reverend Ānanda, it’s because some sentient beings truly understand which perceptions make things worse, which keep things steady, which lead to distinction, and which lead to penetration.  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso ānanda, hetu ayaṁ paccayo, yena m’idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantī”ti.  
That’s the cause, that’s the reason why some sentient beings are fully extinguished in the present life.” 

an4.180āvuso2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ—  ‘Reverend, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
‘sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ— 
‘Reverend, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  

an5.76āvuso12Pi En Ru dhamma

rāgapariyuṭṭhitomhi, āvuso, rāgapareto, na sakkomi brahmacariyaṁ sandhāretuṁ;   “Reverends, I am overcome with lust, mired in lust. I am unable to keep up the spiritual life.  
rāgapariyuṭṭhitomhi, āvuso, rāgapareto, na sakkomi brahmacariyaṁ sandhāretuṁ;  
“Reverends, I am overcome with lust, mired in lust. I am unable to keep up the spiritual life.  
‘rāgapariyuṭṭhitomhi, āvuso, rāgapareto, na sakkomi brahmacariyaṁ sandhāretuṁ;  
‘Reverends, I am overcome with lust, mired in lust. I am unable to keep up the spiritual life.  
‘appassādā, āvuso, kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.  
‘Reverend, the Buddha says that sensual pleasures give little gratification and much suffering and distress, and they are all the more full of drawbacks.  
‘kiñcāpi, āvuso, appassādā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo;  
‘Reverends, even though the Buddha says that sensual pleasures give little gratification and much suffering and distress, and they are all the more full of drawbacks,  
rāgapariyuṭṭhitomhi, āvuso, rāgapareto, na sakkomi brahmacariyaṁ sandhāretuṁ;  
“Reverends, I am overcome with lust, mired in lust. I am unable to keep up the spiritual life.  
‘rāgapariyuṭṭhitomhi, āvuso, rāgapareto, na sakkomi brahmacariyaṁ sandhāretuṁ;  
‘Reverends, I am overcome with lust, mired in lust. I am unable to keep up the spiritual life.  
‘appassādā, āvuso, kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.  
‘Reverend, the Buddha says that sensual pleasures give little gratification and much suffering and distress, and they are all the more full of drawbacks.  
‘ussahissāmi, āvuso, vāyamissāmi, āvuso, abhiramissāmi, āvuso.  
‘I’ll try, reverends, I’ll struggle, I’ll be happy.  
Na dānāhaṁ, āvuso, sikkhādubbalyaṁ āvikatvā sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissāmī’ti.  
I won’t now declare my inability to continue training, reject it and return to a lesser life.’  

an5.114āvuso5Pi En Ru dhamma

‘Etha tumhe, āvuso, sīlavā hotha, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvutā viharatha ācāragocarasampannā aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvino, samādāya sikkhatha sikkhāpadesū’ti—iti pātimokkhasaṁvare samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā.   They should be encouraged, supported, and established in restraint in the monastic code: ‘Reverends, please be ethical. Live restrained in the monastic code, conducting yourselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, keep the rules you’ve undertaken.’  
‘Etha tumhe, āvuso, indriyesu guttadvārā viharatha ārakkhasatino nipakkasatino, sārakkhitamānasā satārakkhena cetasā samannāgatā’ti—iti indriyasaṁvare samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā.  
They should be encouraged, supported, and established in sense restraint: ‘Reverends, please live with sense doors guarded, mindfully alert and on guard, with protected mind, having a heart protected by mindfulness.’  
‘Etha tumhe, āvuso, appabhassā hotha, bhasse pariyantakārino’ti—iti bhassapariyante samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā.  
They should be encouraged, supported, and established in limiting their speech: ‘Reverends, please speak little. Put a limit on your speech.’  
‘Etha tumhe, āvuso, āraññikā hotha, araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevathā’ti—iti kāyavūpakāse samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā.  
They should be encouraged, supported, and established in retreat: ‘Reverends, please live in the wilderness. Frequent remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest.’  
‘Etha tumhe, āvuso, sammādiṭṭhikā hotha sammādassanena samannāgatā’ti—iti sammādassane samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā.  
They should be encouraged, supported, and established in right perspective: ‘Reverends, please hold right view and have right perspective.’  

an5.162idhāvuso khvāvuso panāvuso tatrāvuso āvuso30Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Pañcime, āvuso, āghātapaṭivinayā yattha bhikkhuno uppanno āghāto sabbaso paṭivinetabbo.  
“Reverends, a mendicant should use these five methods to completely get rid of resentment when it has arisen toward anyone.  
Idhāvuso, ekacco puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro hoti parisuddhavacīsamācāro;  
In the case of a person whose behavior by way of body is impure, but whose behavior by way of speech is pure,  
evarūpepi, āvuso, puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo.  
you should get rid of resentment for that kind of person.  
Idha panāvuso, ekacco puggalo aparisuddhavacīsamācāro hoti parisuddhakāyasamācāro;  
In the case of a person whose behavior by way of speech is impure, but whose behavior by way of body is pure, …  
evarūpepi, āvuso, puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo.  
 
Idha panāvuso, ekacco puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro hoti aparisuddhavacīsamācāro, labhati ca kālena kālaṁ cetaso vivaraṁ cetaso pasādaṁ;  
In the case of a person whose behavior by way of body and speech is impure, but who gets an openness and clarity of heart from time to time, …  
evarūpepi, āvuso, puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo.  
 
Idha panāvuso, ekacco puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro hoti aparisuddhavacīsamācāro, na ca labhati kālena kālaṁ cetaso vivaraṁ cetaso pasādaṁ;  
In the case of a person whose behavior by way of body and speech is impure, and who doesn’t get an openness and clarity of heart from time to time, …  
evarūpepi, āvuso, puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo.  
 
Idha panāvuso, ekacco puggalo parisuddhakāyasamācāro parisuddhavacīsamācāro, labhati ca kālena vā kālaṁ cetaso vivaraṁ cetaso pasādaṁ;  
In the case of a person whose behavior by way of body and speech is pure, and who gets an openness and clarity of heart from time to time,  
evarūpepi, āvuso, puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo.  
you should get rid of resentment for that kind of person.  
Tatrāvuso, yvāyaṁ puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro parisuddhavacīsamācāro, kathaṁ tasmiṁ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo?  
How should you get rid of resentment for a person whose behavior by way of body is impure, but whose behavior by way of speech is pure?  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, bhikkhu paṁsukūliko rathiyāya nantakaṁ disvā vāmena pādena niggaṇhitvā dakkhiṇena pādena pattharitvā, yo tattha sāro taṁ paripātetvā ādāya pakkameyya;  
Suppose a mendicant wearing rag robes sees a rag by the side of the road. They’d hold it down with the left foot, spread it out with the right foot, tear out what was intact, and take it away with them.  
evamevaṁ khvāvuso, yvāyaṁ puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro parisuddhavacīsamācāro, yāssa aparisuddhakāyasamācāratā na sāssa tasmiṁ samaye manasi kātabbā, yā ca khvassa parisuddhavacīsamācāratā sāssa tasmiṁ samaye manasi kātabbā.  
In the same way, at that time you should ignore that person’s impure behavior by way of body and focus on their pure behavior by way of speech.  
Tatrāvuso, yvāyaṁ puggalo aparisuddhavacīsamācāro parisuddhakāyasamācāro, kathaṁ tasmiṁ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo?  
How should you get rid of resentment for a person whose behavior by way of speech is impure, but whose behavior by way of body is pure?  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, pokkharaṇī sevālapaṇakapariyonaddhā.  
Suppose there was a lotus pond covered with moss and aquatic plants.  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, yvāyaṁ puggalo aparisuddhavacīsamācāro parisuddhakāyasamācāro, yāssa aparisuddhavacīsamācāratā na sāssa tasmiṁ samaye manasi kātabbā, yā ca khvassa parisuddhakāyasamācāratā sāssa tasmiṁ samaye manasi kātabbā.  
In the same way, at that time you should ignore that person’s impure behavior by way of speech and focus on their pure behavior by way of body.  
Tatrāvuso, yvāyaṁ puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro aparisuddhavacīsamācāro labhati ca kālena kālaṁ cetaso vivaraṁ cetaso pasādaṁ, kathaṁ tasmiṁ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo?  
How should you get rid of resentment for a person whose behavior by way of body and speech is impure, but who gets an openness and clarity of heart from time to time?  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, parittaṁ gopade udakaṁ.  
Suppose there was a little water in a cow’s hoofprint.  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, yvāyaṁ puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro aparisuddhavacīsamācāro labhati ca kālena kālaṁ cetaso vivaraṁ cetaso pasādaṁ, yāssa aparisuddhakāyasamācāratā na sāssa tasmiṁ samaye manasi kātabbā;  
In the same way, at that time you should ignore that person’s impure behavior by way of speech and body,  
Tatrāvuso, yvāyaṁ puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro aparisuddhavacīsamācāro na ca labhati kālena kālaṁ cetaso vivaraṁ cetaso pasādaṁ, kathaṁ tasmiṁ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo?  
How should you get rid of resentment for a person whose behavior by way of body and speech is impure, and who doesn’t get an openness and clarity of heart from time to time?  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, puriso ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno addhānamaggappaṭipanno.  
Suppose a person was traveling along a road, and they were sick, suffering, gravely ill.  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, yvāyaṁ puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro aparisuddhavacīsamācāro na ca labhati kālena kālaṁ cetaso vivaraṁ cetaso pasādaṁ, evarūpepi, āvuso, puggale kāruññaṁyeva upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ anuddayāyeva upaṭṭhāpetabbā anukampāyeva upaṭṭhāpetabbā:  
In the same way, at that time you should ignore that person’s impure behavior by way of speech and body, and the fact that they don’t get an openness and clarity of heart from time to time, and think of them with nothing but compassion, kindness, and sympathy:  
Tatrāvuso, yvāyaṁ puggalo parisuddhakāyasamācāro parisuddhavacīsamācāro labhati ca kālena kālaṁ cetaso vivaraṁ cetaso pasādaṁ, kathaṁ tasmiṁ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo?  
How should you get rid of resentment for a person whose behavior by way of body and speech is pure, and who gets an openness and clarity of heart from time to time?  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, pokkharaṇī acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setakā supatitthā ramaṇīyā nānārukkhehi sañchannā.  
Suppose there was a lotus pond with clear, sweet, cool water, clean, with smooth banks, delightful, and shaded by many trees.  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, yvāyaṁ puggalo parisuddhakāyasamācāro parisuddhavacīsamācāro labhati ca kālena kālaṁ cetaso vivaraṁ cetaso pasādaṁ, yāpissa parisuddhakāyasamācāratā sāpissa tasmiṁ samaye manasi kātabbā;  
In the same way, at that time you should focus on that person’s pure behavior by way of body and speech, and on the fact that they get an openness and clarity of heart from time to time.  
Samantapāsādikaṁ, āvuso, puggalaṁ āgamma cittaṁ pasīdati.  
Relying on a person who is impressive all around, the mind becomes confident.  
Ime kho, āvuso, pañca āghātapaṭivinayā, yattha bhikkhuno uppanno āghāto sabbaso paṭivinetabbo”ti.  
A mendicant should use these five methods to completely get rid of resentment when it has arisen toward anyone.” 

an5.163cahāvuso idhāvuso āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Pañcahāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ sākaccho sabrahmacārīnaṁ.  
“A mendicant with five qualities is fit to hold a discussion with their spiritual companions.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu attanā ca sīlasampanno hoti, sīlasampadākathāya ca āgataṁ pañhaṁ byākattā hoti;  
A mendicant is personally accomplished in ethics, and answers questions that come up when discussing accomplishment in ethics.  
Imehi kho, āvuso, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ sākaccho sabrahmacārīnan”ti.  
A mendicant with these five qualities is fit to hold a discussion with their spiritual companions.” 

an5.164idhāvuso āvuso3Pi En Ru dhamma

pañcahi, āvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁsājīvo sabrahmacārīnaṁ.   “A mendicant with five qualities is fit to share their life with their spiritual companions.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu attanā ca sīlasampanno hoti, sīlasampadākathāya ca āgataṁ pañhaṁ byākattā hoti;  
A mendicant is personally accomplished in ethics, and answers questions that come up when discussing accomplishment in ethics.  
Imehi kho, āvuso, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁsājīvo sabrahmacārīnan”ti.  
A mendicant with these five qualities is fit to share their life with their spiritual companions.” 

an5.165panāvuso āvuso3Pi En Ru dhamma

Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi …pe… “yo hi koci, āvuso, paraṁ pañhaṁ pucchati, sabbo so pañcahi ṭhānehi, etesaṁ vā aññatarena.   There Venerable Sāriputta addressed the mendicants: … “Whoever asks a question of another, does so for one or other of these five reasons.  
Yo hi koci, āvuso, paraṁ pañhaṁ pucchati, sabbo so imehi pañcahi ṭhānehi, etesaṁ vā aññatarena.  
Whoever asks a question of another, does so for one or other of these five reasons.  
Ahaṁ kho panāvuso, evaṁcitto paraṁ pañhaṁ pucchāmi:  
As for myself, I ask with the thought,  

an5.166idhāvuso āvuso10Pi En Ru dhamma

“idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlasampanno samādhisampanno paññāsampanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi—  “Reverends, take a mendicant who is accomplished in ethics, immersion, and wisdom. They might enter into and emerge from the cessation of perception and feeling.  
“aṭṭhānaṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, anavakāso yaṁ so bhikkhu atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— 
“This is not possible, Reverend Sāriputta, it cannot happen!”  
“idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlasampanno samādhisampanno paññāsampanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— 
 
“aṭṭhānaṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, anavakāso yaṁ so bhikkhu atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— 
“This is not possible, Reverend Sāriputta, it cannot happen!”  
“idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlasampanno samādhisampanno paññāsampanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— 
“Reverends, take a mendicant who is accomplished in ethics, immersion, and wisdom. They might enter into and emerge from the cessation of perception and feeling.  
“aṭṭhānaṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, anavakāso yaṁ so bhikkhu atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— 
“This is not possible, Reverend Sāriputta, it cannot happen!”  
“idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlasampanno samādhisampanno paññāsampanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— 
 
“aṭṭhānaṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, anavakāso yaṁ so bhikkhu atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— 
“This is not possible, Reverend Sāriputta, it cannot happen!”  
“idhāvuso upavāṇa, aññe there bhikkhū vihesenti.  
“Reverend Upavāna, they’ve been harassing other senior mendicants,  
Anacchariyaṁ kho, panetaṁ āvuso upavāṇa, yaṁ bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito etadeva ārabbha udāhareyya yathā āyasmantaṁyevettha upavāṇaṁ paṭibhāseyya.  
I wouldn’t be surprised if the Buddha brings this up when he comes out of retreat later this afternoon. He might even call upon Venerable Upavāna himself.  

an5.167āvuso24Pi En Ru dhamma

“codakena, āvuso, bhikkhunā paraṁ codetukāmena pañca dhamme ajjhattaṁ upaṭṭhāpetvā paro codetabbo.   “Reverends, a mendicant who wants to accuse another should first establish five things in themselves.  
Codakena, āvuso, bhikkhunā paraṁ codetukāmena ime pañca dhamme ajjhattaṁ upaṭṭhāpetvā paro codetabbo.  
A mendicant who wants to accuse another should first establish these five things in themselves.  
Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, ekaccaṁ puggalaṁ passāmi akālena codiyamānaṁ no kālena kupitaṁ, abhūtena codiyamānaṁ no bhūtena kupitaṁ, pharusena codiyamānaṁ no saṇhena kupitaṁ, anatthasaṁhitena codiyamānaṁ no atthasaṁhitena kupitaṁ, dosantarena codiyamānaṁ no mettacittena kupitaṁ.  
Take a case where I see a certain person being accused at the wrong time, not being disturbed at the right time. They’re accused falsely, not disturbed truthfully. They’re accused harshly, not disturbed gently. They’re accused harmfully, not disturbed beneficially. They’re accused with secret hate, not disturbed lovingly.  
Adhammacuditassa, āvuso, bhikkhuno pañcahākārehi avippaṭisāro upadahātabbo:  
The mendicant who is accused improperly should be reassured in five ways.  
Adhammacuditassa, āvuso, bhikkhuno imehi pañcahākārehi avippaṭisāro upadahātabbo.  
A mendicant who is accused improperly should be reassured in these five ways.  
Adhammacodakassa, āvuso, bhikkhuno pañcahākārehi vippaṭisāro upadahātabbo:  
The mendicant who makes improper accusations should be chastened in five ways.  
‘akālena te, āvuso, codito no kālena, alaṁ te vippaṭisārāya;  
‘Reverend, you made an accusation at the wrong time, not at the right time. There’s a reason for you to feel remorse.  
abhūtena te, āvuso, codito no bhūtena, alaṁ te vippaṭisārāya;  
You made an accusation falsely, not truthfully. …  
pharusena te, āvuso, codito no saṇhena, alaṁ te vippaṭisārāya;  
You made an accusation harshly, not gently. …  
anatthasaṁhitena te, āvuso, codito no atthasaṁhitena, alaṁ te vippaṭisārāya;  
You made an accusation harmfully, not beneficially. …  
dosantarena te, āvuso, codito no mettacittena, alaṁ te vippaṭisārāyā’ti.  
You made an accusation with secret hate, not lovingly. There’s a reason for you to feel remorse.’  
Adhammacodakassa, āvuso, bhikkhuno imehi pañcahākārehi vippaṭisāro upadahātabbo.  
The mendicant who makes improper accusations should be chastened in these five ways.  
Idha panāhaṁ, āvuso, ekaccaṁ puggalaṁ passāmi kālena codiyamānaṁ no akālena kupitaṁ, bhūtena codiyamānaṁ no abhūtena kupitaṁ, saṇhena codiyamānaṁ no pharusena kupitaṁ, atthasaṁhitena codiyamānaṁ no anatthasaṁhitena kupitaṁ, mettacittena codiyamānaṁ no dosantarena kupitaṁ.  
Take a case where I see a certain person being accused at the right time, not being disturbed at the wrong time. They’re accused truthfully, not disturbed falsely. They’re accused gently, not disturbed harshly. They’re accused beneficially, not disturbed harmfully. They’re accused lovingly, not disturbed with secret hate.  
Dhammacuditassa, āvuso, bhikkhuno pañcahākārehi vippaṭisāro upadahātabbo:  
The mendicant who is accused properly should be chastened in five ways.  
Dhammacuditassa, āvuso, bhikkhuno imehi pañcahākārehi vippaṭisāro upadahātabbo.  
The mendicant who is accused properly should be chastened in these five ways.  
Dhammacodakassa, āvuso, bhikkhuno pañcahākārehi avippaṭisāro upadahātabbo:  
The mendicant who makes proper accusations should be reassured in five ways.  
‘kālena te, āvuso, codito no akālena, alaṁ te avippaṭisārāya;  
‘Reverend, you made an accusation at the right time, not at the wrong time. There’s no need for you to feel remorse.  
bhūtena te, āvuso, codito no abhūtena, alaṁ te avippaṭisārāya;  
You made an accusation truthfully, not falsely. …  
saṇhena te, āvuso, codito no pharusena, alaṁ te avippaṭisārāya;  
You made an accusation gently, not harshly. …  
atthasaṁhitena te, āvuso, codito no anatthasaṁhitena, alaṁ te avippaṭisārāya;  
You made an accusation beneficially, not harmfully. …  
mettacittena te, āvuso, codito no dosantarena, alaṁ te avippaṭisārāyā’ti.  
You made an accusation lovingly, not with secret hate. There’s no need for you to feel remorse.’  
Dhammacodakassa, āvuso, bhikkhuno imehi pañcahākārehi avippaṭisāro upadahātabbo.  
The mendicant who makes proper accusations should be reassured in these five ways.  
Cuditena, āvuso, puggalena dvīsu dhammesu patiṭṭhātabbaṁ— 
A person who is accused should ground themselves in two things:  
Mañcepi, āvuso, pare codeyyuṁ kālena vā akālena vā bhūtena vā abhūtena vā saṇhena vā pharusena vā atthasaṁhitena vā anatthasaṁhitena vā mettacittā vā dosantarā vā, ahampi dvīsuyeva dhammesu patiṭṭhaheyyaṁ— 
Even if others accuse me—at the right time or the wrong time, truthfully or falsely, gently or harshly, beneficially or harmfully, lovingly or with secret hate—I will still ground myself in two things:  

an5.168āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

“dussīlassa, āvuso, sīlavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti sammāsamādhi;   “Reverends, an unethical person, who lacks ethics, has destroyed a vital condition for right immersion.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, rukkho sākhāpalāsavipanno.  
Suppose there was a tree that lacked branches and foliage.  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti sammāsamādhi;  
In the same way, an unethical person, who lacks ethics, has destroyed a vital condition for right immersion.  
Sīlavato, āvuso, sīlasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti sammāsamādhi;  
An ethical person, who has fulfilled ethics, has fulfilled a vital condition for right immersion.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, rukkho, sākhāpalāsasampanno. Tassa papaṭikāpi pāripūriṁ gacchati, tacopi pheggupi sāropi pāripūriṁ gacchati.  
Suppose there was a tree that was complete with branches and foliage. Its shoots, bark, softwood, and heartwood would grow to fullness.  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, sīlavato sīlasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti sammāsamādhi;  
In the same way, an ethical person, who has fulfilled ethics, has fulfilled a vital condition for right immersion.  

an5.169evamāvuso’ti idhāvuso tenahāvuso āvuso7Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu khippanisanti ca hoti, kusalesu dhammesu suggahitaggāhī ca, bahuñca gaṇhāti, gahitañcassa nappamussatī”ti?   “Reverend Sāriputta, how are we to define a mendicant who is quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings, who learns well, learns much, and does not forget what they’ve learned?”  
“Tenahāvuso sāriputta, suṇāhi, sādhukaṁ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī”ti.  
“Well then, Reverend Sāriputta, listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmato ānandassa paccassosi.  
“Yes, reverend,” Sāriputta replied.  
“Idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu atthakusalo ca hoti, dhammakusalo ca, byañjanakusalo ca, niruttikusalo ca, pubbāparakusalo ca.  
“It’s when a mendicant is skilled in the meaning, skilled in the teaching, skilled in terminology, skilled in phrasing, and skilled in sequence.  
Ettāvatā kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu, suggahitaggāhī ca, bahuñca gaṇhāti, gahitañcassa nappamussatī”ti.  
That is how to define a mendicant who is quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings, who learns well, learns much, and does not forget what they’ve learned.”  
“Acchariyaṁ, āvuso, abbhutaṁ, āvuso.  
“It’s incredible, it’s amazing!  

an5.170atthāvuso evamāvuso’ti tenahāvuso āvuso9Pi En Ru dhamma

“kiṁ nu kho, āvuso bhaddaji, dassanānaṁ aggaṁ, kiṁ savanānaṁ aggaṁ, kiṁ sukhānaṁ aggaṁ, kiṁ saññānaṁ aggaṁ, kiṁ bhavānaṁ aggan”ti?   “Reverend Bhaddaji, what is the best sight, the best sound, the best happiness, the best perception, and the best state of existence?”  
“Atthāvuso, brahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī, yo taṁ brahmānaṁ passati, idaṁ dassanānaṁ aggaṁ.  
“Reverend, there is this Brahmā, the vanquisher, the unvanquished, the universal seer, the wielder of power. When you see Brahmā, that’s the best sight.  
Atthāvuso, ābhassarā nāma devā sukhena abhisannā parisannā.  
There are the gods called ‘of streaming radiance’, who are drenched and steeped in pleasure.  
Atthāvuso, subhakiṇhā nāma devā.  
There are the gods called ‘replete with glory’.  
Atthāvuso, ākiñcaññāyatanūpagā devā, idaṁ saññānaṁ aggaṁ.  
There are the gods reborn in the dimension of nothingness. This is the best perception.  
Atthāvuso, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpagā devā, idaṁ bhavānaṁ aggan”ti.  
There are the gods reborn in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. This is the best state of existence.”  
“Tenahāvuso bhaddaji, suṇāhi, sādhukaṁ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī”ti.  
“Well then, Reverend Bhaddaji, listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā bhaddaji āyasmato ānandassa paccassosi.  
“Yes, reverend,” Bhaddaji replied.  
“Yathā passato kho, āvuso, anantarā āsavānaṁ khayo hoti, idaṁ dassanānaṁ aggaṁ.  
“What you see when the defilements end in the present life is the best sight.  

an5.234āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘mahā kho, āvuso, bhikkhusaṅgho abhikkanto nānāverajjakā bhikkhū, karotha puññāni, samayo puññāni kātun’ti;   ‘A large mendicant Saṅgha is arriving with mendicants from abroad. Make merit! Now is the time to make merit!’  

an5.235āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘mahā kho, āvuso, bhikkhusaṅgho abhikkanto nānāverajjakā bhikkhū, karotha puññāni, samayo puññāni kātun’ti;   ‘A large mendicant Saṅgha is arriving with mendicants from abroad. Make merit! Now is the time to make merit!’  

an6.13āvuso12Pi En Ru dhamma

Aṭṭhānametaṁ, āvuso, anavakāso yaṁ mettāya cetovimuttiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya;   It’s impossible, reverend, it cannot happen that the heart’s release by love has been developed and properly implemented,  
Nissaraṇañhetaṁ, āvuso, byāpādassa yadidaṁ mettācetovimuttī’ti.  
For it is the heart’s release by love that is the escape from ill will.’  
Aṭṭhānametaṁ, āvuso, anavakāso yaṁ karuṇāya cetovimuttiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya;  
 
Nissaraṇañhetaṁ, āvuso, vihesāya yadidaṁ karuṇācetovimuttī’ti.  
For it is the heart’s release by compassion that is the escape from thoughts of harming.’  
Aṭṭhānametaṁ, āvuso, anavakāso yaṁ muditāya cetovimuttiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya;  
 
Nissaraṇañhetaṁ, āvuso, aratiyā yadidaṁ muditācetovimuttī’ti.  
For it is the heart’s release by rejoicing that is the escape from discontent.’  
Aṭṭhānametaṁ, āvuso, anavakāso yaṁ upekkhāya cetovimuttiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya;  
 
Nissaraṇañhetaṁ, āvuso, rāgassa yadidaṁ upekkhācetovimuttī’ti.  
For it is the heart’s release by equanimity that is the escape from desire.’  
Aṭṭhānametaṁ, āvuso, anavakāso yaṁ animittāya cetovimuttiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya;  
 
Nissaraṇañhetaṁ, āvuso, sabbanimittānaṁ yadidaṁ animittācetovimuttī’ti.  
For it is the signless release of the heart that is the escape from all signs.’  
Aṭṭhānametaṁ, āvuso, anavakāso yaṁ asmīti vigate ayamahamasmīti ca na samanupassato;  
It’s impossible, reverend, it cannot happen that the conceit “I am” has been done away with, and nothing is regarded as “I am this”,  
Nissaraṇañhetaṁ, āvuso, vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallassa yadidaṁ asmīti mānasamugghāto’ti.  
For it is the uprooting of the conceit “I am” that is the escape from the dart of doubt and indecision.’  

an6.14cāvuso idhāvuso tathāvuso vuccatāvuso āvuso11Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Tathā tathā, āvuso, bhikkhu vihāraṁ kappeti yathā yathāssa vihāraṁ kappayato na bhaddakaṁ maraṇaṁ hoti, na bhaddikā kālakiriyā.  
“A mendicant lives life so as to not have a good death.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu tathā tathā vihāraṁ kappeti yathā yathāssa vihāraṁ kappayato na bhaddakaṁ maraṇaṁ hoti, na bhaddikā kālakiriyā?  
And how do they live life so as to not have a good death?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kammārāmo hoti kammarato kammārāmataṁ anuyutto, bhassārāmo hoti bhassarato bhassārāmataṁ anuyutto, niddārāmo hoti niddārato niddārāmataṁ anuyutto, saṅgaṇikārāmo hoti saṅgaṇikarato saṅgaṇikārāmataṁ anuyutto, saṁsaggārāmo hoti saṁsaggarato saṁsaggārāmataṁ anuyutto, papañcārāmo hoti papañcarato papañcārāmataṁ anuyutto.  
Take a mendicant who relishes work, talk, sleep, company, closeness, and proliferation. They love these things and like to relish them.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu tathā tathā vihāraṁ kappeti yathā yathāssa vihāraṁ kappayato na bhaddakaṁ maraṇaṁ hoti, na bhaddikā kālakiriyā.  
A mendicant who lives life like this does not have a good death.  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso:  
This is called  
Tathā tathāvuso, bhikkhu vihāraṁ kappeti yathā yathāssa vihāraṁ kappayato bhaddakaṁ maraṇaṁ hoti, bhaddikā kālakiriyā.  
A mendicant lives life so as to have a good death.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu tathā tathā vihāraṁ kappeti yathā yathāssa vihāraṁ kappayato bhaddakaṁ maraṇaṁ hoti, bhaddikā kālakiriyā?  
And how do they live life so as to have a good death?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu na kammārāmo hoti na kammarato na kammārāmataṁ anuyutto, na bhassārāmo hoti na bhassarato na bhassārāmataṁ anuyutto, na niddārāmo hoti na niddārato na niddārāmataṁ anuyutto, na saṅgaṇikārāmo hoti na saṅgaṇikarato na saṅgaṇikārāmataṁ anuyutto, na saṁsaggārāmo hoti na saṁsaggarato na saṁsaggārāmataṁ anuyutto, na papañcārāmo hoti na papañcarato na papañcārāmataṁ anuyutto.  
Take a mendicant who doesn’t relish work, talk, sleep, company, closeness, and proliferation. They don’t love these things or like to relish them.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu tathā tathā vihāraṁ kappeti yathā yathāssa vihāraṁ kappayato bhaddakaṁ maraṇaṁ hoti, bhaddikā kālakiriyā.  
A mendicant who lives life like this has a good death.  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso:  
This is called  

an6.15cāvuso idhāvuso tathāvuso vuccatāvuso āvuso10Pi En Ru dhamma

“tathā tathāvuso, bhikkhu vihāraṁ kappeti yathā yathāssa vihāraṁ kappayato kālakiriyā anutappā hoti.   “As a mendicant makes their bed, so they must lie in it, and die tormented by regrets.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu tathā tathā vihāraṁ kappeti yathā yathāssa vihāraṁ kappayato kālakiriyā anutappā hoti?  
And how do they die tormented by regrets?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kammārāmo hoti kammarato kammārāmataṁ anuyutto, bhassārāmo hoti …  
Take a mendicant who relishes work, talk, sleep, company, closeness, and proliferation. They love these things and like to relish them.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu tathā tathā vihāraṁ kappeti yathā yathāssa vihāraṁ kappayato kālakiriyā anutappā hoti.  
A mendicant who makes their bed like this must lie in it, and die tormented by regrets.  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso:  
This is called  
Tathā tathāvuso, bhikkhu vihāraṁ kappeti yathā yathāssa vihāraṁ kappayato kālakiriyā ananutappā hoti.  
As a mendicant makes their bed, so they must lie in it, and die free of regrets.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu tathā tathā vihāraṁ kappeti yathā yathāssa vihāraṁ kappayato kālakiriyā ananutappā hoti?  
And how do they die free of regrets?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu na kammārāmo hoti na kammarato na kammārāmataṁ anuyutto, na bhassārāmo hoti …  
Take a mendicant who doesn’t relish work, talk, sleep, company, closeness, and proliferation. They don’t love these things or like to relish them.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu tathā tathā vihāraṁ kappeti yathā yathāssa vihāraṁ kappayato kālakiriyā ananutappā hoti.  
A mendicant who makes their bed like this must lie in it, and die free of regrets.  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso:  
This is called  

an6.26idhāvuso āvuso35Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“acchariyaṁ, āvuso;  
“It’s incredible, reverends,  
abbhutaṁ, āvuso.  
it’s amazing!  
Idhāvuso, ariyasāvako tathāgataṁ anussarati:  
Firstly, a noble disciple recollects the Realized One:  
Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye ariyasāvako tathāgataṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti;  
When a noble disciple recollects the Realized One their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion.  
‘Gedho’ti kho, āvuso, pañcannetaṁ kāmaguṇānaṁ adhivacanaṁ.  
‘Greed’ is a term for the five kinds of sensual stimulation.  
Sa kho so, āvuso, ariyasāvako sabbaso ākāsasamena cetasā viharati vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena.  
That noble disciple meditates with a heart just like space, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
Idampi kho, āvuso, ārammaṇaṁ karitvā evam’idhekacce sattā visuddhidhammā bhavanti.  
Relying on this, some sentient beings become pure in this way.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, ariyasāvako dhammaṁ anussarati:  
Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects the teaching:  
Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye ariyasāvako dhammaṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti;  
When a noble disciple recollects the teaching their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. …  
‘Gedho’ti kho, āvuso, pañcannetaṁ kāmaguṇānaṁ adhivacanaṁ.  
 
Sa kho so, āvuso, ariyasāvako sabbaso ākāsasamena cetasā viharati vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena.  
 
Idampi kho, āvuso, ārammaṇaṁ karitvā evam’idhekacce sattā visuddhidhammā bhavanti.  
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, ariyasāvako saṅghaṁ anussarati:  
Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects the Saṅgha:  
Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye ariyasāvako saṅghaṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti;  
When a noble disciple recollects the Saṅgha their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. …  
‘Gedho’ti kho, āvuso, pañcannetaṁ kāmaguṇānaṁ adhivacanaṁ.  
 
Sa kho so, āvuso, ariyasāvako sabbaso ākāsasamena cetasā viharati vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena.  
 
Idampi kho, āvuso, ārammaṇaṁ karitvā evam’idhekacce sattā visuddhidhammā bhavanti.  
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, ariyasāvako attano sīlāni anussarati akhaṇḍāni …pe… samādhisaṁvattanikāni.  
Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects their own ethical precepts, which are unbroken, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to immersion.  
Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye ariyasāvako attano sīlaṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti;  
When a noble disciple recollects their ethical precepts their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. …  
‘Gedho’ti kho, āvuso, pañcannetaṁ kāmaguṇānaṁ adhivacanaṁ.  
 
Sa kho so, āvuso, ariyasāvako sabbaso ākāsasamena cetasā viharati vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena.  
 
Idampi kho, āvuso, ārammaṇaṁ karitvā evam’idhekacce sattā visuddhidhammā bhavanti.  
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, ariyasāvako attano cāgaṁ anussarati:  
Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects their own generosity:  
Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye ariyasāvako attano cāgaṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti;  
When a noble disciple recollects their own generosity their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. …  
‘Gedho’ti kho, āvuso, pañcannetaṁ kāmaguṇānaṁ adhivacanaṁ.  
 
Sa kho so, āvuso, ariyasāvako sabbaso ākāsasamena cetasā viharati vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena.  
 
Idampi kho, āvuso, ārammaṇaṁ karitvā evam’idhekacce sattā visuddhidhammā bhavanti.  
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, ariyasāvako devatā anussarati:  
Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects the deities:  
Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye ariyasāvako attano ca tāsañca devatānaṁ saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti;  
When a noble disciple recollects the faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom of both themselves and the deities their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion.  
‘Gedho’ti kho, āvuso, pañcannetaṁ kāmaguṇānaṁ adhivacanaṁ.  
‘Greed’ is a term for the five kinds of sensual stimulation.  
Sa kho so, āvuso, ariyasāvako sabbaso ākāsasamena cetasā viharati vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena.  
That noble disciple meditates with a heart just like space, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
Idampi kho, āvuso, ārammaṇaṁ karitvā evam’idhekacce sattā visuddhidhammā bhavanti.  
Relying on this, some sentient beings become pure in this way.  
Acchariyaṁ, āvuso, abbhutaṁ, āvuso.  
It’s incredible, reverends, it’s amazing!  

an6.27āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

‘ahaṁ kho, āvuso, kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharāmi kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāmi.   ‘My heart is overcome and mired in sensual desire, and I don’t truly understand the escape from sensual desire that has arisen.  
‘ahaṁ kho, āvuso, byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharāmi byāpādaparetena, uppannassa ca byāpādassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāmi.  
 
‘ahaṁ kho, āvuso, thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharāmi thinamiddhaparetena, uppannassa ca thinamiddhassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāmi.  
 
‘ahaṁ kho, āvuso, uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharāmi uddhaccakukkuccaparetena, uppannassa ca uddhaccakukkuccassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāmi.  
 
‘ahaṁ, āvuso, vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharāmi vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāmi.  
 
‘ahaṁ kho, āvuso, yaṁ nimittaṁ āgamma yaṁ nimittaṁ manasikaroto anantarā āsavānaṁ khayo hoti, taṁ nimittaṁ nappajānāmi.  
‘I don’t understand what kind of meditation to focus on in order to end the defilements in the present life.  

an6.28āvuso14Pi En Ru dhamma

“ko nu kho, āvuso, samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti?   “Reverends, how many occasions are there for going to see an esteemed mendicant?”  
“yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto pāde pakkhāletvā nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti.  
“Reverends, there’s a time after an esteemed mendicant’s meal when they return from almsround. Having washed their feet they sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in front of them. That is the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.”  
“na kho, āvuso, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.  
“Reverend, that’s not the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.  
Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto pāde pakkhāletvā nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, cārittakilamathopissa tasmiṁ samaye appaṭippassaddho hoti, bhattakilamathopissa tasmiṁ samaye appaṭippassaddho hoti.  
For at that time the fatigue from walking and from eating has not faded away.  
Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito vihārapacchāyāyaṁ nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti.  
There’s a time late in the afternoon when an esteemed mendicant comes out of retreat. They sit cross-legged in the shade of their porch , set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in front of them. That is the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.”  
“na kho, āvuso, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.  
“Reverend, that’s not the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.  
Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito vihārapacchāyāyaṁ nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, yadevassa divā samādhinimittaṁ manasikataṁ hoti tadevassa tasmiṁ samaye samudācarati.  
For at that time they are still practicing the same meditation subject as a foundation of immersion that they focused on during the day.  
Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti.  
There’s a time when an esteemed mendicant has risen at the crack of dawn. They sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in front of them. That is the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.”  
“na kho, āvuso, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.  
“Reverend, that’s not the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.  
Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, ojaṭṭhāyissa tasmiṁ samaye kāyo hoti phāsussa hoti buddhānaṁ sāsanaṁ manasi kātuṁ.  
For at that time their body is full of vitality and they find it easy to focus on the instructions of the Buddhas.”  
“sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
“Reverends, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
“ahaṁ kho, āvuso, kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharāmi kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāmi.  
“My heart is overcome and mired in sensual desire, and I don’t truly understand the escape from sensual desire that has arisen.  
“ahaṁ kho, āvuso, yaṁ nimittaṁ āgamma yaṁ nimittaṁ manasikaroto anantarā āsavānaṁ khayo hoti taṁ nimittaṁ na jānāmi na passāmi.  
“I don’t understand what kind of meditation to focus on in order to end the defilements in the present life.  
Sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
Reverends, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  

an6.29āvuso2Pi En Ru dhamma

“satthā taṁ, āvuso udāyi, āmantesī”ti.   “Reverend Udāyī, the teacher is addressing you.”  
“Suṇomahaṁ, āvuso ānanda, bhagavato.  
“Reverend Ānanda, I hear the Buddha.  

an6.41evamāvuso’ti āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

“passatha no, āvuso, tumhe amuṁ mahantaṁ dārukkhandhan”ti?   “Reverends, do you see this large tree trunk?”  
“Evamāvuso”ti.  
“Yes, reverend.”  
“Ākaṅkhamāno, āvuso, bhikkhu iddhimā cetovasippatto amuṁ dārukkhandhaṁ pathavītveva adhimucceyya.  
“If they wanted to, a mendicant with psychic powers who has mastered their mind could determine this tree trunk to be nothing but earth.  
Atthi, āvuso, amumhi dārukkhandhe pathavīdhātu, yaṁ nissāya bhikkhu iddhimā cetovasippatto amuṁ dārukkhandhaṁ pathavītveva adhimucceyya.  
Because the earth element exists in the tree trunk. Relying on that a mendicant with psychic powers could determine it to be nothing but earth.  
Ākaṅkhamāno, āvuso, bhikkhu iddhimā cetovasippatto amuṁ dārukkhandhaṁ āpotveva adhimucceyya …pe…  
If they wanted to, a mendicant with psychic powers who has mastered their mind could determine this tree trunk to be nothing but water. …  
Atthi, āvuso, amumhi dārukkhandhe asubhadhātu, yaṁ nissāya bhikkhu iddhimā cetovasippatto amuṁ dārukkhandhaṁ asubhantveva adhimucceyyā”ti.  
Because the element of ugliness exists in the tree trunk. Relying on that a mendicant with psychic powers could determine it to be nothing but ugly.” 

an6.46idhāvuso panāvuso tihāvuso āvuso11Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Idhāvuso, dhammayogā bhikkhū jhāyī bhikkhū apasādenti:  
“Take a case where mendicants who practice discernment of principles rebuke mendicants who practice absorption meditation:  
Idha panāvuso, jhāyī bhikkhū dhammayoge bhikkhū apasādenti:  
Now, take a case where mendicants who practice absorption meditation rebuke mendicants who practice discernment of principles:  
Idha panāvuso, dhammayogā bhikkhū dhammayogānaññeva bhikkhūnaṁ vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti, no jhāyīnaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti.  
Now, take a case where mendicants who practice discernment of principles praise only others like them, not mendicants who practice absorption meditation.  
Idha panāvuso, jhāyī bhikkhū jhāyīnaññeva bhikkhūnaṁ vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti, no dhammayogānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti.  
And take a case where mendicants who practice absorption meditation praise only others like them, not mendicants who practice discernment of principles.  
Tasmātihāvuso, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ:  
So you should train like this:  
Evañhi vo, āvuso, sikkhitabbaṁ.  
That’s how you should train.  
Acchariyā hete, āvuso, puggalā dullabhā lokasmiṁ, ye amataṁ dhātuṁ kāyena phusitvā viharanti.  
Because it’s incredibly rare to find individuals in the world who have direct meditative experience of the deathless element.  
Tasmātihāvuso, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ:  
So you should train like this:  
Evañhi vo, āvuso, sikkhitabbaṁ.  
That’s how you should train.  
Acchariyā hete, āvuso, puggalā dullabhā lokasmiṁ ye gambhīraṁ atthapadaṁ paññāya ativijjha passantī”ti.  
Because it’s incredibly rare to find individuals in the world who see the meaning of a deep saying with penetrating wisdom.” 

an6.51evamāvuso’ti idhāvuso tenahāvuso āvuso7Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu assutañceva dhammaṁ suṇāti, sutā cassa dhammā na sammosaṁ gacchanti, ye cassa dhammā pubbe cetasā samphuṭṭhapubbā te ca samudācaranti, aviññātañca vijānātī”ti?   “Reverend Sāriputta, how does a mendicant get to hear a teaching they haven’t heard before? How do they remember those teachings they have heard? How do they keep rehearsing the teachings they’ve already got to know? And how do they come to understand what they haven’t understood before?”  
“Tenahāvuso sāriputta, suṇāhi, sādhukaṁ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī”ti.  
“Well then, Reverend Sāriputta, listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmato ānandassa paccassosi.  
“Yes, reverend,” Sāriputta replied.  
“Idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu dhammaṁ pariyāpuṇāti— 
“Reverend Sāriputta, take a mendicant who memorizes the teaching— 
Ettāvatā kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu assutañceva dhammaṁ suṇāti, sutā cassa dhammā na sammosaṁ gacchanti, ye cassa dhammā pubbe cetasā samphuṭṭhapubbā te ca samudācaranti, aviññātañca vijānātī”ti.  
This is how a mendicant gets to hear a teaching they haven’t heard before. It’s how they remember those teachings they have heard. It’s how they keep rehearsing the teachings they’ve already got to know. And it’s how they come to understand what they haven’t understood before.”  
“Acchariyaṁ, āvuso, abbhutaṁ, āvuso, yāva subhāsitañcidaṁ āyasmatā ānandena.  
“It’s incredible, reverend, it’s amazing! How well said this was by Venerable Ānanda!  

an6.60idhāvuso panāvuso āvuso āvuso”44Pi En Ru dhamma

“Dujjānaṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso, parassa cetopariyāyaṁ ajānantehi.   “It’s not easy to know this, reverends, for those who don’t comprehend another’s mind.  
Idhāvuso, ekacco puggalo tāvadeva soratasorato hoti, nivātanivāto hoti, upasantupasanto hoti, yāva satthāraṁ upanissāya viharati aññataraṁ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ.  
Take a person who is the sweetest of the sweet, the most even-tempered of the even-tempered, the calmest of the calm, so long as they live relying on the Teacher or a spiritual companion in a teacher’s role.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, goṇo kiṭṭhādo dāmena vā baddho vaje vā oruddho.  
Suppose an ox fond of crops was tied up or shut in a pen.  
Yo nu kho, āvuso, evaṁ vadeyya: ‘na dānāyaṁ goṇo kiṭṭhādo punadeva kiṭṭhaṁ otarissatī’ti, sammā nu kho so, āvuso, vadamāno vadeyyā”ti?  
Would it be right to say that that ox will never again invade the crops?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No it would not, reverend.  
“Ṭhānañhetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati, yaṁ so goṇo kiṭṭhādo dāmaṁ vā chetvā vajaṁ vā bhinditvā, atha punadeva kiṭṭhaṁ otareyyāti.  
For it’s quite possible that that ox will snap the ropes or break out of the pen, and then invade the crops.”  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, idhekacco puggalo tāvadeva soratasorato hoti, nivātanivāto hoti, upasantupasanto hoti yāva satthāraṁ upanissāya viharati aññataraṁ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ.  
“In the same way, take a person who is the sweetest of the sweet …  
Idha panāvuso, ekacco puggalo vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Take the case of a person who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, cātumahāpathe thullaphusitako devo vassanto rajaṁ antaradhāpeyya, cikkhallaṁ pātukareyya.  
Suppose it was raining heavily at the crossroads so that the dust vanished and mud appeared.  
Yo nu kho, āvuso, evaṁ vadeyya: ‘na dāni amusmiṁ cātumahāpathe punadeva rajo pātubhavissatī’ti, sammā nu kho so, āvuso, vadamāno vadeyyā”ti?  
Would it be right to say that now dust will never appear at this crossroad again?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No it would not, reverend.  
“Ṭhānañhetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati, yaṁ amusmiṁ cātumahāpathe manussā vā atikkameyyuṁ, gopasū vā atikkameyyuṁ, vātātapo vā snehagataṁ pariyādiyeyya, atha punadeva rajo pātubhaveyyāti.  
For it is quite possible that people or cattle and so on will cross over the crossroad, or that the wind and sun will evaporate the moisture so that the dust appears again.”  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, idhekacco puggalo vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
“In the same way, take the case of a person who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption.  
Idha panāvuso, ekacco puggalo vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Take another case of a person who, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled … enters and remains in the second absorption.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, gāmassa vā nigamassa vā avidūre mahantaṁ taḷākaṁ.  
Suppose there was a large pond not far from a town or village.  
Yo nu kho, āvuso, evaṁ vadeyya: ‘na dāni amusmiṁ taḷāke punadeva sippisambukā vā sakkharakaṭhalā vā pātubhavissantī’ti, sammā nu kho so, āvuso, vadamāno vadeyyā”ti?  
Would it be right to say that now the clams and mussels, and pebbles and gravel will never appear here again?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No it would not, reverend.  
“Ṭhānañhetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati, yaṁ amusmiṁ taḷāke manussā vā piveyyuṁ, gopasū vā piveyyuṁ, vātātapo vā snehagataṁ pariyādiyeyya, atha punadeva sippisambukāpi sakkharakaṭhalāpi pātubhaveyyunti.  
For it’s quite possible that people or cattle and so on will drink from the pond, or that the wind and sun will evaporate it so that the clams and mussels, and pebbles and gravel appear again.”  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, idhekacco puggalo vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
“In the same way, take another case of a person who, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled … enters and remains in the second absorption.  
Idha panāvuso, ekacco puggalo pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Take the case of another person who, with the fading away of rapture … enters and remains in the third absorption.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, purisaṁ paṇītabhojanaṁ bhuttāviṁ ābhidosikaṁ bhojanaṁ nacchādeyya.  
Suppose a person had finished a delicious meal. They’d have no appetite for leftovers.  
Yo nu kho, āvuso, evaṁ vadeyya: ‘na dāni amuṁ purisaṁ punadeva bhojanaṁ chādessatī’ti, sammā nu kho so, āvuso, vadamāno vadeyyā”ti?  
Would it be right to say that now food will never appeal to this person again?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No it would not, reverend.  
“Ṭhānañhetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati, amuṁ purisaṁ paṇītabhojanaṁ bhuttāviṁ yāvassa sā ojā kāye ṭhassati tāva na aññaṁ bhojanaṁ chādessati.  
For it’s quite possible that other food won’t appeal to that person as long as the nourishment is still present.  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, idhekacco puggalo pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
“In the same way, take the case of a person who, with the fading away of rapture … enters and remains in the third absorption.  
Idha, panāvuso, ekacco puggalo sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Take the case of another person who, giving up pleasure and pain … enters and remains in the fourth absorption.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, pabbatasaṅkhepe udakarahado nivāto vigataūmiko.  
Suppose that in a mountain glen there was a lake, unruffled and free of waves.  
Yo nu kho, āvuso, evaṁ vadeyya: ‘na dāni amusmiṁ udakarahade punadeva ūmi pātubhavissatī’ti, sammā nu kho so, āvuso, vadamāno vadeyyā”ti?  
Would it be right to say that now waves will never appear in this lake again?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No it would not, reverend.  
“Ṭhānañhetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati, yā puratthimāya disāya āgaccheyya bhusā vātavuṭṭhi. Sā tasmiṁ udakarahade ūmiṁ janeyya. Yā pacchimāya disāya āgaccheyya …pe… yā uttarāya disāya āgaccheyya … yā dakkhiṇāya disāya āgaccheyya bhusā vātavuṭṭhi. Sā tasmiṁ udakarahade ūmiṁ janeyyāti.  
For it is quite possible that a violent storm could blow up out of the east, west, north, or south, and stir up waves in that lake.”  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, idhekacco puggalo sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
“In the same way, take the case of a person who, giving up pleasure and pain … enters and remains in the fourth absorption.  
Idha, panāvuso, ekacco puggalo sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā animittaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Take the case of another person who, not focusing on any signs, enters and remains in the signless immersion of the heart.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, rājā vā rājamahāmatto vā caturaṅginiyā senāya addhānamaggappaṭipanno aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe ekarattiṁ vāsaṁ upagaccheyya.  
Suppose a ruler or their minister, while walking along the road with an army of four divisions, was to arrive at a forest grove where they set up camp for the night.  
Yo nu kho, āvuso, evaṁ vadeyya: ‘na dāni amusmiṁ vanasaṇḍe punadeva cīrikasaddo pātubhavissatī’ti, sammā nu kho so, āvuso, vadamāno vadeyyā”ti?  
Would it be right to say that now the chirping of crickets will never be heard in this woodland grove again?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No it would not, reverend.  
“Ṭhānañhetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati, yaṁ so rājā vā rājamahāmatto vā tamhā vanasaṇḍā pakkameyya, atha punadeva cīrikasaddo pātubhaveyyāti.  
For it is quite possible that the ruler or their minister will depart from that woodland grove so that the chirping of crickets will be heard there again.”  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, idhekacco puggalo sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā animittaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati.  
“In the same way, take the case of a person who, not focusing on any signs, enters and remains in the signless immersion of the heart …  
“Cetasā ceto paricca vidito me, āvuso:  
“Reverends, I comprehended his mind and knew this.  

an6.61evamāvuso’ti māvuso āvuso17Pi En Ru dhamma

“vuttamidaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā pārāyane metteyyapañhe:   “Reverends, this was said by the Buddha in ‘The Way to the Far Shore’, in ‘The Questions of Metteyya’:  
“Katamo nu kho, āvuso, eko anto, katamo dutiyo anto, kiṁ majjhe, kā sibbinī”ti?  
But what is one end? What’s the second end? What’s the middle? And who is the seamstress?”  
“phasso kho, āvuso, eko anto, phassasamudayo dutiyo anto, phassanirodho majjhe, taṇhā sibbinī;  
“Contact, reverends, is one end. The origin of contact is the second end. The cessation of contact is the middle. And craving is the seamstress,  
Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhu abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānāti, pariññeyyaṁ parijānāti, abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānanto pariññeyyaṁ parijānanto diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hotī”ti.  
That’s how a mendicant directly knows what should be directly known and completely understands what should be completely understood. Knowing and understanding thus they make an end of suffering in this very life.”  
“atītaṁ kho, āvuso, eko anto, anāgataṁ dutiyo anto, paccuppannaṁ majjhe, taṇhā sibbinī;  
“The past, reverends, is one end. The future is the second end. The present is the middle. And craving is the seamstress …  
Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhu abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānāti, pariññeyyaṁ parijānāti, abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānanto, pariññeyyaṁ parijānanto diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hotī”ti.  
That’s how a mendicant directly knows … an end of suffering in this very life.”  
“sukhā, āvuso, vedanā eko anto, dukkhā vedanā dutiyo anto, adukkhamasukhā vedanā majjhe, taṇhā sibbinī;  
“Pleasant feeling, reverends, is one end. Painful feeling is the second end. Neutral feeling is the middle. And craving is the seamstress …  
Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhu abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānāti, pariññeyyaṁ parijānāti, abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānanto, pariññeyyaṁ parijānanto diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hotī”ti.  
That’s how a mendicant directly knows … an end of suffering in this very life.”  
“nāmaṁ kho, āvuso, eko anto, rūpaṁ dutiyo anto, viññāṇaṁ majjhe, taṇhā sibbinī;  
“Name, reverends, is one end. Form is the second end. Consciousness is the middle. And craving is the seamstress …  
Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhu abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānāti, pariññeyyaṁ parijānāti, abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānanto pariññeyyaṁ parijānanto diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hotī”ti.  
That’s how a mendicant directly knows … an end of suffering in this very life.”  
“cha kho, āvuso, ajjhattikāni āyatanāni eko anto, cha bāhirāni āyatanāni dutiyo anto, viññāṇaṁ majjhe, taṇhā sibbinī;  
“The six interior sense fields, reverends, are one end. The six exterior sense fields are the second end. Consciousness is the middle. And craving is the seamstress …  
Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhu abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānāti, pariññeyyaṁ parijānāti, abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānanto pariññeyyaṁ parijānanto diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hotī”ti.  
That’s how a mendicant directly knows … an end of suffering in this very life.”  
“sakkāyo kho, āvuso, eko anto, sakkāyasamudayo dutiyo anto, sakkāyanirodho majjhe, taṇhā sibbinī;  
“Substantial reality, reverends, is one end. The origin of substantial reality is the second end. The cessation of substantial reality is the middle. And craving is the seamstress,  
Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhu abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānāti, pariññeyyaṁ parijānāti, abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānanto pariññeyyaṁ parijānanto diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hotī”ti.  
That’s how a mendicant directly knows what should be directly known and completely understands what should be completely understood. Knowing and understanding thus they make an end of suffering in this very life.”  
“byākataṁ kho, āvuso, amhehi sabbeheva yathāsakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ.  
“Each of us has spoken from the heart.  
Āyāmāvuso, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocessāma.  
Come, reverends, let’s go to the Buddha, and inform him about this.  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho therā bhikkhū tassa bhikkhuno paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, reverend,” those senior mendicants replied.  

an6.62āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“kiṁ nu kho, āvuso ānanda, sabbaṁ cetaso samannāharitvā nu kho devadatto bhagavatā byākato:   “Reverend Ānanda, when the Buddha declared that Devadatta was  
Evaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā byākatan”ti.  
“You’re right, reverend, that’s how the Buddha declared it.”  
‘kiṁ nu kho, āvuso ānanda, sabbaṁ cetaso samannāharitvā nu kho devadatto bhagavatā byākato— 
 
‘evaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā byākatan’”ti.  
 

an7.42āvuso2Pi En Ru dhamma

“yo hi koci, āvuso, dvādasavassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, ‘niddaso bhikkhū’ti alaṁvacanāyā”ti.   “Reverends, anyone who lives the full and pure spiritual life for twelve years is qualified to be called a ‘graduate mendicant’.”  
‘yo hi koci, āvuso, dvādasavassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, niddaso bhikkhūti alaṁvacanāyā’ti.  
 

an7.43āvuso2Pi En Ru dhamma

“yo hi koci, āvuso, dvādasavassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, ‘niddaso bhikkhū’ti alaṁvacanāyā”ti.   “Reverends, anyone who lives the full and pure spiritual life for twelve years is qualified to be called a ‘graduate mendicant’.”  
‘yo hi koci, āvuso, dvādasavassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, niddaso bhikkhūti alaṁvacanāyā’ti.  
 

an7.52tenahāvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Tenahāvuso, tadahuposathe āgaccheyyātha,   “Well then, reverends, come on the next sabbath day.  

an8.8dhāvuso12Pi En Ru dhamma

“sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ attavipattiṁ paccavekkhitā hoti.   “Mendicants, it’s good for a mendicant to check their own failings from time to time.  
Sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ paravipattiṁ paccavekkhitā hoti.  
It’s good for a mendicant to check the failings of others from time to time.  
Sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ attasampattiṁ paccavekkhitā hoti.  
It’s good for a mendicant to check their own successes from time to time.  
Sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ parasampattiṁ paccavekkhitā hotī”ti.  
It’s good for a mendicant to check the successes of others from time to time.”  
“sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ attavipattiṁ paccavekkhitā hoti.  
 
Sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ paravipattiṁ paccavekkhitā hoti.  
 
Sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ attasampattiṁ paccavekkhitā hoti.  
 
Sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ parasampattiṁ paccavekkhitā hotī”ti.  
 
‘sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ attavipattiṁ paccavekkhitā hoti.  
‘It’s good for a mendicant from time to time to check their own failings. …  
Sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ paravipattiṁ …pe…  
the failings of others …  
‘sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ attavipattiṁ paccavekkhitā hoti,  
‘It’s good for a mendicant from time to time to check their own failings …  
sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ paravipattiṁ …pe…  
the failings of others …  

an8.20hehāvuso3Pi En Ru dhamma

“uṭṭhehāvuso, diṭṭhosi bhagavatā.   “Get up, reverend. The Buddha has seen you.  
“uṭṭhehāvuso, diṭṭhosi bhagavatā.  
 
“uṭṭhehāvuso, diṭṭhosi bhagavatā.  
he asked that monk to leave.  

an8.23āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Sattahi kho tvaṁ, āvuso, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato.   “Householder, the Buddha declared that you have seven amazing and incredible qualities.  
Imehi kho tvaṁ, āvuso, sattahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato”ti.  
The Buddha declared that you have these seven amazing and incredible qualities.”  
“Na hettha, āvuso, koci gihī ahosi odātavasano”ti.  
“No, there weren’t any white-clothed lay people present.”  
‘sattahi kho tvaṁ, āvuso, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato.  
 
Imehi kho tvaṁ, āvuso, sattahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato’ti.  
 
‘Na hettha, āvuso, koci gihī ahosi odātavasano’ti.  
 

an8.77idhāvuso panāvuso vuccatāvuso āvuso19Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhavo”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Aṭṭhime, āvuso, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
“Reverends, these eight people are found in the world.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya.  
First, when a mendicant stays secluded, living independently, a desire arises for material possessions.  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati, ghaṭati, vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, socī ca paridevī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’.  
This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material possessions. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But when possessions don’t come to them, they sorrow and lament. They’ve fallen from the true teaching.  
Idha panāvuso, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya.  
Next, when a mendicant stays secluded, living independently, a desire arises for material possessions.  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca, madī ca pamādī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’.  
This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material possessions. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And when possessions come to them, they become intoxicated and negligent. They’ve fallen from the true teaching.  
Idha panāvuso, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya.  
Next, when a mendicant stays secluded, living independently, a desire arises for material possessions.  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, socī ca paridevī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’.  
This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material possessions. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But when possessions don’t come to them, they sorrow and lament. They’ve fallen from the true teaching.  
Idha panāvuso, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya.  
Next, when a mendicant stays secluded, living independently, a desire arises for material possessions.  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati na ghaṭati na vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca, madī ca pamādī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’.  
This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material possessions. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But when possessions come to them, they become intoxicated and negligent. They’ve fallen from the true teaching.  
Idha panāvuso, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya.  
Next, when a mendicant stays secluded, living independently, a desire arises for material possessions.  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, na ca socī na ca paridevī, accuto ca saddhammā’.  
This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material possessions. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But when possessions don’t come to them, they don’t sorrow and lament. They haven’t fallen from the true teaching.  
Idha panāvuso, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya.  
Next, when a mendicant stays secluded, living independently, a desire arises for material possessions.  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati, ghaṭati, vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca, na ca madī na ca pamādī, accuto ca saddhammā’.  
This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material possessions. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But when possessions come to them, they don’t become intoxicated and negligent. They haven’t fallen from the true teaching.  
Idha panāvuso, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya.  
Next, when a mendicant stays secluded, living independently, a desire arises for material possessions.  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, na ca socī na ca paridevī, accuto ca saddhammā’.  
This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material possessions. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And when possessions don’t come to them, they don’t sorrow and lament. They haven’t fallen from the true teaching.  
Idha panāvuso, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya.  
Next, when a mendicant stays secluded, living independently, a desire arises for material possessions.  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca, na ca madī na ca pamādī, accuto ca saddhammā’.  
This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material possessions. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And when possessions come to them, they don’t become intoxicated and negligent. They haven’t fallen from the true teaching.  
Ime kho, āvuso, aṭṭha puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These eight people are found in the world.” 

an8.78cahāvuso chahāvuso hāvuso idhāvuso āvuso24Pi En Ru dhamma

chahāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano, alaṁ paresaṁ.   “Reverends, a mendicant with six qualities is good enough for themselves and others.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu;  
A mendicant is quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings.  
Imehi kho, āvuso, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano, alaṁ paresaṁ.  
A mendicant with these six qualities is good enough for themselves and others.  
Pañcahāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano, alaṁ paresaṁ.  
A mendicant with five qualities is good enough for themselves and others.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu;  
A mendicant is not quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings.  
Imehi kho, āvuso, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano, alaṁ paresaṁ.  
A mendicant with these five qualities is good enough for themselves and others.  
Catūhāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano, nālaṁ paresaṁ.  
A mendicant with four qualities is good enough for themselves but not for others.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu;  
A mendicant is quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings.  
Imehi kho, āvuso, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano, nālaṁ paresaṁ.  
A mendicant with these four qualities is good enough for themselves but not for others.  
Catūhāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ paresaṁ, nālaṁ attano.  
A mendicant with four qualities is good enough for others but not for themselves.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu;  
A mendicant is quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings.  
Imehi kho, āvuso, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ paresaṁ, nālaṁ attano.  
A mendicant with these four qualities is good enough for others but not for themselves.  
Tīhāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano, nālaṁ paresaṁ.  
A mendicant with three qualities is good enough for themselves but not for others.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu;  
A mendicant is not quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings.  
Imehi kho, āvuso, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano, nālaṁ paresaṁ.  
A mendicant with these three qualities is good enough for themselves but not for others.  
Tīhāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ paresaṁ, nālaṁ attano.  
A mendicant with three qualities is good enough for others but not for themselves.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu;  
A mendicant is not quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings.  
Imehi kho, āvuso, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ paresaṁ, nālaṁ attano.  
A mendicant with these three qualities is good enough for others but not for themselves.  
Dvīhāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano, nālaṁ paresaṁ.  
A mendicant with two qualities is good enough for themselves but not for others.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu;  
A mendicant is not quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings.  
Imehi kho, āvuso, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano, nālaṁ paresaṁ.  
A mendicant with these two qualities is good enough for themselves but not for others.  
Dvīhāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ paresaṁ, nālaṁ attano.  
A mendicant with two qualities is good enough for others but not for themselves.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu;  
A mendicant is not quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings.  
Imehi kho, āvuso, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ paresaṁ, nālaṁ attano”ti.  
A mendicant with these two qualities is good enough for others but not for themselves.” 

an8.83āvuso3Pi En Ru dhamma

‘kiṁmūlakā, āvuso, sabbe dhammā, kiṁsambhavā sabbe dhammā, kiṁsamudayā sabbe dhammā, kiṁsamosaraṇā sabbe dhammā, kiṁpamukhā sabbe dhammā, kiṁadhipateyyā sabbe dhammā, kiṁuttarā sabbe dhammā, kiṁsārā sabbe dhammā’ti, evaṁ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ kinti byākareyyāthā”ti?   ‘Reverends, all things have what as their root? What produces them? What is their origin? What is their meeting place? What is their chief? What is their ruler? What is their overseer? What is their core?’ How would you answer them?”  
‘kiṁmūlakā, āvuso, sabbe dhammā, kiṁsambhavā sabbe dhammā, kiṁsamudayā sabbe dhammā, kiṁsamosaraṇā sabbe dhammā, kiṁpamukhā sabbe dhammā, kiṁadhipateyyā sabbe dhammā, kiṁuttarā sabbe dhammā, kiṁsārā sabbe dhammā’ti,  
‘Reverends, all things have what as their root? What produces them? What is their origin? What is their meeting place? What is their chief? What is their ruler? What is their overseer? What is their core?’  
‘chandamūlakā, āvuso, sabbe dhammā, manasikārasambhavā sabbe dhammā, phassasamudayā sabbe dhammā, vedanāsamosaraṇā sabbe dhammā, samādhippamukhā sabbe dhammā, satādhipateyyā sabbe dhammā, paññuttarā sabbe dhammā, vimuttisārā sabbe dhammā’ti,  
‘Reverends, all things are rooted in desire. They are produced by application of mind. Contact is their origin. Feeling is their meeting place. Immersion is their chief. Mindfulness is their ruler. Wisdom is their overseer. Freedom is their core.’  

an9.1idhāvuso āvuso12Pi En Ru dhamma

‘sambodhipakkhikānaṁ, āvuso, dhammānaṁ kā upanisā bhāvanāyā’ti, evaṁ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ kinti byākareyyāthā”ti?   ‘Reverends, what is the vital condition for the development of the awakening factors?’ How would you answer them?”  
‘sambodhipakkhikānaṁ, āvuso, dhammānaṁ kā upanisā bhāvanāyā’ti, evaṁ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ evaṁ byākareyyātha:  
‘Reverends, what is the vital condition for the development of the awakening factors?’ You should answer them:  
‘Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kalyāṇamitto hoti kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko.  
‘It’s when a mendicant has good friends, companions, and associates.  
Sambodhipakkhikānaṁ, āvuso, dhammānaṁ ayaṁ paṭhamā upanisā bhāvanāya.  
This is the first vital condition for the development of the awakening factors.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu.  
Furthermore, a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.  
Sambodhipakkhikānaṁ, āvuso, dhammānaṁ ayaṁ dutiyā upanisā bhāvanāya.  
This is the second vital condition for the development of the awakening factors.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī.  
Furthermore, a mendicant gets to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart, when they want, without trouble or difficulty. That is, talk about fewness of wishes, contentment, seclusion, aloofness, arousing energy, ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom.  
Sambodhipakkhikānaṁ, āvuso, dhammānaṁ ayaṁ tatiyā upanisā bhāvanāya.  
This is the third vital condition for the development of the awakening factors.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu.  
Furthermore, a mendicant lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities.  
Sambodhipakkhikānaṁ, āvuso, dhammānaṁ ayaṁ catutthī upanisā bhāvanāya.  
This is the fourth vital condition for the development of the awakening factors.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā.  
Furthermore, a mendicant is wise. They have the wisdom of arising and passing away which is noble, penetrative, and leads to the complete ending of suffering.  
Sambodhipakkhikānaṁ, āvuso, dhammānaṁ ayaṁ pañcamī upanisā bhāvanāya’.  
This is the fifth vital condition for the development of the awakening factors.’  

an9.4idhāvuso āvuso18Pi En Ru dhamma

“idāni, āvuso, bhagavā catūhi padehi kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:   “Just now, reverends, the Buddha explained a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure in four statements, before getting up from his seat and entering his dwelling:  
Pañcime, āvuso, ānisaṁsā kālena dhammassavane kālena dhammasākacchāya.  
Reverends, there are these five benefits of listening to the teachings at the right time and discussing the teachings at the right time.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ pariyosānakalyāṇaṁ sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti.  
Firstly, a mendicant teaches the mendicants the Dhamma that’s good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased. And they reveal a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure.  
Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ pariyosānakalyāṇaṁ sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti tathā tathā so satthu piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca.  
Whenever they do this, they become liked and approved by the Teacher, respected and admired.  
Ayaṁ, āvuso, paṭhamo ānisaṁso kālena dhammassavane kālena dhammasākacchāya.  
This is the first benefit …  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ pariyosānakalyāṇaṁ sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti. Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ …pe…  
Furthermore, a mendicant teaches the mendicants the Dhamma …  
Ayaṁ, āvuso, dutiyo ānisaṁso kālena dhammassavane kālena dhammasākacchāya.  
This is the second benefit …  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ pariyosānakalyāṇaṁ sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti.  
Furthermore, a mendicant teaches the mendicants the Dhamma …  
Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ …pe… brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti tathā tathā so tasmiṁ dhamme gambhīraṁ atthapadaṁ paññāya ativijjha passati.  
Whenever they do this, they see the meaning of a deep saying in that Dhamma with penetrating wisdom.  
Ayaṁ, āvuso, tatiyo ānisaṁso kālena dhammassavane kālena dhammasākacchāya.  
This is the third benefit …  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ …pe… brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti.  
Furthermore, a mendicant teaches the mendicants the Dhamma …  
Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ …pe… brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti tathā tathā naṁ sabrahmacārī uttari sambhāventi:  
Whenever they do this, their spiritual companions esteem them more highly, thinking,  
Ayaṁ, āvuso, catuttho ānisaṁso kālena dhammassavane kālena dhammasākacchāya.  
This is the fourth benefit …  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ pariyosānakalyāṇaṁ sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti.  
Furthermore, a mendicant teaches the mendicants the Dhamma …  
Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ pariyosānakalyāṇaṁ sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti, tattha ye kho bhikkhū sekhā appattamānasā anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ patthayamānā viharanti, te taṁ dhammaṁ sutvā vīriyaṁ ārabhanti appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya.  
Whenever they do this, there may be trainee mendicants present, who haven’t achieved their heart’s desire, but live aspiring to the supreme sanctuary from the yoke. Hearing that teaching, they rouse energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized.  
Ayaṁ, āvuso, pañcamo ānisaṁso kālena dhammassavane kālena dhammasākacchāya.  
This is the fifth benefit …  
Ime kho, āvuso, pañca ānisaṁsā kālena dhammassavane kālena dhammasākacchāyā”ti.  
These are the five benefits of listening to the teachings at the right time and discussing the teachings at the right time.” 

an9.6tenāvuso āvuso22Pi En Ru dhamma

“Puggalopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo—  “Reverends, you should distinguish two kinds of people:  
Cīvarampi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbaṁ— 
You should distinguish two kinds of robes:  
Piṇḍapātopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo— 
You should distinguish two kinds of almsfood:  
Senāsanampi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbaṁ— 
You should distinguish two kinds of lodging:  
Gāmanigamopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo— 
You should distinguish two kinds of market town:  
Janapadapadesopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo— 
You should distinguish two kinds of country:  
‘Puggalopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo— 
You should distinguish two kinds of people:  
yassa camhi atthāya agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito so ca me sāmaññattho na bhāvanāpāripūriṁ gacchatī’ti, tenāvuso, puggalena so puggalo rattibhāgaṁ vā divasabhāgaṁ vā saṅkhāpi anāpucchā pakkamitabbaṁ nānubandhitabbo.  
And the goal of the ascetic life for which I went forth from the lay life to homelessness is not being fully developed.’ In this case you should leave that person at that very time of the day or night, without asking. You shouldn’t follow them.  
yassa camhi atthāya agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito so ca me sāmaññattho na bhāvanāpāripūriṁ gacchatī’ti, tenāvuso, puggalena so puggalo saṅkhāpi anāpucchā pakkamitabbaṁ nānubandhitabbo.  
However, the goal of the ascetic life for which I went forth from the lay life to homelessness is not being fully developed.’ In this case you should leave that person after reflecting, without asking. You shouldn’t follow them.  
yassa camhi atthāya agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito so ca me sāmaññattho bhāvanāpāripūriṁ gacchatī’ti, tenāvuso, puggalena so puggalo saṅkhāpi anubandhitabbo na pakkamitabbaṁ.  
But the goal of the ascetic life for which I went forth from the lay life to homelessness is being fully developed.’ In this case you should follow that person after appraisal. You shouldn’t leave them.  
yassa camhi atthāya agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito so ca me sāmaññattho bhāvanāpāripūriṁ gacchatī’ti, tenāvuso, puggalena so puggalo yāvajīvaṁ anubandhitabbo na pakkamitabbaṁ api panujjamānena.  
And the goal of the ascetic life for which I went forth from the lay life to homelessness is being fully developed.’ In this case you should follow that person. You shouldn’t leave them, even if they send you away.  
‘Puggalopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo— 
‘You should distinguish two kinds of people:  
‘Cīvarampi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbaṁ— 
‘You should distinguish two kinds of robes:  
‘Cīvarampi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbaṁ— 
‘You should distinguish two kinds of robes:  
‘Piṇḍapātopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo— 
‘You should distinguish two kinds of almsfood:  
‘Piṇḍapātopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo— 
‘You should distinguish two kinds of almsfood:  
‘Senāsanampi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbaṁ— 
‘You should distinguish two kinds of lodging:  
‘Senāsanampi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbaṁ— 
‘You should distinguish two kinds of lodging:  
‘Gāmanigamopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo— 
‘You should distinguish two kinds of market town:  
‘Gāmanigamopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo— 
‘You should distinguish two kinds of market town:  
‘Janapadapadesopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo— 
‘You should distinguish two kinds of country:  
‘Janapadapadesopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo— 
‘You should distinguish two kinds of country:  

an9.11evamāvuso’ti āvuso3Pi En Ru dhamma

‘satthā taṁ, āvuso sāriputta, āmantetī’”ti.   the teacher summons him.”  
“satthā taṁ, āvuso sāriputta, āmantetī”ti.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, the teacher summons you.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā sāriputto tassa bhikkhuno paccassosi.  
“Yes, reverend,” Sāriputta replied.  

an9.12āvuso2Pi En Ru dhamma

“yo hi koci, āvuso, saupādiseso kālaṁ karoti, sabbo so aparimutto nirayā aparimutto tiracchānayoniyā aparimutto pettivisayā aparimutto apāyaduggativinipātā”ti.   “Reverends, no-one who dies with something left over is exempt from hell, the animal realm, or the ghost realm. They’re not exempt from places of loss, bad places, the underworld.”  
‘yo hi koci, āvuso, saupādiseso kālaṁ karoti, sabbo so aparimutto nirayā aparimutto tiracchānayoniyā aparimutto pettivisayā aparimutto apāyaduggativinipātā’ti.  
 

an9.13carahāvuso khvassāvuso panassāvuso panāvuso āvuso āvuso’ti āvuso”52Pi En Ru dhamma

“kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ samparāyavedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?   “Reverend Sāriputta, is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced in this life be experienced by me in lives to come’?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
“Certainly not, reverend.”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ samparāyavedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Then is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced in lives to come be experienced by me in this life’?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
“Certainly not.”  
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ sukhavedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ dukkhavedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced as pleasant be experienced by me as painful’?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
“Certainly not.”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso, sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ dukkhavedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ sukhavedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Then is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced as painful be experienced by me as pleasant’?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
“Certainly not.”  
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ paripakkavedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ aparipakkavedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced when ripe be experienced by me when unripe’?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
“Certainly not.”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ aparipakkavedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ paripakkavedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Then is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced when unripe be experienced by me when ripe’?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
“Certainly not.”  
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ bahuvedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ appavedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced a lot be experienced by me a little’?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
“Certainly not.”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ appavedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ bahuvedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Then is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced a little be experienced by me a lot’?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
“Certainly not.”  
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ vedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ avedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced by me be not experienced’?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
“Certainly not.”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ avedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ vedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Then is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds not to be experienced be experienced’?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
“Certainly not.”  
“‘Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ samparāyavedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, when you were asked whether the spiritual life was lived under the Buddha so that deeds to be experienced in this life are experienced in lives to come, you said, ‘Certainly not’.  
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ samparāyavedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
When you were asked whether the spiritual life was lived under the Buddha so that deeds to be experienced in lives to come are experienced in this life …  
‘Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ sukhavedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ dukkhavedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
deeds to be experienced as pleasant are experienced as painful …  
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ dukkhavedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ sukhavedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
deeds to be experienced as painful are experienced as pleasant …  
‘Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ paripakkavedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ aparipakkavedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
deeds to be experienced when ripe are experienced when unripe …  
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ aparipakkavedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ paripakkavedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
deeds to be experienced when unripe are experienced when ripe …  
‘Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ bahuvedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ appavedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
deeds to be experienced a lot are experienced a little …  
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ appavedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ bahuvedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
deeds to be experienced a little are experienced a lot …  
‘Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ vedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ avedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
deeds to be experienced are not experienced …  
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ avedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ vedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
When you were asked whether the spiritual life was lived under the Buddha so that deeds not to be experienced are experienced, you said, ‘Certainly not.’  
Atha kimatthaṁ carahāvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
Then what exactly is the purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha?”  
“Yaṁ khvassa, āvuso, aññātaṁ adiṭṭhaṁ appattaṁ asacchikataṁ anabhisametaṁ, tassa ñāṇāya dassanāya pattiyā sacchikiriyāya abhisamayāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatīti.  
“Reverend, the spiritual life is lived under the Buddha to know, see, attain, realize, and comprehend that which is unknown, unseen, unattained, unrealized, and uncomprehended.”  
Yaṁ khvassa, āvuso → yaṁ khvassāvuso (bj); yaṁ khossa āvuso (sya-all); yaṁ kho āvuso (mr) | vussatīti → vussati (sya-all), etthantare pāṭho sya-all, mr potthakesu  
Kiṁ panassāvuso, aññātaṁ adiṭṭhaṁ appattaṁ asacchikataṁ anabhisametaṁ, yassa ñāṇāya dassanāya pattiyā sacchikiriyāya abhisamayāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatīti?  
“But what is the unknown, unseen, unattained, unrealized, and uncomprehended?”  
‘Idaṁ dukkhan’ti khvassa, āvuso, aññātaṁ adiṭṭhaṁ appattaṁ asacchikataṁ anabhisametaṁ.  
“‘This is suffering.’ …  
‘Ayaṁ dukkhasamudayo’ti khvassa, āvuso …pe… ‘ayaṁ dukkhanirodho’ti khvassa, āvuso …pe…  
‘This is the origin of suffering.’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering.’ …  
‘ayaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti khvassa, āvuso, aññātaṁ adiṭṭhaṁ appattaṁ asacchikataṁ anabhisametaṁ.  
‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering.’ …  
Idaṁ khvassa, āvuso, aññātaṁ adiṭṭhaṁ appattaṁ asacchikataṁ anabhisametaṁ.  
This is the unknown, unseen, unattained, unrealized, and uncomprehended.  

an9.26āvuso24Pi En Ru dhamma

Tatra kho āyasmā candikāputto bhikkhū āmantesi (…):   There Venerable Candikāputta addressed the mendicants,  
(…) → (āvuso …pe… etadavoca) (bj) 
“devadatto, āvuso, bhikkhūnaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ deseti:  
“Reverends, Devadatta teaches the mendicants like this:  
‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
‘When a mendicant’s mind is solidified by heart, it’s appropriate for them to say:  
“na kho, āvuso candikāputta, devadatto bhikkhūnaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ deseti:  
“Reverend Candikāputta, Devadatta does not teach the mendicants like that.  
‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
 
Evañca kho, āvuso, candikāputta, devadatto bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti:  
He teaches like this:  
‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
‘When a mendicant’s mind is well consolidated by heart, it’s appropriate for them to say:  
“devadatto, āvuso, bhikkhūnaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ deseti:  
 
‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
 
“na kho, āvuso candikāputta, devadatto bhikkhūnaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ deseti:  
 
‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
 
Evañca kho, āvuso candikāputta, devadatto bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti:  
 
‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
 
“devadatto, āvuso, bhikkhūnaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ deseti:  
 
‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
 
“na kho, āvuso candikāputta, devadatto bhikkhūnaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ deseti:  
“Reverend Candikāputta, Devadatta does not teach the mendicants like that.  
‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
 
Evañca kho, āvuso candikāputta, devadatto bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseti:  
He teaches like this:  
‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
‘When a mendicant’s mind is well consolidated by heart, it’s appropriate for them to say:  
Kathañca, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti?  
And how is a mendicant’s mind well consolidated by heart?  
Evaṁ sammā vimuttacittassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno bhusā cepi cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā cakkhussa āpāthaṁ āgacchanti, nevassa cittaṁ pariyādiyanti;  
When a mendicant’s mind is rightly freed like this, even if compelling sights come into the range of vision they don’t occupy their mind.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, silāyūpo soḷasakukkuko.  
Suppose there was a stone pillar, sixteen feet long.  
Gambhīrattā, āvuso, nemassa, sunikhātattā silāyūpassa.  
It’s because that stone pillar is firmly embedded, with deep foundations.  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, sammā vimuttacittassa bhikkhuno bhusā cepi cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā cakkhussa āpāthaṁ āgacchanti, nevassa cittaṁ pariyādiyanti;  
In the same way, when a mendicant’s mind is rightly freed like this, even if compelling sights come into the range of vision they don’t occupy their mind.  

an9.33idhāvuso9Pi En Ru dhamma

‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.   ‘Reverend, it’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected.  
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati;  
‘It’s when a mendicant, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected.  
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati;  
‘It’s when a mendicant, with the fading away of rapture, enters and remains in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, “Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss”.  
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati;  
‘It’s when a mendicant, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness.  
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ananto ākāsoti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
‘It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that “space is infinite”, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space.  
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma anantaṁ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
‘It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that “consciousness is infinite”, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness.  
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
‘It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that “there is nothing at all”, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness.  
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
‘It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, enters and remains in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.  
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
‘It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling.  

an9.34idhāvuso panāvuso vuccatāvuso āvuso50Pi En Ru dhamma

“sukhamidaṁ, āvuso, nibbānaṁ.   “Reverends, extinguishment is bliss!  
Sukhamidaṁ, āvuso, nibbānan”ti.  
Extinguishment is bliss!”  
“kiṁ panettha, āvuso sāriputta, sukhaṁ yadettha natthi vedayitan”ti?  
“But Reverend Sāriputta, what’s blissful about it, since nothing is felt?”  
“Etadeva khvettha, āvuso, sukhaṁ yadettha natthi vedayitaṁ.  
“The fact that nothing is felt is precisely what’s blissful about it.  
Pañcime, āvuso, kāmaguṇā.  
Reverend, there are these five kinds of sensual stimulation.  
ime kho, āvuso, pañca kāmaguṇā.  
These are the five kinds of sensual stimulation.  
Yaṁ kho, āvuso, ime pañca kāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṁ somanassaṁ, idaṁ vuccatāvuso, kāmasukhaṁ.  
The pleasure and happiness that arise from these five kinds of sensual stimulation is called sensual pleasure.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption.  
Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato kāmasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, svassa hoti ābādho.  
While a mendicant is in such a meditation, should perceptions accompanied by sensual pleasures beset them due to loss of focus, that’s an affliction for them.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sukhino dukkhaṁ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya;  
Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them.  
Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha.  
Imināpi kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā sukhaṁ nibbānaṁ.  
That’s the way to understand how extinguishment is bliss.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, enters and remains in the second absorption.  
Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato vitakkasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, svassa hoti ābādho.  
While a mendicant is in such a meditation, should perceptions accompanied by placing of the mind and keeping it connected beset them due to loss of focus, that’s an affliction for them.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sukhino dukkhaṁ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya;  
Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them.  
Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha.  
Imināpi kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā sukhaṁ nibbānaṁ.  
That too is a way to understand how extinguishment is bliss.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, with the fading away of rapture, enters and remains in the third absorption.  
Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato pītisahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, svassa hoti ābādho.  
While a mendicant is in such a meditation, should perceptions accompanied by rapture beset them due to loss of focus, that’s an affliction for them.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sukhino dukkhaṁ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya;  
Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them.  
Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha.  
Imināpi kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā sukhaṁ nibbānaṁ.  
That too is a way to understand how extinguishment is bliss.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, enters and remains in the fourth absorption.  
Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato upekkhāsahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, svassa hoti ābādho.  
While a mendicant is in such a meditation, should perceptions accompanied by bliss with equanimity beset them due to loss of focus, that’s an affliction for them.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sukhino dukkhaṁ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya;  
Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them.  
Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha.  
Imināpi kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā sukhaṁ nibbānaṁ.  
That too is a way to understand how extinguishment is bliss.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ananto ākāsoti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space.  
Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato rūpasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, svassa hoti ābādho.  
While a mendicant is in such a meditation, should perceptions accompanied by form beset them due to loss of focus, that’s an affliction for them.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sukhino dukkhaṁ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya;  
Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them.  
Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha.  
Imināpi kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā sukhaṁ nibbānaṁ.  
That too is a way to understand how extinguishment is bliss.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma anantaṁ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness.  
Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato ākāsānañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, svassa hoti ābādho.  
While a mendicant is in such a meditation, should perceptions accompanied by the dimension of infinite space beset them due to loss of focus, that’s an affliction for them.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sukhino dukkhaṁ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya;  
Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them.  
Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha.  
Imināpi kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā sukhaṁ nibbānaṁ.  
That too is a way to understand how extinguishment is bliss.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma, natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness.  
Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato viññāṇañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, svassa hoti ābādho.  
While a mendicant is in such a meditation, should perceptions accompanied by the dimension of infinite consciousness beset them due to loss of focus, that’s an affliction for them.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sukhino dukkhaṁ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya;  
Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them.  
Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha.  
Imināpi kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā sukhaṁ nibbānaṁ.  
That too is a way to understand how extinguishment is bliss.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, enters and remains in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.  
Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, svassa hoti ābādho.  
While a mendicant is in such a meditation, should perceptions accompanied by the dimension of nothingness beset them due to loss of focus, that’s an affliction for them.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sukhino dukkhaṁ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya;  
Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them.  
Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha.  
Imināpi kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā sukhaṁ nibbānaṁ.  
That too is a way to understand how extinguishment is bliss.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti.  
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end.  
Imināpi kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā sukhaṁ nibbānan”ti.  
That too is a way to understand how extinguishment is bliss.” 

an9.37idhāvuso panāvuso āvuso17Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Acchariyaṁ, āvuso, abbhutaṁ, āvuso.  
“It’s incredible, reverends, it’s amazing!  
“saññīmeva nu kho, āvuso ānanda, tadāyatanaṁ no paṭisaṁvedeti udāhu asaññī”ti?  
“Reverend Ānanda, is one who doesn’t experience that sense-field actually percipient or not?”  
“Saññīmeva kho, āvuso, tadāyatanaṁ no paṭisaṁvedeti, no asaññī”ti.  
“Reverend, one who doesn’t experience that sense-field is actually percipient, not non-percipient.”  
“Kiṁsaññī panāvuso, tadāyatanaṁ no paṭisaṁvedetī”ti?  
“But what does one who doesn’t experience that sense-field perceive?”  
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu, sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
“It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space.  
Evaṁsaññīpi kho, āvuso, tadāyatanaṁ no paṭisaṁvedeti.  
One who doesn’t experience that sense-field perceives in this way.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness.  
Evaṁsaññīpi kho, āvuso, tadāyatanaṁ no paṭisaṁvedeti.  
One who doesn’t experience that sense-field perceives in this way.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness.  
Evaṁsaññīpi kho, āvuso, tadāyatanaṁ no paṭisaṁvedetīti.  
One who doesn’t experience that sense-field perceives in this way.  
Ekamidāhaṁ, āvuso, samayaṁ sākete viharāmi añjanavane migadāye.  
Reverend, one time I was staying near Sāketa in the deer park in Añjana Wood.  
Atha kho, āvuso, jaṭilavāsikā bhikkhunī yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, āvuso, jaṭilavāsikā bhikkhunī maṁ etadavoca:  
Then the nun Jaṭilagāhikā came up to me, bowed, stood to one side, and said to me:  
Evaṁ vutte, sohaṁ, āvuso, jaṭilavāsikaṁ bhikkhuniṁ etadavocaṁ:  
When she said this, I said to her:  
Evaṁsaññīpi kho, āvuso, tadāyatanaṁ no paṭisaṁvedetī”ti.  
One who doesn’t experience that sense-field perceives in this way, too.” 

an9.42idhāvuso āvuso22Pi En Ru dhamma

“vuttamidaṁ, āvuso, pañcālacaṇḍena devaputtena:   “Reverend, this was said by the god Pañcālacaṇḍa:  
Katamo, āvuso, sambādho, katamo sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā”ti?  
But what is confinement, and what is the opportunity amid confinement that the Buddha spoke of?”  
“Pañcime, āvuso, kāmaguṇā sambādho vutto bhagavatā.  
“Reverend, these five kinds of sensual stimulation are called ‘confinement’ by the Buddha.  
Ime kho, āvuso, pañca kāmaguṇā sambādho vutto bhagavatā.  
These are the five kinds of sensual stimulation that are called ‘confinement’ by the Buddha.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Now, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of an opportunity amid confinement in a qualified sense.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled … enters and remains in the second absorption.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of an opportunity amid confinement in a qualified sense.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, with the fading away of rapture … enters and remains in the third absorption.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of creating an opening amid confinement in a qualified sense.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, giving up pleasure and pain … enters and remains in the fourth absorption.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of an opportunity amid confinement in a qualified sense.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of an opportunity amid confinement in a qualified sense.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of an opportunity amid confinement in a qualified sense.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of an opportunity amid confinement in a qualified sense.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, enters and remains in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of an opportunity amid confinement in a qualified sense.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti.  
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of an opportunity amid confinement in a definitive sense.” 

an9.43idhāvuso āvuso10Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Kāyasakkhī, kāyasakkhī’ti, āvuso, vuccati.   “Reverend, they speak of a person called ‘personal witness’.  
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, kāyasakkhī vutto bhagavatā”ti?  
What is the personal witness that the Buddha spoke of?”  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
“First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, kāyasakkhī vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the personal witness in a qualified sense.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ …  
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, enters and remains in the second absorption …  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, kāyasakkhī vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the personal witness in a qualified sense.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, kāyasakkhī vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena …pe….  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the personal witness in a qualified sense. Furthermore, take a mendicant who enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness … the dimension of nothingness … the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception …  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti.  
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, kāyasakkhī vutto bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the personal witness in a definitive sense.” 

an9.44idhāvuso āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Paññāvimutto, paññāvimutto’ti, āvuso, vuccati.   “Reverend, they speak of a person called ‘freed by wisdom’.  
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, paññāvimutto vutto bhagavatā”ti?  
What is the one freed by wisdom that the Buddha spoke of?”  
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati,  
“First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, paññāvimutto vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena …pe….  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the one freed by wisdom in a qualified sense. …  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti,  
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, paññāvimutto vutto bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the one freed by wisdom in a definitive sense.” 

an9.45idhāvuso āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Ubhatobhāgavimutto, ubhatobhāgavimutto’ti, āvuso, vuccati.   “Reverend, they speak of a person called ‘freed both ways’.  
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, ubhatobhāgavimutto vutto bhagavatā”ti?  
What is the one freed both ways that the Buddha spoke of?”  
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
“First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ubhatobhāgavimutto vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena …pe….  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the one freed both ways in a qualified sense. …  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti.  
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ubhatobhāgavimutto vutto bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the one freed both ways in a definitive sense.” 

an9.46idhāvuso āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Sandiṭṭhiko dhammo, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo’ti, āvuso, vuccati.   “Reverend, they speak of ‘a teaching apparent in the present life’.  
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo vutto bhagavatā”ti?  
In what way did the Buddha speak of a teaching apparent in the present life?”  
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
“First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena …pe….  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the teaching apparent in the present life in a qualified sense. …  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti.  
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo vutto bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the teaching apparent in the present life in a definitive sense.” 

an9.47idhāvuso āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Sandiṭṭhikaṁ nibbānaṁ, sandiṭṭhikaṁ nibbānan’ti, āvuso, vuccati.   “Reverend, they say that ‘extinguishment is apparent in the present life’.  
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, sandiṭṭhikaṁ nibbānaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
In what way did the Buddha say extinguishment is apparent in the present life?”  
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
“First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sandiṭṭhikaṁ nibbānaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā pariyāyena …pe….  
To this extent the Buddha said that extinguishment is apparent in the present life in a qualified sense. …  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti.  
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sandiṭṭhikaṁ nibbānaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.  
To this extent the Buddha said that extinguishment is apparent in the present life in a definitive sense.” 

an9.48āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Nibbānaṁ, nibbānan’ti, āvuso, vuccati …pe….   “Reverend, they speak of ‘extinguishment’. …” 

an9.50āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Tadaṅganibbānaṁ, tadaṅganibbānan’ti, āvuso, vuccati …pe….   “Reverend, they speak of ‘extinguishment in a certain respect’. …” 

an9.51idhāvuso āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṁ diṭṭhadhammanibbānan’ti, āvuso, vuccati.   “Reverend, they speak of ‘extinguishment in the present life’.  
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
In what way did the Buddha speak of extinguishment in the present life?”  
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
“First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā pariyāyena …pe….  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of extinguishment in the present life in a qualified sense. …  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti.  
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of extinguishment in the present life in a definitive sense.”  

an9.52idhāvuso āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Khemaṁ, kheman’ti, āvuso, vuccati.   “Reverend, they speak of ‘a safe place’.  
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, khemaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
In what way did the Buddha speak of a safe place?”  
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
“First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, khemaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā pariyāyena …pe….  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of a safe place in a qualified sense. …  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti.  
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, khemaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of a safe place in a definitive sense.” 

an9.53āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Khemappatto, khemappatto’ti, āvuso, vuccati ….   “Reverend, they speak of ‘reaching a safe place’. …” 

an9.54āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Amataṁ, amatan’ti, āvuso, vuccati ….   “Reverend, they speak of ‘the deathless’. …” 

an9.55āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Amatappatto, amatappatto’ti, āvuso, vuccati ….   “Reverend, they speak of ‘reaching the deathless’. …” 

an9.56āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Abhayaṁ, abhayan’ti, āvuso, vuccati ….   “Reverend, they speak of ‘a place without fear’. …” 

an9.57āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Abhayappatto, abhayappatto’ti, āvuso, vuccati ….   “Reverend, they speak of ‘reaching a place without fear’. …” 

an9.58āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Passaddhi, passaddhī’ti, āvuso, vuccati ….   “Reverend, they speak of ‘tranquility’. …” 

an9.59āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Anupubbapassaddhi, anupubbapassaddhī’ti, āvuso, vuccati ….   “Reverend, they speak of ‘progressive tranquility’. …” 

an9.60āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Nirodho, nirodho’ti, āvuso, vuccati ….   “Reverend, they speak of ‘cessation’. …” 

an9.61idhāvuso āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Anupubbanirodho, anupubbanirodho’ti, āvuso, vuccati.   “Reverend, they speak of ‘progressive cessation’.  
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, anupubbanirodho vutto bhagavatā”ti?  
What is the progressive cessation that the Buddha spoke of?”  
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
“First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, anupubbanirodho vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena …pe….  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of progressive cessation in a qualified sense. …  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti.  
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, anupubbanirodho vutto bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of progressive cessation in a definitive sense.” 

an10.4āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

“dussīlassa, āvuso, sīlavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti avippaṭisāro;   “Reverends, an unethical person, who lacks ethics, has destroyed a vital condition for having no regrets.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, rukkho sākhāpalāsavipanno. Tassa papaṭikāpi na pāripūriṁ gacchati, tacopi … pheggupi … sāropi na pāripūriṁ gacchati.  
Suppose there was a tree that lacked branches and foliage. Its shoots, bark, softwood, and heartwood would not grow to fullness.  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti avippaṭisāro;  
In the same way, an unethical person, who lacks ethics, has destroyed a vital condition for having no regrets.  
Sīlavato, āvuso, sīlasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti avippaṭisāro;  
An ethical person, who has fulfilled ethics, has fulfilled a vital condition for not having regrets.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, rukkho sākhāpalāsasampanno. Tassa papaṭikāpi pāripūriṁ gacchati, tacopi … pheggupi … sāropi pāripūriṁ gacchati.  
Suppose there was a tree that was complete with branches and foliage. Its shoots, bark, softwood, and heartwood would grow to fullness.  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, sīlavato sīlasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti avippaṭisāro;  
In the same way, an ethical person, who has fulfilled ethics, has fulfilled a vital condition for not having regrets.  

an10.5āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

“dussīlassa, āvuso, sīlavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti avippaṭisāro;   “Reverends, an unethical person, who lacks ethics, has destroyed a vital condition for having no regrets.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, rukkho sākhāpalāsavipanno. Tassa papaṭikāpi na pāripūriṁ gacchati, tacopi … pheggupi … sāropi na pāripūriṁ gacchati.  
Suppose there was a tree that lacked branches and foliage. Its shoots, bark, softwood, and heartwood would not grow to fullness.  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti avippaṭisāro;  
In the same way, an unethical person, who lacks ethics, has destroyed a vital condition for having no regrets.  
Sīlavato, āvuso, sīlasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti avippaṭisāro;  
An ethical person, who has fulfilled ethics, has fulfilled a vital condition for not having regrets.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, rukkho sākhāpalāsasampanno. Tassa papaṭikāpi pāripūriṁ gacchati, tacopi … pheggupi … sāropi pāripūriṁ gacchati.  
Suppose there was a tree that was complete with branches and foliage. Its shoots, bark, softwood, and heartwood would grow to fullness.  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, sīlavato sīlasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti avippaṭisāro;  
In the same way, an ethical person, who has fulfilled ethics, has fulfilled a vital condition for not having regrets.  

an10.7panāvuso āvuso9Pi En Ru dhamma

“Siyā nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa, na āpasmiṁ āposaññī assa, na tejasmiṁ tejosaññī assa, na vāyasmiṁ vāyosaññī assa, na ākāsānañcāyatane ākāsānañcāyatanasaññī assa, na viññāṇañcāyatane viññāṇañcāyatanasaññī assa, na ākiñcaññāyatane ākiñcaññāyatanasaññī assa, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatane nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññī assa, na idhaloke idhalokasaññī assa, na paraloke paralokasaññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti?   “Could it be, reverend Sāriputta, that a mendicant might gain a state of immersion like this? They wouldn’t perceive earth in earth, water in water, fire in fire, or air in air. And they wouldn’t perceive the dimension of infinite space in the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness in the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness in the dimension of nothingness, or the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. And they wouldn’t perceive this world in this world, or the other world in the other world. And yet they would still perceive.”  
“Siyā, āvuso ānanda, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa …pe… na paraloke paralokasaññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti.  
“It could be, Reverend Ānanda.”  
“Yathā kathaṁ pana, āvuso sāriputta, siyā bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa …pe… saññī ca pana assā”ti?  
“But how could this be?”  
“Ekamidāhaṁ, āvuso ānanda, samayaṁ idheva sāvatthiyaṁ viharāmi andhavanasmiṁ.  
“Reverend Ānanda, one time I was staying right here at Sāvatthī in the Dark Forest.  
“Kiṁsaññī panāyasmā sāriputto tasmiṁ samaye ahosī”ti?  
“But at that time what did Reverend Sāriputta perceive?”  
Kiṁsaññī panāyasmā sāriputto → kiṁsaññī panāvuso sāriputta (mr)  
“‘Bhavanirodho nibbānaṁ bhavanirodho nibbānan’ti kho me, āvuso, aññāva saññā uppajjati aññāva saññā nirujjhati.  
“One perception arose in me and another perception ceased: ‘The cessation of continued existence is extinguishment. The cessation of continued existence is extinguishment.’  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sakalikaggissa jhāyamānassa aññāva acci uppajjati aññāva acci nirujjhati;  
Suppose there was a burning pile of twigs. One flame would arise and another would cease.  
evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, ‘bhavanirodho nibbānaṁ bhavanirodho nibbānan’ti aññāva saññā uppajjati aññāva saññā nirujjhati.  
In the same way, one perception arose in me and another perception ceased: ‘The cessation of continued existence is extinguishment. The cessation of continued existence is extinguishment.’  
‘Bhavanirodho nibbānan’ti saññī ca panāhaṁ, āvuso, tasmiṁ samaye ahosin”ti.  
At that time I perceived that the cessation of continued existence is extinguishment.” 

an10.24āvuso19Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Ñāṇavādaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu vadamāno:  
“Reverends, a mendicant who makes a declaration of knowledge says:  
Tañce, āvuso, bhikkhuṁ lobho abhibhuyya tiṭṭhati,  
Suppose that greed masters that mendicant and keeps going.  
Bhāvanāvādaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu vadamāno:  
A mendicant who makes a declaration of development says:  
Tañce, āvuso, bhikkhuṁ lobho abhibhuyya tiṭṭhati,  
Suppose that greed masters that mendicant and keeps going.  
Ñāṇavādañca, āvuso, bhikkhu vadamāno bhāvanāvādañca:  
A mendicant who makes a declaration of both knowledge and development says:  
Tañce, āvuso, bhikkhuṁ lobho abhibhuyya tiṭṭhati,  
Suppose that greed masters that mendicant and keeps going.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, puriso daliddova samāno aḍḍhavādaṁ vadeyya, adhanova samāno dhanavāvādaṁ vadeyya, abhogova samāno bhogavāvādaṁ vadeyya.  
Suppose a poor, needy, and penniless person was to declare themselves to be rich, affluent, and wealthy.  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, ñāṇavādañca bhikkhu vadamāno bhāvanāvādañca:  
In the same way, a mendicant who makes a declaration of knowledge and development says:  
Tañce, āvuso, bhikkhuṁ lobho abhibhuyya tiṭṭhati,  
Suppose that greed masters that mendicant and keeps going.  
Ñāṇavādaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu vadamāno:  
A mendicant who makes a declaration of knowledge says:  
Tañce, āvuso, bhikkhuṁ lobho nābhibhuyya tiṭṭhati,  
Suppose that greed does not master that mendicant and keep going.  
Bhāvanāvādaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu vadamāno:  
A mendicant who makes a declaration of development says:  
Tañce, āvuso, bhikkhuṁ lobho nābhibhuyya tiṭṭhati,  
Suppose that greed does not master that mendicant and keep going.  
Ñāṇavādañca, āvuso, bhikkhu vadamāno bhāvanāvādañca:  
A mendicant who makes a declaration of both knowledge and development says:  
Tañce, āvuso, bhikkhuṁ lobho nābhibhuyya tiṭṭhati,  
Suppose that greed does not master that mendicant and keep going.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, puriso aḍḍhova samāno aḍḍhavādaṁ vadeyya, dhanavāva samāno dhanavāvādaṁ vadeyya, bhogavāva samāno bhogavāvādaṁ vadeyya.  
Suppose a rich, affluent, and wealthy person was to declare themselves to be rich, affluent, and wealthy.  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, ñāṇavādañca bhikkhu vadamāno bhāvanāvādañca:  
In the same way, a mendicant who makes a declaration of knowledge and development says:  
Tañce, āvuso, bhikkhuṁ lobho nābhibhuyya tiṭṭhati,  
Suppose that greed does not master that mendicant and keep going.  

an10.27āvuso9Pi En Ru dhamma

“Samaṇo, āvuso, gotamo sāvakānaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ deseti:   “Reverends, the ascetic Gotama teaches his disciples like this:  
mayampi kho, āvuso, sāvakānaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ desema:  
We too teach our disciples:  
‘etha tumhe, āvuso, sabbaṁ dhammaṁ abhijānātha, sabbaṁ dhammaṁ abhiññāya viharathā’ti.  
‘Please, reverends, directly know all things. Live having directly known all things.’  
Idha no, āvuso, ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ samaṇassa vā gotamassa amhākaṁ vā, yadidaṁ dhammadesanāya vā dhammadesanaṁ anusāsaniyā vā anusāsanin”ti?  
What, then, is the difference between the ascetic Gotama’s teaching and instruction and ours?”  
‘Samaṇo, āvuso, gotamo sāvakānaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ deseti— 
 
mayampi kho, āvuso, sāvakānaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ desema— 
 
etha tumhe, āvuso, sabbaṁ dhammaṁ abhijānātha, sabbaṁ dhammaṁ abhiññāya viharathāti.  
 
Idha no, āvuso, ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ samaṇassa vā gotamassa amhākaṁ vā, yadidaṁ dhammadesanāya vā dhammadesanaṁ anusāsaniyā vā anusāsanin’ti?  
 
‘eko, āvuso, pañho eko uddeso ekaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ, dve pañhā dve uddesā dve veyyākaraṇāni, tayo pañhā tayo uddesā tīṇi veyyākaraṇāni, cattāro pañhā cattāro uddesā cattāri veyyākaraṇāni, pañca pañhā pañcuddesā pañca veyyākaraṇāni, cha pañhā cha uddesā cha veyyākaraṇāni, satta pañhā sattuddesā satta veyyākaraṇāni, aṭṭha pañhā aṭṭhuddesā aṭṭha veyyākaraṇāni, nava pañhā navuddesā nava veyyākaraṇāni, dasa pañhā dasuddesā dasa veyyākaraṇānī’ti.  
‘One thing: question, passage for recitation, and answer. Two … three … four … five … six … seven … eight … nine … ten things: question, passage for recitation, and answer.’  

an10.28āvuso16Pi En Ru dhamma

“Na kho panetaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ, napi manobhāvanīyānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ sammukhā sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ;   “Good people, I haven’t heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha or from esteemed mendicants.  
Ekadhamme, āvuso, bhikkhu sammā nibbindamāno sammā virajjamāno sammā vimuccamāno sammā pariyantadassāvī sammadatthaṁ abhisamecca diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hoti.  
Becoming completely disillusioned, dispassionate, and freed regarding one thing, seeing its limits and fully comprehending its meaning, a mendicant makes an end of suffering in this very life.  
imasmiṁ kho, āvuso, ekadhamme bhikkhu sammā nibbindamāno sammā virajjamāno sammā vimuccamāno sammā pariyantadassāvī sammadatthaṁ abhisamecca diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hoti.  
Becoming completely disillusioned, dispassionate, and freed regarding this one thing, seeing its limits and fully comprehending its meaning, a mendicant makes an end of suffering in this very life.  
Dvīsu, āvuso, dhammesu bhikkhu sammā nibbindamāno sammā virajjamāno sammā vimuccamāno sammā pariyantadassāvī sammadatthaṁ abhisamecca diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hoti.  
 
imesu kho, āvuso, tīsu dhammesu bhikkhu sammā nibbindamāno sammā virajjamāno sammā vimuccamāno sammā pariyantadassāvī sammadatthaṁ abhisamecca diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hoti.  
 
Catūsu, āvuso, dhammesu bhikkhu sammā subhāvitacitto sammā pariyantadassāvī sammadatthaṁ abhisamecca diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hoti.  
With a mind well developed in four things—seeing their limits and fully comprehending their meaning—a mendicant makes an end of suffering in this very life.  
imesu kho, āvuso, catūsu dhammesu bhikkhu sammā subhāvitacitto sammā pariyantadassāvī sammadatthaṁ abhisamecca diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hoti.  
With a mind well developed in these four things—seeing their limits and fully fathoming their meaning—a mendicant makes an end of suffering in this very life. …  
Pañcasu, āvuso, dhammesu bhikkhu sammā subhāvitacitto sammā pariyantadassāvī sammadatthaṁ abhisamecca diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hoti.  
 
imesu kho, āvuso, aṭṭhasu dhammesu bhikkhu sammā subhāvitacitto sammā pariyantadassāvī sammadatthaṁ abhisamecca diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hoti.  
 
Navasu, āvuso, dhammesu bhikkhu sammā nibbindamāno sammā virajjamāno sammā vimuccamāno sammā pariyantadassāvī sammadatthaṁ abhisamecca diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hoti.  
Becoming completely disillusioned, dispassionate, and freed regarding nine things, seeing their limits and fully comprehending their meaning, a mendicant makes an end of suffering in this very life.  
imesu kho, āvuso, navasu dhammesu bhikkhu sammā nibbindamāno sammā virajjamāno sammā vimuccamāno sammā pariyantadassāvī sammadatthaṁ abhisamecca diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hoti.  
Becoming completely disillusioned, dispassionate, and freed regarding these nine things, seeing their limits and fully comprehending their meaning, a mendicant makes an end of suffering in this very life.  
Dasasu, āvuso, dhammesu bhikkhu sammā subhāvitacitto sammā pariyantadassāvī sammadatthaṁ abhisamecca diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hoti.  
Becoming well developed in ten things—seeing their limits and fully fathoming their meaning—a mendicant makes an end of suffering in this very life.  
imesu kho, āvuso, dasasu dhammesu bhikkhu sammā subhāvitacitto sammā pariyantadassāvī sammadatthaṁ abhisamecca diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hoti.  
With a mind well developed in these ten things—seeing their limits and fully fathoming their meaning—a mendicant makes an end of suffering in this very life.  
Iti kho, āvuso, yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitāsu mahāpañhāsu:  
That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of what the Buddha said in brief in ‘The Great Questions’.  
dasa pañhā dasuddesā dasa veyyākaraṇānī’ti, imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
 
Ākaṅkhamānā ca pana tumhe, āvuso, bhagavantaññeva upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyātha.  
If you wish, you may go to the Buddha and ask him about this.  

an10.52cāvuso panāvuso tenāvuso āvuso12Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“No ce, āvuso, bhikkhu paracittapariyāyakusalo hoti, atha ‘sacittapariyāyakusalo bhavissāmī’ti— 
“Reverends, if a mendicant isn’t skilled in the ways of another’s mind, then they should train themselves: ‘I will be skilled in the ways of my own mind.’  
evañhi vo, āvuso, sikkhitabbaṁ.  
 
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu sacittapariyāyakusalo hoti?  
And how is a mendicant skilled in the ways of their own mind?  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, itthī vā puriso vā daharo yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko ādāse vā parisuddhe pariyodāte acche vā udapatte sakaṁ mukhanimittaṁ paccavekkhamāno sace tattha passati rajaṁ vā aṅgaṇaṁ vā, tasseva rajassa vā aṅgaṇassa vā pahānāya vāyamati.  
Suppose there was a woman or man who was young, youthful, and fond of adornments, and they check their own reflection in a clean bright mirror or a clear bowl of water. If they see any dirt or blemish there, they’d try to remove it.  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno paccavekkhaṇā bahukārā hoti kusalesu dhammesu:  
In the same way, checking is very helpful for a mendicant’s skillful qualities.  
Sace, āvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
Suppose that, upon checking, a mendicant knows this:  
‘abhijjhālu bahulaṁ viharāmi …pe… asamāhito bahulaṁ viharāmī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya adhimatto chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca karaṇīyaṁ.  
‘I am often covetous, malicious, overcome with dullness and drowsiness, restless, doubtful, angry, defiled in mind, disturbed in body, lazy, and not immersed in samādhi.’ In order to give up those bad, unskillful qualities, they should apply intense enthusiasm, effort, zeal, vigor, perseverance, mindfulness, and situational awareness.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, ādittacelo vā ādittasīso vā. Tasseva celassa vā sīsassa vā nibbāpanāya adhimattaṁ chandañca vāyāmañca ussāhañca ussoḷhiñca appaṭivāniñca satiñca sampajaññañca kareyya.  
Suppose your clothes or head were on fire. In order to extinguish it, you’d apply intense enthusiasm, effort, zeal, vigor, perseverance, mindfulness, and situational awareness.  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, tena bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya adhimatto chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca karaṇīyaṁ.  
In the same way, in order to give up those bad, unskillful qualities, that mendicant should apply intense enthusiasm …  
Sace panāvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
But suppose that, upon checking, a mendicant knows this:  
‘anabhijjhālu bahulaṁ viharāmi …pe… samāhito bahulaṁ viharāmī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā tesuyeva kusalesu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya uttari āsavānaṁ khayāya yogo karaṇīyo”ti.  
‘I am often content, kind-hearted, rid of dullness and drowsiness, calm, confident, loving, pure in mind, undisturbed in body, energetic, and immersed in samādhi.’ Grounded on those skillful qualities, they should practice meditation further to end the defilements.” 

an10.55cāvuso evamāvuso’ti idhāvuso panāvuso tenahāvuso tenāvuso āvuso28Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“‘Parihānadhammo puggalo, parihānadhammo puggalo’ti, āvuso, vuccati.  
“Reverends, they speak of a person liable to decline,  
‘Aparihānadhammo puggalo, aparihānadhammo puggalo’ti, āvuso, vuccati.  
and one not liable to decline.  
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, parihānadhammo puggalo vutto bhagavatā, kittāvatā ca pana aparihānadhammo puggalo vutto bhagavatā”ti?  
But how did the Buddha define a person liable to decline, and one not liable to decline?”  
“Dūratopi kho mayaṁ, āvuso, āgacchāma āyasmato sāriputtassa santike etassa bhāsitassa atthamaññātuṁ.  
“Reverend, we would travel a long way to learn the meaning of this statement in the presence of Venerable Sāriputta.  
“Tenahāvuso, suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.  
“Then listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, reverend,” they replied.  
“Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, parihānadhammo puggalo vutto bhagavatā?  
“How did the Buddha define a person liable to decline?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu assutañceva dhammaṁ na suṇāti, sutā cassa dhammā sammosaṁ gacchanti, ye cassa dhammā pubbe cetaso asamphuṭṭhapubbā te cassa na samudācaranti, aviññātañceva na vijānāti.  
It’s when a mendicant doesn’t get to hear a teaching they haven’t heard before. They forget those teachings they have heard. They don’t keep rehearsing the teachings they’ve already got to know. And they don’t come to understand what they haven’t understood before.  
Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, parihānadhammo puggalo vutto bhagavatā.  
That’s how the Buddha defined a person liable to decline.  
Kittāvatā ca panāvuso, aparihānadhammo puggalo vutto bhagavatā?  
And how did the Buddha define a person not liable to decline?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu assutañceva dhammaṁ suṇāti, sutā cassa dhammā na sammosaṁ gacchanti, ye cassa dhammā pubbe cetaso asamphuṭṭhapubbā te cassa samudācaranti, aviññātañceva vijānāti.  
It’s when a mendicant gets to hear a teaching they haven’t heard before. They remember those teachings they have heard. They keep rehearsing the teachings they’ve already got to know. And they come to understand what they haven’t understood before.  
Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, aparihānadhammo puggalo vutto bhagavatā.  
That’s how the Buddha defined a person not liable to decline.  
No ce, āvuso, bhikkhu paracittapariyāyakusalo hoti, atha ‘sacittapariyāyakusalo bhavissāmī’ti— 
If a mendicant isn’t skilled in the ways of another’s mind, then they should train themselves: ‘I will be skilled in the ways of my own mind.’  
evañhi vo, āvuso, sikkhitabbaṁ.  
 
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu sacittapariyāyakusalo hoti?  
And how is a mendicant skilled in the ways of their own mind?  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, itthī vā puriso vā daharo yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko ādāse vā parisuddhe pariyodāte acche vā udapatte sakaṁ mukhanimittaṁ paccavekkhamāno sace tattha passati rajaṁ vā aṅgaṇaṁ vā, tasseva rajassa vā aṅgaṇassa vā pahānāya vāyamati.  
Suppose there was a woman or man who was young, youthful, and fond of adornments, and they check their own reflection in a clean bright mirror or a clear bowl of water. If they see any dirt or blemish there, they’d try to remove it.  
Evameva kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno paccavekkhaṇā bahukārā hoti kusalesu dhammesu:  
In the same way, checking is very helpful for a mendicant’s skillful qualities.  
Sace pana, āvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno sabbepime kusale dhamme attani na samanupassati, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā sabbesaṁyeva imesaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ paṭilābhāya adhimatto chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca karaṇīyaṁ.  
Suppose a mendicant, while checking, doesn’t see any of these skillful qualities in themselves. In order to get them they should apply intense enthusiasm, effort, zeal, vigor, perseverance, mindfulness, and situational awareness.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, ādittacelo vā ādittasīso vā.  
Suppose your clothes or head were on fire. In order to extinguish it, you’d apply intense enthusiasm, effort, zeal, vigor, perseverance, mindfulness, and situational awareness.  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, tena bhikkhunā sabbesaṁyeva kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ paṭilābhāya adhimatto chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca karaṇīyaṁ.  
In the same way, they should apply intense enthusiasm to get those skillful qualities …  
Sace panāvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno ekacce kusale dhamme attani samanupassati, ekacce kusale dhamme attani na samanupassati, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā ye kusale dhamme attani samanupassati tesu kusalesu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya, ye kusale dhamme attani na samanupassati tesaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ paṭilābhāya adhimatto chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca karaṇīyaṁ.  
Suppose a mendicant, while checking, sees some of these skillful qualities in themselves, but doesn’t see others. Grounded on the skillful qualities they see, they should apply intense enthusiasm, effort, zeal, vigor, perseverance, mindfulness, and situational awareness in order to get the skillful qualities they don’t see.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, ādittacelo vā ādittasīso vā.  
Suppose your clothes or head were on fire. In order to extinguish it, you’d apply intense enthusiasm, effort, zeal, vigor, perseverance, mindfulness, and situational awareness.  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, tena bhikkhunā ye kusale dhamme attani samanupassati tesu kusalesu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya, ye kusale dhamme attani na samanupassati tesaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ paṭilābhāya adhimatto chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca karaṇīyaṁ.  
In the same way, grounded on the skillful qualities they see, they should apply intense enthusiasm to get those skillful qualities they don’t see.  
Sace panāvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno sabbepime kusale dhamme attani samanupassati, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā sabbesveva imesu kusalesu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya uttari āsavānaṁ khayāya yogo karaṇīyo”ti.  
But suppose a mendicant, while checking, sees all of these skillful qualities in themselves. Grounded on all these skillful qualities they should practice meditation further to end the defilements.” 

an10.58āvuso3Pi En Ru dhamma

‘kiṁmūlakā, āvuso, sabbe dhammā, kiṁsambhavā sabbe dhammā, kiṁsamudayā sabbe dhammā, kiṁsamosaraṇā sabbe dhammā, kiṁpamukhā sabbe dhammā, kiṁadhipateyyā sabbe dhammā, kiṁuttarā sabbe dhammā, kiṁsārā sabbe dhammā, kiṁogadhā sabbe dhammā, kiṁpariyosānā sabbe dhammā’ti, evaṁ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ kinti byākareyyāthā”ti?   ‘Reverends, all things have what as their root? What produces them? What is their origin? What is their meeting place? What is their chief? What is their ruler? What is their overseer? What is their core? What is their culmination? What is their final end?’ How would you answer them?”  
‘kiṁmūlakā, āvuso, sabbe dhammā, kiṁsambhavā sabbe dhammā, kiṁsamudayā sabbe dhammā, kiṁsamosaraṇā sabbe dhammā, kiṁpamukhā sabbe dhammā, kiṁ adhipateyyā sabbe dhammā, kiṁuttarā sabbe dhammā, kiṁsārā sabbe dhammā, kiṁogadhā sabbe dhammā, kiṁpariyosānā sabbe dhammā’ti,  
‘Reverends, all things have what as their root? What produces them? What is their origin? What is their meeting place? What is their chief? What is their ruler? What is their overseer? What is their core? What is their culmination? What is their final end?’  
‘chandamūlakā, āvuso, sabbe dhammā, manasikārasambhavā sabbe dhammā, phassasamudayā sabbe dhammā, vedanāsamosaraṇā sabbe dhammā, samādhippamukhā sabbe dhammā, satādhipateyyā sabbe dhammā, paññuttarā sabbe dhammā, vimuttisārā sabbe dhammā, amatogadhā sabbe dhammā, nibbānapariyosānā sabbe dhammā’ti.  
‘Reverends, all things are rooted in desire. They are produced by application of mind. Contact is their origin. Feeling is their meeting place. Immersion is their chief. Mindfulness is their ruler. Wisdom is their overseer. Freedom is their core. They culminate in the deathless. And extinguishment is their final end.’  

an10.65āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, sukhaṁ, kiṁ dukkhan”ti?   “Reverend Sāriputta, what is happiness and what is suffering?”  
“Abhinibbatti kho, āvuso, dukkhā, anabhinibbatti sukhā.  
“Rebirth is suffering, reverend, no rebirth is happiness.  
Abhinibbattiyā, āvuso, sati idaṁ dukkhaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ— 
When there is rebirth, you can expect this kind of suffering.  
Abhinibbattiyā, āvuso, sati idaṁ dukkhaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ.  
When there is rebirth, this is the kind of suffering you can expect.  
Anabhinibbattiyā, āvuso, sati idaṁ sukhaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ— 
When there is no rebirth, you can expect this kind of happiness.  
Anabhinibbattiyā, āvuso, sati idaṁ sukhaṁ pāṭikaṅkhan”ti.  
When there is no rebirth, this is the kind of happiness you can expect.” 

an10.66āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, sāriputta, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye sukhaṁ, kiṁ dukkhan”ti?   “Reverend Sāriputta, in this teaching and training, what is happiness and what is suffering?”  
“Anabhirati kho, āvuso, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye dukkhā, abhirati sukhā.  
“Reverend, in this teaching and training dissatisfaction is suffering and satisfaction is happiness.  
Anabhiratiyā, āvuso, sati idaṁ dukkhaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ— 
When you’re dissatisfied, you can expect this kind of suffering.  
Anabhiratiyā, āvuso, sati idaṁ dukkhaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ.  
When you’re dissatisfied, this is the kind of suffering you can expect.  
Abhiratiyā, āvuso, sati idaṁ sukhaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ— 
When you’re satisfied, you can expect this kind of happiness.  
Abhiratiyā, āvuso, sati idaṁ sukhaṁ pāṭikaṅkhan”ti.  
When you’re satisfied, this is the kind of happiness you can expect.” 

an10.67āvuso27Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Yassa kassaci, āvuso, saddhā natthi kusalesu dhammesu, hirī natthi …  
“Reverends, whoever has no faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom when it comes to skillful qualities  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, kāḷapakkhe candassa yā ratti vā divaso vā āgacchati, hāyateva vaṇṇena hāyati maṇḍalena hāyati ābhāya hāyati ārohapariṇāhena;  
It’s like the moon in the waning fortnight. Whether by day or by night, its beauty, roundness, light, and diameter and circumference only decline.  
evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, yassa kassaci saddhā natthi kusalesu dhammesu, hirī natthi …  
In the same way, whoever has no faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom when it comes to skillful qualities  
‘Assaddho purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ;  
A faithless individual is in decline.  
‘ahiriko purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ;  
An individual with no conscience is in decline.  
‘anottappī purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ;  
An imprudent individual is in decline.  
‘kusīto purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ;  
A lazy individual is in decline.  
‘duppañño purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ;  
A witless individual is in decline.  
‘kodhano purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ;  
An irritable individual is in decline.  
‘upanāhī purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ;  
A hostile individual is in decline.  
‘pāpiccho purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ;  
An individual with corrupt wishes is in decline.  
‘pāpamitto purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ;  
An individual with bad friends is in decline.  
‘micchādiṭṭhiko purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ.  
An individual with wrong view is in decline.  
Yassa kassaci, āvuso, saddhā atthi kusalesu dhammesu, hirī atthi …  
Whoever has faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom when it comes to skillful qualities  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, juṇhapakkhe candassa yā ratti vā divaso vā āgacchati, vaḍḍhateva vaṇṇena vaḍḍhati maṇḍalena vaḍḍhati ābhāya vaḍḍhati ārohapariṇāhena;  
It’s like the moon in the waxing fortnight. Whether by day or by night, its beauty, roundness, light, and diameter and circumference only grow.  
evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, yassa kassaci saddhā atthi kusalesu dhammesu, hirī atthi …  
In the same way, whoever has faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom when it comes to skillful qualities  
‘Saddho purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ;  
A faithful individual doesn’t decline.  
‘hirīmā purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ;  
An individual with a conscience doesn’t decline.  
‘ottappī purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ;  
A prudent individual doesn’t decline.  
‘āraddhavīriyo purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ;  
An energetic individual doesn’t decline.  
‘paññavā purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ;  
A wise individual doesn’t decline.  
‘akkodhano purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ;  
A loving individual doesn’t decline.  
‘anupanāhī purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ;  
A kind individual doesn’t decline.  
‘appiccho purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ;  
An individual with few desires doesn’t decline.  
‘kalyāṇamitto purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ;  
An individual with good friends doesn’t decline.  
‘sammādiṭṭhiko purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametan”ti.  
An individual with right view doesn’t decline.”  

an10.68āvuso7Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Yassa kassaci, āvuso, saddhā natthi kusalesu dhammesu, hirī natthi …  
“Reverends, whoever has no faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom; who doesn’t want to listen, doesn’t memorize the teachings, examine their meaning, or practice accordingly, and is not diligent when it comes to skillful qualities  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, kāḷapakkhe candassa yā ratti vā divaso vā āgacchati, hāyateva vaṇṇena hāyati maṇḍalena hāyati ābhāya hāyati ārohapariṇāhena;  
It’s like the moon in the waning fortnight. Whether by day or by night, its beauty, roundness, light, and diameter and circumference only decline.  
evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, yassa kassaci saddhā natthi kusalesu dhammesu, hirī natthi …  
In the same way, whoever has no faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom; who doesn’t want to listen, doesn’t memorize the teachings, examine their meaning, or practice accordingly, and is negligent when it comes to skillful qualities  
Yassa kassaci, āvuso, saddhā atthi kusalesu dhammesu, hirī atthi …  
Whoever has faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom; who wants to listen, memorizes the teachings, examines their meaning, and practices accordingly, and is diligent when it comes to skillful qualities  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, juṇhapakkhe candassa yā ratti vā divaso vā āgacchati, vaḍḍhateva vaṇṇena vaḍḍhati maṇḍalena vaḍḍhati ābhāya vaḍḍhati ārohapariṇāhena;  
It’s like the moon in the waxing fortnight. Whether by day or by night, its beauty, roundness, light, and diameter and circumference only grow.  
evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, yassa kassaci saddhā atthi kusalesu dhammesu …pe…  
In the same way, whoever has faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom; who wants to listen, memorizes the teachings, examines their meaning, and practices accordingly, and is diligent when it comes to skillful qualities  

an10.84idhāvuso vatāvuso āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu aññaṁ byākaroti:  
“Take a mendicant who declares enlightenment:  
So vatāvuso, bhikkhu ‘ime dasa dhamme appahāya imasmiṁ dhammavinaye vuddhiṁ virūḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjissatī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.  
It’s quite impossible for a mendicant to achieve growth, improvement, or maturity in this teaching and training without giving up these ten qualities.  
So vatāvuso, bhikkhu ‘ime dasa dhamme pahāya imasmiṁ dhammavinaye vuddhiṁ virūḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjissatī’ti ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī”ti.  
It is quite possible for a mendicant to achieve growth, improvement, or maturity in this teaching and training after giving up these ten qualities.” 

an10.85idhāvuso vatāvuso āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu katthī hoti vikatthī adhigamesu:  
“Take a mendicant who boasts and brags about their achievements:  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sahāyako sahāyakaṁ evaṁ vadeyya:  
Suppose one friend was to say to another:  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu katthī hoti vikatthī adhigamesu:  
In the same way, take a mendicant who boasts and brags about their achievements:  
So vatāvuso, bhikkhu ‘ime dasa dhamme appahāya imasmiṁ dhammavinaye vuddhiṁ virūḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjissatī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.  
It’s quite impossible for a mendicant to achieve growth, improvement, or maturity in this teaching and training without giving up these ten qualities.  
So vatāvuso, bhikkhu ‘ime dasa dhamme pahāya imasmiṁ dhammavinaye vuddhiṁ virūḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjissatī’ti ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī”ti.  
It is quite possible for a mendicant to achieve growth, improvement, or maturity in this teaching and training after giving up these ten qualities.” 

an10.86idhāvuso vatāvuso āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu aññaṁ byākaroti:  
“Take a mendicant who declares enlightenment:  
So vatāvuso, bhikkhu ‘ime dasa dhamme appahāya imasmiṁ dhammavinaye vuddhiṁ virūḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjissatī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.  
It’s quite impossible for a mendicant to achieve growth, improvement, or maturity in this teaching and training without giving up these ten qualities.  
So vatāvuso, bhikkhu ‘ime dasa dhamme pahāya imasmiṁ dhammavinaye vuddhiṁ virūḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjissatī’ti ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī”ti.  
It is quite possible for a mendicant to achieve growth, improvement, or maturity in this teaching and training after giving up these ten qualities.” 

an10.89āvuso āvuso’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kosi tvaṁ, āvuso”ti?   “Who are you, reverend?”  
“Nanu tvaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā anāgāmī byākato, atha kiñcarahi idhāgato?  
“Didn’t the Buddha declare you a non-returner? So what exactly are you doing back here?  

an10.95tenahāvuso āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“tenahāvuso uttiya, upamaṁ te karissāmi.   “Well then, Reverend Uttiya, I shall give you a simile.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso uttiya, rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ daḷhuddhāpaṁ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṁ ekadvāraṁ.  
Suppose there was a king’s frontier citadel with fortified embankments, ramparts, and arches, and a single gate.  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso uttiya, na tathāgatassa evaṁ ussukkaṁ hoti: ‘sabbo vā tena loko nīyati, upaḍḍho vā, tibhāgo vā’ti.  
In the same way, it’s not the Realized One’s concern whether the whole world is saved by this, or half, or a third.  
Yadeva kho tvaṁ, āvuso uttiya, bhagavantaṁ pañhaṁ apucchi tadevetaṁ pañhaṁ bhagavantaṁ aññena pariyāyena apucchi.  
Uttiya, you were just asking the Buddha the same question as before in a different way.  

an10.96ahamāvuso panāvuso pucchāvuso āvuso āvuso’ti22Pi En Ru dhamma

“kvettha, āvuso”ti?   “Who’s here, reverend?”  
“Ahamāvuso, bhikkhū”ti.  
“I’m a mendicant, reverend.”  
“Katamesaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhūnan”ti?  
“Of which mendicants?”  
“Samaṇānaṁ, āvuso, sakyaputtiyānan”ti.  
“Of the ascetics who follow the Sakyan.”  
“Pucchāvuso, sutvā vedissāmā”ti.  
“Ask, reverend. When I’ve heard it I’ll know.”  
“Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, evaṁdiṭṭhi:  
“That’s not my view, reverend.”  
“Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, evaṁdiṭṭhi:  
“That’s not my view, reverend.”  
“Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, evaṁdiṭṭhi:  
“That’s not my view, reverend.”  
“Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, na jānāmi na passāmi.  
“That’s not so, reverend.  
Jānāmahaṁ, āvuso, passāmī”ti.  
I do know and see.”  
‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, evaṁdiṭṭhi— 
 
‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, evaṁdiṭṭhi— 
 
‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, evaṁdiṭṭhi— 
 
‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, na jānāmi na passāmi.  
you say, ‘That’s not so, reverend.  
Jānāmahaṁ, āvuso, passāmī’ti vadesi.  
I do know and see.’  
Yathā kathaṁ panāvuso, imassa bhāsitassa attho daṭṭhabbo”ti?  
How then should we see the meaning of this statement?”  
“‘Sassato loko, idameva saccaṁ moghamaññan’ti kho, āvuso, diṭṭhigatametaṁ.  
“‘The cosmos is eternal. This is the only truth, other ideas are silly:’ that’s a misconception.  
‘Asassato loko, idameva saccaṁ moghamaññan’ti kho, āvuso, diṭṭhigatametaṁ.  
‘The cosmos is not eternal. This is the only truth, other ideas are silly:’ that’s a misconception.  
‘neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā, idameva saccaṁ moghamaññan’ti kho, āvuso, diṭṭhigatametaṁ.  
‘A Realized One neither still exists nor no longer exists after death. This is the only truth, other ideas are silly:’ that’s a misconception.  
Yāvatā, āvuso, diṭṭhi yāvatā diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṁ diṭṭhiadhiṭṭhānaṁ diṭṭhipariyuṭṭhānaṁ diṭṭhisamuṭṭhānaṁ diṭṭhisamugghāto, tamahaṁ jānāmi tamahaṁ passāmi.  
I know and see the scope of convictions, the scope of grounds for views, fixation on views, obsession with views, the origin of views, and the uprooting of views.  
Jānāmahaṁ, āvuso, passāmī”ti.  
I do know and see.”  
“‘Ānando’ti kho me, āvuso, nāmaṁ.  
“Reverend, my name is Ānanda.  

an10.115addhāvuso cāvuso evamāvuso’ti hāvuso tenahāvuso āvuso27Pi En Ru dhamma

“idaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:   “The Buddha gave this brief passage for recitation, then entered his dwelling without explaining the meaning in detail.  
“Idaṁ kho no, āvuso ānanda, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
 
Tesaṁ no, āvuso, amhākaṁ acirapakkantassa bhagavato etadahosi:  
 
‘idaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho— 
 
Tesaṁ no, āvuso, amhākaṁ etadahosi:  
 
“Seyyathāpi, āvuso, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṁ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva mūlaṁ atikkamma khandhaṁ sākhāpalāse sāraṁ pariyesitabbaṁ maññeyya;  
“Reverends, suppose there was a person in need of heartwood. And while wandering in search of heartwood he’d come across a large tree standing with heartwood. But he’d pass over the roots and trunk, imagining that the heartwood should be sought in the branches and leaves.  
So hāvuso, bhagavā jānaṁ jānāti passaṁ passati, cakkhubhūto ñāṇabhūto dhammabhūto brahmabhūto vattā pavattā atthassa ninnetā amatassa dātā dhammassāmī tathāgato.  
For he is the Buddha, the one who knows and sees. He is vision, he is knowledge, he is the manifestation of principle, he is the manifestation of divinity. He is the teacher, the proclaimer, the elucidator of meaning, the bestower of the deathless, the lord of truth, the Realized One.  
“Addhāvuso ānanda, bhagavā jānaṁ jānāti passaṁ passati cakkhubhūto ñāṇabhūto dhammabhūto brahmabhūto vattā pavattā atthassa ninnetā amatassa dātā dhammassāmī tathāgato.  
“Certainly he is the Buddha, the one who knows and sees. He is vision, he is knowledge, he is the manifestation of principle, he is the manifestation of divinity. He is the teacher, the proclaimer, the elucidator of meaning, the bestower of the deathless, the lord of truth, the Realized One.  
“Tenahāvuso, suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.  
“Then listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato ānandassa paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, reverend,” they replied.  
“Yaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
“Reverends, the Buddha gave this brief passage for recitation, then entered his dwelling without explaining the meaning in detail:  
Katamo cāvuso, adhammo, katamo ca dhammo, katamo ca anattho, katamo ca attho?  
So what are bad principles? What are good principles? What are bad results? And what are good results?  
Micchādiṭṭhi, āvuso, adhammo;  
Wrong view is a bad principle.  
Micchāsaṅkappo, āvuso, adhammo;  
Wrong thought is a bad principle.  
micchāvācā, āvuso, adhammo;  
Wrong speech is a bad principle.  
micchākammanto, āvuso, adhammo;  
Wrong action is a bad principle.  
micchāājīvo, āvuso, adhammo;  
Wrong livelihood is a bad principle.  
micchāvāyāmo, āvuso, adhammo;  
Wrong effort is a bad principle.  
micchāsati, āvuso, adhammo;  
Wrong mindfulness is a bad principle.  
micchāsamādhi, āvuso, adhammo;  
Wrong immersion is a bad principle.  
micchāñāṇaṁ, āvuso, adhammo;  
Wrong knowledge is a bad principle.  
Micchāvimutti, āvuso, adhammo;  
Wrong freedom is a bad principle.  
Ayaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
The Buddha gave this brief passage for recitation, then entered his dwelling without explaining the meaning in detail:  
tathā paṭipajjitabban’ti, imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
and practice accordingly.’ And this is how I understand the detailed meaning of this passage for recitation.  
Ākaṅkhamānā ca pana tumhe, āvuso, bhagavantaṁyeva upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyātha.  
If you wish, you may go to the Buddha and ask him about this.  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato ānandassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
“Yes, reverend,” said those mendicants, approving and agreeing with what Ānanda said. Then they rose from their seats and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. Then they said:  
‘idaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho— 
 

an10.172cāvuso evamāvuso’ti hāvuso āvuso āvuso’ti27Pi En Ru dhamma

“idaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:   “The Buddha gave this brief passage for recitation, then entered his dwelling without explaining the meaning in detail.  
“Idaṁ kho no, āvuso kaccāna, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
 
Tesaṁ no, āvuso, amhākaṁ acirapakkantassa bhagavato etadahosi:  
 
‘idaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho— 
 
Tesaṁ no, āvuso, amhākaṁ etadahosi:  
 
“Seyyathāpi, āvuso, puriso sāratthiko sāraṁ gavesī sārapariyesanaṁ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva mūlaṁ atikkamma khandhaṁ sākhāpalāse sāraṁ pariyesitabbaṁ maññeyya.  
“Reverends, suppose there was a person in need of heartwood. And while wandering in search of heartwood he’d come across a large tree standing with heartwood. But he’d pass over the roots and trunk, imagining that the heartwood should be sought in the branches and leaves.  
So hāvuso, bhagavā jānaṁ jānāti passaṁ passati cakkhubhūto ñāṇabhūto dhammabhūto brahmabhūto vattā pavattā atthassa ninnetā amatassa dātā dhammassāmī tathāgato.  
For he is the Buddha, the one who knows and sees. He is vision, he is knowledge, he is the manifestation of principle, he is the manifestation of divinity. He is the teacher, the proclaimer, the elucidator of meaning, the bestower of the deathless, the lord of truth, the Realized One.  
“Addhā, āvuso kaccāna, bhagavā jānaṁ jānāti passaṁ passati cakkhubhūto ñāṇabhūto dhammabhūto brahmabhūto vattā pavattā atthassa ninnetā amatassa dātā dhammassāmī tathāgato.  
“Certainly he is the Buddha, the one who knows and sees. He is vision, he is knowledge, he is the manifestation of principle, he is the manifestation of divinity. He is the teacher, the proclaimer, the elucidator of meaning, the bestower of the deathless, the lord of truth, the Realized One.  
“Tena hāvuso, suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.  
“Well then, reverends, listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”  
“Evaṁ, āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahākaccānassa paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, reverend,” they replied.  
“Yaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
“Reverends, the Buddha gave this brief passage for recitation, then entered his dwelling without explaining the meaning in detail:  
Katamo cāvuso, adhammo; katamo ca dhammo?  
So what are bad principles? What are good principles?  
Pāṇātipāto, āvuso, adhammo;  
Killing living creatures is a bad principle.  
Adinnādānaṁ, āvuso, adhammo;  
Stealing is a bad principle.  
Kāmesumicchācāro, āvuso, adhammo;  
Sexual misconduct is a bad principle.  
Musāvādo, āvuso, adhammo;  
Lying is a bad principle.  
Pisuṇā vācā, āvuso, adhammo;  
Divisive speech is a bad principle.  
Pharusā vācā, āvuso, adhammo;  
Harsh speech is a bad principle.  
Samphappalāpo, āvuso, adhammo;  
Talking nonsense is a bad principle.  
Abhijjhā, āvuso, adhammo;  
Covetousness is a bad principle.  
Byāpādo, āvuso, adhammo;  
Ill will is a bad principle.  
Micchādiṭṭhi, āvuso, adhammo;  
Wrong view is a bad principle.  
‘Yaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho— 
The Buddha gave this brief passage for recitation, then entered his dwelling without explaining the meaning in detail:  
Imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
And this is how I understand the detailed meaning of this passage for recitation.  
Ākaṅkhamānā ca pana tumhe, āvuso, bhagavantaṁyeva upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyātha.  
If you wish, you may go to the Buddha and ask him about this.  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahākaccānassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
“Yes, reverend,” said those mendicants, approving and agreeing with what Mahākaccāna said. Then they rose from their seats and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. Then they said:  
‘idaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
 

an11.4āvuso7Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Dussīlassa, āvuso, sīlavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti avippaṭisāro,  
“An unethical person, who lacks ethics, has destroyed a vital condition for not having regrets.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, rukkho sākhāpalāsavipanno. Tassa papaṭikāpi na pāripūriṁ gacchati, tacopi … pheggupi … sāropi na pāripūriṁ gacchati.  
Suppose there was a tree that lacked branches and foliage. Its shoots, bark, softwood, and heartwood would not grow to fullness.  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti avippaṭisāro,  
In the same way, an unethical person, who lacks ethics, has destroyed a vital condition for having no regrets.  
Sīlavato, āvuso, sīlasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti avippaṭisāro,  
An ethical person, who has fulfilled ethics, has fulfilled a vital condition for not having regrets.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, rukkho sākhāpalāsasampanno. Tassa papaṭikāpi pāripūriṁ gacchati, tacopi … pheggupi … sāropi pāripūriṁ gacchati.  
Suppose there was a tree that was complete with branches and foliage. Its shoots, bark, softwood, and heartwood would grow to fullness.  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, sīlavato sīlasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti avippaṭisāro,  
In the same way, an ethical person, who has fulfilled ethics, has fulfilled a vital condition for not having regrets.  

an11.5āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

“dussīlassa, āvuso, sīlavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti avippaṭisāro,   “An unethical person, who lacks ethics, has destroyed a vital condition for not having regrets.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, rukkho sākhāpalāsavipanno. Tassa papaṭikāpi na pāripūriṁ gacchati, tacopi … pheggupi … sāropi na pāripūriṁ gacchati.  
Suppose there was a tree that lacked branches and foliage. Its shoots, bark, softwood, and heartwood would not grow to fullness.  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti avippaṭisāro,  
In the same way, an unethical person, who lacks ethics, has destroyed a vital condition for having no regrets.  
Sīlavato, āvuso, sīlasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti avippaṭisāro,  
An ethical person, who has fulfilled ethics, has fulfilled a vital condition for not having regrets.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, rukkho sākhāpalāsasampanno. Tassa papaṭikāpi pāripūriṁ gacchati, tacopi … pheggupi … sāropi pāripūriṁ gacchati.  
Suppose there was a tree that was complete with branches and foliage. Its shoots, bark, softwood, and heartwood would grow to fullness.  
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, sīlavato sīlasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti avippaṭisāro,  
In the same way, an ethical person, who has fulfilled ethics, has fulfilled a vital condition for not having regrets.  

an11.7panāvuso āvuso10Pi En Ru dhamma

“Siyā nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa …pe… yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, tatrāpi na saññī assa, saññī pana assā”ti.   “Could it be, reverend Sāriputta, that a mendicant might gain a state of immersion like this? They wouldn’t perceive earth in earth … And they wouldn’t perceive what is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, or explored by the mind. And yet they would still perceive.”  
“Siyā, āvuso ānanda, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa …pe… yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, tatrāpi na saññī assa, saññī ca pana assā”ti.  
“It could be, Reverend Ānanda.”  
“Yathā kathaṁ panāvuso sāriputta, siyā bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa …pe… yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, tatrāpi na saññī assa, saññī ca pana assā”ti?  
“But how could this be?”  
“Idha, āvuso ānanda, bhikkhu evaṁsaññī hoti:  
“Ānanda, it’s when a mendicant perceives:  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso ānanda, siyā bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa …pe… yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, tatrāpi na saññī assa, saññī ca pana assā”ti.  
That’s how a mendicant might gain a state of immersion like this. They wouldn’t perceive earth in earth … And they wouldn’t perceive what is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, or explored by the mind. And yet they would still perceive.”  
“Acchariyaṁ, āvuso, abbhutaṁ, āvuso.  
“It’s incredible, it’s amazing!  
Idānāhaṁ, āvuso, bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ apucchiṁ.  
Just now I went to the Buddha and asked him about this matter.  
Acchariyaṁ, āvuso, abbhutaṁ, āvuso.  
It’s incredible, it’s amazing!  

an11.20āvuso5Pi En Ru dhamma

“Siyā nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa …pe… yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā tatrāpi na saññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti?   “Could it be, reverend, that a mendicant might gain a state of immersion like this? They wouldn’t perceive earth in earth, water in water, fire in fire, or air in air. And they wouldn’t perceive the dimension of infinite space in the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness in the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness in the dimension of nothingness, or the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. They wouldn’t perceive this world in this world, or the other world in the other world. And they wouldn’t perceive what is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, or explored by the mind. And yet they would still perceive.”  
“Siyā, āvuso, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa …pe… yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā tatrāpi na saññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti.  
“It could be, reverends.”  
“Yathā kathaṁ pana, āvuso sāriputta, siyā bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa …pe… yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā tatrāpi na saññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti?  
“But how could this be?”  
“Idha, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁsaññī hoti:  
“It’s when a mendicant perceives:  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, siyā bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa …pe… yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā tatrāpi na saññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti.  
That’s how a mendicant might gain a state of immersion like this. They wouldn’t perceive earth in earth, water in water, fire in fire, or air in air. And they wouldn’t perceive the dimension of infinite space in the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness in the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness in the dimension of nothingness, or the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. They wouldn’t perceive this world in this world, or the other world in the other world. And they wouldn’t perceive what is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, or explored by the mind. And yet they would still perceive.” 

an11.21evamāvuso’ti panāvuso tenahāvuso āvuso8Pi En Ru dhamma

“siyā nu kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa, na āpasmiṁ āposaññī assa, na tejasmiṁ tejosaññī assa, na vāyasmiṁ vāyosaññī assa, na ākāsānañcāyatane ākāsānañcāyatanasaññī assa, na viññāṇañcāyatane viññāṇañcāyatanasaññī assa, na ākiñcaññāyatane ākiñcaññāyatanasaññī assa, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatane nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññī assa, na idhaloke idhalokasaññī assa, na paraloke paralokasaññī assa, yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā tatrāpi na saññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti?   “Could it be, reverends, that a mendicant might gain a state of immersion like this? They wouldn’t perceive earth in earth, water in water, fire in fire, or air in air. And they wouldn’t perceive the dimension of infinite space in the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness in the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness in the dimension of nothingness, or the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. They wouldn’t perceive this world in this world, or the other world in the other world. And they wouldn’t perceive what is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, or explored by the mind. And yet they would still perceive.”  
“Dūratopi kho mayaṁ, āvuso, āgaccheyyāma āyasmato sāriputtassa santike etassa bhāsitassa atthamaññātuṁ.  
“Reverend, we would travel a long way to learn the meaning of this statement in the presence of Venerable Sāriputta.  
“Tenahāvuso, suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha; bhāsissāmī”ti.  
“Then listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, friend,” they replied.  
“Siyā, āvuso, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa …pe… yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā tatrāpi na saññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti.  
“A mendicant could gain such a state of immersion.”  
“Yathā kathaṁ panāvuso, siyā bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa …pe… yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā tatrāpi na saññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti?  
“But how could this be?”  
“Idha, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁsaññī hoti:  
“It’s when a mendicant perceives:  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, siyā bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa, na āpasmiṁ āposaññī assa, na tejasmiṁ tejosaññī assa, na vāyasmiṁ vāyosaññī assa, na ākāsānañcāyatane ākāsānañcāyatanasaññī assa, na viññāṇañcāyatane viññāṇañcāyatanasaññī assa, na ākiñcaññāyatane ākiñcaññāyatanasaññī assa, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatane nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññī assa, na idhaloke idhalokasaññī assa, na paraloke paralokasaññī assa, yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā tatrāpi na saññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti.  
That’s how a mendicant might gain a state of immersion like this. They wouldn’t perceive earth in earth, water in water, fire in fire, or air in air. And they wouldn’t perceive the dimension of infinite space in the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness in the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness in the dimension of nothingness, or the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. They wouldn’t perceive this world in this world, or the other world in the other world. And they wouldn’t perceive what is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, or explored by the mind. And yet they would still perceive.”  

dn1āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“acchariyaṁ, āvuso, abbhutaṁ, āvuso, yāvañcidaṁ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sattānaṁ nānādhimuttikatā suppaṭividitā.   «Как чудесно, братья, как необычайно, братья, что Благостный — [все]знающий, [все]видящий, архат, в совершенстве просветленный — столь хорошо постиг различные склонности существ!  
“It’s incredible, reverends, it’s amazing how the diverse convictions of sentient beings have been clearly comprehended by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
‘acchariyaṁ, āvuso, abbhutaṁ, āvuso, yāvañcidaṁ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sattānaṁ nānādhimuttikatā suppaṭividitā.  
„Как чудесно, братья, как необычно, братья, что Благостный — [все]знающий, [все]видящий, архат, в совершенстве просветленный, — столь хорошо постиг различные склонности существ!  
 

dn6evamāvuso’ti hāvuso idhāvuso āvuso18Pi En Ru dhamma

“Akālo kho, āvuso, bhagavantaṁ dassanāya, paṭisallīno bhagavā”ti.   «Не время, почтенные, видеть Благостного. Благостный предается размышлению».  
“It’s the wrong time to see the Buddha; he is on retreat.”  
‘kiṁ nu kho, āvuso gotama, taṁ jīvaṁ taṁ sarīraṁ, udāhu aññaṁ jīvaṁ aññaṁ sarīran’ti?  
„Является ли, почтенный Готама, жизненное начало тем же, что и тело, или жизненное начало — одно, а тело — другое?“  
‘Reverend Gotama, are the soul and the body the same thing, or they are different things?’  
‘Tena hāvuso, suṇātha sādhukaṁ manasi karotha bhāsissāmī’ti.  
„В таком случае, почтенные, слушайте тщательно и внимайте [тому, что] я скажу“.  
‘Well then, reverends, listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.’  
‘Evamāvuso’ti kho te dve pabbajitā mama paccassosuṁ.  
„Хорошо, почтенный“, — согласились со мной два странника.  
‘Yes, reverend,’ they replied.  
‘idhāvuso tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho …pe…  
„Вот, почтенные, в мир приходит Татхагата  
‘Take the case when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha …  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu sīlasampanno hoti.  
Таким, почтенные, бывает монах, наделенный нравственностью  
That’s how a mendicant is accomplished in ethics. …  
Yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya:  
И вот, почтенные, когда монах знает так и видит так, то подобает ли ему говорить:  
When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them:  
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya:  
„Когда этот монах, почтенный, знает так и видит так, то ему подобает говорить:  
‘It would, reverend.’  
Ahaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, evaṁ jānāmi evaṁ passāmi.  
„Но вот, почтенные, я знаю так и вижу так.  
‘But reverends, I know and see like this.  
Yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya:  
И вот, почтенные, когда монах знает так и видит так, то подобает ли ему говорить:  
When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them:  
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya:  
„Когда этот монах, почтенный, знает так и видит так, то ему подобает говорить:  
‘It would, reverend.’  
Ahaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, evaṁ jānāmi evaṁ passāmi.  
„Но вот, почтенные, я знаю так и вижу так.  
‘But reverends, I know and see like this.  
yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya:  
И вот, почтенные, когда монах знает так и видит так, то подобает ли ему говорить:  
When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them:  
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya:  
„Когда этот монах, почтенный, знает так и видит так, то ему подобает говорить:  
‘It would, reverend.’  
Ahaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, evaṁ jānāmi evaṁ passāmi.  
„Но вот, почтенные, я знаю так и вижу так.  
‘But reverends, I know and see like this.  
Yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya:  
И вот, почтенные, когда монах знает так и видит так, то подобает ли ему говорить:  
When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them:  
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati na kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya:  
Когда этот монах, почтенный, знает так и видит так, то ему не подобает говорить ни:  
‘It would not, reverend.’  
Ahaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, evaṁ jānāmi evaṁ passāmi.  
Вот, почтенные, и я знаю так и вижу так.  
‘But reverends, I know and see like this.  

dn7evamāvuso’ti hāvuso idhāvuso āvuso17Pi En Ru dhamma

“kiṁ nu kho, āvuso gotama, taṁ jīvaṁ taṁ sarīraṁ, udāhu aññaṁ jīvaṁ aññaṁ sarīran”ti?   «Является ли, почтенный Готама, жизненное начало тем же, что и тело, или жизненное начало — одно, а тело — другое?»  
“Reverend Gotama, are the soul and the body the same thing, or they are different things?”  
“Tena hāvuso, suṇātha sādhukaṁ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.  
«В таком случае, почтенные, слушайте тщательно и внимайте [тому, что] я скажу».  
“Well then, reverends, listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te dve pabbajitā bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
«Хорошо, почтенный», — согласились с Благостным два странника.  
“Yes, reverend,” they replied.  
“idhāvuso, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ, sammāsambuddho …pe…  
2. «Вот, почтенные, в мир приходит Татхагата  
“Take the case when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha …  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu sīlasampanno hoti.  
Таким, почтенные, бывает монах, наделенный нравственностью  
That’s how a mendicant is accomplished in ethics. …  
Yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya:  
И вот, почтенные, когда монах знает так и видит так, то подобает ли ему говорить:  
When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them:  
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya:  
«Когда этот монах, почтенный, знает так и видит так, то ему подобает говорить:  
“It would, reverend.”  
Ahaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, evaṁ jānāmi evaṁ passāmi.  
«Но вот, почтенные, я знаю так и вижу так.  
“But reverends, I know and see like this.  
Yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya:  
И вот, почтенные, когда монах знает так и видит так, то подобает ли ему говорить:  
When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them:  
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati kallaṁ, tassetaṁ vacanāya:  
И вот, почтенные, когда монах знает так и видит так, то подобает ли ему говорить:  
“It would, reverend.”  
Ahaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, evaṁ jānāmi evaṁ passāmi.  
«Когда этот монах, почтенный, знает так и видит так, то ему подобает говорить:  
“But reverends, I know and see like this.  
yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya:  
И вот, почтенные, когда монах знает так и видит так, то подобает ли ему говорить:  
When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them:  
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya:  
«Когда этот монах, почтенный, знает так и видит так, то ему подобает говорить:  
“It would, reverend.”  
Ahaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, evaṁ jānāmi evaṁ passāmi.  
«Но вот, почтенные, я знаю так и вижу так.  
“But reverends, I know and see like this.  
Yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya:  
И вот, почтенные, когда монах знает так и видит так, то подобает ли ему говорить:  
When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them:  
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, na kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya:  
«Когда этот монах, почтенный, знает так и видит так, то ему подобает говорить:  
“It would not, reverend.”  
Ahaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, evaṁ jānāmi evaṁ passāmi.  
«Вот, почтенные, и я знаю так и вижу так.  
“But reverends, I know and see like this.  

dn8āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

‘yesu no, āvuso, ṭhānesu na sameti, tiṭṭhantu tāni ṭhānāni.   „В каких положениях, достопочтенные, между нами нет согласия, — пусть те положения остаются в покое.  
‘Let us leave aside those matters on which we disagree.  
“imepi kho, āvuso gotama, tapopakkamā etesaṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ sāmaññasaṅkhātā ca brahmaññasaṅkhātā ca.  
«Вот какие виды подвижничества, достопочтенный Готама, считаются отшельничеством и считаются брахманством у некоторых отшельников и брахманов:  
“Reverend Gotama, those ascetics and brahmins consider these courses of fervent mortification to be what makes someone a true ascetic or brahmin.  
Imepi kho, āvuso gotama, tapopakkamā etesaṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ sāmaññasaṅkhātā ca brahmaññasaṅkhātā ca.  
И вот какие виды подвижничества, достопочтенный Готама, считаются отшельничеством и считаются брахманством у некоторых отшельников и брахманов:  
Those ascetics and brahmins also consider these courses of fervent mortification to be what makes someone a true ascetic or brahmin.  
Imepi kho, āvuso gotama, tapopakkamā etesaṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ sāmaññasaṅkhātā ca brahmaññasaṅkhātā ca.  
И вот какие виды подвижничества, достопочтенный Готама, считаются отшельничеством и считаются брахманством у некоторых отшельников и брахманов:  
Those ascetics and brahmins also consider these courses of fervent mortification to be what makes someone a true ascetic or brahmin.  

dn9āvuso11Pi En Ru dhamma

‘katamo pana so, āvuso, oḷāriko attapaṭilābho, yassa tumhe pahānāya dhammaṁ desetha, yathāpaṭipannānaṁ vo saṅkilesikā dhammā pahīyissanti, vodāniyā dhammā abhivaḍḍhissanti, paññāpāripūriṁ vepullattañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’ti, tesaṁ mayaṁ evaṁ puṭṭhā evaṁ byākareyyāma:   „Что это, достопочтенные, за обретение грубого ‘я’, к отказу от которого ведет истина, разъясняемая вами, так, что у вас, следующих ее путем, исчезнут порочные свойства, возрастут чистые свойства, и вы будете жить, сами познав, испытав и обретя в зримом мире полноту и совершенство постижения?“ Будучи спрошены, мы могли бы ответить им так:  
‘But reverends, what is that substantial reincarnation for the giving up of which you teach?’ We’d answer like this,  
‘ayaṁ vā so, āvuso, oḷāriko attapaṭilābho, yassa mayaṁ pahānāya dhammaṁ desema, yathāpaṭipannānaṁ vo saṅkilesikā dhammā pahīyissanti, vodāniyā dhammā abhivaḍḍhissanti, paññāpāripūriṁ vepullattañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’ti.  
„Это и есть, достопочтенные, то самое [ваше] обретение грубого ‘я’, к отказу от которого ведет истина, разъясняемая нами, так, что у вас, следующих ее путем, исчезнут порочные свойства, возрастут чистые свойства, и вы будете жить, сами познав, испытав и обретя в зримом мире полноту и совершенство постижения“.  
‘This is that substantial reincarnation.’  
‘katamo pana so, āvuso, manomayo attapaṭilābho, yassa tumhe pahānāya dhammaṁ desetha, yathāpaṭipannānaṁ vo saṅkilesikā dhammā pahīyissanti, vodāniyā dhammā abhivaḍḍhissanti, paññāpāripūriṁ vepullattañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’ti?  
„Что это, достопочтенные, за обретение ‘я’, состоящего из разума, к отказу от которого ведет истина, разъясняемая вами, так, что у вас, следующих ее путем, исчезнут порочные свойства, возрастут чистые свойства, и вы будете жить, сами познав, испытав и обретя в зримом мире полноту и совершенство постижения?“  
‘But reverends, what is that mind-made reincarnation?’ We’d answer like this,  
‘ayaṁ vā so, āvuso, manomayo attapaṭilābho yassa mayaṁ pahānāya dhammaṁ desema, yathāpaṭipannānaṁ vo saṅkilesikā dhammā pahīyissanti, vodāniyā dhammā abhivaḍḍhissanti, paññāpāripūriṁ vepullattañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’ti.  
„Это и есть, достопочтенные, то самое [ваше] обретение ‘я’, состоящего из разума, к отказу от которого ведет истина, разъясняемая нами, так, что у вас, следующих ее путем, исчезнут порочные свойства, возрастут чистые свойства, и вы будете жить, сами познав, испытав и обретя в зримом мире полноту и совершенство постижения“.  
‘This is that mind-made reincarnation.’  
‘katamo pana so, āvuso, arūpo attapaṭilābho, yassa tumhe pahānāya dhammaṁ desetha, yathāpaṭipannānaṁ vo saṅkilesikā dhammā pahīyissanti, vodāniyā dhammā abhivaḍḍhissanti, paññāpāripūriṁ vepullattañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’ti?  
„Что это, достопочтенные, за обретение ‘я’, лишенного формы, к отказу от которого ведет истина, разъясняемая вами, так, что у вас, следующих ее путем, исчезнут порочные свойства, возрастут чистые свойства, и вы будете жить, сами познав, испытав и обретя в зримом мире полноту и совершенство постижения?“  
‘But reverends, what is that formless reincarnation?’ We’d answer like this,  
‘ayaṁ vā so, āvuso, arūpo attapaṭilābho yassa mayaṁ pahānāya dhammaṁ desema, yathāpaṭipannānaṁ vo saṅkilesikā dhammā pahīyissanti, vodāniyā dhammā abhivaḍḍhissanti, paññāpāripūriṁ vepullattañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’ti.  
„Это и есть, достопочтенные, то самое [ваше] обретение ‘я’, лишенного формы, к отказу от которого ведет истина, разъясняемая нами, так, что у вас, следующих ее путем, исчезнут порочные свойства, возрастут чистые свойства, и вы будете жить, сами познав, испытав и обретя в зримом мире полноту и совершенство постижения?“  
‘This is that formless reincarnation.’  
‘ayaṁ vā so, āvuso, pāsādo, yassāhaṁ ārohaṇāya nisseṇiṁ karomi, tasseva pāsādassa heṭṭhā’ti.  
„Да ведь это и есть, достопочтенные, та терраса, для подъема на которую я сооружаю лестницу под самой террасой“.  
‘This is that stilt longhouse for which I’m building a ladder, right underneath it.’  
‘katamo pana so, āvuso, oḷāriko attapaṭilābho …pe…  
„Что это, достопочтенные, за обретение грубого ‘я’ …  
katamo pana so, āvuso, manomayo attapaṭilābho …pe…  
„Что это, достопочтенные, за обретение ‘я’, состоящего из разума …  
katamo pana so, āvuso, arūpo attapaṭilābho, yassa tumhe pahānāya dhammaṁ desetha, yathāpaṭipannānaṁ vo saṅkilesikā dhammā pahīyissanti, vodāniyā dhammā abhivaḍḍhissanti, paññāpāripūriṁ vepullattañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’ti?  
„Что это, достопочтенные, за обретение ‘я’, лишенного формы, к отказу от которого ведет истина, разъясняемая вами, так, что у вас, следующих ее путем, исчезнут порочные свойства, возрастут чистые свойства, и вы будете жить, сами познав, испытав и обретя в зримом мире полноту и совершенство постижения?“  
‘ayaṁ vā so, āvuso, arūpo attapaṭilābho, yassa mayaṁ pahānāya dhammaṁ desema, yathāpaṭipannānaṁ vo saṅkilesikā dhammā pahīyissanti, vodāniyā dhammā abhivaḍḍhissanti, paññāpāripūriṁ vepullattañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’ti.  
„Это и есть, достопочтенные, то самое [ваше] обретение ‘я’, лишенного формы, к отказу от которого ведет истина, разъясняемая нами, так, что у вас, следующих ее путем, исчезнут порочные свойства, возрастут чистые свойства, и вы будете жить, сами познав, испытав и обретя в зримом мире полноту и совершенство постижения“.  

dn11panāvuso āvuso14Pi En Ru dhamma

‘kattha nu kho, āvuso, ime cattāro mahābhūtā aparisesā nirujjhanti, seyyathidaṁ—pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātū’ti?   „Где же, достопочтенные, уничтожаются без остатка эти четыре великих элемента, а именно: элемент земли, элемент воды, элемент огня и элемент воздуха?“  
‘Reverends, where do these four primary elements cease without anything left over, namely, the elements of earth, water, fire, and air?’  
‘kattha nu kho, āvuso, ime cattāro mahābhūtā aparisesā nirujjhanti, seyyathidaṁ—pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātū’ti?  
„Где же, достопочтенные, уничтожаются без остатка эти четыре великих элемента, а именно: элемент земли, элемент воды, элемент огня и элемент воздуха?“  
 
‘kattha nu kho, āvuso, ime cattāro mahābhūtā aparisesā nirujjhanti, seyyathidaṁ—pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātū’ti?  
„Где же, достопочтенные, уничтожаются без остатка эти четыре великих элемента, а именно: элемент земли, элемент воды, элемент огня и элемент воздуха?“  
 
‘kattha nu kho, āvuso, ime cattāro mahābhūtā aparisesā nirujjhanti, seyyathidaṁ—pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātū’ti?  
„Где же, достопочтенный, уничтожаются без остатка эти четыре великих элемента, а именно: элемент земли, элемент воды, элемент огня и элемент воздуха?“  
 
‘kattha nu kho, āvuso, ime cattāro mahābhūtā aparisesā nirujjhanti, seyyathidaṁ—pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātū’ti?  
„Где же, достопочтенный, уничтожаются без остатка эти четыре великих элемента, а именно: элемент земли, элемент воды, элемент огня и элемент воздуха?“  
 
‘kattha nu kho, āvuso, ime cattāro mahābhūtā aparisesā nirujjhanti, seyyathidaṁ—pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātū’ti?  
„Где же, достопочтенные, уничтожаются без остатка эти четыре великих элемента, а именно: элемент земли, элемент воды, элемент огня и элемент воздуха?“  
‘Reverends, where do these four primary elements cease without anything left over, namely, the elements of earth, water, fire, and air?’  
‘Kahaṁ panāvuso, etarahi so mahābrahmā’ti?  
„Где же, достопочтенные, сейчас этот великий Брахма?“  
‘But reverends, where is that Brahmā now?’  
‘kattha nu kho, āvuso, ime cattāro mahābhūtā aparisesā nirujjhanti, seyyathidaṁ—pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātū’ti?  
„Где же, достопочтенный, уничтожаются без остатка эти четыре великих элемента, а именно: элемент земли, элемент воды, элемент огня и элемент воздуха?“  
‘Reverend, where do these four primary elements cease without anything left over, namely, the elements of earth, water, fire, and air?’  
‘na khohaṁ taṁ, āvuso, evaṁ pucchāmi:  
„Я не спрашиваю этого, достопочтенный:  
‘Reverend, I am not asking you whether you are  
Evañca kho ahaṁ taṁ, āvuso, pucchāmi:  
Вот, что я спрашиваю, достопочтенный:  
I am asking  
“kattha nu kho, āvuso, ime cattāro mahābhūtā aparisesā nirujjhanti, seyyathidaṁ—pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātū”’ti?  
‘Где же, достопочтенный, уничтожаются без остатка эти четыре великих элемента, а именно: элемент земли, элемент воды, элемент огня и элемент воздуха?’“  
where these four primary elements cease without anything left over.’  
‘na khohaṁ taṁ, āvuso, evaṁ pucchāmi:  
„Я не спрашиваю этого, достопочтенный:  
‘Reverend, I am not asking you whether you are  
Evañca kho ahaṁ taṁ, āvuso, pucchāmi:  
Вот, что я спрашиваю, достопочтенный:  
I am asking  
“kattha nu kho, āvuso, ime cattāro mahābhūtā aparisesā nirujjhanti, seyyathidaṁ—pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātū”’ti?  
‘Где же, достопочтенный, уничтожаются без остатка эти четыре великих элемента, а именно: элемент земли, элемент воды, элемент огня и элемент воздуха?’“  
where these four primary elements cease without anything left over.’  

dn14āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

“acchariyaṁ, āvuso, abbhutaṁ, āvuso, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā.   «Чудесно, друзья, необычайно, друзья! Великая сила и великое могущество Татхагаты таковы,  
“It’s incredible, reverends, it’s amazing! The Realized One has such psychic power and might!  
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, tathāgatasseva nu kho esā dhammadhātu suppaṭividdhā, yassā dhammadhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā tathāgato atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte jātitopi anussarati, nāmatopi anussarati, gottatopi anussarati, āyuppamāṇatopi anussarati, sāvakayugatopi anussarati, sāvakasannipātatopi anussarati: ‘evaṁjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipi, evaṁnāmā evaṅgottā evaṁsīlā evaṁdhammā evaṁpaññā evaṁvihārī evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipī’ti,  
Как же, достопочтенные? Сам ли это Татхагата тщательно проник в конечную истину так, что, тщательно проникнув в конечную истину, Татхагата может вспомнить происхождение прежних Будд, достигших освобождения, разрушивших преграды, разрушивших пути [действий], завершивших существование, преодолевших все страдания, — может вспомнить [их] имена, может вспомнить [их] род, может вспомнить продолжительность [их] жизни, может вспомнить пары [их] учеников, может вспомнить собрания [всех их] учеников, [говоря]: ‘Эти Благостные были такого-то происхождения, такие-то по именам, такого-то рода, такого-то нрава, так-то учили, так-то постигали, так-то жили и так-то эти Благостные обрели освобождение’?  
Is it because the Realized One has clearly comprehended the principle of the teachings that he can recollect all these things?  
‘acchariyaṁ, āvuso, abbhutaṁ, āvuso, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā.  
„Чудесно, достопочтенные! Необычайно, достопочтенные!  
 
Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, tathāgatasseva nu kho esā dhammadhātu suppaṭividdhā, yassā dhammadhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā tathāgato atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte jātitopi anussarati, nāmatopi anussarati, gottatopi anussarati, āyuppamāṇatopi anussarati, sāvakayugatopi anussarati, sāvakasannipātatopi anussarati:  
Как же, достопочтенные? Сам ли это Татхагата тщательно проник в конечную истину так, что, тщательно проникнув в конечную истину, Татхагата может вспомнить происхождение прежних Будд, достигших освобождения, разрушивших преграды, разрушивших пути [действий], завершивших существование, преодолевших все страдания, — может вспомнить [их] имена, может вспомнить [их] род, может вспомнить продолжительность [их] жизни, может вспомнить пары [их] учеников, может вспомнить собрания [всех их] учеников, [говоря]:  
 

dn15panāvuso āvuso3Pi En Ru dhamma

‘tisso kho imā, āvuso, vedanā—  'Друг, есть эти три вида ощущений 
‘Reverend, there are three feelings:  
‘yattha panāvuso, sabbaso vedayitaṁ natthi api nu kho, tattha “ayamahamasmī”ti siyā’”ti?  
'Друг, там где вообще ничего не испытывается, может ли возникнуть мысль 'я есть'?  
‘But reverend, where there is nothing felt at all, would the thought “I am” occur there?’”  
vedanā ca hi, āvuso, sabbena sabbaṁ sabbathā sabbaṁ aparisesā nirujjheyyuṁ.  
'Друг, если ощущение полностью и безостаточно прекратится.  
‘Suppose feelings were to totally and utterly cease without anything left over.  

dn16apāvuso evamāvuso’ti gacchāvuso māvuso nāvuso santāvuso āvuso āvusovādena40Pi En Ru dhamma

‘sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ,   „Я слышал это из уст Благостного, принял из [его] уст.  
‘Reverend, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, addasan’ti.  
„Нет, почтенный, я не видел“.  
‘No, friend, I didn’t see them.’  
‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, saddaṁ assosin’ti.  
„Нет, почтенный, я не слышал звуков“.  
‘No, friend, I didn’t hear a sound.’  
‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, sutto ahosin’ti.  
„Нет, почтенный, я не спал“.  
‘No, friend, I wasn’t asleep.’  
‘Evamāvuso’ti.  
„Да, почтенный“.  
‘Yes, friend.’  
‘Evamāvuso’ti.  
„Да, почтенный“.  
‘Yes, friend.’  
‘kiṁ nu kho eso, āvuso, mahājanakāyo sannipatito’ti?  
„Отчего, почтенный, собралась эта большая толпа людей?“  
‘Why, friend, has this crowd gathered?’  
‘Idheva kho ahaṁ, āvuso, ahosin’ti.  
„И я тоже, почтенный, был здесь“.  
‘I was right here, friend.’  
‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, addasan’ti.  
„Нет, почтенный, я не видел“.  
‘No, friend, I didn’t see anything.’  
‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, saddaṁ assosin’ti.  
„Нет, почтенный, я не слышал звуков“.  
‘No, friend, I didn’t hear a sound.’  
‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, sutto ahosin’ti.  
„Нет, почтенный, я не спал“.  
‘No, friend, I wasn’t asleep.’  
‘Evamāvuso’ti.  
„Да, почтенный “.  
‘Yes, friend.’  
‘Evamāvuso’ti.  
„Да, почтенный“.  
‘Yes, friend.’  
‘tassa te, āvuso cunda, alābhā tassa te dulladdhaṁ, yassa te tathāgato pacchimaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ paribhuñjitvā parinibbuto’ti.  
„Это неблагоприятно для тебя, друг Чунда, это несчастье для тебя, что Татхагата скончался, отведав последнее подношение пищи у тебя“.  
‘It’s your loss, friend Cunda, it’s your misfortune, in that the Realized One became fully extinguished after eating his last almsmeal from you.’  
‘tassa te, āvuso cunda, lābhā tassa te suladdhaṁ,  
„Это благоприятно для тебя, друг, это счастье для тебя,  
‘You’re fortunate, friend Cunda, you’re so very fortunate,  
Sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso cunda, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
Из уст Благостного я слышал, друг Чунда, из [его] уст принял [эти слова]:  
I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha.  
‘satthā taṁ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī’”ti.  
„Друг Ананда, учитель зовет тебя“».  
the teacher summons him.”  
“satthā taṁ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī”ti.  
«Друг Ананда, учитель зовет тебя».  
“Reverend Ānanda, the teacher summons you.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā ānando tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
«Хорошо, друг», — согласился с этим монахом Ананда, приблизился к Благостному и, приблизившись, приветствовал Благостного и сел в стороне. И вот Благостный сказал так сидящему в стороне достопочтенному Ананде:  
“Yes, reverend,” Ānanda replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  
“alaṁ, āvuso subhadda, mā tathāgataṁ viheṭhesi, kilanto bhagavā”ti.  
«Довольно, почтенный Субхадда, не досаждай Татхагате. Благостный измучился».  
“Enough, Reverend Subhadda, do not trouble the Realized One. He is tired.”  
“alaṁ, āvuso subhadda, mā tathāgataṁ viheṭhesi, kilanto bhagavā”ti.  
«Довольно, почтенный Субхадда, не досаждай Татхагате. Благостный измучился».  
“gacchāvuso subhadda, karoti te bhagavā okāsan”ti.  
«Иди, Субхадда, Благостный дает тебе позволение».  
“Go, Reverend Subhadda, the Buddha is making time for you.”  
“lābhā vo, āvuso ānanda; suladdhaṁ vo, āvuso ānanda,  
«Благо вам, почтенный Ананда, великое благо вам, почтенный Ананда,  
“You’re so fortunate, Reverand Ānanda, so very fortunate,  
Yathā kho panānanda, etarahi bhikkhū aññamaññaṁ āvusovādena samudācaranti, na kho mamaccayena evaṁ samudācaritabbaṁ.  
После моей кончины, Ананда, вам не следует обращаться друг к другу так, как обращаются теперь монахи, со словом „друг“.  
After my passing, mendicants ought not address each other as ‘reverend’, as they do today.  
Theratarena, ānanda, bhikkhunā navakataro bhikkhu nāmena vā gottena vā āvusovādena vā samudācaritabbo.  
Пусть старший монах, Ананда, обращается к младшему монаху, [называя его] по имени или роду, или со словом „друг“,  
A more senior mendicant ought to address a more junior mendicant by name or clan, or by saying ‘reverend’.  
“Nāvuso ānanda, bhagavā parinibbuto, saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpanno”ti.  
«Нет, друг Ананда, Благостный не достиг ниббаны — он достиг уничтожения осознавания и ощущений».  
“No, Reverend Ānanda. He has entered the cessation of perception and feeling.”  
“alaṁ, āvuso, mā socittha mā paridevittha.  
«Довольно, друзья, не горюйте, не плачьте!  
“Enough, reverends, do not grieve or lament.  
Nanu etaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṁ:  
Разве не проповедывал раньше Благостный, друзья,  
Did the Buddha not prepare us for this when he explained that  
Taṁ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. ‘Yaṁ taṁ jātaṁ bhūtaṁ saṅkhataṁ palokadhammaṁ, taṁ vata mā palujjī’ti, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.  
Откуда же, друзья, может тут получиться так, чтобы рожденное, существующее, составленное, подверженное распаду так и не распалось? Такого быть не может.  
How could it possibly be so that what is born, created, conditioned, and liable to wear out should not wear out?  
Devatā, āvuso, ujjhāyantī”ti.  
Друзья, [на нас] ропщут божества».  
The deities are complaining.”  
“Santāvuso ānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti:  
«Есть, друг Ананда, в пространстве божества, наделенные земным сознанием, которые плачут, распустив волосы, плачут, воздев руки, падают ниц пораженные, мечутся взад и вперед, [возглашая]:  
“There are, Ānanda, deities—both in the sky and on the earth—who are percipient of the earth. With hair disheveled and arms raised, they fall down like their feet were chopped off, rolling back and forth, lamenting:  
Santāvuso ānanda, devatā pathaviyā pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti:  
Есть, друг Ананда, на земле божества, наделенные земным сознанием, которые плачут, распустив волосы, плачут, воздев руки, падают ниц пораженные, мечутся взад и вперед, [возглашая]:  
“gacchāvuso ānanda, kusināraṁ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ ārocehi:  
«Иди, друг Ананда, войди в Кусинару и передай кусинарийским маллам:  
“Go, Ānanda, into Kusinārā and inform the Mallas:  
“apāvuso, amhākaṁ satthāraṁ jānāsī”ti?  
«Знаешь ли ты, почтенный, нашего Учителя?»  
“Reverend, might you know about our Teacher?”  
“Āmāvuso, jānāmi, ajja sattāhaparinibbuto samaṇo gotamo.  
«Да, почтенный, знаю. Сегодня семь дней, как отшельник Готама достиг ниббаны.  
“Yes, reverend. Seven days ago the ascetic Gotama became fully extinguished.  
“alaṁ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha, sumuttā mayaṁ tena mahāsamaṇena. Upaddutā ca homa:  
«Довольно, друзья, не горюйте, не плачьте. Хорошо, что мы освободились от этого великого отшельника.  
“Enough, reverends, do not grieve or lament. We’re well rid of that Great Ascetic. And we are oppressed:  
“alaṁ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha.  
«Довольно, друзья, не горюйте, не плачьте.  
“Enough, reverends, do not grieve or lament.  
Nanu etaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṁ:  
Разве не проповедывал раньше Благостный, друзья,  
Did the Buddha not prepare us for this when he explained that  
Taṁ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. ‘Yaṁ taṁ jātaṁ bhūtaṁ saṅkhataṁ palokadhammaṁ, taṁ tathāgatassāpi sarīraṁ mā palujjī’ti, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī”ti.  
Откуда же, друзья, может тут получиться так, чтобы рожденное, существующее, составленное, подверженное распаду так и не распалось? Такого быть не может».  
How could it possibly be so that what is born, created, conditioned, and liable to wear out should not wear out, even the Realized One’s body?”  

dn23āvuso āvuso’ti3Pi En Ru dhamma

“kosi tvaṁ, āvuso”ti?   «Кто ты, почтенный?»  
“Who are you, reverend?”  
“Nanu tvaṁ, āvuso, evaṁdiṭṭhiko ahosi:  
«Не было ли у тебя, почтенный, такого ложного воззрения:  
“Didn’t you have the view that  
“Yo pana te, āvuso, dāne vāvaṭo ahosi uttaro nāma māṇavo, so kuhiṁ upapanno”ti?  
«Где же, почтенный, [вновь] родился юноша по имени Уттара, который был занят в твоем подаянии?»  
“But the student named Uttara who organized that offering for you—where has he been reborn?”  

dn24abhikkamāvuso esāvuso santāvuso tatrāvuso āvuso āvusoti āvuso’ti84Pi En Ru dhamma

jānāsi, āvuso korakkhattiya, attano gatinti?   ‘Знаешь ли ты, почтенный Кораккхаттия, собственную судьбу?’  
whether he knows his own destiny.  
jānāmi, āvuso sunakkhatta, attano gatiṁ;  
‘Я знаю, почтенный Сунаккхатта, собственную судьбу:  
“Reverend Sunakkhatta, I know my own destiny.  
‘byākato khosi, āvuso korakkhattiya, samaṇena gotamena— 
„Почтенный Кораккхаттия, ведь отшельником Готамой сказано: ‘На седьмой день исполнится срок этого обнаженного аскета Кораккхаттии —  
‘Reverend aristocrat of Kuru, the ascetic Gotama has declared  
Yena tvaṁ, āvuso korakkhattiya, mattaṁ mattañca bhattaṁ bhuñjeyyāsi, mattaṁ mattañca pānīyaṁ piveyyāsi.  
Так ешь же, почтенный Кораккхаттия, строго отмеренную еду и пей строго отмеренное питье,  
But by eating just a little food and drinking just a little water,  
‘jānāsi, āvuso korakkhattiya, attano gatin’ti?  
„Знаешь ли ты, почтенный Кораккхаттия, собственную судьбу?“  
‘Reverend aristocrat of Kuru, do you know your destiny?’  
‘Jānāmi, āvuso sunakkhatta, attano gatiṁ.  
„Я знаю, почтенный Сунаккхатта, собственную судьбу —  
‘Reverend Sunakkhatta, I know my own destiny.  
‘esāvuso, bhagavā vesāliyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena acelassa pāthikaputtassa ārāmo tenupasaṅkami divāvihārāya.  
„Почтенные, вот, пройдя по Весали для сбора милостыни, Благостный после еды, возвратившись с чашей для милостыни, приблизился во время дневного отдыха к роще обнаженного аскета Патикапутты.  
‘Sirs, after his almsround, the Buddha has gone to Pāṭikaputta’s monastery for the day’s meditation.  
‘esāvuso, bhagavā vesāliyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena acelassa pāthikaputtassa ārāmo tenupasaṅkami divāvihārāya.  
„Почтенные, вот, пройдя по Весали для сбора милостыни, Благостный после еды, возвратившись с чашей для милостыни, приблизился во время дневного отдыха к роще обнаженного аскета Патикапутты.  
 
“abhikkamāvuso, pāthikaputta, abhikkantā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī, abhikkantā abhiññātā abhiññātā ca brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatinecayikā nānātitthiyā samaṇabrāhmaṇā, samaṇopi gotamo āyasmato ārāme divāvihāraṁ nisinno;  
‘Приходи, почтенный Патикапутта, пришли самые знатные личчхавы, пришли и самые знатные богатые брахманы и состоятельные домоправители, [ставшие] отшельниками и брахманами разных школ, и даже отшельник Готама уселся во время дневного отдыха в роще досточтимого.  
“Come forth, Reverend Pāṭikaputta! All these very well-known people have come forth, and the ascetic Gotama is sitting in your monastery for the day’s meditation.  
bhāsitā kho pana te esā, āvuso pāthikaputta, vesāliyaṁ parisati vācā  
Ведь ты, почтенный Патикапутта, говорил такие слова в собрании Весали:  
For you stated this in the assembly at Vesālī:  
abhikkamasseva kho āvuso pāthikaputta, upaḍḍhapathaṁ.  
Так пройди же полпути, почтенный Патикапутта, —  
Come forth, Reverend Pāṭikaputta, half-way.  
‘abhikkamāvuso pāthikaputta, abhikkantā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī, abhikkantā abhiññātā abhiññātā ca brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatinecayikā nānātitthiyā samaṇabrāhmaṇā.  
„Приходи, почтенный Патикапутта, пришли самые знатные личчхавы, пришли и самые знатные богатые брахманы, и состоятельные домоправители, [ставшие] отшельниками и брахманами разных школ,  
 
Bhāsitā kho pana te esā, āvuso pāthikaputta, vesāliyaṁ parisati vācā— 
Ведь ты, почтенный Патикапутта, говорил такие слова в собрании Весали:  
 
Abhikkamasseva kho, āvuso pāthikaputta, upaḍḍhapathaṁ.  
Так пройди же полпути, почтенный Патикапутта, —  
 
Evaṁ vutte, bhaggava, acelo pāthikaputto ‘āyāmi, āvuso, āyāmi, āvuso’ti vatvā tattheva saṁsappati, na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātuṁ.  
Когда, Бхаггава, так было сказано, обнаженный аскет Патикапутта сказал: „Я иду, почтенный, я иду, почтенный!“, но, как ни извивался, не мог даже подняться с сиденья.  
When he had spoken, Pāṭikaputta said: ‘I’m coming, sir, I’m coming!’ But wriggle as he might, he couldn’t get up from his seat.  
‘kiṁ su nāma te, āvuso pāthikaputta, pāvaḷā su nāma te pīṭhakasmiṁ allīnā, pīṭhakaṁ su nāma te pāvaḷāsu allīnaṁ?  
„Что это с тобой, почтенный Патикапутта? Бедра что ли у тебя прилипли к сиденью или сиденье у тебя прилипло к бедрам?  
‘What’s up, Reverend Pāṭikaputta? Is your bottom stuck to the bench, or is the bench stuck to your bottom?  
Āyāmi āvuso, āyāmi āvusoti vatvā tattheva saṁsappasi, na sakkosi āsanāpi vuṭṭhātun’ti.  
Ты говоришь: ‘Я иду, почтенный, я иду, почтенный!’, но, как ни извиваешься, не можешь даже подняться с сиденья“.  
You say “I’m coming, sir, I’m coming!” But wriggle as you might, you can’t get up from your seat.’  
Evampi kho, bhaggava, vuccamāno acelo pāthikaputto ‘āyāmi, āvuso, āyāmi, āvuso’ti vatvā tattheva saṁsappati, na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātuṁ.  
И вот, Бхаггава, обнаженный аскет Патикапутта все говорил при этих словах: „Я иду, почтенный, я иду, почтенный!“, но, как ни извивался, не мог даже подняться с сиденья.  
And as he was speaking, Pāṭikaputta said: ‘I’m coming, sir, I’m coming!’ But wriggle as he might, he couldn’t get up from his seat.  
Āyāmi, āvuso, āyāmi, āvusoti vatvā tattheva saṁsappati, na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātun’ti.  
он говорит: ‘Я иду, почтенный, я иду, почтенный!’, но, как ни извивается, не может даже подняться с сиденья“, —  
 
Āyāmi, āvuso, āyāmi, āvusoti vatvā tattheva saṁsappati, na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātun’ti.  
он говорит: ‘Я иду, почтенный, я иду, почтенный!’, но, как ни извивается, не может даже подняться с сиденья“.  
He says “I’m coming, sir, I’m coming!” But wriggle as he might, he can’t get up from his seat.’  
‘abhabbo kho, āvuso, acelo pāthikaputto taṁ vācaṁ appahāya taṁ cittaṁ appahāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissajjitvā mama sammukhībhāvaṁ āgantuṁ.  
„Почтенные, неспособен обнаженный аскет Патикапутта, не оставляя этой речи, не оставляя этой мысли, не отвергнув этого воззрения, предстать перед моим лицом.  
‘The naked ascetic Pāṭikaputta is not capable of coming into my presence, unless he gives up that statement and that intention, and lets go of that view.  
‘abhikkamāvuso pāthikaputta, abhikkantaṁ te seyyo, abhikkantā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī, abhikkantā abhiññātā abhiññātā ca brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatinecayikā nānātitthiyā samaṇabrāhmaṇā. Samaṇopi gotamo āyasmato ārāme divāvihāraṁ nisinno.  
„Приходи, почтенный Патикапутта, лучше тебе придти — пришли самые знатные личчхавы, пришли и самые знатные богатые брахманы и состоятельные домоправители, [ставшие] отшельниками и брахманами разных школ, и даже отшельник Готама уселся во время дневного отдыха в роще досточтимого.  
‘Come forth, Reverend Pāṭikaputta! It’s best for you to come forth. All these very well-known people have come forth, and the ascetic Gotama is sitting in your monastery for the day’s meditation.  
Bhāsitā kho pana te esā, āvuso pāthikaputta, vesāliyaṁ parisati vācā— 
Ведь ты, почтенный Патикапутта, говорил такие слова в собрании Весали:  
You said you’d meet the ascetic Gotama half-way.  
Abhikkamasseva kho, āvuso pāthikaputta, upaḍḍhapathaṁ.  
Так пройди же полпути, почтенный Патикапутта, —  
 
Bhāsitā kho panesā, āvuso pāthikaputta, samaṇena gotamena parisati vācā— 
Ведь отшельник Готама, почтенный Патикапутта, сказал о тебе в собрании такие слова:  
The ascetic Gotama has told the assembly  
Abhikkamāvuso pāthikaputta, abhikkamaneneva te jayaṁ karissāma, samaṇassa gotamassa parājayan’ti.  
Приди же, почтенный Патикапутта, — если придешь, мы сделаем так, что ты одержишь победу, а отшельник Готама потерпит поражение“.  
Come forth, Pāṭikaputta! When you come forth we’ll make you win and the ascetic Gotama lose.’  
Evaṁ vutte, bhaggava, acelo pāthikaputto ‘āyāmi, āvuso, āyāmi, āvuso’ti vatvā tattheva saṁsappati, na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātuṁ.  
Когда, Бхаггава, так было сказано, обнаженный аскет Патикапутта сказал: „Я иду, почтенный, я иду, почтенный!“, но, как ни извивался, не мог даже подняться с сиденья.  
When he had spoken, Pāṭikaputta said: ‘I’m coming, sir, I’m coming!’ But wriggle as he might, he couldn’t get up from his seat.  
‘kiṁ su nāma te, āvuso pāthikaputta, pāvaḷā su nāma te pīṭhakasmiṁ allīnā, pīṭhakaṁ su nāma te pāvaḷāsu allīnaṁ?  
„Что это с тобой, почтенный Патикапутта? Бедра что ли у тебя прилипли к сиденью или сиденье у тебя прилипло к бедрам?  
‘What’s up, Reverend Pāṭikaputta? Is your bottom stuck to the bench, or is the bench stuck to your bottom?  
Āyāmi, āvuso, āyāmi, āvusoti vatvā tattheva saṁsappasi, na sakkosi āsanāpi vuṭṭhātun’ti.  
Ты говоришь: ‘Я иду, почтенный, я иду, почтенный!’ , но, как ни извиваешься, не можешь даже подняться с сиденья“.  
You say “I’m coming, sir, I’m coming!” But wriggle as you might, you can’t get up from your seat.’  
Evampi kho, bhaggava, vuccamāno acelo pāthikaputto ‘āyāmi, āvuso, āyāmi, āvuso’ti vatvā tattheva saṁsappati, na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātuṁ.  
И вот, Бхаггава, обнаженный аскет Патикапутта все говорил при этих словах: „Я иду, почтенный, я иду, почтенный!“ , но, как ни извивался, не мог даже подняться с сиденья.  
And as he was speaking, Pāṭikaputta said: ‘I’m coming, sir, I’m coming!’ But wriggle as he might, he couldn’t get up from his seat.  
‘parābhūtarūpo ayaṁ acelo pāthikaputto āyāmi, āvuso, āyāmi, āvusoti vatvā tattheva saṁsappati, na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātun’ti.  
‘Я иду, почтенный, я иду, почтенный!’ , но, как ни извивается, не может даже подняться с сиденья“, —  
that Pāṭikaputta had lost,  
‘parābhūtarūpo, bho, acelo pāthikaputto āyāmi, āvuso, āyāmi, āvusoti vatvā tattheva saṁsappati, na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātun’ti.  
„Поверженным выглядит обнаженный аскет Патикапутта — он говорит: ‘Я иду, почтенный, я иду, почтенный!’, но, как ни извивается, не может даже подняться с сиденья“.  
‘Pāṭikaputta has lost, sirs.’  
‘abhabbo kho, āvuso, acelo pāthikaputto taṁ vācaṁ appahāya taṁ cittaṁ appahāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissajjitvā mama sammukhībhāvaṁ āgantuṁ.  
„Почтенные, неспособен обнаженный аскет Патикапутта, не оставляя этой речи, не оставляя этой мысли, не отвергнув этого воззрения, предстать перед моим лицом.  
‘Pāṭikaputta is not capable of coming into my presence, otherwise  
‘abhikkamāvuso pāthikaputta, abhikkantaṁ te seyyo. Abhikkantā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī, abhikkantā abhiññātā abhiññātā ca brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatinecayikā nānātitthiyā samaṇabrāhmaṇā. Samaṇopi gotamo āyasmato ārāme divāvihāraṁ nisinno.  
„Приходи, почтенный Патикапутта, лучше тебе придти — пришли самые знатные личчхавы, пришли и самые знатные богатые брахманы и состоятельные домоправители, [ставшие] отшельниками и брахманами разных школ, и даже отшельник Готама уселся во время дневного отдыха в роще досточтимого.  
‘Come forth, Reverend Pāṭikaputta! It’s best for you to come forth. All these very well-known people have come forth, and the ascetic Gotama is sitting in your monastery for the day’s meditation.  
Bhāsitā kho pana te esā, āvuso pāthikaputta, vesāliyaṁ parisati vācā— 
Ведь ты, почтенный Патикапутта, говорил такие слова в собрании Весали:  
You said you’d meet the ascetic Gotama half-way.  
Abhikkamasseva, kho āvuso pāthikaputta, upaḍḍhapathaṁ.  
Так пройди же полпути, почтенный Патикапутта, —  
 
Bhāsitā kho panesā, āvuso pāthikaputta, samaṇena gotamena parisati vācā— 
Ведь отшельник Готама, почтенный Патикапутта, сказал о тебе в собрании такие слова:  
The ascetic Gotama has told the assembly  
Abhikkamāvuso pāthikaputta, abhikkamaneneva te jayaṁ karissāma, samaṇassa gotamassa parājayan’ti.  
Приди же, почтенный Патикапутта, — если придешь, мы сделаем так, что ты одержишь победу, а отшельник Готама потерпит поражение“.  
Come forth, Pāṭikaputta! When you come forth we’ll make you win and the ascetic Gotama lose.’  
Evaṁ vutte, bhaggava, acelo pāthikaputto ‘āyāmi, āvuso, āyāmi, āvuso’ti vatvā tattheva saṁsappati, na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātuṁ.  
Когда, Бхаггава, так было сказано, обнаженный аскет Патикапутта сказал: „Я иду, почтенный, я иду, почтенный!“, но, как ни извивался, не мог даже подняться с сиденья.  
When he had spoken, Pāṭikaputta said: ‘I’m coming, sir, I’m coming!’ But wriggle as he might, he couldn’t get up from his seat.  
‘kiṁ su nāma te, āvuso pāthikaputta, pāvaḷā su nāma te pīṭhakasmiṁ allīnā, pīṭhakaṁ su nāma te pāvaḷāsu allīnaṁ?  
„Что это с тобой, почтенный Патикапутта? Бедра что ли у тебя прилипли к сиденью или сиденье у тебя прилипло к бедрам?  
‘What’s up, Reverend Pāṭikaputta? Is your bottom stuck to the bench, or is the bench stuck to your bottom?  
Āyāmi, āvuso, āyāmi, āvusoti vatvā tattheva saṁsappasi, na sakkosi āsanāpi vuṭṭhātun’ti.  
Ты говоришь: ‘Я иду, почтенный, я иду, почтенный! ’, но, как ни извиваешься, не можешь даже подняться с сиденья“.  
You say “I’m coming, sir, I’m coming!” But wriggle as you might, you can’t get up from your seat.’  
Evampi kho, bhaggava, vuccamāno acelo pāthikaputto ‘āyāmi, āvuso, āyāmi, āvuso’ti vatvā tattheva saṁsappati, na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātunti.  
И вот, Бхаггава, обнаженный аскет Патикапутта все говорил при этих словах: „Я иду, почтенный, я иду, почтенный!“ , но, как ни извивался, не мог даже подняться с сиденья.  
And as he was speaking, Pāṭikaputta said: ‘I’m coming, sir, I’m coming!’ But wriggle as he might, he couldn’t get up from his seat.  
‘parābhūtarūpo ayaṁ acelo pāthikaputto āyāmi, āvuso, āyāmi, āvusoti vatvā tattheva saṁsappati, na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātun’ti, atha naṁ etadavoca— 
„Поверженным выглядит этот обнаженный аскет Патикапутта — он говорит: ‘Я иду, почтенный, я иду, почтенный!’, но, как ни извивается, не может даже подняться с сиденья“, — он так сказал ему:  
that Pāṭikaputta had lost, he said to him,  
Bhūtapubbaṁ, āvuso pāthikaputta, sīhassa migarañño etadahosi:  
„Когда-то давно, почтенный Патикапутта, лев, царь зверей, подумал так:  
‘Once upon a time, Reverend Pāṭikaputta, it occurred to a lion, king of beasts,  
Atha kho, āvuso, so sīho migarājā aññataraṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ nissāya āsayaṁ kappesi.  
И вот, почтенный, этот лев, царь зверей, схоронившись в одной густой роще, сделал логово;  
And so that’s what he did.  
Tasseva kho, āvuso pāthikaputta, sīhassa migarañño vighāsasaṁvaḍḍho jarasiṅgālo ditto ceva balavā ca.  
А объедками этого льва, царя зверей, почтенный Патикапутта, питался старый шакал — приметный и сильный.  
Now, there was an old jackal who had grown fat on the lion’s leavings, becoming arrogant and strong.  
Atha kho, āvuso, tassa jarasiṅgālassa etadahosi:  
И вот, почтенный, этот старый шакал подумал так:  
He thought,  
Atha kho so, āvuso, jarasiṅgālo aññataraṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ nissāya āsayaṁ kappesi.  
И вот, почтенный, этот старый шакал, схоронившись в одной густой роще, сделал логово;  
And so that’s what he did.  
Evameva kho tvaṁ, āvuso pāthikaputta, sugatāpadānesu jīvamāno sugatātirittāni bhuñjamāno tathāgate arahante sammāsambuddhe āsādetabbaṁ maññasi.  
Так же и ты, почтенный Патикапутта, живя среди наставлений Счастливого, питаясь остатками от того, что подается в пищу Счастливому, помышляешь достижимым [состояние] Татхагаты, архата, всецело просветленного.  
In the same way, reverend, while living off the leavings of the Holy One, enjoying the leftovers of the Holy One, you presume to attack the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!  
Evameva kho tvaṁ, āvuso pāthikaputta, sugatāpadānesu jīvamāno sugatātirittāni bhuñjamāno tathāgate arahante sammāsambuddhe āsādetabbaṁ maññasi.  
Так же и ты, почтенный Патикапутта, живя среди наставлений Счастливого, питаясь остатками от того, что подается в пищу Счастливому, помышляешь достижимым [состояние] Татхагаты, архата, всецело просветленного.  
In the same way, reverend, while living off the leavings of the Holy One, you presume to attack him!’  
Evameva kho tvaṁ, āvuso pāthikaputta, sugatāpadānesu jīvamāno sugatātirittāni bhuñjamāno tathāgate arahante sammāsambuddhe āsādetabbaṁ maññasi.  
Так же и ты, почтенный Патикапутта, живя среди наставлений Счастливого, питаясь остатками от того, что подается в пищу Счастливому, помышляешь достижимым [состояние] Татхагаты, архата, всецело просветленного.  
In the same way, reverend, while living off the leavings of the Holy One, you presume to attack him!’  
Evameva kho tvaṁ, āvuso pāthikaputta, sugatāpadānesu jīvamāno sugatātirittāni bhuñjamāno tathāgate arahante sammāsambuddhe āsādetabbaṁ maññasi.  
Так же и ты, почтенный Патикапутта, живя среди наставлений Счастливого, питаясь остатками от того, что подается в пищу Счастливому, помышляешь достижимым [состояние] Татхагаты, архата, всецело просветленного.  
In the same way, reverend, while living off the leavings of the Holy One, enjoying the leftovers of the Holy One, you presume to attack the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!  
‘parābhūtarūpo, bho, acelo pāthikaputto āyāmi āvuso, āyāmi, āvusoti vatvā tattheva saṁsappati, na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātun’ti.  
„Поверженным выглядит этот обнаженный аскет Патикапутта — он говорит: ‘Я иду, почтенный, я иду, почтенный!’, но, как ни извивается, не может даже подняться с сиденья“.  
‘Pāṭikaputta has lost, sirs. He says “I’m coming, sir, I’m coming!” But wriggle as he might, he can’t get up from his seat.’  
‘abhabbo kho, āvuso, acelo pāthikaputto taṁ vācaṁ appahāya taṁ cittaṁ appahāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissajjitvā mama sammukhībhāvaṁ āgantuṁ.  
„Почтенные, неспособен обнаженный аскет Патикапутта, не оставляя этой речи, не оставляя этой мысли, не отвергнув этого воззрения, предстать перед моим лицом.  
‘The naked ascetic Pāṭikaputta is not capable of coming into my presence, unless he gives up that statement and that intention, and lets go of that view.  
‘Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṁ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena ayaṁ loko saṁvaṭṭati.  
„Время от времени, почтенные, настает пора, когда по истечении длительного периода этот мир свертывается.  
‘There comes a time when, reverends, after a very long period has passed, this cosmos contracts.  
Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṁ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena ayaṁ loko vivaṭṭati.  
Время от времени, почтенные, настает пора, когда по истечении длительного периода этот мир развертывается.  
There comes a time when, after a very long period has passed, this cosmos expands.  
Tatrāvuso, yo so satto paṭhamaṁ upapanno, tassa evaṁ hoti— 
Тогда, почтенные, то существо, которое первым родилось, вновь говорит себе так:  
Now, the being who was reborn there first thinks,  
Tatrāvuso, yo so satto paṭhamaṁ upapanno, so dīghāyukataro ca hoti vaṇṇavantataro ca mahesakkhataro ca.  
И вот, почтенные, то существо, которое первым родилось вновь, бывает долговечнее, и красивее, и сильнее.  
And the being who was reborn first is more long-lived, beautiful, and illustrious than those who arrived later.  
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati, yaṁ aññataro satto tamhā kāyā cavitvā itthattaṁ āgacchati.  
И может произойти так, друзья, что то или иное существо, оставив существование в этом сонме, достигает здешнего [земного] состояния.  
It’s possible that one of those beings passes away from that host and is reborn in this state of existence.  
‘evaṁ kho no, āvuso gotama, sutaṁ, yathevāyasmā gotamo āhā’ti.  
„Так мы, почтенный Готама, и слышали, как сказал досточтимый Готама“.  
‘That is what we have heard, Reverend Gotama, just as you say.’  
‘Santāvuso, khiḍḍāpadosikā nāma devā. Te ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannā viharanti. Tesaṁ ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannānaṁ viharataṁ sati sammussati, satiyā sammosā te devā tamhā kāyā cavanti.  
„Есть, почтенные, боги по имени кхиддападусика. Долгое время они пребывают в приверженности к веселью, удовольствию, сладострастию. У них, пребывающих долгое время в приверженности к веселью, удовольствию, сладострастию, теряется способность самосознания, и с утратой способности самосознания эти боги оставляют существование в этом сонме.  
‘Reverends, there are gods named “depraved by play”. They spend too much time laughing, playing, and making merry. And in doing so, they lose their mindfulness, and they pass away from that host of gods.  
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati, yaṁ aññataro satto tamhā kāyā cavitvā itthattaṁ āgacchati,  
И может произойти так, почтенные, что то или иное существо, оставив существование в этом сонме, достигает здешнего [земного] состояния.  
It’s possible that one of those beings passes away from that host and is reborn in this state of existence.  
‘evaṁ kho no, āvuso gotama, sutaṁ, yathevāyasmā gotamo āhā’ti.  
„Так мы, почтенный Готама, и слышали, как сказал досточтимый Готама“.  
‘That is what we have heard, Reverend Gotama, just as you say.’  
‘Santāvuso, manopadosikā nāma devā. Te ativelaṁ aññamaññaṁ upanijjhāyanti. Te ativelaṁ aññamaññaṁ upanijjhāyantā aññamaññamhi cittāni padūsenti. Te aññamaññaṁ paduṭṭhacittā kilantakāyā kilantacittā. Te devā tamhā kāyā cavanti.  
„Есть, почтенные, боги по имени манопадусика. Долгое время они рассуждают друг о друге. Когда они долгое время рассуждают друг о друге, портятся их мысли друг о друге. Испорченные в мыслях друг о друге, они ослаблены телом, ослаблены мыслями. Эти боги покидают существование в этом сонме.  
‘Reverends, there are gods named “malevolent”. They spend too much time gazing at each other, so they grow angry with each other, and their bodies and minds get tired. They pass away from that host of gods.  
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati, yaṁ aññataro satto tamhā kāyā cavitvā itthattaṁ āgacchati.  
И может произойти так, почтенные, что то или иное существо, оставив существование в этом сонме, достигает здешнего [земного] состояния.  
It’s possible that one of those beings passes away from that host and is reborn in this state of existence.  
‘evaṁ kho no, āvuso gotama, sutaṁ, yathevāyasmā gotamo āhā’ti.  
„Так мы, почтенный Готама, и слышали, как сказал досточтимый Готама“.  
‘That is what we have heard, Reverend Gotama, just as you say.’  
‘Santāvuso, asaññasattā nāma devā.  
„Есть, почтенные, боги по имени асаннясатта —  
‘Reverends, there are gods named “non-percipient beings”.  
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ aññataro satto tamhā kāyā cavitvā itthattaṁ āgacchati.  
И вот, может произойти так, почтенные, что то или иное существо, оставив существование в этом сонме, достигает здешнего [земного] состояния.  
It’s possible that one of those beings passes away from that host and is reborn in this state of existence.  
‘evaṁ kho no, āvuso gotama, sutaṁ yathevāyasmā gotamo āhā’ti.  
„Так мы, почтенный Готама, и слышали, как сказал досточтимый Готама“.  
‘That is what we have heard, Reverend Gotama, just as you say.’  

dn27evamāvuso’ti māvuso āvuso3Pi En Ru dhamma

“ayaṁ, āvuso bhāradvāja, bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito pāsādā orohitvā pāsādapacchāyāyaṁ abbhokāse caṅkamati.   «Друг Бхарадваджа, этот Благостный оставил вечером свое уединение, спустился из дома и прогуливается снаружи, за домом.  
“Reverend Bhāradvāja, the Buddha is walking mindfully in the open air, beneath the shade of the longhouse.  
Āyāmāvuso bhāradvāja, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma;  
Давай же, друг Бхарадваджа, приблизимся к Благостному;  
Come, reverend, let’s go to the Buddha.  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho bhāradvājo vāseṭṭhassa paccassosi.  
«Хорошо, друг», — согласился с Васеттхой Бхарадваджа.  
“Yes, reverend,” replied Bhāradvāja.  

dn28panāvuso āvuso9Pi En Ru dhamma

‘kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ aññe samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññatarā sambodhiyan’ti, evaṁ puṭṭho ahaṁ, bhante, ‘no’ti vadeyyaṁ.   „Были ли, друг Сарипутта, в прошедшие времена другие отшельники или брахманы, более великие, более сведущие, чем Благостный, [в том, что касается] просветления? “ — то спрошенный так, господин, я бы ответил: „Нет!“  
‘Reverend Sāriputta, is there any other ascetic or brahmin—whether past, future, or present—whose direct knowledge is superior to the Buddha when it comes to awakening?’ I would tell them ‘No.’  
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ aññe samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññatarā sambodhiyan’ti, evaṁ puṭṭho ahaṁ, bhante, ‘no’ti vadeyyaṁ.  
— „Будут ли, друг Сарипутта, в будущие времена другие отшельники или брахманы, более великие, более сведущие, чем Благостный, [в том, что касается] просветления? “ — спрошенный так, господин, я ответил бы: „Нет!“  
 
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, atthetarahi añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro sambodhiyan’ti, evaṁ puṭṭho ahaṁ, bhante, ‘no’ti vadeyyaṁ.  
— „Есть ли, друг Сарипутта, теперь другие отшельники или брахманы, более великие, более сведущие, чем Благостный, [в том, что касается] просветления? “ — спрошенный так, господин, я бы ответил: „Нет!  
 
‘kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ aññe samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhagavatā samasamā sambodhiyan’ti, evaṁ puṭṭho ahaṁ, bhante, ‘evan’ti vadeyyaṁ.  
„Были ли, друг Сарипутта, в прошедшие времена другие отшельники или брахманы, равные Благостному в просветлении? “— то спрошенный так, господин, я бы ответил: „Да!“  
‘Reverend Sāriputta, is there any other ascetic or brahmin—whether past or future—whose direct knowledge is equal to the Buddha when it comes to awakening?’ I would tell them ‘Yes.’  
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ aññe samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhagavatā samasamā sambodhiyan’ti, evaṁ puṭṭho ahaṁ, bhante, ‘evan’ti vadeyyaṁ.  
— „Будут ли, друг Сарипутта, в будущие времена другие отшельники или брахманы, равные Благостному в просветлении? “ — спрошенный так, господин, я бы ответил: „Да!“  
 
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, atthetarahi aññe samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhagavatā samasamā sambodhiyan’ti, evaṁ puṭṭho ahaṁ, bhante, ‘no’ti vadeyyaṁ.  
— „Есть ли, друг Сарипутта, теперь другие отшельники или брахманы, равные Благостному в просветлении? “ — то спрошенный так, господин, я бы ответил: „Нет!“  
But if they were to ask: ‘Reverend Sāriputta, is there any other ascetic or brahmin at present whose direct knowledge is equal to the Buddha when it comes to awakening?’ I would tell them ‘No.’  
‘sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
“— то спрошенный так, господин, я бы разъяснил:  
‘Reverends, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
Друг, я слышал это из уст, воспринял из уст Благостного:  
And I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
Друг, я слышал это из уст, воспринял из уст Благостного:  
And I have also heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  

dn29idhāvuso māvuso panāvuso āvuso49Pi En Ru dhamma

“atthi kho idaṁ, āvuso cunda, kathāpābhataṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.   «Это, друг Чунда, — предмет разговора, который следует представить Благостному.  
“Reverend Cunda, we should see the Buddha about this matter.  
Āyāmāvuso cunda, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ bhagavato ārocessāmā”ti.  
Пойдем же, друг Чунда, приблизимся к Благостному и, приблизившись, обратимся к Благостному с этим делом».  
Come, let’s go to the Buddha and tell him about this.”  
‘tassa te, āvuso, lābhā, tassa te suladdhaṁ,  
„Таково, почтенный, твое приобретение, такова твоя прибыль —  
‘You’re fortunate, reverend, you’re so very fortunate!  
‘tassa te, āvuso, alābhā, tassa te dulladdhaṁ, satthā ca te asammāsambuddho, dhammo ca durakkhāto duppavedito aniyyāniko anupasamasaṁvattaniko asammāsambuddhappavedito.  
„Таково, почтенный, твое лишение, таков твой убыток — учитель у тебя не является всецело просветленным, и истина плохо преподана, плохо передана, не ведет к благу, не доставляет успокоения, передана не всецело просветленным,  
‘It’s your loss, reverend, it’s your misfortune! For your teacher is not awakened, and their teaching is poorly explained and poorly propounded, not emancipating, not leading to peace, proclaimed by someone who is not a fully awakened Buddha.  
‘tassa te, āvuso, alābhā, tassa te dulladdhaṁ, satthā ca te sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṁvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito.  
„Таково, почтенный, твое лишение, таков твой убыток — учитель у тебя является всецело просветленным, и истина хорошо преподана, хорошо передана, ведет к благу, доставляет успокоение, передана всецело просветленным,  
‘It’s your loss, reverend, it’s your misfortune! For your teacher is awakened, and their teaching is well explained and well propounded, emancipating, leading to peace, proclaimed by someone who is a fully awakened Buddha.  
‘tassa te, āvuso, lābhā, tassa te suladdhaṁ,  
„Таково, почтенный, твое приобретение, такова твоя прибыль —  
‘You’re fortunate, reverend, you’re so very fortunate!  
‘imassa nu kho, āvuso, atthassa imāni vā byañjanāni etāni vā byañjanāni katamāni opāyikatarāni, imesañca byañjanānaṁ ayaṁ vā attho eso vā attho katamo opāyikataro’ti?  
„Друг, что больше подходит к такому смыслу — эти слова или те слова? Что больше подходит к таким словам — этот смысл или тот смысл?“  
‘Reverend, if this is the meaning, the phrasing may either be this or that: which is more fitting? And if this is the phrasing, the meaning may be either this or that: which is more fitting?’  
‘imassa kho, āvuso, atthassa imāneva byañjanāni opāyikatarāni, yā ceva etāni; imesañca byañjanānaṁ ayameva attho opāyikataro, yā ceva eso’ti.  
„К такому смыслу, друг, больше подходят именно эти слова, и вот они какие; к таким словам больше подходит именно этот смысл, и вот он какой“, — то не следует ни отстранять, ни осуждать его.  
‘This phrasing fits the meaning better than that. And this meaning fits the phrasing better than that.’  
‘imesaṁ nu kho, āvuso, byañjanānaṁ ayaṁ vā attho eso vā attho katamo opāyikataro’ti?  
„Друг, что больше подходит к таким словам — этот смысл или тот смысл?“  
‘Reverend, if this is the phrasing, the meaning may be either this or that: which is more fitting?’  
‘imesaṁ kho, āvuso, byañjanānaṁ ayameva attho opāyikataro, yā ceva eso’ti.  
„К таким словам, друг, больше подходит именно этот смысл, и вот он какой“, — то не следует ни отстранять, ни осуждать его.  
‘This meaning fits the phrasing better than that.’  
‘imassa nu kho, āvuso, atthassa imāni vā byañjanāni etāni vā byañjanāni katamāni opāyikatarānī’ti?  
„Друг, что больше подходит к такому смыслу — эти слова или те слова?“  
‘Reverend, if this is the meaning, the phrasing may be either this or that: which is more fitting?’  
‘imassa kho, āvuso, atthassa imāneva byañjanāni opayikatarāni, yā ceva etānī’ti.  
„К такому смыслу, друг, больше подходят именно эти слова, и вот они какие“, — то не следует ни отстранять, ни осуждать его.  
‘This phrasing fits the meaning better than that.’  
‘lābhā no, āvuso, suladdhaṁ no, āvuso,  
„Это, друг, наше приобретение, это, друг, наша прибыль,  
‘We are fortunate, reverend, so very fortunate  
‘katamo so, āvuso, sukhallikānuyogo?  
„Почтенный, какова же эта привязанность к удовольствиям?“  
‘What is that indulgence in pleasure?  
‘ime panāvuso, cattāro sukhallikānuyoge anuyuttānaṁ viharataṁ kati phalāni katānisaṁsā pāṭikaṅkhā’ti?  
„Почтенный, какие же плоды, какие преимущества ожидают подверженных этим четырем [видам] привязанности к удовольствиям?“  
‘How many fruits and benefits may be expected by those who live indulging in pleasure in these four ways?’  
‘ime kho, āvuso, cattāro sukhallikānuyoge anuyuttānaṁ viharataṁ cattāri phalāni cattāro ānisaṁsā pāṭikaṅkhā.  
„Почтенный, подверженных этим четырем [видам] привязанности к удовольствиям ожидают четыре плода, четыре преимущества.  
‘Four benefits may be expected by those who live indulging in pleasure in these four ways.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.  
Вот, почтенный, монах, избавившись от трех уз, становится вступившим в поток, не подверженным страданию, уверенным, движущимся к просветлению.  
Firstly, with the ending of three fetters a mendicant becomes a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karoti.  
И далее, почтенный, монах, избавившись от трех уз, сведя на нет страсть, ненависть и заблуждения, становится единожды возвращающимся, который, вернувшись еще раз в этот мир, кладет конец страданию.  
Furthermore, a mendicant—with the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion—becomes a once-returner. They come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti, tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā.  
И далее, почтенный, монах, избавившись от пяти уз низшего порядка, становится самопроизвольно родившимся [в высшем мире], достигшим там освобождения, не подверженным возвращению из того мира.  
Furthermore, with the ending of the five lower fetters, a mendicant is reborn spontaneously and will become extinguished there, not liable to return from that world.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  
И далее, почтенный, монах с уничтожением порочных свойств, сам познав, испытав и обретя в зримом мире лишенные порочных свойств освобождение сердца и освобождение постижения, пребывает [в таком состоянии].  
Furthermore, a mendicant realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and lives having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements.  
Ime kho, āvuso, cattāro sukhallikānuyoge anuyuttānaṁ viharataṁ imāni cattāri phalāni, cattāro ānisaṁsā pāṭikaṅkhā’ti.  
Такие, почтенный, четыре плода, четыре преимущества ожидают подверженных этим четырем [видам] привязанности к удовольствиям“.  
These four benefits may be expected by those who live indulging in pleasure in these four ways.’  
‘atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sāvakānaṁ dhammā desitā paññattā yāvajīvaṁ anatikkamanīyā.  
„Почтенный, этот Благостный, знающий, видящий, архат, всецело просветленный преподал и сообщил ученикам истину, которую не следует преступать в течение всей жизни.  
‘Reverends, these things have been taught and pointed out for his disciples by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, not to be transgressed so long as life lasts.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, indakhīlo vā ayokhīlo vā gambhīranemo sunikhāto acalo asampavedhī;  
Подобно тому, почтенный, как камень у порога или железный столб с глубоко зарытым основанием [пребывает] неподвижным и непоколебимым,  
Suppose there was a boundary pillar or an iron pillar with deep foundations, firmly embedded, imperturbable and unshakable.  
evameva kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sāvakānaṁ dhammā desitā paññattā yāvajīvaṁ anatikkamanīyā.  
так же точно, почтенный, и этот Благостный, знающий, видящий, архат, всецело просветленный преподал и сообщил ученикам истину, которую не следует преступать в течение всей жизни.  
In the same way, these things have been taught and pointed out for his disciples by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, not to be transgressed so long as life lasts.  
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so nava ṭhānāni ajjhācarituṁ.  
И вот, почтенный, монах-архат, уничтоживший порочные свойства, достигший совершенства, сделавший то, что надлежит сделать, сбросивший бремя, достигший благой цели, уничтоживший узы следующего рождения, освободившийся благодаря должному знанию, неспособен совершать девять вещей:  
A mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—can’t transgress in nine respects.  
Abhabbo, āvuso, khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sañcicca pāṇaṁ jīvitā voropetuṁ; abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyituṁ; abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭisevituṁ; abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sampajānamusā bhāsituṁ; abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sannidhikārakaṁ kāme paribhuñjituṁ, seyyathāpi pubbe āgārikabhūto; abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu chandāgatiṁ gantuṁ; abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu dosāgatiṁ gantuṁ; abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu mohāgatiṁ gantuṁ; abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu bhayāgatiṁ gantuṁ.  
монах, уничтоживший порочные свойства, неспособен, почтенный, намеренно лишать жизни живое существо. Монах, уничтоживший порочные свойства, неспособен брать то, что не дано [ему и что] зовется воровством. Монах, уничтоживший порочные свойства, неспособен следовать обычаю совокупления. Монах, уничтоживший порочные свойства, неспособен говорить сознательную ложь. Монах, уничтоживший порочные свойства, неспособен собирать запасы, чтобы предаваться чувственным удовольствиям, как [он делал это] прежде, живя дома. Монах, уничтоживший порочные свойства, неспособен следовать путем желаний. Монах, уничтоживший порочные свойства, неспособен следовать путем ненависти. Монах, уничтоживший порочные свойства, неспособен следовать путем заблуждений. Монах, уничтоживший порочные свойства, неспособен следовать путем страха.  
A mendicant with defilements ended can’t deliberately take the life of a living creature, take something with the intention to steal, have sex, tell a deliberate lie, or store up goods for their own enjoyment like they used to as a lay person. And they can’t make decisions prejudiced by favoritism, hostility, stupidity, or cowardice.  
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so imāni nava ṭhānāni ajjhācaritun’ti.  
Так, почтенный, монах-архат, уничтоживший порочные свойства, достигший совершенства, сделавший то, что надлежит сделать, сбросивший бремя, достигший благой цели, уничтоживший узы следующего рождения, освободившийся благодаря должному знанию — неспособен совершать девять этих вещей“.  
A mendicant who is perfected can’t transgress in these nine respects.’  
‘kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā, idameva saccaṁ moghamaññan’ti?  
„Почтенный, Татхагата существует после смерти? Это правда, а иной [взгляд] — заблуждение?“  
‘Is this your view: “A Realized One still exists after death. This is the only truth, other ideas are silly”?’  
‘abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā:  
„Почтенный, Благостным не было так разъяснено:  
‘Reverend, this has not been declared by the Buddha.’  
‘kiṁ panāvuso, na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā, idameva saccaṁ moghamaññan’ti?  
„Почтенный, Татхагата не существует после смерти? Это правда, а иной [взгляд] — заблуждение?“  
‘Then is this your view: “A Realized One no longer exists after death. This is the only truth, other ideas are silly”?’  
‘etampi kho, āvuso, bhagavatā abyākataṁ:  
„Почтенный, Благостным не было так разъяснено:  
‘This too has not been declared by the Buddha.’  
‘kiṁ panāvuso, hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā, idameva saccaṁ moghamaññan’ti?  
„Почтенный, Татхагата и существует, и не существует после смерти? Это правда, а иной [взгляд] — заблуждение?“  
‘Then is this your view: “A Realized One both still exists and no longer exists after death. This is the only truth, other ideas are silly”?’  
‘abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā:  
„Почтенный, Благостным не было так разъяснено:  
‘This too has not been declared by the Buddha.’  
‘kiṁ panāvuso, neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā, idameva saccaṁ moghamaññan’ti?  
„Татхагата ни существует, ни не существует после смерти? Это правда, а иной [взгляд] — заблуждение?“  
‘Then is this your view: “A Realized One neither still exists nor no longer exists after death. This is the only truth, other ideas are silly”?’  
‘etampi kho, āvuso, bhagavatā abyākataṁ:  
„Почтенный, Благостным не было так разъяснено:  
‘This too has not been declared by the Buddha.’  
‘kasmā panetaṁ, āvuso, samaṇena gotamena abyākatan’ti?  
„Почему же, почтенный, это не разъяснено отшельником Готамой?“  
‘But why has this not been declared by the ascetic Gotama?’  
‘na hetaṁ, āvuso, atthasaṁhitaṁ na dhammasaṁhitaṁ na ādibrahmacariyakaṁ na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṁvattati, tasmā taṁ bhagavatā abyākatan’ti.  
„Почтенный, ведь это не приносит пользы, не связано с истиной, не относится к целомудрию, не ведет ни к отказу [от мира], ни к бесстрастию, ни к уничтожению, ни к успокоению, ни к постижению, ни к просветлению, ни к ниббане. Поэтому это и не разъяснено Благостным“.  
‘Because it’s not beneficial or relevant to the fundamentals of the spiritual life. It doesn’t lead to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. That’s why it hasn’t been declared by the Buddha.’  
‘kiṁ panāvuso, samaṇena gotamena byākatan’ti?  
„Что же, почтенный, разъяснено отшельником Готамой?“  
‘But what has been declared by the ascetic Gotama?’  
‘idaṁ dukkhanti kho, āvuso, bhagavatā byākataṁ, ayaṁ dukkhasamudayoti kho, āvuso, bhagavatā byākataṁ, ayaṁ dukkhanirodhoti kho, āvuso, bhagavatā byākataṁ, ayaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadāti kho, āvuso, bhagavatā byākatan’ti.  
„Это — страдание“ — вот что, почтенный, разъяснено Благостным. „Это — возникновение страдания“ — вот что, почтенный, разъяснено Благостным. „Это — уничтожение страдания“ — вот что, почтенный, разъяснено Благостным. „Это — путь, ведущий к уничтожению страдания“ — вот что, почтенный, разъяснено Благостным.  
‘What has been declared by the Buddha is this: “This is suffering”—“This is the origin of suffering”—“This is the cessation of suffering”—“This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering.”’  
‘kasmā panetaṁ, āvuso, samaṇena gotamena byākatan’ti?  
„Почему же, почтенный, это разъяснено отшельником Готамой?“  
‘But why has this been declared by the ascetic Gotama?’  
‘etañhi, āvuso, atthasaṁhitaṁ, etaṁ dhammasaṁhitaṁ, etaṁ ādibrahmacariyakaṁ ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati. Tasmā taṁ bhagavatā byākatan’ti.  
„Ведь это, почтенный, приносит пользу, связано с истиной, относится к целомудрию, ведет к отказу [от мира], к бесстрастию, к уничтожению, к успокоению, к постижению, к просветлению, к ниббане.  
‘Because it’s beneficial and relevant to the fundamentals of the spiritual life. It leads to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. That’s why it has been declared by the Buddha.’  
‘atthi nu kho idaṁ, āvuso, vuccati:  
„Верно ли то, что говорит почтенный:  
‘Reverends, is this what you say,  
‘atthi nu kho idaṁ, āvuso, vuccati:  
„Верно ли то, что говорит почтенный:  
 
‘atthi nu kho idaṁ, āvuso, vuccati:  
„Верно ли то, что говорит почтенный:  
‘Reverends, is this what you say,  
‘atthi nu kho idaṁ, āvuso, vuccati:  
„Верно ли то, что говорит почтенный:  
 

dn33atthāvuso cāvuso idhāvuso ijjhatāvuso nāvuso panāvuso pāvuso santāvuso vuccatāvuso āvuso294Pi En Ru dhamma

“nigaṇṭho, āvuso, nāṭaputto pāvāyaṁ adhunākālaṅkato,   «Друзья, Нигантха Натхапутта окончил свои дни в Паве.  
 
Evañhetaṁ, āvuso, hoti durakkhāte dhammavinaye duppavedite aniyyānike anupasamasaṁvattanike asammāsambuddhappavedite.  
И правда, друзья, плохо преподаны [им] истина и должное поведение, плохо переданы, не ведут к благу, не доставляют успокоения, переданы не всецело просветленным.  
“That’s what happens, reverends, when a teaching and training is poorly explained and poorly propounded, not emancipating, not leading to peace, proclaimed by someone who is not a fully awakened Buddha.  
Ayaṁ kho panāvuso, amhākaṁ bhagavatā dhammo svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṁvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito.  
Эта же истина, друзья, хорошо преподана нам Благостным, хорошо передана, ведет к благу, доставляет успокоение, передана всецело просветленным.  
But this teaching is well explained and well propounded to us by the Blessed One, emancipating, leading to peace, proclaimed by someone who is a fully awakened Buddha.  
Katamo cāvuso, amhākaṁ bhagavatā dhammo svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṁvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito;  
Какова же эта истина, друзья, хорошо преподанная нам Благостным, хорошо переданная, ведущая к благу, доставляющая успокоение, переданная всецело просветленным —  
And what is that teaching?  
Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena eko dhammo sammadakkhāto.  
Есть, друзья, одна вещь, в совершенстве преподанная этим Благостным — знающим, видящим, архатом, всецело просветленным.  
There are teachings grouped by one that have been rightly explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena eko dhammo sammadakkhāto.  
Это, друзья, одна вещь, в совершенстве преподанная этим Благостным — знающим, видящим, архатом, всецело просветленным.  
These are the teachings grouped by one that have been rightly explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dve dhammā sammadakkhātā.  
Есть, друзья, две вещи, в совершенстве преподанные этим Благостным — знающим, видящим, архатом, всецело просветленным.  
There are teachings grouped by two that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dve dhammā sammadakkhātā.  
Таковы, друзья, две вещи, в совершенстве преподанные этим Благостным — знающим, видящим, архатом, всецело просветленным.  
These are the teachings grouped by two that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena tayo dhammā sammadakkhātā.  
Есть, друзья, три вещи, в совершенстве преподанные этим Благостным — знающим, видящим, архатом, всецело просветленным.  
There are teachings grouped by three that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
parisuddhakāyasamācāro āvuso tathāgato, natthi tathāgatassa kāyaduccaritaṁ, yaṁ tathāgato rakkheyya:  
Когда, друзья, Татхагата пребывает в чистоте тела, то нет у Татхагаты дурного поведения тела, которого бы Татхагата остерегался, [думая]:  
The Realized One’s behavior by way of body, speech, and mind is pure. He has no misconduct in these three ways that need be hidden, thinking:  
Parisuddhavacīsamācāro āvuso, tathāgato, natthi tathāgatassa vacīduccaritaṁ, yaṁ tathāgato rakkheyya:  
Когда, друзья, Татхагата пребывает в чистоте в речи, то нет у Татхагаты дурного поведения в речи, которого бы Татхагата остерегался, [думая]:  
 
Parisuddhamanosamācāro, āvuso, tathāgato, natthi tathāgatassa manoduccaritaṁ yaṁ tathāgato rakkheyya:  
Когда, друзья Татхагата пребывает в чистоте разума, то нет у Татхагаты дурного поведения разума, которого бы Татхагата остерегался, [думая]:  
 
santāvuso sattā paccupaṭṭhitakāmā, te paccupaṭṭhitesu kāmesu vasaṁ vattenti, seyyathāpi manussā ekacce ca devā ekacce ca vinipātikā.  
Есть, друзья, существа с возникшими чувственными желаниями; они пребывают во власти возникших чувственных желаний — таковы некоторые люди и некоторые боги, находящиеся в [обители] страдания.  
There are sentient beings who desire what is present. They fall under the sway of presently arisen sensual pleasures. Namely, humans, some gods, and some beings in the underworld.  
Santāvuso, sattā nimmitakāmā, te nimminitvā nimminitvā kāmesu vasaṁ vattenti, seyyathāpi devā nimmānaratī.  
Есть, дорогие, существа, с чувственными желаниями, сотворенными [ими самими]; они пребывают во власти сотворенных [у каждого] желаний — таковы боги нимманарати.  
There are sentient beings who desire to create. Having repeatedly created, they fall under the sway of sensual pleasures. Namely, the Gods Who Love to Create.  
Santāvuso sattā paranimmitakāmā, te paranimmitesu kāmesu vasaṁ vattenti, seyyathāpi devā paranimmitavasavattī.  
Есть, дорогие, существа, с чувственными желаниями, сотворенными другими; они пребывают во власти чувственных желаний, сотворенных другими, — таковы боги параниммита-васаватти.  
There are sentient beings who desire what is created by others. They fall under the sway of sensual pleasures created by others. Namely, the Gods Who Control the Creations of Others.  
santāvuso sattā uppādetvā uppādetvā sukhaṁ viharanti, seyyathāpi devā brahmakāyikā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, которые по мере появления в мире пребывают в счастье, — таковы боги, принадлежащие к свите Брахмы.  
There are sentient beings who, having repeatedly given rise to it, dwell in pleasure. Namely, the gods of Brahmā’s Host.  
Santāvuso, sattā sukhena abhisannā parisannā paripūrā paripphuṭā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, облитые, залитые, переполненные, пропитанные счастьем,  
There are sentient beings who are drenched, steeped, filled, and soaked with pleasure.  
Santāvuso, sattā sukhena abhisannā parisannā paripūrā paripphuṭā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, облитые, залитые, переполненные, пропитанные счастьем,  
There are sentient beings who are drenched, steeped, filled, and soaked with pleasure.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena tayo dhammā sammadakkhātā.  
Таковы, друзья, три вещи, в совершенстве преподанные этим Благостным — знающим, видящим, архатом, всецело просветленным.  
These are the teachings grouped by three that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro dhammā sammadakkhātā.  
Есть, друзья, четыре вещи, в совершенстве преподанные этим Благостным — знающим, видящим, архатом, всецело просветленным.  
There are teachings grouped by four that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.  
Вот, друзья, монах пребывает созерцающим тело в [своем] теле, усердным, внимательным, наделенным способностью самосознания и устраняет мирскую алчность и неудовлетворенность.  
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu anuppannānaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ anuppādāya chandaṁ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṁ ārabhati cittaṁ paggaṇhāti padahati.  
Вот, друзья, монах питает стремление, делает усилия, прилагает усердие, направляет и устремляет ум к тому, чтобы [в нем] не возникли не возникшие [прежде] порочные нехорошие свойства.  
A mendicant generates enthusiasm, tries, makes an effort, exerts the mind, and strives so that bad, unskillful qualities don’t arise.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṁ iddhipādaṁ bhāveti.  
Вот, друзья, монах обретает основание сверхъестественных способностей, состоящее из стремления в сочетании с сосредоточенностью и усилием.  
A mendicant develops the basis of psychic power that has immersion due to enthusiasm, and active effort.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Вот, друзья, монах, освободившись от чувственных удовольствий, освободившись от нехороших свойств, достигает первой ступени созерцания, связанной с устремленным рассудком и углубленным рассуждением, рожденной уединенностью, дарующей радость и счастье, и пребывает [в этом состоянии].  
A mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected.  
Atthāvuso, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārāya saṁvattati.  
Есть, друзья, самовоспитание в сосредоточенности, которое, будучи осуществлено и умножено, доставляет счастливое пребывание в зримом мире. 
There is a way of developing immersion further that leads to blissful meditation in the present life.  
Atthāvuso, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā ñāṇadassanapaṭilābhāya saṁvattati.  
Есть, друзья, самовоспитание в сосредоточенности, которое, будучи осуществлено и умножено, доставляет обретение совершенного видения.  
There is a way of developing immersion further that leads to gaining knowledge and vision.  
Atthāvuso samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā satisampajaññāya saṁvattati.  
Есть, друзья, самовоспитание в сосредоточенности, которое, будучи осуществлено и умножено, доставляет способность самосознания и вдумчивость.  
There is a way of developing immersion further that leads to mindfulness and awareness.  
Atthāvuso samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā āsavānaṁ khayāya saṁvattati.  
Есть, друзья, самовоспитание в сосредоточенности, которое, будучи осуществлено и умножено, доставляет уничтожение порочных свойств.  
There is a way of developing immersion further that leads to the ending of defilements.  
Katamā cāvuso, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārāya saṁvattati?  
Каково же, друзья, самовоспитание в сосредоточенности, которое, будучи осуществлено и умножено, доставляет счастливое пребывание в зримом мире?  
And what is the way of developing immersion further that leads to blissful meditation in the present life?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ …  
Вот, друзья, монах, освободившись от чувственных удовольствий, освободившись от нехороших свойств, достигает первой ступени созерцания, связанной с устремленным рассудком …  
It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption …  
Ayaṁ, āvuso, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārāya saṁvattati.  
Таково, друзья, самовоспитание в сосредоточенности, которое, будучи осуществлено и умножено, доставляет счастливое пребывание в зримом мире.  
This is the way of developing immersion further that leads to blissful meditation in the present life.  
Katamā cāvuso, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā ñāṇadassanapaṭilābhāya saṁvattati?  
Каково же, друзья, самовоспитание в сосредоточенности, которое, будучи осуществлено и умножено, доставляет обретение совершенного видения?  
And what is the way of developing immersion further that leads to gaining knowledge and vision?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu ālokasaññaṁ manasi karoti, divāsaññaṁ adhiṭṭhāti yathā divā tathā rattiṁ, yathā rattiṁ tathā divā.  
Вот, друзья, монах устремляет ум к способности [ясного] воззрения, сосредоточивается на осознании дня как днем, так и ночью, как ночью, так и днем,  
A mendicant focuses on the perception of light, concentrating on the perception of day regardless of whether it’s night or day.  
Ayaṁ, āvuso, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā ñāṇadassanapaṭilābhāya saṁvattati.  
Таково, друзья, самовоспитание в сосредоточенности, которое, будучи осуществлено и умножено, доставляет обретение совершенного видения.  
This is the way of developing immersion further that leads to gaining knowledge and vision.  
Katamā cāvuso, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā satisampajaññāya saṁvattati?  
Каково же, друзья, самовоспитание в сосредоточенности, которое, будучи осуществлено и умножено, доставляет способность самосознания и вдумчивость?  
And what is the way of developing immersion further that leads to mindfulness and awareness?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno viditā vedanā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṁ gacchanti.  
Вот, друзья, монах постигает возникающие ощущения, постигает пребывающие, постигает исчезающие;  
A mendicant knows feelings as they arise, as they remain, and as they go away.  
Ayaṁ, āvuso, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā satisampajaññāya saṁvattati.  
Таково, друзья, самовоспитание в сосредоточенности, которое, будучи осуществлено и умножено, доставляет способность самосознания и вдумчивость.  
This is the way of developing immersion further that leads to mindfulness and awareness.  
Katamā cāvuso, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā āsavānaṁ khayāya saṁvattati?  
Каково же, друзья, самовоспитание в сосредоточенности, которое, будучи осуществлено и умножено, доставляет уничтожение порочных свойств?  
And what is the way of developing immersion further that leads to the ending of defilements?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassī viharati.  
Вот, друзья, монах пребывает в рассуждении о появлении и исчезновении пяти групп, основанных на стремлении:  
A mendicant meditates observing rise and fall in the five grasping aggregates.  
Ayaṁ, āvuso, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā āsavānaṁ khayāya saṁvattati.  
Таково, друзья, самовоспитание в сосредоточенности, которое, будучи осуществлено и умножено, доставляет уничтожение порочных свойств.  
This is the way of developing immersion further that leads to the ending of defilements.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati. Tathā dutiyaṁ. Tathā tatiyaṁ. Tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
Вот, друзья, монах пребывает, пронизывая разумом, исполненным дружелюбия, одну сторону света, затем — вторую, затем — третью, затем — четвертую. Он пребывает, пронизывая великим, всеобъемлющим, безграничным, невраждебным, незлонамеренным разумом, исполненным дружелюбия, весь мир вверх, вниз, поперек, во все стороны.  
A mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Вот, друзья, монах, всецело преодолев осознавание форм, избавившись от осознавания противодействия, отвлекшись от осознавания множественности, достигает уровня бесконечности пространства и пребывает [на нем, мысля]: „Пространство бесконечно“.  
A mendicant, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu saṅkhāyekaṁ paṭisevati, saṅkhāyekaṁ adhivāseti, saṅkhāyekaṁ parivajjeti, saṅkhāyekaṁ vinodeti.  
Вот, друзья, монах, поразмыслив, стремится к одному; поразмыслив, соглашается с другим; поразмыслив, избегает третьего; поразмыслив, отбрасывает четвертое.  
After appraisal, a mendicant uses some things, endures some things, avoids some things, and gets rid of some things.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena cīvarena, itarītaracīvarasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, na ca cīvarahetu anesanaṁ appatirūpaṁ āpajjati; aladdhā ca cīvaraṁ na paritassati, laddhā ca cīvaraṁ agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati; tāya ca pana itarītaracīvarasantuṭṭhiyā nevattānukkaṁseti na paraṁ vambheti.  
Вот, друзья, монах удовлетворен любой верхней одеждой; удовлетворенный любой верхней одеждой он произносит [ей] хвалу и не прибегает ради верхней одежды к негодным, неподобающим средствам; не получив верхней одежды, он не беспокоится, получив же верхнюю одежду, нежадный, неодурманенный, не совершая проступков, видя опасность и осознавая бесплодность [подобного поведения], пользуется [ею]; удовлетворенный любой верхней одеждой, он не превозносит себя и не унижает других.  
A mendicant is content with any kind of robe, and praises such contentment. They don’t try to get hold of a robe in an improper way. They don’t get upset if they don’t get a robe. And if they do get a robe, they use it untied, uninfatuated, unattached, seeing the drawback, and understanding the escape. And on account of that they don’t glorify themselves or put others down.  
Yo hi tattha dakkho analaso sampajāno paṭissato, ayaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘bhikkhu porāṇe aggaññe ariyavaṁse ṭhito’.  
И когда таким образом он искусен, усерден, вдумчив, внимателен, то зовется, друзья, монахом, стоящим в признанном главным, изначальном роду праведных.  
A mendicant who is deft, tireless, aware, and mindful in this is said to stand in the ancient, primordial noble tradition.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena piṇḍapātena, itarītarapiṇḍapātasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, na ca piṇḍapātahetu anesanaṁ appatirūpaṁ āpajjati; aladdhā ca piṇḍapātaṁ na paritassati, laddhā ca piṇḍapātaṁ agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati; tāya ca pana itarītarapiṇḍapātasantuṭṭhiyā nevattānukkaṁseti na paraṁ vambheti.  
И далее, друзья, монах удовлетворен любой чашей с милостыней; удовлетворенный любой чашей с милостыней он произносит [ей] хвалу и не прибегает ради чаши с милостыней к негодным, неподобающим средствам; не получив чаши с милостыней, он не беспокоится; получив же чашу с милостыней, нежадный, неодурманенный, не совершая проступков, видя опасность и осознавая бесплодность [подобного поведения], пользуется [ею]; удовлетворенный любой чашей с милостыней он не превозносит себя и не унижает других.  
Furthermore, a mendicant is content with any kind of almsfood …  
Yo hi tattha dakkho analaso sampajāno paṭissato, ayaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘bhikkhu porāṇe aggaññe ariyavaṁse ṭhito’.  
И когда таким образом он искусен, усерден, вдумчив, внимателен, то зовется, друзья, монахом, стоящим в признанном главным, изначальном роду праведных.  
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena senāsanena, itarītarasenāsanasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, na ca senāsanahetu anesanaṁ appatirūpaṁ āpajjati; aladdhā ca senāsanaṁ na paritassati, laddhā ca senāsanaṁ agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati; tāya ca pana itarītarasenāsanasantuṭṭhiyā nevattānukkaṁseti na paraṁ vambheti.  
И далее, друзья, монах удовлетворен любой обителью; удовлетворенный любой обителью он произносит [ей] хвалу и не прибегает ради обители к негодным, неподобающим средствам; не получив обители, он не беспокоится; получив же обитель, нежадный, неодурманенный, не совершая проступков, видя опасность и осознавая бесплодность [подобного поведения], пользуется [ею]; удовлетворенный любой обителью он не превозносит себя и не унижает других.  
Furthermore, a mendicant is content with any kind of lodgings …  
Yo hi tattha dakkho analaso sampajāno paṭissato, ayaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘bhikkhu porāṇe aggaññe ariyavaṁse ṭhito’.  
И когда таким образом он искусен, усерден, вдумчив, внимателен, то зовется, друзья, монахом, стоящим в признанном главным, изначальном роду праведных.  
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu pahānārāmo hoti pahānarato, bhāvanārāmo hoti bhāvanārato; tāya ca pana pahānārāmatāya pahānaratiyā bhāvanārāmatāya bhāvanāratiyā nevattānukkaṁseti na paraṁ vambheti.  
И далее, друзья, монах радуется отречению, наслаждается отречением, радуется самовоспитанию, наслаждается самовоспитанием. И радуясь отречению, наслаждаясь отречением, радуясь самовоспитанию, наслаждаясь самовоспитанием, он не превозносит себя и не унижает других.  
Furthermore, a mendicant enjoys giving up and loves to give up. They enjoy meditation and love to meditate. But they don’t glorify themselves or put down others on account of their love for giving up and meditation.  
Yo hi tattha dakkho analaso sampajāno paṭissato ayaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘bhikkhu porāṇe aggaññe ariyavaṁse ṭhito’.  
И когда таким образом он искусен, усерден, вдумчив, внимателен, то зовется, друзья, монахом, стоящим в признанном главным, изначальном роду праведных.  
A mendicant who is deft, tireless, aware, and mindful in this is said to stand in the ancient, primordial noble tradition.  
Katamañcāvuso, saṁvarapadhānaṁ?  
Каково же, друзья, усилие воздержанности?  
And what is the effort to restrain?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī.  
Вот, друзья, видя глазом образ, монах не влечется к внешним признакам, не влечется к его подробностям.  
When a mendicant sees a sight with their eyes, they don’t get caught up in the features and details.  
Idaṁ vuccatāvuso, saṁvarapadhānaṁ.  
Это, друзья, зовется усилием воздержанности.  
This is called the effort to restrain.  
Katamañcāvuso, pahānapadhānaṁ?  
Каково же, друзья, усилие отречения?  
And what is the effort to give up?  
Idaṁ vuccatāvuso, pahānapadhānaṁ.  
Это, друзья, зовется усилием отречения.  
This is called the effort to give up.  
Katamañcāvuso, bhāvanāpadhānaṁ?  
Каково же, друзья, усилие самовоспитания?  
And what is the effort to develop?  
Idaṁ vuccatāvuso, bhāvanāpadhānaṁ.  
Это, друзья, зовется усилием самовоспитания.  
This is called the effort to develop.  
Katamañcāvuso, anurakkhaṇāpadhānaṁ?  
Каково же, друзья, усилие охраны?  
And what is the effort to preserve?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu uppannaṁ bhadrakaṁ samādhinimittaṁ anurakkhati—aṭṭhikasaññaṁ, puḷuvakasaññaṁ, vinīlakasaññaṁ, vicchiddakasaññaṁ, uddhumātakasaññaṁ.  
Вот, друзья, монах охраняет возникающие благоприятные признаки сосредоточенности — представление о [собственном] скелете, представление о червях, [пожирающих тело], представление о темном цвете [трупа], представление о провалах [в истлевшем теле], представление о раздувшемся [трупе].  
It’s when a mendicant preserves a meditation subject that’s a fine foundation of immersion: the perception of a skeleton, a worm-infested corpse, a livid corpse, a split open corpse, or a bloated corpse.  
Idaṁ vuccatāvuso, anurakkhaṇāpadhānaṁ.  
Это, друзья, зовется усилием охраны.  
This is called the effort to preserve.  
Idhāvuso, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti:  
Вот, друзья, праведный ученик, наделенный совершенной верой в Будду, считает:  
A noble disciple has experiential confidence in the Buddha:  
Rūpūpāyaṁ vā, āvuso, viññāṇaṁ tiṭṭhamānaṁ tiṭṭhati rūpārammaṇaṁ rūpappatiṭṭhaṁ nandūpasecanaṁ vuddhiṁ virūḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjati;  
Утверждаясь посредством образа, друзья, сознание пребывает, поддерживаясь образом, основываясь на образе, и, обретая радость, достигает роста, развития, совершенства.  
As long as consciousness remains, it remains involved with form, supported by form, founded on form. And with a sprinkle of relishing, it grows, increases, and matures.  
vedanūpāyaṁ vā āvuso …  
Утверждаясь посредством ощущения, друзья …  
Or consciousness remains involved with feeling …  
saññūpāyaṁ vā, āvuso …pe…  
Утверждаясь посредством восприятия, друзья …  
Or consciousness remains involved with perception …  
saṅkhārūpāyaṁ vā, āvuso, viññāṇaṁ tiṭṭhamānaṁ tiṭṭhati saṅkhārārammaṇaṁ saṅkhārappatiṭṭhaṁ nandūpasecanaṁ vuddhiṁ virūḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjati.  
Утверждаясь посредством наклонности, друзья, сознание пребывает, поддерживаясь наклонностью, основываясь на наклонности, и, обретая радость, достигает роста, развития, совершенства.  
Or as long as consciousness remains, it remains involved with choices, supported by choices, grounded on choices. And with a sprinkle of relishing, it grows, increases, and matures.  
cīvarahetu vā, āvuso, bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati;  
Вот, друзья, в монахе возникает жажда, возникающая из-за верхней одежды.  
Craving arises in a mendicant for the sake of robes,  
piṇḍapātahetu vā, āvuso, bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati;  
Вот, друзья, в монахе возникает жажда, возникающая из-за чаши с милостыней.  
almsfood,  
senāsanahetu vā, āvuso, bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati;  
Вот, друзья, в монахе возникает жажда, возникающая из-за обители.  
lodgings,  
itibhavābhavahetu vā, āvuso, bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati.  
Вот, друзья, в монахе возникает жажда, возникающая из-за изысканной пищи.  
or rebirth in this or that state.  
atthāvuso, dhammasamādānaṁ paccuppannadukkhañceva āyatiñca dukkhavipākaṁ.  
Есть, друзья, благочестивое поведение с несчастьем в настоящем, приносящим несчастье в будущем.  
There is a way of taking up practices that is painful now and results in future pain.  
Atthāvuso, dhammasamādānaṁ paccuppannadukkhaṁ āyatiṁ sukhavipākaṁ.  
Есть, друзья, благочестивое поведение с несчастьем в настоящем, приносящим счастье в будущем.  
There is a way of taking up practices that is painful now but results in future pleasure.  
Atthāvuso, dhammasamādānaṁ paccuppannasukhaṁ āyatiṁ dukkhavipākaṁ.  
Есть, друзья, благочестивое поведение со счастьем в настоящем, приносящим несчастье в будущем.  
There is a way of taking up practices that is pleasant now but results in future pain.  
Atthāvuso, dhammasamādānaṁ paccuppannasukhañceva āyatiñca sukhavipākaṁ.  
Есть, друзья, благочестивое поведение со счастьем в настоящем, приносящим счастье в будущем.  
There is a way of taking up practices that is pleasant now and results in future pleasure.  
atthāvuso, kammaṁ kaṇhaṁ kaṇhavipākaṁ.  
Есть, друзья, темные действия с темным результатом.  
There are deeds that are dark with dark result.  
Atthāvuso, kammaṁ sukkaṁ sukkavipākaṁ.  
Есть, друзья, светлые действия со светлым результатом.  
There are deeds that are bright with bright result.  
Atthāvuso, kammaṁ kaṇhasukkaṁ kaṇhasukkavipākaṁ.  
Есть, друзья, и темные, и светлые действия с и темным, и светлым результатом.  
There are deeds that are dark and bright with dark and bright result.  
Atthāvuso, kammaṁ akaṇhaasukkaṁ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṁ kammakkhayāya saṁvattati.  
Есть, друзья, ни темные, ни светлые действия с ни темным, ни светлым результатом, ведущие к уничтожению [влияния] действий.  
There are neither dark nor bright deeds with neither dark nor bright results, which lead to the ending of deeds.  
Idhāvuso, ekacco asampajāno mātukucchiṁ okkamati, asampajāno mātukucchismiṁ ṭhāti, asampajāno mātukucchimhā nikkhamati, ayaṁ paṭhamā gabbhāvakkanti.  
Вот, друзья, некто, не осознавая, спускается в чрево матери, не осознавая, пребывает в чреве матери, не осознавая, выходит из чрева матери. Это — первое нисхождение в чрево.  
Someone is unaware when conceived in their mother’s womb, unaware as they remain there, and unaware as they emerge. This is the first kind of conception.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, idhekacco sampajāno mātukucchiṁ okkamati, asampajāno mātukucchismiṁ ṭhāti, asampajāno mātukucchimhā nikkhamati, ayaṁ dutiyā gabbhāvakkanti.  
И затем, друзья, вот некто, осознавая, спускается в чрево матери, не осознавая, пребывает в чреве матери, не осознавая, выходит из чрева матери. Это — второе нисхождение в чрево.  
Furthermore, someone is aware when conceived in their mother’s womb, but unaware as they remain there, and unaware as they emerge. This is the second kind of conception.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, idhekacco sampajāno mātukucchiṁ okkamati, sampajāno mātukucchismiṁ ṭhāti, asampajāno mātukucchimhā nikkhamati, ayaṁ tatiyā gabbhāvakkanti.  
И затем, друзья, вот некто, осознавая, спускается в чрево матери, осознавая, пребывает в чреве матери, не осознавая, выходит из чрева матери. Это — третье нисхождение в чрево.  
Furthermore, someone is aware when conceived in their mother’s womb, aware as they remain there, but unaware as they emerge. This is the third kind of conception.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, idhekacco sampajāno mātukucchiṁ okkamati, sampajāno mātukucchismiṁ ṭhāti, sampajāno mātukucchimhā nikkhamati, ayaṁ catutthā gabbhāvakkanti.  
И затем, друзья, вот некто, осознавая, спускается в чрево матери, осознавая, пребывает в чреве матери, осознавая, выходит из чрева матери. Это — четвертое нисхождение в чрево.  
Furthermore, someone is aware when conceived in their mother’s womb, aware as they remain there, and aware as they emerge. This is the fourth kind of conception.  
Atthāvuso, attabhāvapaṭilābho, yasmiṁ attabhāvapaṭilābhe attasañcetanāyeva kamati, no parasañcetanā.  
Есть, друзья, такое обретение своего [следующего] существования, когда при обретении своего существования действует собственное умонастроение, а не чужое умонастроение.  
There is a reincarnation where only one’s own intention is effective, not that of others.  
Atthāvuso, attabhāvapaṭilābho, yasmiṁ attabhāvapaṭilābhe parasañcetanāyeva kamati, no attasañcetanā.  
Есть, друзья, такое обретение своего существования, когда при обретении своего существования действует чужое умонастроение, а не собственное умонастроение.  
There is a reincarnation where only the intention of others is effective, not one’s own.  
Atthāvuso, attabhāvapaṭilābho, yasmiṁ attabhāvapaṭilābhe attasañcetanā ceva kamati parasañcetanā ca.  
Есть, друзья, такое обретение своего существования, когда при обретении своего существования действуют и собственное умонастроение, и чужое умонастроение.  
There is a reincarnation where both one’s own and others’ intentions are effective.  
Atthāvuso, attabhāvapaṭilābho, yasmiṁ attabhāvapaṭilābhe neva attasañcetanā kamati, no parasañcetanā.  
Есть, друзья, такое обретение своего существования, когда при обретении своего существования не действует ни собственное умонастроение, ни чужое умонастроение.  
There is a reincarnation where neither one’s own nor others’ intentions are effective.  
Atthāvuso, dakkhiṇā dāyakato visujjhati no paṭiggāhakato.  
Есть, друзья, подношения, когда чист совершающий дар, а не принимающий.  
There’s a religious donation that’s purified by the giver, not the recipient.  
Atthāvuso, dakkhiṇā paṭiggāhakato visujjhati no dāyakato.  
Есть, друзья, подношения, когда чист принимающий, а не совершающий дар.  
There’s a religious donation that’s purified by the recipient, not the giver.  
Atthāvuso, dakkhiṇā neva dāyakato visujjhati no paṭiggāhakato.  
Есть, друзья, подношения, когда не чисты ни совершающий дар, ни принимающий.  
There’s a religious donation that’s purified by neither the giver nor the recipient.  
Atthāvuso, dakkhiṇā dāyakato ceva visujjhati paṭiggāhakato ca.  
Есть, друзья, подношения, когда чисты и совершающий дар, и принимающий.  
There’s a religious donation that’s purified by both the giver and the recipient.  
Idhāvuso, ekacco puggalo attantapo hoti attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto.  
Вот, друзья, некоторые личности мучают сами себя, следуют обычаю причинять мучения самим себе.  
One person mortifies themselves, committed to the practice of mortifying themselves.  
Idhāvuso, ekacco puggalo parantapo hoti paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto.  
Вот, друзья, некоторые личности мучают других, следуют обычаю причинять мучения другим.  
One person mortifies others, committed to the practice of mortifying others.  
Idhāvuso, ekacco puggalo attantapo ca hoti attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, parantapo ca paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto.  
Вот, друзья, некоторые личности мучают сами себя, следуют обычаю причинять мучения самим себе и мучают других, следуют обычаю причинять мучения другим.  
One person mortifies themselves and others, committed to the practice of mortifying themselves and others.  
Idhāvuso, ekacco puggalo neva attantapo hoti na attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto.  
Вот, друзья, некоторые личности не мучают сами себя, не следуют обычаю причинять мучения самим себе и не мучают других, не следуют обычаю причинять мучения другим.  
One person doesn’t mortify either themselves or others, committed to the practice of not mortifying themselves or others.  
Idhāvuso, ekacco puggalo attahitāya paṭipanno hoti no parahitāya.  
Вот, друзья, некоторые личности следуют собственному благополучию, а не благополучию других.  
One person practices to benefit themselves, but not others.  
Idhāvuso, ekacco puggalo parahitāya paṭipanno hoti no attahitāya.  
Вот, друзья, некоторые личности следуют благополучию других, а не собственному благополучию.  
One person practices to benefit others, but not themselves.  
Idhāvuso, ekacco puggalo neva attahitāya paṭipanno hoti no parahitāya.  
Вот, друзья, некоторые личности не следуют ни собственному благополучию, ни благополучию других.  
One person practices to benefit neither themselves nor others.  
Idhāvuso, ekacco puggalo attahitāya ceva paṭipanno hoti parahitāya ca.  
Вот, друзья, некоторые личности следуют и собственному благополучию, и благополучию других.  
One person practices to benefit both themselves and others.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro dhammā sammadakkhātā;  
Таковы, друзья, четыре вещи, в совершенстве преподанные этим Благостным — знающим, видящим, архатом, всецело просветленным.  
These are the teachings grouped by four that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena pañca dhammā sammadakkhātā.  
Есть, друзья, пять вещей, в совершенстве преподанных этим Благостным — знающим, видящим, архатом, всецело просветленным.  
There are teachings grouped by five that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Abhabbo, āvuso, khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sañcicca pāṇaṁ jīvitā voropetuṁ. Abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyituṁ. Abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭisevituṁ. Abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sampajānamusā bhāsituṁ. Abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sannidhikārakaṁ kāme paribhuñjituṁ, seyyathāpi pubbe āgārikabhūto.  
Монах, уничтоживший порочные свойства, неспособен, друзья, намеренно лишать жизни живое существо. Монах, уничтоживший порочные свойства, неспособен брать то, что не дано [ему и что] зовется воровством. Монах, уничтоживший порочные свойства, неспособен следовать обычаю совокупления. Монах, уничтоживший порочные свойства, неспособен говорить сознательную ложь. Монах, уничтоживший порочные свойства, неспособен собирать запасы, чтобы предаваться чувственным удовольствиям, как [он делал это] прежде, живя дома. 
A mendicant with defilements ended can’t deliberately take the life of a living creature, take something with the intention to steal, have sex, tell a deliberate lie, or store up goods for their own enjoyment like they used to as a lay person.  
Nāvuso, sattā ñātibyasanahetu vā bhogabyasanahetu vā rogabyasanahetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjanti.  
Ни одно существо, друзья, с распадом тела после смерти не рождается вновь в бедствии, несчастье, страдании, преисподней из-за неудачи с родными, или из-за неудачи с имуществом, или из-за неудачи со здоровьем.  
It is not because of loss of relatives, wealth, or health that sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.  
Sīlabyasanahetu vā, āvuso, sattā diṭṭhibyasanahetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjanti.  
Но, друзья, с распадом тела после смерти существо рождается вновь в бедствии, несчастье, страдании, преисподней из-за неудачи в нравственном поведении или из-за неудачи в воззрениях.  
It is because of loss of ethics or view that sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.  
Nāvuso, sattā ñātisampadāhetu vā bhogasampadāhetu vā ārogyasampadāhetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Ни одно существо, друзья, с распадом тела после смерти не рождается вновь в счастливом, небесном мире из-за удачи с родными, или из-за удачи с имуществом, или из-за удачи со здоровьем.  
It is not because of endowment with family, wealth, or health that sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Sīlasampadāhetu vā, āvuso, sattā diṭṭhisampadāhetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Но, друзья, с распадом тела после смерти существо рождается вновь в счастливом, небесном мире из-за удачи в нравственном поведении или из-за удачи в воззрениях.  
It is because of endowment with ethics or view that sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Idhāvuso, dussīlo sīlavipanno pamādādhikaraṇaṁ mahatiṁ bhogajāniṁ nigacchati,  
Вот, друзья, злонравный, пренебрегающий нравственностью по причине легкомыслия впадает в великую нужду.  
Firstly, an unethical person loses substantial wealth on account of negligence.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati,  
И далее, друзья, о злонравном, пренебрегающем нравственностью идет дурная слава.  
Furthermore, an unethical person gets a bad reputation.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, dussīlo sīlavipanno yaññadeva parisaṁ upasaṅkamati yadi khattiyaparisaṁ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṁ yadi gahapatiparisaṁ yadi samaṇaparisaṁ, avisārado upasaṅkamati maṅkubhūto,  
И далее, друзья, в чье бы собрание ни вступал злонравный, пренебрегающий нравственностью — в собрание кшатриев, или собрание брахманов, или собрание домоправителей, или собрание отшельников — он вступает в него неуверенно и беспокойно.  
Furthermore, an unethical person enters any kind of assembly timid and embarrassed, whether it’s an assembly of aristocrats, brahmins, householders, or ascetics.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, dussīlo sīlavipanno sammūḷho kālaṁ karoti,  
И далее, друзья, злонравный, пренебрегающий нравственностью оканчивает свои дни в мучении.  
Furthermore, an unethical person feels lost when they die.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, dussīlo sīlavipanno kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati,  
И далее, друзья, злонравный, пренебрегающий нравственностью с распадом тела после смерти рождается в бедствии, несчастье, страдании, преисподней.  
Furthermore, an unethical person, when their body breaks up, after death, is reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.  
Idhāvuso, sīlavā sīlasampanno appamādādhikaraṇaṁ mahantaṁ bhogakkhandhaṁ adhigacchati,  
Вот, друзья, добронравный, обладающий нравственностью по причине усердия достигает великого достатка.  
Firstly, an ethical person gains substantial wealth on account of diligence.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, sīlavato sīlasampannassa kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati,  
И далее, друзья, о добронравном, обладающем нравственностью идет добрая слава.  
Furthermore, an ethical person gets a good reputation.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, sīlavā sīlasampanno yaññadeva parisaṁ upasaṅkamati yadi khattiyaparisaṁ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṁ yadi gahapatiparisaṁ yadi samaṇaparisaṁ, visārado upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto,  
И далее, друзья, в чье бы собрание ни вступал добронравный, обладающий нравственностью — в собрание кшатриев, или собрание брахманов, или собрание домоправителей, или собрание отшельников — он вступает в него уверенно и спокойно.  
Furthermore, an ethical person enters any kind of assembly bold and self-assured, whether it’s an assembly of aristocrats, brahmins, householders, or ascetics.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, sīlavā sīlasampanno asammūḷho kālaṁ karoti,  
И далее, друзья, добронравный, обладающий нравственностью оканчивает свои дни без мучения.  
Furthermore, an ethical person dies not feeling lost.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, sīlavā sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati,  
И далее, друзья, добронравный, обладающий нравственностью с распадом тела после смерти вновь рождается в счастливом небесном мире.  
Furthermore, when an ethical person’s body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Codakena, āvuso, bhikkhunā paraṁ codetukāmena pañca dhamme ajjhattaṁ upaṭṭhapetvā paro codetabbo.  
Побуждающему монаху, друзья, желающему побуждать другого, следует побуждать другого, придерживаясь внутренне пяти правил:  
A mendicant who wants to accuse another should first establish five things in themselves:  
Codakena, āvuso, bhikkhunā paraṁ codetukāmena ime pañca dhamme ajjhattaṁ upaṭṭhapetvā paro codetabbo.  
Побуждающему монаху, друзья, желающему побуждать другого, следует побуждать другого, придерживаясь внутренне этих пяти правил.  
A mendicant who wants to accuse another should first establish these five things in themselves.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṁ:  
Вот, друзья, монах пребывает верующим, верует в просветление Татхагаты:  
A mendicant has faith in the Realized One’s awakening:  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu satthari kaṅkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati.  
Вот, друзья, монах сомневается в наставнике, колеблется, лишается уверенности, лишается покоя.  
Firstly, a mendicant has doubts about the Teacher. They’re uncertain, undecided, and lacking confidence.  
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu satthari kaṅkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati, tassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya, yassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya, ayaṁ paṭhamo cetokhilo.  
Когда, друзья, этот монах сомневается в наставнике, колеблется, лишается уверенности, лишается покоя, то его ум не склоняется к усердию, преданности, постоянству, усилию. Когда же его ум не склоняется к усердию, преданности, постоянству, усилию, то это — первый недостаток разума.  
This being so, their mind doesn’t incline toward keenness, commitment, persistence, and striving. This is the first kind of emotional barrenness.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu dhamme kaṅkhati vicikicchati …pe…  
И далее, друзья, монах сомневается в дхамме, колеблется …  
Furthermore, a mendicant has doubts about the teaching …  
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto, tassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya, yassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya, ayaṁ pañcamo cetokhilo.  
Когда, друзья, этот монах гневается на собратьев, неудовлетворен, раздражен в мыслях, подавлен, то его ум не склоняется к усердию, преданности, постоянству, усилию. Когда же его ум не склоняется к усердию, преданности, постоянству, усилию, то это — пятый недостаток разума.  
This being so, their mind doesn’t incline toward keenness, commitment, persistence, and striving. This is the fifth kind of emotional barrenness.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāmesu avītarāgo hoti avigatacchando avigatapemo avigatapipāso avigatapariḷāho avigatataṇho.  
Вот, друзья, монах не избавился от страсти к чувственным удовольствиям, не избавился от стремления, не избавился от привязанности, не избавился от жажды, не избавился от возбуждения, не избавился от желания.  
Firstly, a mendicant isn’t free of greed, desire, fondness, thirst, passion, and craving for sensual pleasures.  
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu kāmesu avītarāgo hoti avigatacchando avigatapemo avigatapipāso avigatapariḷāho avigatataṇho, tassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya.  
Когда, друзья, этот монах не избавился от страсти к чувственным удовольствиям, не избавился от стремления, не избавился от привязанности, не избавился от жажды, не избавился от возбуждения, не избавился от желания, то его ум не склоняется к усердию, преданности, постоянству, усилию.  
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu kāye avītarāgo hoti …pe…  
И далее, друзья, монах не избавился от страсти к [связанному с его] телом …  
Furthermore, a mendicant isn’t free of greed for the body …  
puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu yāvadatthaṁ udarāvadehakaṁ bhuñjitvā seyyasukhaṁ passasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ anuyutto viharati …pe…  
И [далее], вволю наевшись, набив желудок, он пребывает, находя удовольствие в лежании, удовольствие в [приятных] прикосновениях, удовольствие в лени …  
They eat as much as they like until their bellies are full, then indulge in the pleasures of sleeping, lying down, and drowsing …  
puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu aññataraṁ devanikāyaṁ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṁ carati: ‘imināhaṁ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’ti.  
И далее, друзья, монах ведет целомудренную жизнь с намерением вступить в то или иное собрание богов: „Благодаря этому нравственному поведению, обрядам, подвижничеству, целомудрию я окажусь богом или в свите бога“.  
They lead the spiritual life hoping to be reborn in one of the orders of gods, thinking: ‘By this precept or observance or fervent austerity or spiritual life, may I become one of the gods!’  
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu aññataraṁ devanikāyaṁ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṁ carati: ‘imināhaṁ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’ti, tassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. Yassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya.  
Когда, друзья, этот монах ведет целомудренную жизнь с намерением вступить в то или иное собрание богов: „Благодаря этому нравственному поведению, обрядам, подвижничеству, целомудрию я окажусь богом или в свите бога“, — то его ум не склоняется к усердию, преданности, постоянству, усилию. Когда же его ум не склоняется к усердию, преданности, постоянству, усилию,  
This being so, their mind doesn’t incline toward keenness, commitment, persistence, and striving.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno kāme manasikaroto kāmesu cittaṁ na pakkhandati na pasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati.  
Вот, друзья, у монаха, направляющего внимание на чувственные удовольствия, ум не устремляется к чувственным удовольствиям, не успокаивается, не устанавливается, не утверждается [в них];  
Take a case where a mendicant focuses on sensual pleasures, but their mind isn’t secure, confident, settled, and decided about them.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhuno byāpādaṁ manasikaroto byāpāde cittaṁ na pakkhandati na pasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati.  
И далее, друзья, у монаха, направляющего внимание на злонамеренность, ум не устремляется к злонамеренности, не успокаивается, не устанавливается, не утверждается [в ней];  
Take another case where a mendicant focuses on ill will, but their mind isn’t secure …  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhuno vihesaṁ manasikaroto vihesāya cittaṁ na pakkhandati na pasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati.  
И далее, друзья, у монаха, направляющего внимание на насилие, ум не устремляется к насилию, не успокаивается, не устанавливается, не утверждается [в нем];  
Take another case where a mendicant focuses on harming, but their mind isn’t eager …  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhuno rūpe manasikaroto rūpesu cittaṁ na pakkhandati na pasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati.  
И далее, друзья, у монаха, направляющего внимание на образы, ум не устремляется к образам, не успокаивается, не устанавливается, не утверждается [в них];  
Take another case where a mendicant focuses on form, but their mind isn’t secure …  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhuno sakkāyaṁ manasikaroto sakkāye cittaṁ na pakkhandati na pasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati.  
И далее, друзья, у монаха, направляющего внимание на свое тело, ум не устремляется на его тело, не успокаивается, не устанавливается, не утверждается [в нем];  
Take a case where a mendicant focuses on substantial reality, but their mind isn’t secure, confident, settled, and decided about it.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno satthā dhammaṁ deseti aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī.  
Вот, друзья, учитель или же другой собрат, выступающий наставником, наставляет монаха в истине.  
Firstly, the Teacher or a respected spiritual companion teaches Dhamma to a mendicant.  
Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhuno satthā dhammaṁ deseti aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī tathā tathā so tasmiṁ dhamme atthapaṭisaṁvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṁvedī ca.  
И по мере того, друзья, как учитель или другой собрат, выступающий наставником, наставляет монаха в истине, тот постигает суть этой истины и постигает [слова] истины.  
That mendicant feels inspired by the meaning and the teaching in that Dhamma, no matter how the Teacher or a respected spiritual companion teaches it.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṁ deseti aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, api ca kho yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ vitthārena paresaṁ deseti …pe…  
И далее, друзья, ни учитель, ни другой собрат, выступающий наставником, не наставляет монаха в истине, но тот сам наставляет подробно других в истине, как он слышал и усвоил [ее]. И по мере того, друзья, как монах наставляет подробно других в истине …  
Furthermore, it may be that neither the Teacher nor a respected spiritual companion teaches Dhamma to a mendicant. But the mendicant teaches Dhamma in detail to others as they learned and memorized it. …  
Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhuno aññataraṁ samādhinimittaṁ suggahitaṁ hoti sumanasikataṁ sūpadhāritaṁ suppaṭividdhaṁ paññāya tathā tathā so tasmiṁ dhamme atthapaṭisaṁvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṁvedī ca.  
И по мере того, друзья, как монах хорошо схватывает тот или иной признак сосредоточенности, тщательно устремляет [к нему] ум, хорошо понимает, хорошо проникает [в него] постижением, он постигает суть этой истины и постигает [слова] истины.  
That mendicant feels inspired by the meaning and the teaching in that Dhamma, no matter how a meditation subject as a foundation of immersion is properly grasped, focused on, borne in mind, and comprehended with wisdom.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena pañca dhammā sammadakkhātā;  
Таковы, друзья, пять вещей, в совершенстве преподанных этим Благостным — знающим, видящим, архатом, всецело просветленным.  
These are the teachings grouped by five that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cha dhammā sammadakkhātā;  
Есть, друзья, шесть вещей, в совершенстве преподанных этим Благостным — знающим, видящим, архатом, всецело просветленным. 
There are teachings grouped by six that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu satthari agāravo viharati appatisso; dhamme agāravo viharati appatisso; saṅghe agāravo viharati appatisso; sikkhāya agāravo viharati appatisso; appamāde agāravo viharati appatisso; paṭisanthāre agāravo viharati appatisso.  
Вот, друзья, монах ведет себя непочтительно, невнимательно к учителю; ведет себя непочтительно, невнимательно к дхамме; ведет себя непочтительно, невнимательно к сангхе; ведет себя непочтительно, невнимательно, [когда речь идет об] обучении; ведет себя непочтительно, невнимательно, [когда речь идет об] усердии; ведет себя непочтительно, невнимательно [когда речь идет о] доброте. 
A mendicant lacks respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, the training, diligence, and hospitality.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu satthari sagāravo viharati sappatisso; dhamme sagāravo viharati sappatisso; saṅghe sagāravo viharati sappatisso; sikkhāya sagāravo viharati sappatisso; appamāde sagāravo viharati sappatisso; paṭisanthāre sagāravo viharati sappatisso.  
Вот, друзья, монах ведет себя почтительно, внимательно к учителю; ведет себя почтительно, внимательно к дхамме; ведет себя почтительно, внимательно к сангхе; ведет себя почтительно, внимательно, [когда речь идет об] обучении; ведет себя почтительно, внимательно, [когда речь идет об] усердии; ведет себя почтительно, внимательно, [когда речь идет о] доброте. 
A mendicant has respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, the training, diligence, and hospitality.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno mettaṁ kāyakammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca.  
Вот, друзья, монах и открыто, и втайне дружелюбен в делах, общаясь с собратьями, —  
Firstly, a mendicant consistently treats their spiritual companions with bodily kindness, both in public and in private.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhuno mettaṁ vacīkammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca.  
И далее, друзья, монах и открыто, и втайне дружелюбен в речах, общаясь с собратьями, —  
Furthermore, a mendicant consistently treats their spiritual companions with verbal kindness, both in public and in private.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhuno mettaṁ manokammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca.  
И далее, друзья, монах и открыто, и втайне дружелюбен в помыслах, общаясь с собратьями, —  
Furthermore, a mendicant consistently treats their spiritual companions with mental kindness, both in public and in private.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu ye te lābhā dhammikā dhammaladdhā antamaso pattapariyāpannamattampi, tathārūpehi lābhehi appaṭivibhattabhogī hoti sīlavantehi sabrahmacārīhi sādhāraṇabhogī.  
И далее, друзья, монах пользуется совместно с добродетельными собратьями подобающими приобретениями, подобающим образом полученными [им], вплоть даже до находящегося в сосуде для подаяний, не пользуясь [сам] без дележа подобными приобретениями,  
Furthermore, a mendicant shares without reservation any material possessions they have gained by legitimate means, even the food placed in the alms-bowl, using them in common with their ethical spiritual companions.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṁvattanikāni, tathārūpesu sīlesu sīlasāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca.  
И далее, друзья, монах, [следуя] заповедям нравственности, — неразрушимым, неуязвимым, незапятнанным, безупречным, освобождающим, восхваляемым мудрецами, не затрагиваемым [злом], ведущим к сосредоточенности, наделенный нравственностью, и открыто, и втайне пребывает вместе с собратьями в следовании подобным заповедям нравственности, —  
Furthermore, a mendicant lives according to the precepts shared with their spiritual companions, both in public and in private. Those precepts are unbroken, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to immersion.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu yāyaṁ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya, tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca.  
И далее, друзья, монах, [следуя] праведному, избавляющему воззрению, которое избавляет разделяющего [его, ведя] к полному уничтожению несчастья, наделенный [этим] воззрением, и открыто, и втайне пребывает вместе с собратьями в следовании подобному воззрению, —  
They live according to the view shared with their spiritual companions, both in public and in private. That view is noble and emancipating, and brings one who practices it to the complete ending of suffering.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kodhano hoti upanāhī.  
Вот, друзья, монах бывает гневным и враждебным.  
Firstly, a mendicant is irritable and hostile.  
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu kodhano hoti upanāhī, so sattharipi agāravo viharati appatisso, dhammepi agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghepi agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāyapi na paripūrakārī hoti.  
Когда этот монах, друзья, бывает гневным и враждебным, он без уважения, без послушания относится к учителю, без уважения, без послушания относится к дхамме, без уважения, без послушания относится к сангхе и не завершает [своего] обучения.  
Such a mendicant lacks respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and they don’t fulfill the training.  
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu satthari agāravo viharati appatisso, dhamme agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghe agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāya na paripūrakārī, so saṅghe vivādaṁ janeti. Yo hoti vivādo bahujanāhitāya bahujanāsukhāya anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṁ.  
Когда этот монах, друзья, без уважения, без послушания относится к учителю, без уважения, без послушания относится к дхамме, без уважения, без послушания относится к сангхе и не завершает обучения, то он рождает спор в сангхе. И этот спор служит к неблагополучию многих людей, к несчастью многих людей, к отсутствию пользы, к неблагополучию, несчастью богов и людей.  
They create a dispute in the Saṅgha, which is for the hurt and unhappiness of the people, for the harm, hurt, and suffering of gods and humans.  
Evarūpañce tumhe, āvuso, vivādamūlaṁ ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā samanupasseyyātha. Tatra tumhe, āvuso, tasseva pāpakassa vivādamūlassa pahānāya vāyameyyātha.  
И вы, друзья, должны проследить подобный корень спора внутри или вне [своей общины], и вы, друзья, должны тогда приложить усилия, чтобы отбросить этот порочный корень спора.  
If you see such a root of arguments in yourselves or others, you should try to give up this bad thing.  
Evarūpañce tumhe, āvuso, vivādamūlaṁ ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā na samanupasseyyātha. Tatra tumhe, āvuso, tasseva pāpakassa vivādamūlassa āyatiṁ anavassavāya paṭipajjeyyātha.  
И если вы, друзья, не проследите подобного корня спора внутри или вне [своей общины], то старайтесь, друзья, чтобы в будущем этот порочный корень спора не имел влияния.  
If you don’t see it, you should practice so that it doesn’t come up in the future.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu makkhī hoti paḷāsī …pe…  
И далее, друзья, монах бывает лицемерным и злобным …  
Furthermore, a mendicant is offensive and contemptuous …  
yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī hoti ādhānaggāhī duppaṭinissaggī, so sattharipi agāravo viharati appatisso, dhammepi agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghepi agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāyapi na paripūrakārī hoti.  
Когда этот монах, друзья, привержен к мирскому, держится за свое место, не склонен к отречению, он без уважения, без послушания относится к учителю, без уважения, без послушания относится к дхамме, без уважения, без послушания относится к сангхе и не завершает [своего] обучения.  
 
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu satthari agāravo viharati appatisso, dhamme agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghe agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāya na paripūrakārī, so saṅghe vivādaṁ janeti. Yo hoti vivādo bahujanāhitāya bahujanāsukhāya anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṁ.  
Когда этот монах, друзья, без уважения, без послушания относится к учителю, без уважения, без послушания относится к дхамме, без уважения, без послушания относится к сангхе и не завершает обучения, то он рождает спор в сангхе. И этот спор служит к неблагополучию многих людей, к несчастью многих людей, к отсутствию пользы, к неблагополучию, несчастью богов и людей.  
 
Evarūpañce tumhe, āvuso, vivādamūlaṁ ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā samanupasseyyātha. Tatra tumhe, āvuso, tasseva pāpakassa vivādamūlassa pahānāya vāyameyyātha.  
И вы, друзья, должны проследить подобный корень спора внутри или вне [своей общины], и вы, друзья, должны тогда приложить усилия, чтобы отбросить этот порочный корень спора.  
If you see such a root of arguments in yourselves or others, you should try to give up this bad thing.  
Evarūpañce tumhe, āvuso, vivādamūlaṁ ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā na samanupasseyyātha. Tatra tumhe, āvuso, tasseva pāpakassa vivādamūlassa āyatiṁ anavassavāya paṭipajjeyyātha.  
И если вы, друзья, не проследите подобного корня спора внутри или вне [своей общины], то старайтесь, друзья, чтобы в будущем этот порочный корень спора не имел влияния.  
If you don’t see it, you should practice so that it doesn’t come up in the future.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya:  
Вот, друзья, монах может сказать так:  
Take a mendicant who says:  
Aṭṭhānametaṁ, āvuso, anavakāso, yaṁ mettāya cetovimuttiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya.  
Это, друзья, невозможно и не бывает. Не может случиться так, чтобы с помощью дружелюбия [человек] воплотил, сделал исполнимым, обрел, сделал основой [поведения], испытал, изведал, тщательно осуществил освобождение разума,  
It’s impossible, reverend, it cannot happen that the heart’s release by love has been developed and properly implemented,  
Nissaraṇaṁ hetaṁ, āvuso, byāpādassa, yadidaṁ mettā cetovimuttī’ti.  
Ведь освобождение разума, друзья, [достигнутое] и с помощью дружелюбия, это — преодоление злонамеренности.  
For it is the heart’s release by love that is the escape from ill will.’  
Idha panāvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya:  
Или вот, друзья, монах может сказать так:  
Take another mendicant who says:  
Aṭṭhānametaṁ, āvuso, anavakāso, yaṁ karuṇāya cetovimuttiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya,  
Это, друзья, невозможно и не бывает. Не может случиться так, чтобы с помощью сострадания [человек] воплотил, сделал исполнимым, обрел, сделал основой [поведения], испытал, изведал, тщательно осуществил освобождение разума,  
 
Nissaraṇaṁ hetaṁ, āvuso, vihesāya, yadidaṁ karuṇā cetovimuttī’ti.  
Ведь освобождение разума, друзья, [достигнутое] с помощью сострадания, это — преодоление насилия.  
For it is the heart’s release by compassion that is the escape from thoughts of harming.’  
Idha panāvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya:  
Или вот, друзья, монах может сказать так:  
Take another mendicant who says:  
Aṭṭhānametaṁ, āvuso, anavakāso, yaṁ muditāya cetovimuttiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya,  
Это, друзья, невозможно и не бывает. Не может случиться так, чтобы с помощью удовлетворенности [человек] воплотил, сделал исполнимым, обрел, сделал основой [поведения], испытал, изведал, тщательно осуществил освобождение разума,  
 
Nissaraṇaṁ hetaṁ, āvuso, aratiyā, yadidaṁ muditā cetovimuttī’ti.  
Ведь освобождение разума, друзья, [достигнутое] с помощью удовлетворенности, это — преодоление неудовольствия.  
For it is the heart’s release by rejoicing that is the escape from discontent.’  
Idha panāvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya:  
Или вот, друзья, монах может сказать так:  
Take another mendicant who says:  
Aṭṭhānametaṁ, āvuso, anavakāso, yaṁ upekkhāya cetovimuttiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya,  
Это, друзья, невозможно и не бывает. Не может случиться так, чтобы с помощью уравновешенности [человек] воплотил, сделал исполнимым, обрел, сделал основой [поведения], испытал, изведал, тщательно осуществил освобождение разума,  
 
Nissaraṇaṁ hetaṁ, āvuso, rāgassa, yadidaṁ upekkhā cetovimuttī’ti.  
Ведь освобождение разума, друзья, [достигнутое] с помощью уравновешенности, это — преодоление страсти.  
For it is the heart’s release by equanimity that is the escape from desire.’  
Idha panāvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya:  
Или вот, друзья, монах может сказать так:  
Take another mendicant who says:  
Aṭṭhānametaṁ, āvuso, anavakāso, yaṁ animittāya cetovimuttiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya,  
Это, друзья, невозможно и не бывает. Не может случиться так, чтобы с помощью освобождения [восприятия] от внешних признаков [человек] воплотил, сделал исполнимым, обрел, сделал основой [поведения], испытал, изведал, тщательно осуществил освобождение разума,  
 
Nissaraṇaṁ hetaṁ, āvuso, sabbanimittānaṁ, yadidaṁ animittā cetovimuttī’ti.  
Ведь освобождение разума, друзья, [достигнутое] с помощью освобождения [восприятия] от внешних признаков, это — преодоление [влечения] ко всем признакам.  
For it is the signless release of the heart that is the escape from all signs.’  
Idha panāvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya:  
Или вот, друзья, монах может сказать так:  
Take another mendicant who says:  
Aṭṭhānametaṁ, āvuso, anavakāso, yaṁ asmīti vigate ayamahamasmīti asamanupassato,  
Это, друзья, невозможно и не бывает. Не может случиться так, чтобы для [человека] было разрушено [слово] „есмь“,  
It’s impossible, reverend, it cannot happen that the conceit “I am” has been done away with, and nothing is regarded as “I am this”,  
Nissaraṇaṁ hetaṁ, āvuso, vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallassa, yadidaṁ asmimānasamugghāto’ti.  
Ведь искоренение из разума [слова] „есмь“ это, друзья, преодоление стрелы сомнений и неуверенности.  
For it is the uprooting of the conceit “I am” that is the escape from the dart of doubt and indecision.’  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.  
Вот, друзья, монах, видя глазом образ, не радуясь и не печалясь, пребывает в уравновешенности, наделенный способностью самосознания и вдумчивостью;  
A mendicant, seeing a sight with their eyes, is neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware.  
Idhāvuso, ekacco kaṇhābhijātiko samāno kaṇhaṁ dhammaṁ abhijāyati.  
Вот, друзья, некто, принадлежащий к темной породе, обретает темное состояние.  
Someone born into a dark class gives rise to a dark result.  
Idha panāvuso, ekacco kaṇhābhijātiko samāno sukkaṁ dhammaṁ abhijāyati.  
Вот, друзья, некто, принадлежащий к темной породе, обретает светлое состояние.  
Someone born into a dark class gives rise to a bright result.  
Idha panāvuso, ekacco kaṇhābhijātiko samāno akaṇhaṁ asukkaṁ nibbānaṁ abhijāyati.  
Вот, друзья, некто, принадлежащий к темной породе, обретает ни темное, ни светлое [состояние] ниббаны.  
Someone born into a dark class gives rise to extinguishment, which is neither dark nor bright.  
Idha panāvuso, ekacco sukkābhijātiko samāno sukkaṁ dhammaṁ abhijāyati.  
Вот, друзья, некто, принадлежащий к светлой породе, обретает светлое состояние.  
Someone born into a bright class gives rise to a bright result.  
Idha panāvuso, ekacco sukkābhijātiko samāno kaṇhaṁ dhammaṁ abhijāyati.  
Вот, друзья, некто, принадлежащий к светлой породе, обретает темное состояние.  
Someone born into a bright class gives rise to a dark result.  
Idha panāvuso, ekacco sukkābhijātiko samāno akaṇhaṁ asukkaṁ nibbānaṁ abhijāyati.  
Вот, друзья, некто, принадлежащий к светлой породе, обретает ни темное, ни светлое [состояние] ниббаны.  
Someone born into a bright class gives rise to extinguishment, which is neither dark nor bright.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cha dhammā sammadakkhātā;  
Таковы, друзья, шесть вещей, в совершенстве преподанных этим Благостным — знающим, видящим, архатом, всецело просветленным.  
These are the teachings grouped by six that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena satta dhammā sammadakkhātā;  
Есть, друзья, семь вещей, в совершенстве преподанных этим Благостным — знающим, видящим, архатом, всецело просветленным.  
There are teachings grouped by seven that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
idhāvuso, bhikkhu assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, appassuto hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, duppañño hoti.  
Вот, друзья, монах бывает дурным, бывает нестыдливым, бывает не боящимся проступка, бывает мало ученым, бывает бездеятельным, бывает забывчивым, бывает плохо постигающим.  
a mendicant is faithless, shameless, imprudent, unlearned, lazy, unmindful, and witless.  
idhāvuso, bhikkhu saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, bahussuto hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti, paññavā hoti.  
Вот, друзья, монах бывает добрым, бывает стыдливым, бывает боящимся проступка, бывает весьма ученым, бывает полным усердия, бывает наделенным вниманием, бывает [хорошо] постигающим.  
a mendicant is faithful, conscientious, prudent, learned, energetic, mindful, and wise.  
idhāvuso, bhikkhu dhammaññū ca hoti atthaññū ca attaññū ca mattaññū ca kālaññū ca parisaññū ca puggalaññū ca.  
Вот, друзья, монах бывает знающим истину, и знающим, что полезно, и знающим самого себя, и знающим меру, и знающим [должное] время, и знающим собрание [людей], и знающим [отдельные] личности.  
a mendicant knows the teachings, knows the meaning, knows themselves, knows moderation, knows the right time, knows assemblies, and knows people.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sikkhāsamādāne tibbacchando hoti, āyatiñca sikkhāsamādāne avigatapemo.  
Вот, друзья, монах горячо желает отдаться учению и в будущем не лишается стремления отдаваться учению.  
A mendicant has a keen enthusiasm to undertake the training …  
Santāvuso, sattā nānattakāyā nānattasaññino, seyyathāpi manussā ekacce ca devā ekacce ca vinipātikā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, различные телом, различные разумением, а именно: люди, некоторые боги и некоторые подверженные страданию в преисподней.  
There are sentient beings that are diverse in body and diverse in perception, such as human beings, some gods, and some beings in the underworld.  
Santāvuso, sattā nānattakāyā ekattasaññino seyyathāpi devā brahmakāyikā paṭhamābhinibbattā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, различные телом, одинаковые разумением, а именно: боги, принадлежащие к свите Брахмы, возрожденные благодаря первой [ступени созерцания].  
There are sentient beings that are diverse in body and unified in perception, such as the gods reborn in Brahmā’s Host through the first absorption.  
Santāvuso, sattā ekattakāyā nānattasaññino seyyathāpi devā ābhassarā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, одинаковые телом, различные разумением, а именно: боги абхассара.  
There are sentient beings that are unified in body and diverse in perception, such as the gods of streaming radiance.  
Santāvuso, sattā ekattakāyā ekattasaññino seyyathāpi devā subhakiṇhā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, одинаковые телом, одинаковые разумением, а именно: боги субхакинна.  
There are sentient beings that are unified in body and unified in perception, such as the gods replete with glory.  
Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanūpagā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, которые, всецело преодолев осознавание форм, избавившись от осознавания противодействия, отвлекшись от осознавания множественности, достигают уровня бесконечности пространства [и мыслят]: „Пространство бесконечно“.  
There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond perceptions of form. With the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they have been reborn in the dimension of infinite space.  
Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanūpagā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, которые, всецело преодолев уровень бесконечности пространства, достигают уровня бесконечности сознания [и мыслят]: „Сознание бесконечно“.  
There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond the dimension of infinite space. Aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they have been reborn in the dimension of infinite consciousness.  
Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanūpagā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, которые, всецело преодолев уровень бесконечности сознания, достигают уровня отсутствия чего бы то ни было [и мыслят]: „Не существует ничего“.  
There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness. Aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they have been reborn in the dimension of nothingness.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena satta dhammā sammadakkhātā;  
Таковы, друзья, семь вещей, в совершенстве преподанных этим Благостным — знающим, видящим, архатом, всецело просветленным.  
These are the teachings grouped by seven that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena aṭṭha dhammā sammadakkhātā;  
Есть, друзья, восемь вещей, в совершенстве преподанных этим Благостным — знающим, видящим, архатом, всецело просветленным.  
There are teachings grouped by eight that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhunā kammaṁ kātabbaṁ hoti.  
Вот, друзья, монаху надо совершить действие.  
Firstly, a mendicant has some work to do.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā kammaṁ kataṁ hoti.  
И далее, друзья, монах совершил действие.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has done some work.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā maggo gantabbo hoti.  
И далее, друзья, монаху надо пройти путь.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has to go on a journey.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā maggo gato hoti.  
И далее, друзья, монах прошел путь.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has gone on a journey.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto na labhati lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ.  
И далее, друзья, монах, пойдя за милостыней в деревню, в торговый поселок, не получает досыта, сколько нужно твердой или мягкой пищи.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has wandered for alms, but they didn’t get to fill up on as much food as they like, rough or fine.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto labhati lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ.  
И далее, друзья, монах, пойдя за милостыней в деревню, в торговый поселок, получает досыта, сколько нужно твердой или мягкой пищи.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has wandered for alms, and they got to fill up on as much food as they like, rough or fine.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhuno uppanno hoti appamattako ābādho.  
И далее, друзья, у монаха возникает небольшой недуг.  
Furthermore, a mendicant feels a little sick.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu gilānā vuṭṭhito hoti aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā.  
И далее, друзья, монах оправился от болезни, недавно оправился от заболевания.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has recently recovered from illness.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhunā kammaṁ kātabbaṁ hoti.  
Вот, друзья, монаху надо совершить действие.  
Firstly, a mendicant has some work to do.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā kammaṁ kataṁ hoti.  
И далее, друзья, монах совершил действие.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has done some work.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā maggo gantabbo hoti.  
И далее, друзья, монаху надо пройти путь.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has to go on a journey.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā maggo gato hoti.  
И далее, друзья, монах прошел путь.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has gone on a journey.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto na labhati lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ.  
И далее, друзья, монах, пойдя за милостыней в деревню, в торговый поселок не получает досыта, сколько нужно твердой или мягкой пищи.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has wandered for alms, but they didn’t get to fill up on as much food as they like, rough or fine.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto labhati lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ.  
И далее, друзья, монах, пойдя за милостыней в деревню, в торговый поселок получает досыта, сколько нужно твердой или мягкой пищи.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has wandered for alms, and they got to fill up on as much food as they like, rough or fine.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhuno uppanno hoti appamattako ābādho.  
И далее, друзья, у монаха возникает недуг.  
Furthermore, a mendicant feels a little sick.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu gilānā vuṭṭhito hoti aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā.  
И далее, друзья, монах оправился от болезни, недавно оправился от заболевания.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has recently recovered from illness.  
Idhāvuso, ekacco dānaṁ deti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṁ pānaṁ vatthaṁ yānaṁ mālāgandhavilepanaṁ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṁ.  
Вот, друзья, некто дарит в дар отшельнику или брахману еду, питье, одежду, повозку, венки, благовония, притирания, [предметы] для отдыха, жилья, освещения.  
First, someone gives to ascetics or brahmins such things as food, drink, clothing, vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; and bed, house, and lighting.  
Ijjhatāvuso, sīlavato cetopaṇidhi visuddhattā.  
Ведь решимость добронравного, друзья, преуспевает благодаря чистоте.  
The heart’s wish of an ethical person succeeds because of their purity.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, idhekacco dānaṁ deti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṁ pānaṁ …pe… seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṁ.  
И далее, друзья, некто дарит в дар отшельнику или брахману еду, питье … [предметы] для отдыха, жилья, освещения.  
Next, someone gives to ascetics or brahmins.  
Ijjhatāvuso, sīlavato cetopaṇidhi visuddhattā.  
Ведь решимость добронравного, друзья, преуспевает благодаря чистоте.  
The heart’s wish of an ethical person succeeds because of their purity.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, idhekacco dānaṁ deti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṁ pānaṁ …pe… seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṁ.  
И далее, друзья, некто дарит в дар отшельнику или брахману еду, питье … [предметы] для отдыха, жилья, освещения.  
Next, someone gives to ascetics or brahmins.  
Ijjhatāvuso, sīlavato cetopaṇidhi visuddhattā.  
Ведь решимость добронравного, друзья, преуспевает благодаря чистоте.  
The heart’s wish of an ethical person succeeds because of their purity.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, idhekacco dānaṁ deti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṁ pānaṁ vatthaṁ yānaṁ mālāgandhavilepanaṁ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṁ.  
И далее, друзья, некто дарит в дар отшельнику или брахману еду, питье, одежду, повозки, венки, благовония, притирания, [предметы] для отдыха, жилья, освещения.  
Next, someone gives to ascetics or brahmins such things as food, drink, clothing, vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; and bed, house, and lighting.  
Ijjhatāvuso, sīlavato cetopaṇidhi vītarāgattā.  
Ведь решимость добронравного, друзья, преуспевает благодаря свободе от страсти.  
The heart’s wish of an ethical person succeeds because of their freedom from desire.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena aṭṭha dhammā sammadakkhātā;  
Таковы, друзья, восемь вещей, в совершенстве преподанных этим Благостным — знающим, видящим, архатом, всецело просветленным.  
These are the teachings grouped by eight that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena nava dhammā sammadakkhātā;  
Есть, друзья, девять вещей, в совершенстве преподанных этим Благостным — знающим, видящим, архатом, всецело просветленным.  
There are teachings grouped by nine that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Santāvuso, sattā nānattakāyā nānattasaññino, seyyathāpi manussā ekacce ca devā ekacce ca vinipātikā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, различные телом, различные разумением, а именно: люди, некоторые боги и некоторые подверженные страданию в преисподней.  
There are sentient beings that are diverse in body and diverse in perception, such as human beings, some gods, and some beings in the underworld.  
Santāvuso, sattā nānattakāyā ekattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā brahmakāyikā paṭhamābhinibbattā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, различные телом, одинаковые разумением, а именно: боги, принадлежащие к свите Брахмы, возрожденные благодаря первой [ступени созерцания].  
There are sentient beings that are diverse in body and unified in perception, such as the gods reborn in Brahmā’s Host through the first absorption.  
Santāvuso, sattā ekattakāyā nānattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā ābhassarā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, одинаковые телом, различные разумением, а именно: боги абхассара.  
There are sentient beings that are unified in body and diverse in perception, such as the gods of streaming radiance.  
Santāvuso, sattā ekattakāyā ekattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā subhakiṇhā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, одинаковые телом, одинаковые разумением, а именно: боги субхакинна.  
There are sentient beings that are unified in body and unified in perception, such as the gods replete with glory.  
Santāvuso, sattā asaññino appaṭisaṁvedino, seyyathāpi devā asaññasattā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, лишенные разумения, лишенные ощущения, а именно: боги асаннясатта.  
There are sentient beings that are non-percipient and do not experience anything, such as the gods who are non-percipient beings.  
Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanūpagā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, которые, всецело преодолев осознавание форм, избавившись от осознавания противодействия, отвлекшись от осознавания множественности, достигают уровня бесконечности пространства [и мыслят]: „Пространство бесконечно“.  
There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond perceptions of form. With the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they have been reborn in the dimension of infinite space.  
Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanūpagā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, которые, всецело преодолев уровень бесконечности пространства, достигают уровня бесконечности сознания [и мыслят]: „Сознание бесконечно“.  
There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond the dimension of infinite space. Aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they have been reborn in the dimension of infinite consciousness.  
Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanūpagā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, которые, всецело преодолев уровень бесконечности сознания, достигают уровня отсутствия чего бы то ни было [и мыслят]; „Не существует ничего“.  
There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness. Aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they have been reborn in the dimension of nothingness.  
Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpagā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, которые, всецело преодолев уровень отсутствия чего бы то ни было, достигают уровня ни разумения, ни отсутствия разумения.  
There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond the dimension of nothingness. They have been reborn in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.  
Idhāvuso, tathāgato ca loke uppanno hoti arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca desiyati opasamiko parinibbāniko sambodhagāmī sugatappavedito.  
Вот, друзья, в мире рожден Татхагата, архат, всецело просветленный, и наставляет в истине — умиротворяющей, ведущей к ниббане, несущей просветление, провозглашенной Счастливым, —  
Firstly, a Realized One has arisen in the world. He teaches the Dhamma leading to peace, extinguishment, awakening, as proclaimed by the Holy One.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, tathāgato ca loke uppanno hoti arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca desiyati opasamiko parinibbāniko sambodhagāmī sugatappavedito.  
И далее, друзья, в мире рожден Татхагата, архат, всецело просветленный, и наставляет в истине — умиротворяющей, ведущей к ниббане, несущей просветление, провозглашенной Счастливым, —  
Furthermore, a Realized One has arisen in the world.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, tathāgato ca loke na uppanno hoti arahaṁ sammāsambuddho,  
И далее, друзья, в мире не рожден Татхагата, архат, всецело просветленный,  
Furthermore, a Realized One has arisen in the world.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Вот, друзья, монах, освободившись от чувственных удовольствий, освободившись от нехороших свойств, достигает первой ступени созерцания, связанной с устремленным рассудком и углубленным рассуждением, рожденной уединенностью, дарующей радость и счастье, и пребывает [в этом состоянии].  
A mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena nava dhammā sammadakkhātā.  
Таковы, друзья, девять вещей, в совершенстве преподанных этим Благостным — знающим, видящим, архатом, всецело просветленным.  
These are the teachings grouped by nine that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dasa dhammā sammadakkhātā.  
Есть, друзья, десять вещей, в совершенстве преподанных этим Благостным — знающим, видящим, архатом, всецело просветленным. 
There are teachings grouped by ten that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti. Pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu.  
Вот, друзья, монах предан нравственности, живет сдержанный воздержанием предписаний для отшельника, придерживаясь должного поведения, видя опасность в малейших проступках, обязуется следовать заповедям и упражняется [в их исполнении].  
Firstly, a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati, ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu.  
И когда, друзья, монах предан нравственности, живет сдержанный воздержанием предписаний для отшельника, придерживаясь должного поведения, видя опасность в малейших проступках, обязуется следовать заповедям и упражняется [в их исполнении], 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthā sabyañjanā kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā.  
И далее, друзья, монах весьма учен, держит [в памяти] и накапливает выученное; и те истины, которые превосходны в начале, превосходны в середине, превосходны в конце в их духе и букве и наставляют в единственно совершенном, чистом целомудрии, он хорошо изучил, держит [в памяти, повторяя] вслух, умножает, сосредоточивает [на них] разум, тщательно проникает [в них] видением. 
Furthermore, a mendicant is very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, reinforcing them by recitation, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically.  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu bahussuto hoti …pe… diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā.  
Когда же, друзья, монах весьма учен … проникает [в них] видением, 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu kalyāṇamitto hoti kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko.  
И далее, друзья, монах имеет хорошего друга, хорошего спутника, хорошего близкого человека. 
Furthermore, a mendicant has good friends, companions, and associates.  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu kalyāṇamitto hoti kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko.  
Когда же, друзья, монах имеет хорошего друга, хорошего спутника, хорошего близкого человека, 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu suvaco hoti sovacassakaraṇehi dhammehi samannāgato khamo padakkhiṇaggāhī anusāsaniṁ.  
И далее, друзья, монах мягок, наделен свойствами, вызываемыми мягкостью, терпелив, разумно принимает наставления. 
Furthermore, a mendicant is easy to admonish, having qualities that make them easy to admonish. They’re patient, and take instruction respectfully.  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu suvaco hoti …pe… padakkhiṇaggāhī anusāsaniṁ.  
Когда же, друзья, монах мягок … разумно принимает наставления, 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṁ uccāvacāni kiṅkaraṇīyāni, tattha dakkho hoti analaso tatrupāyāya vīmaṁsāya samannāgato, alaṁ kātuṁ alaṁ saṁvidhātuṁ.  
И далее, друзья, монах искусен, неленив, наделен соответствующим рассуждением, способен к действию, способен к устроению в различных больших и малых делах, которые требуются от него с собратьями. 
Furthermore, a mendicant is deft and tireless in a diverse spectrum of duties for their spiritual companions, understanding how to go about things in order to complete and organize the work.  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṁ …pe… alaṁ saṁvidhātuṁ.  
Когда же, друзья, монах искусен … требуются от него с собратьями, 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu dhammakāmo hoti piyasamudāhāro, abhidhamme abhivinaye uḷārapāmojjo.  
И далее, друзья, монах любит дхамму … высшем должном поведении. 
Furthermore, a mendicant loves the teachings and is a delight to converse with, being full of joy in the teaching and training.  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu dhammakāmo hoti …pe… uḷārapāmojjo.  
Когда же, друзья, монах любит дхамму, радуется произнесению [ее], находит великое счастье в высшей дхамме и высшем должном поведении, 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītarehi cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārehi.  
И далее, друзья, монах бывает удовлетворен любыми верхними одеждами, сосудом для подаяний, обителью, лекарством от болезни и [другими] принадлежностями. 
Furthermore, a mendicant is content with any kind of robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick.  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti …pe… parikkhārehi.  
Когда же, друзья, монах бывает удовлетворен … принадлежностями, 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu.  
И далее, друзья, монах пребывает полным решимости оставить нехорошие свойства, обрести хорошие свойства, сильным, крепким в усилиях, не снимающим [с себя] бремени [в обретении] хороших свойств. 
Furthermore, a mendicant lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities.  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati …pe… anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu.  
Когда же, друзья, монах пребывает полным решимости … хороших свойств, 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu satimā hoti paramena satinepakkena samannāgato cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā anussaritā.  
И далее, друзья, монах способен к самосознанию, наделен высшей ясностью самосознания, помнит и вспоминает давно сделанное, давно сказанное. 
Furthermore, a mendicant is mindful. They have utmost mindfulness and alertness, and can remember and recall what was said and done long ago.  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu satimā hoti …pe… saritā anussaritā.  
Когда же, друзья, монах способен к самосознанию … вспоминает давно сделанное, давно сказанное, 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu paññavā hoti, udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammādukkhakkhayagāminiyā.  
И далее, друзья, монах способен к постижению, наделен постижением, охватывающим начало и конец [вещей], и праведной проницательностью, ведущей к полному уничтожению страдания. 
Furthermore, a mendicant is wise. They have the wisdom of arising and passing away which is noble, penetrative, and leads to the complete ending of suffering.  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu paññavā hoti …pe… sammādukkhakkhayagāminiyā.  
Когда же, друзья, монах способен к постижению … праведной проницательностью, ведущей к полному уничтожению страдания, 
 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu pañcaṅgavippahīno hoti, chaḷaṅgasamannāgato, ekārakkho, caturāpasseno, paṇunnapaccekasacco, samavayasaṭṭhesano, anāvilasaṅkappo, passaddhakāyasaṅkhāro, suvimuttacitto, suvimuttapañño.  
Вот, друзья, монах освобожден от пяти признаков, наделен шестью признаками, имеет одного хранителя, имеет четыре опоры, отвергает отдельные [ложные] учения, уничтожает обманчивые стремления, непротиворечив в намерениях, успокаивает составляющие тела, полностью освобожден в сознании, полностью освобожден в понимании. 
A mendicant has given up five factors, possesses six factors, has a single guard, has four supports, has eliminated idiosyncratic interpretations of the truth, has totally given up searching, has unsullied intentions, has stilled the physical process, and is well freed in mind and well freed by wisdom.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu pañcaṅgavippahīno hoti?  
Как же, друзья, монах освобожден от пяти признаков? 
And how has a mendicant given up five factors?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno kāmacchando pahīno hoti, byāpādo pahīno hoti, thinamiddhaṁ pahīnaṁ hoti, uddhaccakukkuccaṁ pahīnaṁ hoti, vicikicchā pahīnā hoti.  
Вот, друзья, у монаха отсутствует вожделение, отсутствует злоба, отсутствует лень, отсутствует возбуждение и терзание, отсутствует сомнение. 
It’s when a mendicant has given up sensual desire, ill will, dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu pañcaṅgavippahīno hoti.  
Так, друзья, монах освобожден от пяти признаков. 
That’s how a mendicant has given up five factors.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu chaḷaṅgasamannāgato hoti?  
Как же, друзья, монах бывает наделен шестью признаками? 
And how does a mendicant possess six factors?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.  
Вот, друзья, монах, видя глазом образ, не радуясь и не печалясь, пребывает в уравновешенности, наделенный способностью самосознания и вдумчивостью; 
A mendicant, seeing a sight with their eyes, is neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu chaḷaṅgasamannāgato hoti.  
Так, друзья, монах бывает наделен шестью признаками. 
That’s how a mendicant possesses six factors.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu ekārakkho hoti?  
Как же, друзья, монах имеет одного защитника? 
And how does a mendicant have a single guard?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu satārakkhena cetasā samannāgato hoti.  
Вот, друзья, монах наделен в уме стражем самосознания. 
It’s when a mendicant’s heart is guarded by mindfulness.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu ekārakkho hoti.  
Так, друзья, монах имеет одного защитника. 
That’s how a mendicant has a single guard.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu caturāpasseno hoti?  
Как же, друзья, монах имеет четыре опоры?  
And how does a mendicant have four supports?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu saṅkhāyekaṁ paṭisevati, saṅkhāyekaṁ adhivāseti, saṅkhāyekaṁ parivajjeti, saṅkhāyekaṁ vinodeti.  
Вот, друзья, монах, поразмыслив, стремится к одному; поразмыслив, соглашается с другим; поразмыслив, избегает третьего, поразмыслив, отбрасывает четвертое.  
After appraisal, a mendicant uses some things, endures some things, avoids some things, and gets rid of some things.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu caturāpasseno hoti.  
Так, друзья, монах имеет четыре опоры.  
That’s how a mendicant has four supports.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu paṇunnapaccekasacco hoti?  
Как же, друзья, монах отбрасывает отдельные [ложные] учения?  
And how has a mendicant eliminated idiosyncratic interpretations of the truth?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno yāni tāni puthusamaṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ puthupaccekasaccāni, sabbāni tāni nunnāni honti paṇunnāni cattāni vantāni muttāni pahīnāni paṭinissaṭṭhāni.  
Вот, друзья, монахом брошены, отброшены, отринуты, отвергнуты, преодолены, оставлены, покинуты все те многие отдельные [ложные] учения, принадлежащие многим отшельникам и брахманам.  
Different ascetics and brahmins have different idiosyncratic interpretations of the truth. A mendicant has dispelled, eliminated, thrown out, rejected, let go of, given up, and relinquished all these.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu paṇunnapaccekasacco hoti.  
Так, друзья, монах отбрасывает отдельные [ложные] учения.  
That’s how a mendicant has eliminated idiosyncratic interpretations of the truth.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu samavayasaṭṭhesano hoti?  
Как же, друзья, монах уничтожает обманчивые стремления?  
And how has a mendicant totally given up searching?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno kāmesanā pahīnā hoti, bhavesanā pahīnā hoti, brahmacariyesanā paṭippassaddhā.  
Вот, друзья, монах преодолел стремление к чувственности, преодолел стремление к становлению, успокоил стремление к целомудрию.  
It’s when they’ve given up searching for sensual pleasures, for continued existence, and for a spiritual path.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu samavayasaṭṭhesano hoti.  
Так, друзья, монах уничтожает обманчивые стремления.  
That’s how a mendicant has totally given up searching.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu anāvilasaṅkappo hoti?  
Как же, друзья, монах безупречен в намерениях?  
And how does a mendicant have unsullied intentions?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno kāmasaṅkappo pahīno hoti, byāpādasaṅkappo pahīno hoti, vihiṁsāsaṅkappo pahīno hoti.  
Вот, друзья, монах преодолел чувственное намерение, преодолел злое намерение, преодолел насильственное намерение.  
It’s when they’ve given up sensual, malicious, and cruel intentions.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu anāvilasaṅkappo hoti.  
Так, друзья, монах безупречен в намерениях.  
That’s how a mendicant has unsullied intentions.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu passaddhakāyasaṅkhāro hoti?  
Как же, друзья, монах успокаивает совокупность [частей] тела?  
And how has a mendicant stilled the physical process?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Вот, друзья, монах, отказавшись от счастья, отказавшись от несчастья, избавившись от прежней удовлетворенности и неудовлетворенности, достигает четвертой ступени созерцания, лишенной несчастья, лишенной счастья, очищенной уравновешенностью и способностью самосознания, и пребывает [в этом состоянии].  
It’s when, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu passaddhakāyasaṅkhāro hoti.  
Так, друзья, монах успокаивает совокупность [частей] тела.  
That’s how a mendicant has stilled the physical process.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu suvimuttacitto hoti?  
Как же, друзья, монах вполне освобожден в сознании?  
And how is a mendicant well freed in mind?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno rāgā cittaṁ vimuttaṁ hoti, dosā cittaṁ vimuttaṁ hoti, mohā cittaṁ vimuttaṁ hoti.  
Вот, друзья, у монаха сознание освобождено от страсти, сознание освобождено от ненависти, сознание освобождено от заблуждения.  
It’s when a mendicant’s mind is freed from greed, hate, and delusion.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu suvimuttacitto hoti.  
Так, друзья, монах вполне освобожден в сознании.  
That’s how a mendicant is well freed in mind.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu suvimuttapañño hoti?  
Как же, друзья, монах вполне освобожден в постижении?  
And how is a mendicant well freed by wisdom?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu ‘rāgo me pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṁ anuppādadhammo’ti pajānāti.  
Вот, друзья, монах постигает: „Страсть во мне преодолена, вырвана с корнем, стала словно выкорчеванная пальма, прекратила существование, неспособна возникнуть в будущем“;  
It’s when a mendicant understands: ‘I’ve given up greed, hate, and delusion, cut them off at the root, made them like a palm stump, obliterated them, so they’re unable to arise in the future.’  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu suvimuttapañño hoti.  
Так, друзья, монах вполне освобожден в постижении.  
That’s how a mendicant’s mind is well freed by wisdom.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dasa dhammā sammadakkhātā.  
Таковы, друзья, десять вещей, в совершенстве преподанных этим Благостным — знающим, видящим, архатом, всецело просветленным.  
Reverends, these are the teachings grouped by ten that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  

dn34cāvuso idhāvuso panāvuso pāvuso santāvuso āvuso157Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   «Друзья, монахи!»  
“Reverends, mendicants!”  
Eko, āvuso, dhammo bahukāro, eko dhammo bhāvetabbo, eko dhammo pariññeyyo, eko dhammo pahātabbo, eko dhammo hānabhāgiyo, eko dhammo visesabhāgiyo, eko dhammo duppaṭivijjho, eko dhammo uppādetabbo, eko dhammo abhiññeyyo, eko dhammo sacchikātabbo.  
Одна вещь, друзья, весьма помогает, одну вещь следует воспитать [в себе], одну вещь следует понять, одну вещь следует отбросить, одна вещь приносит ущерб, одна вещь приносит отличие, в одну вещь трудно проникнуть, одну вещь следует привести к осуществлению, одну вещь следует тщательно усвоить, одну вещь следует испытать.  
Reverends, one thing is helpful, one thing should be developed, one thing should be completely understood, one thing should be given up, one thing makes things worse, one thing leads to distinction, one thing is hard to comprehend, one thing should be produced, one thing should be directly known, one thing should be realized.  
idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.  
Вот, друзья, монах пребывает созерцающим тело в [своем] теле, усердный, внимательный, наделенный способностью самосознания и устраняет мирскую алчность и неудовлетворенность.  
A mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world.  
idhāvuso, bhikkhu saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṁ:  
Вот, друзья, монах пребывает верующим, верует в просветление Татхагаты:  
A mendicant has faith in the Realized One’s awakening:  
idhāvuso, bhikkhu satthari kaṅkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati.  
Вот, друзья, монах сомневается в наставнике, колеблется, лишается уверенности, лишается покоя.  
Firstly, a mendicant has doubts about the Teacher. They’re uncertain, undecided, and lacking confidence.  
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu satthari kaṅkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati, tassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya.  
Когда, друзья, этот монах сомневается в наставнике, колеблется, лишается уверенности, лишается покоя, то его ум не склоняется к усердию, преданности, постоянству, усилию.  
This being so, their mind doesn’t incline toward keenness, commitment, persistence, and striving.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu dhamme kaṅkhati vicikicchati …pe…  
И далее, друзья, монах сомневается в дхамме, колеблется …  
Furthermore, a mendicant has doubts about the teaching …  
sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto, yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto, tassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya.  
гневается на собратьев, неудовлетворен, раздражен в мыслях, подавлен. Когда, друзья, этот монах гневается на собратьев, неудовлетворен, раздражен в мыслях, подавлен, то его ум не склоняется к усердию, преданности, постоянству, усилию.  
A mendicant is angry and upset with their spiritual companions, resentful and closed off.  
idhāvuso, bhikkhuno kāme manasikaroto kāmesu cittaṁ na pakkhandati na pasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati.  
Вот, друзья, у монаха, направляющего внимание на чувственные удовольствия, ум не устремляется к чувственным удовольствиям, не успокаивается, не устанавливается, не утверждается [в них];  
A mendicant focuses on sensual pleasures, but their mind isn’t secure, confident, settled, and decided about them.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhuno byāpādaṁ manasikaroto byāpāde cittaṁ na pakkhandati na pasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati.  
И далее, друзья, у монаха, направляющего внимание на злонамеренность, ум не устремляется к злонамеренности, не успокаивается, не устанавливается, не утверждается [в ней];  
Take another case where a mendicant focuses on ill will, but their mind isn’t secure …  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhuno vihesaṁ manasikaroto vihesāya cittaṁ na pakkhandati na pasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati.  
И далее, друзья, у монаха, направляющего внимание на насилие, ум не устремляется к насилию, не успокаивается, не устанавливается, не утверждается [в нем];  
Take another case where a mendicant focuses on harming, but their mind isn’t secure …  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhuno rūpe manasikaroto rūpesu cittaṁ na pakkhandati na pasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati.  
И далее, друзья, у монаха, направляющего внимание на образы, ум не устремляется к образам, не успокаивается, не устанавливается, не утверждается [в них];  
Take another case where a mendicant focuses on form, but their mind isn’t secure …  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhuno sakkāyaṁ manasikaroto sakkāye cittaṁ na pakkhandati na pasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati.  
И далее, друзья, у монаха, направляющего внимание на свое тело, ум не устремляется на его тело, не успокаивается, не устанавливается, не утверждается [в нем];  
Take a case where a mendicant focuses on substantial reality, but their mind isn’t secure, confident, settled, and decided about it.  
idhāvuso, bhikkhuno satthā dhammaṁ deseti aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī.  
Вот, друзья, учитель или же другой собрат, выступающий наставником, наставляет монаха в истине.  
Firstly, the Teacher or a respected spiritual companion teaches Dhamma to a mendicant.  
Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhuno satthā dhammaṁ deseti, aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī tathā tathā so tasmiṁ dhamme atthappaṭisaṁvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṁvedī ca.  
И по мере того, друзья, как учитель или другой собрат, выступающий наставником, наставляет монаха в истине, тот постигает суть этой истины и постигает [слова] истины.  
That mendicant feels inspired by the meaning and the teaching in that Dhamma, no matter how the Teacher or a respected spiritual companion teaches it.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṁ deseti, aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, api ca kho yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ vitthārena paresaṁ deseti  
И далее, друзья, ни учитель, ни другой собрат, выступающий наставником, не наставляет монаха в истине, но тот сам наставляет подробно других в истине, как он слышал и усвоил [ее].  
Furthermore, it may be that neither the Teacher nor a respected spiritual companion teaches Dhamma to a mendicant. But the mendicant teaches Dhamma in detail to others as they learned and memorized it.  
yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhu yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ vitthārena paresaṁ deseti tathā tathā so tasmiṁ dhamme atthappaṭisaṁvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṁvedī ca.  
И по мере того, друзья, как монах наставляет подробно других в истине, как он слышал и усвоил [ее], он постигает суть этой истины и постигает [слова] истины.  
That mendicant feels inspired by the meaning and the teaching in that Dhamma, no matter how they teach it in detail to others as they learned and memorized it.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṁ deseti, aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, nāpi yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ vitthārena paresaṁ deseti. Api ca kho yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ vitthārena sajjhāyaṁ karoti.  
И далее, друзья, ни учитель, ни другой собрат, выступающий наставником, не наставляет монаха в истине, и тот не наставляет подробно других в истине, как он слышал и усвоил [ее], но он сам повторяет подробно истину, как он слышал и усвоил [ее].  
Furthermore, it may be that neither the Teacher nor … the mendicant teaches Dhamma. But the mendicant recites the teaching in detail as they learned and memorized it.  
Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhu yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ vitthārena sajjhāyaṁ karoti tathā tathā so tasmiṁ dhamme atthappaṭisaṁvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṁvedī ca.  
И по мере того, друзья, как монах подробно повторяет истину, как он слышал и усвоил [ее], он постигает суть этой истины и постигает [слова] истины.  
That mendicant feels inspired by the meaning and the teaching in that Dhamma, no matter how they recite it in detail as they learned and memorized it.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṁ deseti, aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, nāpi yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ vitthārena paresaṁ deseti, nāpi yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ vitthārena sajjhāyaṁ karoti.  
И далее, друзья, ни учитель, ни другой собрат, выступающий наставником, не наставляет монаха в истине, и тот не наставляет подробно других в истине, как он слышал и усвоил [ее], и не повторяет подробно истину, как он слышал и усвоил [ее],  
Furthermore, it may be that neither the Teacher nor … the mendicant teaches Dhamma … nor does the mendicant recite the teaching.  
Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhu yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati tathā tathā so tasmiṁ dhamme atthappaṭisaṁvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṁvedī ca.  
И по мере того, друзья, как монах пребывает мыслями в размышлении, пребывает в раздумье, сосредоточивается разумом на истине, как он слышал и усвоил [ее] он постигает суть этой истины и постигает [слова] истины.  
That mendicant feels inspired by the meaning and the teaching in that Dhamma, no matter how they think about and consider it in their heart, examining it with the mind as they learned and memorized it.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṁ deseti, aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, nāpi yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ vitthārena paresaṁ deseti, nāpi yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ vitthārena sajjhāyaṁ karoti, nāpi yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati;  
И далее, друзья, ни учитель, ни другой собрат, выступающий наставником, не наставляет монаха в истине, и тот не наставляет подробно других в истине, как он слышал и усвоил [ее], и не повторяет подробно истину, как он слышал и усвоил [ее], и не пребывает мыслями в размышлении, не пребывает в раздумье, не сосредоточивается разумом на истине, как он слышал и усвоил [ее],  
Furthermore, it may be that neither the Teacher nor … the mendicant teaches Dhamma … nor does the mendicant recite the teaching … or think about it.  
Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhuno aññataraṁ samādhinimittaṁ suggahitaṁ hoti sumanasikataṁ sūpadhāritaṁ suppaṭividdhaṁ paññāya tathā tathā so tasmiṁ dhamme atthappaṭisaṁvedī ca hoti dhammappaṭisaṁvedī ca.  
И по мере того, друзья, как монах хорошо охватывает тот или иной признак сосредоточенности, тщательно устремляет [к нему] ум, хорошо понимает, хорошо проникает [в него] постижением, он постигает суть этой истины и постигает [слова] истины.  
That mendicant feels inspired by the meaning and the teaching in that Dhamma, no matter how a meditation subject as a foundation of immersion is properly grasped, focused on, borne in mind, and comprehended with wisdom.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno mettaṁ kāyakammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca,  
Вот, друзья, монах и открыто, и втайне дружелюбен в делах, общаясь с собратьями —  
Firstly, a mendicant consistently treats their spiritual companions with bodily kindness, both in public and in private.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhuno mettaṁ vacīkammaṁ …pe… ekībhāvāya saṁvattati.  
И далее, друзья, монах и открыто, и втайне дружелюбен в речах … к единодушию.  
Furthermore, a mendicant consistently treats their spiritual companions with verbal kindness.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhuno mettaṁ manokammaṁ …pe… ekībhāvāya saṁvattati.  
И далее, друзья, монах и открыто, и втайне дружелюбен в помыслах … к единодушию.  
Furthermore, a mendicant consistently treats their spiritual companions with mental kindness.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu ye te lābhā dhammikā dhammaladdhā antamaso pattapariyāpannamattampi, tathārūpehi lābhehi appaṭivibhattabhogī hoti sīlavantehi sabrahmacārīhi sādhāraṇabhogī, ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo …pe… ekībhāvāya saṁvattati.  
И далее, друзья, монах пользуется совместно с добродетельными собратьями подобающими приобретениями, подобающим образом полученными [им], вплоть даже до находящегося в сосуде для подаяний, не пользуясь [сам] без дележа подобными приобретениями, — и эта заповедь доброго поведения … к единодушию.  
Furthermore, a mendicant shares without reservation any material possessions they have gained by legitimate means, even the food placed in the alms-bowl, using them in common with their ethical spiritual companions.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu, yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṁvattanikāni, tathārūpesu sīlesu sīlasāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo …pe… ekībhāvāya saṁvattati.  
И далее, друзья, монах [следуя] заповедям нравственности — неразрушимым, неуязвимым, незапятнанным, безупречным, освобождающим, восхваляемым мудрецами, не затрагиваемым [злом], ведущим к сосредоточенности, — наделенный нравственностью, и открыто, и втайне пребывает вместе с собратьями в следовании подобным заповедям нравственности, — и эта заповедь доброго поведения … к единодушию.  
Furthermore, a mendicant lives according to the precepts shared with their spiritual companions, both in public and in private. Those precepts are unbroken, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to immersion.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu yāyaṁ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya, tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhi sāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca,  
И далее, друзья, монах [следуя] праведному, избавляющему воззрению, которое избавляет разделяющего [его, ведя] к полному уничтожению несчастья, наделенный [этим] воззрением, и открыто, и втайне пребывает вместе с собратьями в следовании подобному воззрению —  
Furthermore, a mendicant lives according to the view shared with their spiritual companions, both in public and in private. That view is noble and emancipating, and leads one who practices it to the complete ending of suffering.  
idhāvuso, bhikkhu satthari agāravo viharati appatisso. Dhamme …pe… saṅghe … sikkhāya … appamāde … paṭisanthāre agāravo viharati appatisso.  
Вот, друзья, монах ведет себя непочтительно, невнимательно к учителю. … к дхамме … к сангхе … [когда речь идет об] обучении … [когда речь идет об] усердии … [когда речь идет о] доброте.  
A mendicant lacks respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, the training, diligence, and hospitality.  
idhāvuso, bhikkhu satthari sagāravo viharati sappatisso. Dhamme …pe… saṅghe … sikkhāya … appamāde … paṭisanthāre sagāravo viharati sappatisso.  
Вот, друзья, монах ведет себя почтительно, внимательно к учителю. К дхамме … к сангхе … [когда речь идет об] обучении … усердии … [когда речь идет о] доброте. 
A mendicant has respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, the training, diligence, and hospitality.  
idhāvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya:  
Вот, друзья, монах может сказать так:  
Take a mendicant who says:  
Aṭṭhānametaṁ āvuso anavakāso yaṁ mettāya cetovimuttiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya.  
Не может случиться так, чтобы с помощью дружелюбия [человек] воплотил, сделал исполнимым, обрел, сделал основой [поведения], испытал, изведал, тщательно осуществил освобождение разума,  
It’s impossible, reverend, it cannot happen that the heart’s release by love has been developed and properly implemented,  
Nissaraṇaṁ hetaṁ, āvuso, byāpādassa, yadidaṁ mettācetovimuttī’ti.  
Ведь освобождение разума, друзья, [достигнутое] с помощью дружелюбия, это — преодоление злонамеренности.  
For it is the heart’s release by love that is the escape from ill will.’  
Idha panāvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya:  
Или вот, друзья, монах может сказать так:  
Take another mendicant who says:  
nissaraṇaṁ hetaṁ, āvuso, vihesāya, yadidaṁ karuṇācetovimuttī’ti.  
Ведь освобождение разума, друзья, [достигнутое] с помощью сострадания, это — преодоление насилия.  
For it is the heart’s release by compassion that is the escape from thoughts of harming.’  
Idha panāvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya:  
Или вот, друзья, монах может сказать так:  
Take another mendicant who says:  
nissaraṇaṁ hetaṁ, āvuso, aratiyā, yadidaṁ muditācetovimuttī’ti.  
Ведь освобождение разума, друзья, [достигнутое] с помощью удовлетворенности, это — преодоление неудовольствия.  
For it is the heart’s release by rejoicing that is the escape from discontent.’  
Idha panāvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya:  
Или вот, друзья, монах может сказать так:  
Take another mendicant who says:  
nissaraṇaṁ hetaṁ, āvuso, rāgassa yadidaṁ upekkhācetovimuttī’ti.  
Ведь освобождение разума, друзья, [достигнутое] с помощью уравновешенности, это — преодоление страсти.  
For it is the heart’s release by equanimity that is the escape from desire.’  
Idha panāvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya:  
Или вот, друзья, монах может сказать так:  
Take another mendicant who says:  
nissaraṇaṁ hetaṁ, āvuso, sabbanimittānaṁ yadidaṁ animittā cetovimuttī’ti.  
Ведь освобождение разума, друзья, [достигнутое] с помощью освобождения [восприятия] от внешних признаков, это — преодоление [влечения] ко всем признакам.  
For it is the signless release of the heart that is the escape from all signs.’  
Idha panāvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya:  
Или вот, друзья, монах может сказать так:  
Take another mendicant who says:  
Aṭṭhānametaṁ, āvuso, anavakāso yaṁ asmīti vigate ayamahamasmīti asamanupassato.  
Не может случиться так, чтобы для [человека] было разрушено [слово] „есмь“, и он не обращал внимания на [слова] „вот я есмь“,  
It’s impossible, reverend, it cannot happen that the conceit “I am” has been done away with, and nothing is regarded as “I am this”,  
Nissaraṇaṁ hetaṁ, āvuso, vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallassa, yadidaṁ asmimānasamugghāto’ti.  
Ведь искоренение из разума [слова] „есмь“ — это, друзья, преодоление стрелы сомнений и неуверенности.  
For it is the uprooting of the conceit “I am” that is the escape from the dart of doubt and indecision.’  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.  
Вот, друзья, монах, видя глазом образ, не радуясь и не печалясь, пребывает в уравновешенности, наделенный способностью самосознания и вдумчивостью;  
A mendicant, seeing a sight with their eyes, is neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware.  
idhāvuso, bhikkhu anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti.  
Вот, друзья, монах осуществляет различные виды сверхъестественных способностей: будучи одним, становится многочисленным, будучи многочисленным, становится одним; становится видимым для глаз, скрытым от глаз, беспрепятственно проходит через стену, через ограду, через гору, словно через воздух; опускается в землю и поднимается [из нее], словно из воды; не погружаясь, идет по воде, словно по земле; сидя со скрещенными ногами, возносится в небо, словно крылатая птица; касается рукой и схватывает солнце и луну — эти столь великие, столь чудесные [светила]; [своим] телом он достигает даже мира Брахмы.  
A mendicant wields the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unimpeded through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the Brahmā realm.  
santāvuso, sattā nānattakāyā nānattasaññino, seyyathāpi manussā ekacce ca devā ekacce ca vinipātikā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, различные телом, различные разумением, а именно: люди, некоторые боги и некоторые подверженные страданию в преисподней.  
There are sentient beings that are diverse in body and diverse in perception, such as human beings, some gods, and some beings in the underworld.  
Santāvuso, sattā nānattakāyā ekattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā brahmakāyikā paṭhamābhinibbattā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, различные телом, одинаковые разумением, а именно: боги, принадлежащие к свите Брахмы, возрожденные благодаря первой [ступени созерцания].  
There are sentient beings that are diverse in body and unified in perception, such as the gods reborn in Brahmā’s Host through the first absorption.  
Santāvuso, sattā ekattakāyā nānattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā ābhassarā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, одинаковые телом, различные разумением, а именно: боги абхассара.  
There are sentient beings that are unified in body and diverse in perception, such as the gods of streaming radiance.  
Santāvuso, sattā ekattakāyā ekattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā subhakiṇhā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, одинаковые телом, одинаковые разумением, а именно: боги субхакинна.  
There are sentient beings that are unified in body and unified in perception, such as the gods replete with glory.  
Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā …pe… ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanūpagā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, которые, всецело преодолев осознавание форм, избавившись от осознавания противодействия, отвлекшись от осознавания множественности, достигают уровня бесконечности пространства [и мыслят]: „Пространство бесконечно“.  
There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond perceptions of form. With the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they have been reborn in the dimension of infinite space.  
Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanūpagā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, которые, всецело преодолев уровень бесконечности пространства, достигают уровня бесконечности сознания [и мыслят]: „Сознание бесконечно“.  
There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond the dimension of infinite space. Aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they have been reborn in the dimension of infinite consciousness.  
Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanūpagā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, которые, всецело преодолев уровень бесконечности сознания, достигают уровня отсутствия чего бы то ни было [и мыслят]: „Не существует ничего“.  
There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness. Aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they have been reborn in the dimension of nothingness.  
idhāvuso, bhikkhu assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, appassuto hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, duppañño hoti.  
Вот, друзья, монах бывает дурным, бывает не стыдливым, бывает не боящимся проступка, бывает мало ученым, бывает бездеятельным, бывает забывчивым, бывает плохо постигающим.  
a mendicant is faithless, shameless, imprudent, unlearned, lazy, unmindful, and witless.  
idhāvuso, bhikkhu saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, bahussuto hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti, paññavā hoti.  
Вот, друзья, монах бывает добрым, бывает стыдливым, бывает боящимся проступка, бывает весьма ученым, бывает полным усердия, бывает наделенным вниманием, бывает [хорошо] постигающим.  
a mendicant is faithful, conscientious, prudent, learned, energetic, mindful, and wise.  
idhāvuso, bhikkhu dhammaññū ca hoti atthaññū ca attaññū ca mattaññū ca kālaññū ca parisaññū ca puggalaññū ca.  
Вот, друзья, монах бывает знающим истину, и знающим, что полезно, и знающим самого себя, и знающим меру, и знающим [должное] время, и знающим собрание [людей], и знающим [отдельные] личности.  
a mendicant knows the teachings, knows the meaning, knows themselves, knows moderation, knows the right time, knows assemblies, and knows people.  
idhāvuso, bhikkhu sikkhāsamādāne tibbacchando hoti, āyatiñca sikkhāsamādāne avigatapemo.  
Вот, друзья, монах горячо желает отдаться учению и в будущем не лишается стремления отдаваться учению.  
A mendicant has a keen enthusiasm to undertake the training …  
idhāvuso, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno aniccato sabbe saṅkhārā yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhā honti.  
Вот, друзья, монаху, уничтожившему порочные свойства, благодаря совершенному постижению хорошо видно в соответствии с истиной непостоянство всего составленного.  
Firstly, a mendicant with defilements ended has clearly seen with right wisdom all conditions as truly impermanent.  
Yaṁpāvuso, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno aniccato sabbe saṅkhārā yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhā honti, idampi khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno balaṁ hoti, yaṁ balaṁ āgamma khīṇāsavo bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayaṁ paṭijānāti: ‘khīṇā me āsavā’ti.  
Когда же, друзья, монаху, уничтожившему порочные свойства, благодаря совершенному постижению хорошо видно в соответствии с истиной непостоянство всего составленного, то у этого монаха, уничтожившего порочные свойства, возникает сила, и благодаря этой силе монах, уничтоживший порочные свойства, познаёт уничтожение порочных свойств: „Уничтожены во мне порочные свойства“.  
This is a power that a mendicant who has ended the defilements relies on to claim: ‘My defilements have ended.’  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhā honti.  
И далее, друзья, монаху, уничтожившему порочные свойства, благодаря совершенному постижению хорошо видно в соответствии с истиной, что чувственные влечения подобны пылающим углям.  
Furthermore, a mendicant with defilements ended has clearly seen with right wisdom that sensual pleasures are truly like a pit of glowing coals. …  
Yaṁpāvuso …pe… ‘khīṇā me āsavā’ti.  
Когда же, друзья … „Уничтожены во мне порочные свойства“. 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno vivekaninnaṁ cittaṁ hoti vivekapoṇaṁ vivekapabbhāraṁ vivekaṭṭhaṁ nekkhammābhirataṁ byantībhūtaṁ sabbaso āsavaṭṭhāniyehi dhammehi.  
И далее, друзья, у монаха, уничтожившего порочные свойства, ум устремляется к уединению, склоняется к уединению, влечется к уединению, утверждается в уединении, радуется отречению, всецело освобождается от состояний, коренящихся в порочных свойствах.  
Furthermore, the mind of a mendicant with defilements ended slants, slopes, and inclines to seclusion. They’re withdrawn, loving renunciation, and they’ve totally done with defiling influences. …  
Yaṁpāvuso …pe… ‘khīṇā me āsavā’ti.  
Когда же, друзья … „Уничтожены во мне порочные свойства“.  
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvitā honti subhāvitā.  
И далее, друзья, в монахе, уничтожившем порочные свойства, воспитываются, хорошо воспитываются четыре установления способности самосознания.  
Furthermore, a mendicant with defilements ended has well developed the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. …  
Yaṁpāvuso …pe… ‘khīṇā me āsavā’ti.  
Когда же, друзья … „Уничтожены во мне порочные свойства“.  
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno pañcindriyāni bhāvitāni honti subhāvitāni.  
И далее, друзья, в монахе, уничтожившем порочные свойства, воспитываются, хорошо воспитываются пять жизненных способностей.  
Furthermore, a mendicant with defilements ended has well developed the five faculties. …  
Yaṁpāvuso …pe… ‘khīṇā me āsavā’ti.  
Когда же, друзья … „Уничтожены во мне порочные свойства“.  
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno satta bojjhaṅgā bhāvitā honti subhāvitā.  
И далее, друзья, в монахе, уничтожившем порочные свойства, воспитываются, хорошо воспитываются семь звеньев просветления.  
Furthermore, a mendicant with defilements ended has well developed the seven awakening factors. …  
Yaṁpāvuso …pe… ‘khīṇā me āsavā’ti.  
Когда же, друзья … „Уничтожены во мне порочные свойства“.  
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo bhāvito hoti subhāvito.  
И далее, друзья, в монахе, уничтожившем порочные свойства, воспитывается, хорошо воспитывается [следование] восьмичленному пути.  
Furthermore, a mendicant with defilements ended has well developed the noble eightfold path. …  
Yaṁpāvuso, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo bhāvito hoti subhāvito, idampi khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno balaṁ hoti, yaṁ balaṁ āgamma khīṇāsavo bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayaṁ paṭijānāti:  
Когда же, друзья, в монахе, уничтожившем порочные свойства, воспитывается, хорошо воспитывается [следование] праведному восьмичленному пути, то у этого монаха, уничтожившего порочные свойства, возникает сила, и благодаря этой силе монах, уничтоживший порочные свойства, осознаёт уничтожение порочных свойств:  
This is a power that a mendicant who has ended the defilements relies on to claim:  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu satthāraṁ upanissāya viharati aññataraṁ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ, yatthassa tibbaṁ hirottappaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti pemañca gāravo ca.  
Вот, друзья, [монах] пребывает рядом с учителем или другим собратом, занимающим место наставника, причем он обнаруживает глубокую стыдливость и боязнь проступка, любовь и почтительность.  
It’s when a mendicant lives relying on the Teacher or a spiritual companion in a teacher’s role. And they set up a keen sense of conscience and prudence for them, with warmth and respect.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu.  
И далее, друзья, монах предан нравственности, живет сдержанный воздержанием предписаний для отшельника, придерживаясь должного поведения, видя опасность в малейших проступках, обязуется следовать заповедям и упражняться [в их исполнении].  
Furthermore, a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthā sabyañjanā kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā.  
И далее, друзья, монах весьма учен, держит в памяти и накапливает выученное, и те истины, которые превосходны в начале, превосходны в середине, превосходны в конце в их духе и букве и наставляют в единственно совершенном, чистом целомудрии, он хорошо изучил, держит [в памяти, повторяя] вслух, умножает, сосредоточивает [на них] разум, тщательно проникает [в них] видением.  
Furthermore, a mendicant is very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, reinforcing them by recitation, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu.  
И далее, друзья, монах пребывает полным решимости оставить нехорошие свойства, обрести хорошие свойства, сильным, крепким в усилиях, не снимающим [с себя] бремени [в обретении] хороших свойств.  
Furthermore, a mendicant lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu satimā hoti paramena satinepakkena samannāgato. Cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā anussaritā.  
И далее, друзья, монах способен к самосознанию, наделен высшей способностью самосознания, помнит и вспоминает давно сделанное, давно сказанное.  
Furthermore, a mendicant is mindful. They have utmost mindfulness and alertness, and can remember and recall what was said and done long ago.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu, udayabbayānupassī viharati:  
И далее, друзья, монах пребывает в рассуждении о появлении и исчезновении пяти групп, основанных на стремлении:  
Furthermore, a mendicant meditates observing rise and fall in the five grasping aggregates.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhunā kammaṁ kātabbaṁ hoti,  
Вот, друзья, монаху надо совершить действие.  
Firstly, a mendicant has some work to do.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā kammaṁ kataṁ hoti.  
И далее, друзья, монах совершил действие.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has done some work.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā maggo gantabbo hoti.  
И далее, друзья, монаху надо пройти путь.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has to go on a journey.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā maggo gato hoti.  
И далее, друзья, монах прошел путь.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has gone on a journey.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto na labhati lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ.  
И далее, друзья, монах, пойдя за милостыней в деревню, в торговый поселок, не получает досыта, сколько нужно твердой или мягкой пищи.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has wandered for alms, but they didn’t get to fill up on as much food as they like, rough or fine.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto labhati lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ.  
И далее, друзья, монах, пойдя за милостыней в деревню, в торговый поселок, получает досыта, сколько нужно твердой или мягкой пищи.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has wandered for alms, and they got to fill up on as much food as they like, rough or fine.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhuno uppanno hoti appamattako ābādho, tassa evaṁ hoti:  
И далее, друзья, у монаха возникает небольшой недуг. Он думает так:  
Furthermore, a mendicant feels a little sick. They think:  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu gilānāvuṭṭhito hoti aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā.  
И далее, друзья, монах оправился от болезни, недавно оправился от заболевания.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has recently recovered from illness.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhunā kammaṁ kātabbaṁ hoti, tassa evaṁ hoti:  
Вот, друзья, монаху надо совершить действие. Он думает так:  
Firstly, a mendicant has some work to do. They think:  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā kammaṁ kataṁ hoti.  
И далее, друзья, монах совершил действие.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has done some work.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā maggo gantabbo hoti.  
И далее, друзья, монаху надо пройти путь.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has to go on a journey.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā maggo gato hoti.  
И далее, друзья, монах прошел путь.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has gone on a journey.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto na labhati lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ.  
И далее, друзья, монах, пойдя за милостыней в деревню, в торговый поселок, не получает досыта, сколько нужно твердой или мягкой пищи.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has wandered for alms, but they didn’t get to fill up on as much food as they like, rough or fine.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto labhati lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ.  
И далее, друзья, монах, пойдя за милостыней в деревню, в торговый поселок, получает досыта, сколько нужно твердой или мягкой пищи.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has wandered for alms, and they got to fill up on as much food as they like, rough or fine.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhuno uppanno hoti appamattako ābādho.  
И далее, друзья, у монаха возникает небольшой недуг.  
Furthermore, a mendicant feels a little sick.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu gilānā vuṭṭhito hoti aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā.  
И далее, друзья, монах оправился от болезни, недавно оправился от заболевания.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has recently recovered from illness.  
Idhāvuso, tathāgato ca loke uppanno hoti arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca desiyati opasamiko parinibbāniko sambodhagāmī sugatappavedito.  
Вот, друзья, в мире рожден Татхагата, архат, всецело просветленный, и наставляет в истине — умиротворяющей, ведущей к ниббане, несущей просветление, провозглашенной Счастливым, —  
Firstly, a Realized One has arisen in the world. He teaches the Dhamma leading to peace, extinguishment, awakening, as proclaimed by the Holy One.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, tathāgato ca loke uppanno hoti arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca desiyati opasamiko parinibbāniko sambodhagāmī sugatappavedito.  
И далее, друзья, в мире рожден Татхагата, архат, всецело просветленный, и наставляет в истине — умиротворяющей, ведущей к ниббане, несущей просветление, провозглашенной Счастливым, —  
Furthermore, a Realized One has arisen in the world.  
santāvuso, sattā nānattakāyā nānattasaññino, seyyathāpi manussā ekacce ca devā ekacce ca vinipātikā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, различные телом, различные разумением, а именно: люди, некоторые боги и некоторые подверженные страданию в преисподней.  
There are sentient beings that are diverse in body and diverse in perception, such as human beings, some gods, and some beings in the underworld.  
Santāvuso, sattā nānattakāyā ekattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā brahmakāyikā paṭhamābhinibbattā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, различные телом, одинаковые разумением, а именно: боги, принадлежащие к свите Брахмы, возрожденные благодаря первой [ступени созерцания].  
There are sentient beings that are diverse in body and unified in perception, such as the gods reborn in Brahmā’s Host through the first absorption.  
Santāvuso, sattā ekattakāyā nānattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā ābhassarā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, одинаковые телом, различные разумением, а именно: боги абхассара.  
There are sentient beings that are unified in body and diverse in perception, such as the gods of streaming radiance.  
Santāvuso, sattā ekattakāyā ekattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā subhakiṇhā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, одинаковые телом, одинаковые разумением, а именно: боги субхакинна.  
There are sentient beings that are unified in body and unified in perception, such as the gods replete with glory.  
Santāvuso, sattā asaññino appaṭisaṁvedino, seyyathāpi devā asaññasattā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, лишенные разумения, лишенные ощущения, а именно: боги асаннясатта.  
There are sentient beings that are non-percipient and do not experience anything, such as the gods who are non-percipient beings.  
Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanūpagā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, которые, всецело преодолев осознавание форм, избавившись от осознавания противодействия, отвлекшись от осознавания множественности, достигают уровня бесконечности пространства [и мыслят]: „Пространство бесконечно“.  
There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond perceptions of form. With the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they have been reborn in the dimension of infinite space.  
Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanūpagā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, которые, всецело преодолев уровень бесконечности пространства, достигают уровня бесконечности сознания [и мыслят]: „Сознание бесконечно“.  
There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond the dimension of infinite space. Aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they have been reborn in the dimension of infinite consciousness.  
Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanūpagā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, которые, всецело преодолев уровень бесконечности сознания, достигают уровня отсутствия чего бы то ни было [и мыслят]: „Не существует ничего“.  
There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness. Aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they have been reborn in the dimension of nothingness.  
Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpagā.  
Есть, друзья, существа, которые, всецело преодолев уровень отсутствия чего бы то ни было, достигают уровня ни разумения, ни отсутствия разумения.  
There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond the dimension of nothingness. They have been reborn in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.  
idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Вот, друзья, монах, освободившись от чувственных удовольствий, освободившись от нехороших свойств, достигает первой ступени созерцания, связанной с устремленным рассудком и углубленным рассуждением, рожденной уединенностью, дарующей радость и счастье, и пребывает [в этом состоянии].  
A mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption …  
idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu.  
Вот, друзья, монах предан нравственности, живет сдержанный воздержанием предписаний для отшельника, придерживаясь должного поведения, видя опасность в малейших проступках, обязуется следовать заповедям и упражняется [в их исполнении].  
First, a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti …pe… sikkhati sikkhāpadesu.  
И когда, друзья, монах предан нравственности … обязуется следовать заповедям и упражняется [в их исполнении],  
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu bahussuto …pe… diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā.  
И далее, друзья, монах весьма учен … тщательно проникает [в них] видением.  
Furthermore, a mendicant is learned.  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu bahussuto …pe…  
Когда же, друзья, монах весьма учен …  
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu kalyāṇamitto hoti kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko.  
И далее, друзья, монах имеет хорошего друга, хорошего спутника, хорошего близкого человека.  
Furthermore, a mendicant has good friends, companions, and associates.  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu …pe… kalyāṇasampavaṅko.  
Когда же, друзья, монах … хорошего близкого человека,  
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu suvaco hoti sovacassakaraṇehi dhammehi samannāgato, khamo padakkhiṇaggāhī anusāsaniṁ.  
И далее, друзья, монах мягок, наделен свойствами, вызываемыми мягкостью, терпелив, разумно принимает наставления.  
Furthermore, a mendicant is easy to admonish, having qualities that make them easy to admonish. They’re patient, and take instruction respectfully.  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu …pe… anusāsaniṁ.  
Когда же, друзья, монах … разумно принимает наставления,  
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṁ uccāvacāni kiṅkaraṇīyāni tattha dakkho hoti analaso tatrupāyāya vīmaṁsāya samannāgato, alaṁ kātuṁ, alaṁ saṁvidhātuṁ.  
И далее, друзья, монах искусен, не ленив, наделен соответствующим рассуждением, способен к действию, способен к устроению в различных больших и малых делах, которые требуются от него с собратьями.  
Furthermore, a mendicant is deft and tireless in a diverse spectrum of duties for their spiritual companions, understanding how to go about things in order to complete and organize the work.  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu …pe… alaṁ saṁvidhātuṁ.  
Когда же, друзья, монах … собратьями,  
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu dhammakāmo hoti piyasamudāhāro abhidhamme abhivinaye uḷārapāmojjo.  
И далее, друзья, монах любит дхамму, радуется произнесению [ее], находит великое счастье в высшей дхамме и высшем должном поведении.  
Furthermore, a mendicant loves the teachings and is a delight to converse with, being full of joy in the teaching and training.  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu …pe… uḷārapāmojjo.  
Когда же, друзья, монах … находит великое счастье,  
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītarehi cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārehi.  
И далее, друзья, монах бывает удовлетворен любыми верхними одеждами, сосудом для подаяний, обителью, лекарством от болезни и [другими] принадлежностями.  
Furthermore, a mendicant is content with any kind of robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick.  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu …pe…  
Когда же, друзья, монах …  
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati …pe… kusalesu dhammesu.  
И далее, друзья, монах пребывает полным решимости оставить нехорошие свойства, обрести хорошие свойства, сильным, крепким в усилиях, не снимающим [с себя] бремени [в обретении] хороших свойств.  
Furthermore, a mendicant is energetic.  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu …pe…  
Когда же, друзья, монах …  
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu satimā hoti, paramena satinepakkena samannāgato, cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā anussaritā.  
И далее, друзья, монах способен к самосознанию, наделен высшей ясностью самосознания, помнит и вспоминает давно сделанное, давно сказанное.  
Furthermore, a mendicant is mindful. They have utmost mindfulness and alertness, and can remember and recall what was said and done long ago.  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu …pe…  
Когда же, друзья, монах …  
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato, ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā.  
И далее, друзья, монах способен к постижению, наделен постижением, охватывающим начало и конец [вещей], и праведной проницательностью, ведущей к полному уничтожению страдания.  
Furthermore, a mendicant is wise. They have the wisdom of arising and passing away which is noble, penetrative, and leads to the complete ending of suffering.  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu …pe…  
Когда же, друзья, монах …  
 
idhāvuso, bhikkhu pañcaṅgavippahīno hoti, chaḷaṅgasamannāgato, ekārakkho, caturāpasseno, paṇunnapaccekasacco, samavayasaṭṭhesano, anāvilasaṅkappo, passaddhakāyasaṅkhāro, suvimuttacitto, suvimuttapañño.  
Вот, друзья, монах бывает избавлен от пяти признаков, наделен шестью признаками, имеет одного защитника, имеет четыре опоры, отбрасывает отдельные [ложные] учения, уничтожает обманчивые стремления, безупречен в намерениях, успокаивает совокупность [частей] тела, вполне освобожден в сознании, вполне освобожден в постижении.  
A mendicant has given up five factors, possesses six factors, has a single guard, has four supports, has eliminated idiosyncratic interpretations of the truth, has totally given up searching, has unsullied intentions, has stilled the physical process, and is well freed in mind and well freed by wisdom.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu pañcaṅgavippahīno hoti?  
Как же, друзья, монах бывает избавлен от пяти признаков?  
And how has a mendicant given up five factors?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno kāmacchando pahīno hoti, byāpādo pahīno hoti, thinamiddhaṁ pahīnaṁ hoti, uddhaccakukkuccaṁ pahīnaṁ hoti, vicikicchā pahīnā hoti.  
Вот, друзья, у монаха исчезло чувственное возбуждение, исчезла злонамеренность, исчезла косность, исчезли беспокойство и терзания, исчезло сомнение.  
It’s when a mendicant has given up sensual desire, ill will, dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu pañcaṅgavippahīno hoti.  
Так, друзья, монах бывает избавлен от пяти признаков.  
That’s how a mendicant has given up five factors.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu chaḷaṅgasamannāgato hoti?  
Как же, друзья, монах бывает наделен шестью признаками?  
And how does a mendicant possess six factors?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.  
Вот, друзья, монах, видя глазом образ, не радуясь и не печалясь, пребывает в уравновешенности, наделенный способностью самосознания и вдумчивостью;  
A mendicant, seeing a sight with their eyes, is neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu chaḷaṅgasamannāgato hoti.  
Так, друзья, монах бывает наделен шестью признаками.  
That’s how a mendicant possesses six factors.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu ekārakkho hoti?  
Как же, друзья, монах имеет одного защитника?  
And how does a mendicant have a single guard?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu satārakkhena cetasā samannāgato hoti.  
Вот, друзья, монах наделен в уме стражем самосознания.  
It’s when a mendicant’s heart is guarded by mindfulness.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu ekārakkho hoti.  
Так, друзья, монах имеет одного защитника.  
That’s how a mendicant has a single guard.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu caturāpasseno hoti?  
Как же, друзья, монах имеет четыре опоры?  
And how does a mendicant have four supports?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu saṅkhāyekaṁ paṭisevati, saṅkhāyekaṁ adhivāseti, saṅkhāyekaṁ parivajjeti, saṅkhāyekaṁ vinodeti.  
Вот, друзья, монах, поразмыслив, стремится к одному; поразмыслив, соглашается с другим; поразмыслив, избегает третьего; поразмыслив, отбрасывает четвертое.  
After appraisal, a mendicant uses some things, endures some things, avoids some things, and gets rid of some things.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu caturāpasseno hoti.  
Так, друзья, монах имеет четыре опоры.  
That’s how a mendicant has four supports.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu paṇunnapaccekasacco hoti?  
Как же, друзья, монах отбрасывает отдельные [ложные] учения?  
And how has a mendicant eliminated idiosyncratic interpretations of the truth?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno yāni tāni puthusamaṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ puthupaccekasaccāni, sabbāni tāni nunnāni honti paṇunnāni cattāni vantāni muttāni pahīnāni paṭinissaṭṭhāni.  
Вот, друзья, монахом брошены, отброшены, отринуты, отвергнуты, преодолены, оставлены, покинуты, все те многие отдельные [ложные] учения, принадлежащие многим отшельникам и брахманам.  
Different ascetics and brahmins have different idiosyncratic interpretations of the truth. A mendicant has dispelled, eliminated, thrown out, rejected, let go of, given up, and relinquished all these.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu paṇunnapaccekasacco hoti.  
Так, друзья, монах отбрасывает отдельные [ложные] учения.  
That’s how a mendicant has eliminated idiosyncratic interpretations of the truth.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu samavayasaṭṭhesano hoti?  
Как же, друзья, монах уничтожает обманчивые стремления?  
And how has a mendicant totally given up searching?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno kāmesanā pahīnā hoti, bhavesanā pahīnā hoti, brahmacariyesanā paṭippassaddhā.  
Вот, друзья, монах преодолел стремление к чувственности, преодолел стремление к становлению, успокоил стремление к целомудрию.  
It’s when they’ve given up searching for sensual pleasures, for continued existence, and for a spiritual path.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu samavayasaṭṭhesano hoti.  
Так, друзья, монах уничтожает обманчивые стремления.  
That’s how a mendicant has totally given up searching.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu anāvilasaṅkappā hoti?  
Как же, друзья, монах безупречен в намерениях?  
And how does a mendicant have unsullied intentions?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno kāmasaṅkappo pahīno hoti, byāpādasaṅkappo pahīno hoti, vihiṁsāsaṅkappo pahīno hoti.  
Вот, друзья, монах преодолел чувственное намерение, преодолел злое намерение, преодолел насильственное намерение.  
It’s when they’ve given up sensual, malicious, and cruel intentions.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu anāvilasaṅkappo hoti.  
Так, друзья, монах безупречен в намерениях.  
That’s how a mendicant has unsullied intentions.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu passaddhakāyasaṅkhāro hoti?  
Как же, друзья, монах успокаивает совокупность [частей] тела?  
And how has a mendicant stilled the physical process?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Вот, друзья, монах, отказавшись от счастья, отказавшись от несчастья, избавившись от прежней удовлетворенности и неудовлетворенности, достигает четвертой ступени созерцания, лишенной несчастья, лишенной счастья, очищенной уравновешенностью и способностью самосознания, и пребывает [в этом состоянии].  
Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu passaddhakāyasaṅkhāro hoti.  
Так, друзья, монах успокаивает совокупность [частей] тела.  
That’s how a mendicant has stilled the physical process.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu suvimuttacitto hoti?  
Как же, друзья, монах вполне освобожден в сознании?  
And how is a mendicant well freed in mind?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno rāgā cittaṁ vimuttaṁ hoti, dosā cittaṁ vimuttaṁ hoti, mohā cittaṁ vimuttaṁ hoti.  
Вот, друзья, у монаха сознание освобождено от страсти, сознание освобождено от ненависти, сознание освобождено от заблуждения.  
It’s when a mendicant’s mind is freed from greed, hate, and delusion.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu suvimuttacitto hoti.  
Так, друзья, монах вполне освобожден в сознании.  
That’s how a mendicant is well freed in mind.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu suvimuttapañño hoti?  
Как же, друзья, монах вполне освобожден в постижении?  
And how is a mendicant well freed by wisdom?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu ‘rāgo me pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṁ anuppādadhammo’ti pajānāti.  
Вот, друзья, монах постигает: „Страсть во мне преодолена, вырвана с корнем, стала, словно выкорчеванная пальма, прекратила существование, неспособна возникнуть в будущем“;  
It’s when a mendicant understands: ‘I’ve given up greed, hate, and delusion, cut them off at the root, made them like a palm stump, obliterated them, so they’re unable to arise in the future.’  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu suvimuttapañño hoti.  
Так, друзья, монах вполне освобожден в постижении.  
That’s how a mendicant’s mind is well freed by wisdom.  

mn3evamāvuso’ti hāvuso idhāvuso panāvuso tatrāvuso āvuso25Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   – Друзья монахи!  
“Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, satthu pavivittassa viharato sāvakā vivekaṁ nānusikkhanti, kittāvatā ca pana satthu pavivittassa viharato sāvakā vivekamanusikkhantī”ti?  
– Друзья, каким образом ученики Учителя, который живёт в затворничестве, не тренируются в затворничестве? И каким образом ученики Учителя, который живёт в затворничестве, тренируются в затворничестве? 
“Reverends, how do the disciples of a Teacher who lives in seclusion not train in seclusion? And how do they train in seclusion?”  
“Dūratopi kho mayaṁ, āvuso, āgacchāma āyasmato sāriputtassa santike etassa bhāsitassa atthamaññātuṁ.  
– В самом деле, друг, мы пришли сюда издалека, чтобы узнать от достопочтенного Сарипутты значение этого утверждения.  
“Reverend, we would travel a long way to learn the meaning of this statement in the presence of Venerable Sāriputta.  
“Tena hāvuso, suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.  
– В таком случае, друзья, слушайте внимательно то, о чём я буду говорить. 
“Well then, reverends, listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosuṁ.  
– Да, друг, – ответили монахи.  
“Yes, reverend,” they replied.  
“Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, satthu pavivittassa viharato sāvakā vivekaṁ nānusikkhanti?  
Друзья, каким образом ученики Учителя, который живёт в затворничестве, не тренируются в затворничестве?  
“Reverends, how do the disciples of a Teacher who lives in seclusion not train in seclusion?  
Idhāvuso, satthu pavivittassa viharato sāvakā vivekaṁ nānusikkhanti,  
Вот ученики Учителя, который живёт в затворничестве, не тренируются в затворничестве.  
The disciples of a teacher who lives in seclusion do not train in seclusion.  
Tatrāvuso, therā bhikkhū tīhi ṭhānehi gārayhā bhavanti.  
В этом старших монахов1 следует порицать по трём причинам.  
In this case, the senior mendicants should be criticized on three grounds.  
Therā, āvuso, bhikkhū imehi tīhi ṭhānehi gārayhā bhavanti.  
Старших монахов следует порицать по этим трём причинам. 
The senior mendicants should be criticized on these three grounds.  
Tatrāvuso, majjhimā bhikkhū …pe…  
В этом средних монахов следует порицать по трём причинам.  
In this case, the middle mendicants  
Navā, āvuso, bhikkhū imehi tīhi ṭhānehi gārayhā bhavanti.  
 
 
Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, satthu pavivittassa viharato sāvakā vivekaṁ nānusikkhanti.  
Вот каким образом ученики Учителя, который живёт в затворничестве, не тренируются в затворничестве.  
This is how the disciples of a Teacher who lives in seclusion do not train in seclusion.  
Kittāvatā ca panāvuso, satthu pavivittassa viharato sāvakā vivekamanusikkhanti?  
И каким образом ученики Учителя, который живёт в затворничестве, тренируются в затворничестве?  
And how do the disciples of a teacher who lives in seclusion train in seclusion?  
Idhāvuso, satthu pavivittassa viharato sāvakā vivekamanusikkhanti— 
Вот ученики Учителя, который живёт в затворничестве, тренируются в затворничестве.  
The disciples of a teacher who lives in seclusion train in seclusion.  
Tatrāvuso, therā bhikkhū tīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṁsā bhavanti.  
В этом старших монахов следует хвалить по трём причинам.  
In this case, the senior mendicants should be praised on three grounds.  
Therā, āvuso, bhikkhū imehi tīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṁsā bhavanti.  
Старших монахов следует хвалить по этим трём причинам. 
The senior mendicants should be praised on these three grounds.  
Tatrāvuso, majjhimā bhikkhū …pe…  
В этом средних монахов следует хвалить по трём причинам. 
In this case, the middle mendicants  
Navā, āvuso, bhikkhū imehi tīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṁsā bhavanti.  
 
 
Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, satthu pavivittassa viharato sāvakā vivekamanusikkhanti.  
Вот каким образом ученики Учителя, который живёт в затворничестве, тренируются в затворничестве.  
This is how the disciples of a Teacher who lives in seclusion train in seclusion.  
Tatrāvuso, lobho ca pāpako doso ca pāpako.  
Друзья, порочное здесь – это жажда и злоба. 
The bad thing here is greed and hate.  
Katamā ca sā, āvuso, majjhimā paṭipadā cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati?  
И что это за Срединный путь?  
And what is that middle way of practice?  
Ayaṁ kho sā, āvuso, majjhimā paṭipadā cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati.  
Таков Срединный путь для оставления жажды и злобы, который даёт видение, даёт знание, ведёт к покою, к прямому знанию, к просветлению, к ниббане. 
This is that middle way of practice, which gives vision and knowledge, and leads to peace, direct knowledge, awakening, and extinguishment.  
Tatrāvuso, kodho ca pāpako upanāho ca pāpako …pe…  
Порочное здесь – это злость и негодование …  
The bad thing here is anger and hostility. …  
Katamā ca sā, āvuso, majjhimā paṭipadā cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati?  
И что это за Срединный путь?  
And what is that middle way of practice?  
Ayaṁ kho sā, āvuso, majjhimā paṭipadā cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattatī”ti.  
Таков Срединный путь для оставления жажды и злобы, который даёт видение, даёт знание, ведёт к покою, к прямому знанию, к просветлению, к ниббане.  
This is that middle way of practice, which gives vision and knowledge, and leads to peace, direct knowledge, awakening, and extinguishment.”  

mn5evamāvuso’ti idhāvuso panāvuso tatrāvuso āvuso93Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   – Друзья монахи!  
“Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Cattārome, āvuso, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
“Друзья, есть эти четыре типа личностей в мире.  
“Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Idhāvuso, ekacco puggalo sāṅgaṇova samāno ‘atthi me ajjhattaṁ aṅgaṇan’ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti.  
Бывает так, когда некий человек с изъяном не понимает в соответствии с действительностью: «Во мне есть изъян».  
One person with a blemish doesn’t truly understand: ‘There is a blemish in me.’  
Idha panāvuso, ekacco puggalo sāṅgaṇova samāno ‘atthi me ajjhattaṁ aṅgaṇan’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti.  
Бывает так, когда некий человек с изъяном понимает в соответствии с действительностью: «Во мне есть изъян».  
But another person with a blemish does truly understand: ‘There is a blemish in me.’  
Idhāvuso, ekacco puggalo anaṅgaṇova samāno ‘natthi me ajjhattaṁ aṅgaṇan’ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti.  
Бывает так, когда некий человек без изъяна не понимает в соответствии с действительностью: «Во мне нет изъяна».  
One person without a blemish doesn’t truly understand: ‘There is no blemish in me.’  
Idha panāvuso, ekacco puggalo anaṅgaṇova samāno ‘natthi me ajjhattaṁ aṅgaṇan’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti.  
Бывает так, когда некий человек без изъяна понимает в соответствии с действительностью: «Во мне нет изъяна».  
But another person without a blemish does truly understand: ‘There is no blemish in me.’  
Tatrāvuso, yvāyaṁ puggalo sāṅgaṇova samāno ‘atthi me ajjhattaṁ aṅgaṇan’ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, ayaṁ imesaṁ dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ sāṅgaṇānaṁyeva sataṁ hīnapuriso akkhāyati.  
Человек с изъяном, который не понимает в соответствии с действительностью: «Во мне есть изъян» – зовётся низшим из этих двух типов личностей с изъяном.  
In this case, of the two persons with a blemish, the one who doesn’t understand is said to be worse,  
Tatrāvuso, yvāyaṁ puggalo sāṅgaṇova samāno ‘atthi me ajjhattaṁ aṅgaṇan’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, ayaṁ imesaṁ dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ sāṅgaṇānaṁyeva sataṁ seṭṭhapuriso akkhāyati.  
Человек с изъяном, который понимает в соответствии с действительностью: «Во мне есть изъян» – зовётся высшим из этих двух типов личностей с изъяном.  
while the one who does understand is better.  
Tatrāvuso, yvāyaṁ puggalo anaṅgaṇova samāno ‘natthi me ajjhattaṁ aṅgaṇan’ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, ayaṁ imesaṁ dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ anaṅgaṇānaṁyeva sataṁ hīnapuriso akkhāyati.  
Человек без изъяна, который не понимает в соответствии с действительностью: «Во мне нет изъяна» – зовётся низшим из этих двух типов личностей без изъяна.  
And of the two persons without a blemish, the one who doesn’t understand is said to be worse,  
Tatrāvuso, yvāyaṁ puggalo anaṅgaṇova samāno ‘natthi me ajjhattaṁ aṅgaṇan’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, ayaṁ imesaṁ dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ anaṅgaṇānaṁyeva sataṁ seṭṭhapuriso akkhāyatī”ti.  
Человек без изъяна, который понимает в соответствии с действительностью: «Во мне нет изъяна» – зовётся высшим из этих двух типов личностей без изъяна.”  
while the one who does understand is better.”  
“Ko nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, hetu ko paccayo yenimesaṁ dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ sāṅgaṇānaṁyeva sataṁ eko hīnapuriso akkhāyati, eko seṭṭhapuriso akkhāyati?  
– Друг Сарипутта, в чём условие и причина, почему из этих двух типов личностей с изъяном один зовётся низшим, а другой зовётся высшим? 
“What is the cause, Reverend Sāriputta, what is the reason why, of the two persons with a blemish, one is said to be worse and one better?  
Ko panāvuso sāriputta, hetu ko paccayo yenimesaṁ dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ anaṅgaṇānaṁyeva sataṁ eko hīnapuriso akkhāyati, eko seṭṭhapuriso akkhāyatī”ti?  
В чём условие и причина, почему из этих двух типов личностей без изъяна один зовётся низшим, а другой зовётся высшим? 
And what is the cause, what is the reason why, of the two persons without a blemish, one is said to be worse and one better?”  
“Tatrāvuso, yvāyaṁ puggalo sāṅgaṇova samāno ‘atthi me ajjhattaṁ aṅgaṇan’ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, tassetaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ—na chandaṁ janessati na vāyamissati na vīriyaṁ ārabhissati tassaṅgaṇassa pahānāya;  
– Друг, когда человек с изъяном не понимает в соответствии с действительностью: «Во мне есть изъян», то можно ожидать, что он не будет зарождать рвение, делать усилие, вызывать усердие, чтобы отбросить этот изъян,  
“Reverends, take the case of the person who has a blemish and does not understand it. You can expect that they won’t generate enthusiasm, make an effort, or rouse up energy to give up that blemish.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, kaṁsapāti ābhatā āpaṇā vā kammārakulā vā rajena ca malena ca pariyonaddhā.  
Представь, как если бы из лавки или же из кузницы принесли бронзовую тарелку с грязью и пятнами,  
Suppose a bronze dish was brought from a shop or smithy covered with dirt or stains.  
Evañhi sā, āvuso, kaṁsapāti aparena samayena saṅkiliṭṭhatarā assa malaggahitā”ti?  
Стала бы бронзовая тарелка более загрязнённой и запятнанной позже?  
Over time, wouldn’t that bronze dish get even dirtier and more stained?”  
“Evamāvuso”ti.  
– Да, друг. 
“Yes, reverend.”  
“Evameva kho, āvuso, yvāyaṁ puggalo sāṅgaṇova samāno ‘atthi me ajjhattaṁ aṅgaṇan’ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, tassetaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ—na chandaṁ janessati na vāyamissati na vīriyaṁ ārabhissati tassaṅgaṇassa pahānāya;  
– Точно также, друг, когда человек с изъяном не понимает в соответствии с действительностью: «Во мне есть изъян», то можно ожидать, что он не будет зарождать рвение… 
“In the same way, take the case of the person who has a blemish and does not understand it. You can expect that …  
Tatrāvuso, yvāyaṁ puggalo sāṅgaṇova samāno ‘atthi me ajjhattaṁ aṅgaṇan’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, tassetaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ—chandaṁ janessati vāyamissati vīriyaṁ ārabhissati tassaṅgaṇassa pahānāya;  
Когда человек с изъяном понимает в соответствии с действительностью: «Во мне есть изъян», то можно ожидать того, что он будет зарождать рвение, делать усилие, вызывать усердие, чтобы отбросить этот изъян,  
Take the case of the person who has a blemish and does understand it. You can expect that they will generate enthusiasm, make an effort, and rouse up energy to give up that blemish.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, kaṁsapāti ābhatā āpaṇā vā kammārakulā vā rajena ca malena ca pariyonaddhā.  
Представь, как если бы из лавки или же из кузницы принесли бронзовую тарелку с грязью и пятнами,  
Suppose a bronze dish was brought from a shop or smithy covered with dirt or stains.  
Evañhi sā, āvuso, kaṁsapāti aparena samayena parisuddhatarā assa pariyodātā”ti?  
Стала бы бронзовая тарелка более чистой и яркой позже?» 
Over time, wouldn’t that bronze dish get cleaner and brighter?”  
“Evamāvuso”ti.  
– Да, друг.  
“Yes, reverend.”  
“Evameva kho, āvuso, yvāyaṁ puggalo sāṅgaṇova samāno ‘atthi me ajjhattaṁ aṅgaṇan’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, tassetaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ—chandaṁ janessati vāyamissati vīriyaṁ ārabhissati tassaṅgaṇassa pahānāya;  
“– Точно также, друг, когда человек с изъяном понимает в соответствии с действительностью: «Во мне есть изъян», то можно ожидать, что он будет зарождать рвение…  
“In the same way, take the case of the person who has a blemish and does understand it. You can expect that …  
Tatrāvuso, yvāyaṁ puggalo anaṅgaṇova samāno ‘natthi me ajjhattaṁ aṅgaṇan’ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, tassetaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ—subhanimittaṁ manasi karissati, tassa subhanimittassa manasikārā rāgo cittaṁ anuddhaṁsessati;  
Когда человек без изъяна не понимает в соответствии с действительностью: «Во мне нет изъяна», то можно ожидать, что он будет уделять внимание образу красивого, и из-за этого жажда наводнит его ум,  
Take the case of the person who doesn’t have a blemish but does not understand it. You can expect that they will focus on the feature of beauty, and because of that, lust will infect their mind.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, kaṁsapāti ābhatā āpaṇā vā kammārakulā vā parisuddhā pariyodātā.  
Представь, как если бы из лавки или же из кузницы принесли чистую и яркую бронзовую тарелку,  
Suppose a bronze dish was brought from a shop or smithy clean and bright.  
Evañhi sā, āvuso, kaṁsapāti aparena samayena saṅkiliṭṭhatarā assa malaggahitā”ti?  
Стала бы бронзовая тарелка более загрязнённой и запятнанной позже?  
Over time, wouldn’t that bronze dish get dirtier and more stained?”  
“Evamāvuso”ti.  
– Да, друг.  
“Yes, reverend.”  
“Evameva kho, āvuso, yvāyaṁ puggalo anaṅgaṇova samāno ‘natthi me ajjhattaṁ aṅgaṇan’ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, tassetaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ—subhanimittaṁ manasi karissati, tassa subhanimittassa manasikārā rāgo cittaṁ anuddhaṁsessati;  
– Точно также, друг, когда человек без изъяна не понимает в соответствии с действительностью: «Во мне нет изъяна», то можно ожидать…  
“In the same way, take the case of the person who has no blemish and does not understand it. You can expect that …  
Tatrāvuso, yvāyaṁ puggalo anaṅgaṇova samāno ‘natthi me ajjhattaṁ aṅgaṇan’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, tassetaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ—subhanimittaṁ na manasi karissati, tassa subhanimittassa amanasikārā rāgo cittaṁ nānuddhaṁsessati;  
Когда человек без изъяна понимает в соответствии с действительностью: «Во мне нет изъяна», то можно ожидать, что он не будет уделять внимание образу красивого, и из-за этого жажда не наводнит его ум,  
Take the case of the person who doesn’t have a blemish and does understand it. You can expect that they won’t focus on the feature of beauty, and because of that, lust won’t infect their mind.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, kaṁsapāti ābhatā āpaṇā vā kammārakulā vā parisuddhā pariyodātā.  
Представь, как если бы из лавки или же из кузницы принесли чистую и яркую бронзовую тарелку,  
Suppose a bronze dish was brought from a shop or smithy clean and bright.  
Evañhi sā, āvuso, kaṁsapāti aparena samayena parisuddhatarā assa pariyodātā”ti?  
Стала бы бронзовая тарелка более чистой и яркой позже?»  
Over time, wouldn’t that bronze dish get cleaner and brighter?”  
“Evamāvuso”ti.  
– Да, друг.”  
“Yes, reverend.”  
“Evameva kho, āvuso, yvāyaṁ puggalo anaṅgaṇova samāno ‘natthi me ajjhattaṁ aṅgaṇan’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, tassetaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ—subhanimittaṁ na manasi karissati, tassa subhanimittassa amanasikārā rāgo cittaṁ nānuddhaṁsessati;  
– Точно также, друг, когда человек без изъяна понимает в соответствии с действительностью: «Во мне нет изъяна», то можно ожидать…  
“In the same way, take the case of the person who doesn’t have a blemish and does understand it. You can expect that …  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso moggallāna, hetu ayaṁ paccayo yenimesaṁ dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ sāṅgaṇānaṁyeva sataṁ eko hīnapuriso akkhāyati, eko seṭṭhapuriso akkhāyati.  
Вот в чём условие и причина, почему из этих двух типов личностей с изъяном один зовётся низшим, а другой зовётся высшим.  
This is the cause, this is the reason why, of the two persons with a blemish, one is said to be worse and one better.  
Ayaṁ panāvuso moggallāna, hetu ayaṁ paccayo yenimesaṁ dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ anaṅgaṇānaṁyeva sataṁ eko hīnapuriso akkhāyati, eko seṭṭhapuriso akkhāyatī”ti.  
Вот в чём условие и причина, почему из этих двух типов личностей без изъяна один зовётся низшим, а другой зовётся высшим.  
And this is the cause, this is the reason why, of the two persons without a blemish, one is said to be worse and one better.”  
“Aṅgaṇaṁ aṅgaṇanti, āvuso, vuccati.  
– Изъян, изъян – так говорится, друг.  
“Reverend, the word ‘blemish’ is spoken of.  
Kissa nu kho etaṁ, āvuso, adhivacanaṁ yadidaṁ aṅgaṇan”ti?  
Но что обозначает это слово «изъян»? 
But what is ‘blemish’ a term for?”  
“Pāpakānaṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso, akusalānaṁ icchāvacarānaṁ adhivacanaṁ, yadidaṁ aṅgaṇan”ti.  
– «Изъян», друг, обозначает сферу порочных, неблагих желаний.  
“Reverend, ‘blemish’ is a term for the spheres of bad, unskillful wishes.  
“Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ idhekaccassa bhikkhuno evaṁ icchā uppajjeyya:  
Может быть так, что монах пожелает:  
It’s possible that some mendicant might wish:  
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ taṁ bhikkhuṁ bhikkhū jāneyyuṁ:  
И может быть так, что монахи узнают о том, 
But it’s possible that the mendicants do find out that that mendicant  
Yo ceva kho, āvuso, kopo yo ca appaccayo— 
Злость и горечь –  
And that anger and that bitterness  
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ idhekaccassa bhikkhuno evaṁ icchā uppajjeyya:  
Может быть так, что монах пожелает:  
It’s possible that some mendicant might wish:  
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ taṁ bhikkhuṁ bhikkhū saṅghamajjhe codeyyuṁ, no anuraho.  
И может быть так, что монахи сделают ему выговор в присутствии общины монахов, а не в частном порядке.  
But it’s possible that the mendicants do accuse that mendicant in the middle of the Saṅgha …  
Yo ceva kho, āvuso, kopo yo ca appaccayo— 
Злость и горечь –  
 
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ idhekaccassa bhikkhuno evaṁ icchā uppajjeyya:  
Может быть так, что монах пожелает:  
It’s possible that some mendicant might wish:  
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ taṁ bhikkhuṁ appaṭipuggalo codeyya, no sappaṭipuggalo.  
И может быть так, что тот, кто не равен ему, сделает ему выговор, а не тот, кто равен ему.  
But it’s possible that someone who is not a counterpart accuses that mendicant …  
Yo ceva kho, āvuso, kopo yo ca appaccayo— 
Злость и горечь – 
 
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ idhekaccassa bhikkhuno evaṁ icchā uppajjeyya:  
Может быть так, что монах пожелает: 
It’s possible that some mendicant might wish:  
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ aññaṁ bhikkhuṁ satthā paṭipucchitvā paṭipucchitvā bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseyya, na taṁ bhikkhuṁ satthā paṭipucchitvā paṭipucchitvā bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseyya.  
И может быть так, что Учитель обучает Дхамме монахов, задавая ряд вопросов некоему другому монаху, а не тому монаху.  
But it’s possible that the Teacher will teach the mendicants by repeatedly questioning some other mendicant …  
Yo ceva kho, āvuso, kopo yo ca appaccayo— 
Злость и горечь – 
 
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ idhekaccassa bhikkhuno evaṁ icchā uppajjeyya:  
Может быть так, что монах пожелает:  
It’s possible that some mendicant might wish:  
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ aññaṁ bhikkhuṁ bhikkhū purakkhatvā purakkhatvā gāmaṁ bhattāya paviseyyuṁ, na taṁ bhikkhuṁ bhikkhū purakkhatvā purakkhatvā gāmaṁ bhattāya paviseyyuṁ.  
И может быть так, что монахи входят в деревню за подаяниями, ставя во главе некоего другого монаха, но не того монаха.  
But it’s possible that the mendicants will enter the village for the meal putting some other mendicant at the very front …  
Yo ceva kho, āvuso, kopo yo ca appaccayo— 
Злость и горечь – 
 
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ idhekaccassa bhikkhuno evaṁ icchā uppajjeyya:  
Может быть так, что монах пожелает:  
It’s possible that some mendicant might wish:  
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ añño bhikkhu labheyya bhattagge aggāsanaṁ aggodakaṁ aggapiṇḍaṁ, na so bhikkhu labheyya bhattagge aggāsanaṁ aggodakaṁ aggapiṇḍaṁ.  
И может быть так, что лучшее сиденье, лучшая вода, лучшая еда в трапезной достанутся другому монаху, а не тому монаху…  
But it’s possible that some other mendicant gets the best seat, the best drink, and the best almsfood in the refectory …  
Yo ceva kho, āvuso, kopo yo ca appaccayo— 
 
 
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ idhekaccassa bhikkhuno evaṁ icchā uppajjeyya:  
Может быть так, что монах пожелает:  
It’s possible that some mendicant might wish:  
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ añño bhikkhu bhattagge bhuttāvī anumodeyya, na so bhikkhu bhattagge bhuttāvī anumodeyya.  
И может быть так, что давать благословения в трапезной после принятия пищи будет другой монах, а не тот монах.  
But it’s possible that some other mendicant gives the verses of appreciation after eating in the refectory …  
Yo ceva kho, āvuso, kopo yo ca appaccayo— 
 
 
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ idhekaccassa bhikkhuno evaṁ icchā uppajjeyya:  
Может быть так, что монах пожелает:  
It’s possible that some mendicant might wish:  
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ añño bhikkhu ārāmagatānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseyya, na so bhikkhu ārāmagatānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ deseyya.  
 
 
Yo ceva kho, āvuso, kopo yo ca appaccayo— 
 
 
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ idhekaccassa bhikkhuno evaṁ icchā uppajjeyya:  
 
 
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ añño bhikkhu ārāmagatānaṁ upāsikānaṁ dhammaṁ deseyya, na so bhikkhu ārāmagatānaṁ upāsikānaṁ dhammaṁ deseyya.  
И может быть так, что другой монах будет обучать Дхамме…  
But it’s possible that some other mendicant teaches the Dhamma …  
Yo ceva kho, āvuso, kopo yo ca appaccayo— 
 
 
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ idhekaccassa bhikkhuno evaṁ icchā uppajjeyya:  
Может быть так, что монах пожелает:  
It’s possible that some mendicant might wish:  
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ aññaṁ bhikkhuṁ bhikkhū sakkareyyuṁ garuṁ kareyyuṁ māneyyuṁ pūjeyyuṁ, na taṁ bhikkhuṁ bhikkhū sakkareyyuṁ garuṁ kareyyuṁ māneyyuṁ pūjeyyuṁ.  
 
 
Yo ceva kho, āvuso, kopo yo ca appaccayo— 
 
 
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ idhekaccassa bhikkhuno evaṁ icchā uppajjeyya:  
 
 
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ aññaṁ bhikkhuṁ upāsikā sakkareyyuṁ garuṁ kareyyuṁ māneyyuṁ pūjeyyuṁ, na taṁ bhikkhuṁ upāsikā sakkareyyuṁ garuṁ kareyyuṁ māneyyuṁ pūjeyyuṁ.  
И может быть так, чтить, уважать, почитать… будут другого монаха…  
But it’s possible that some other mendicant is honored, respected, revered, and venerated …  
Yo ceva kho, āvuso, kopo yo ca appaccayo— 
 
 
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ idhekaccassa bhikkhuno evaṁ icchā uppajjeyya:  
Может быть так, что монах пожелает:  
It’s possible that some mendicant might wish:  
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ añño bhikkhu lābhī assa paṇītānaṁ cīvarānaṁ, na so bhikkhu lābhī assa paṇītānaṁ cīvarānaṁ.  
И может быть так, что некий другой монах получает лучшую еду… лучшие необходимые для лечения вещи, но не тот монах.  
But it’s possible that some other mendicant gets the nicest robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick …  
Yo ceva kho, āvuso, kopo yo ca appaccayo— 
 
 
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ idhekaccassa bhikkhuno evaṁ icchā uppajjeyya:  
 
 
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ añño bhikkhu lābhī assa paṇītānaṁ gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṁ, na so bhikkhu lābhī assa paṇītānaṁ gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṁ.  
 
 
Yo ceva kho, āvuso, kopo yo ca appaccayo— 
Злость и горечь – 
And that anger and that bitterness  
Imesaṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso, pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ icchāvacarānaṁ adhivacanaṁ, yadidaṁ aṅgaṇanti.  
«Изъян», друг, обозначает сферу этих порочных, неблагих желаний. 
‘Blemish’ is a term for these spheres of bad, unskillful wishes.  
Yassa kassaci, āvuso, bhikkhuno ime pāpakā akusalā icchāvacarā appahīnā dissanti ceva sūyanti ca, kiñcāpi so hoti āraññiko pantasenāsano piṇḍapātiko sapadānacārī paṁsukūliko lūkhacīvaradharo, atha kho naṁ sabrahmacārī na ceva sakkaronti na garuṁ karonti na mānenti na pūjenti.  
Если [другие] видят и слышат, что сферы этих порочных, неблагих желаний не отброшены в каком-либо монахе, то для всех он может быть тем, кто живёт в лесу, часто [затворяется] в уединённых обиталищах, ест [только ту еду], что получена [им лично] с [хождения за] подаяниями, ходит [собирать подаяния] от дома к дому [не пропуская ни одного], носит [только] обноски, носит грубые одежды, но всё равно его товарищи по святой жизни не чтят, не почитают, не уважают [его], не выражают ему почтения.  
Suppose these spheres of bad, unskillful wishes are seen and heard to be not given up by a mendicant. Even though they dwell in the wilderness, in remote lodgings, eat only almsfood, wander indiscriminately for almsfood, wear rag robes, and wear shabby robes, their spiritual companions don’t honor, respect, revere, and venerate them.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, kaṁsapāti ābhatā āpaṇā vā kammārakulā vā parisuddhā pariyodātā.  
Представь, как если бы из лавки или же из кузницы принесли чистую и яркую бронзовую тарелку.  
Suppose a bronze dish was brought from a shop or smithy clean and bright.  
Evameva kho, āvuso, yassa kassaci bhikkhuno ime pāpakā akusalā icchāvacarā appahīnā dissanti ceva sūyanti ca, kiñcāpi so hoti āraññiko pantasenāsano piṇḍapātiko sapadānacārī paṁsukūliko lūkhacīvaradharo, atha kho naṁ sabrahmacārī na ceva sakkaronti na garuṁ karonti na mānenti na pūjenti.  
Точно также, если [другие] видят и слышат, что сферы этих порочных, неблагих желаний не отброшены в каком-либо монахе… не выражают ему почтения.  
In the same way, when these spheres of bad, unskillful wishes are seen and heard to be not given up by a mendicant … their spiritual companions don’t honor, respect, revere, and venerate them.  
Yassa kassaci, āvuso, bhikkhuno ime pāpakā akusalā icchāvacarā pahīnā dissanti ceva sūyanti ca, kiñcāpi so hoti gāmantavihārī nemantaniko gahapaticīvaradharo, atha kho naṁ sabrahmacārī sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti.  
Если [другие] видят и слышат, что сферы этих порочных, неблагих желаний отброшены в каком-либо монахе, то для всех он может быть тем, кто проживает в деревне, принимает приглашения [на обеды], носит одеяния, подаренные ему домохозяевами, но всё равно его товарищи по святой жизни чтят, почитают, уважают [его], выражают ему почтение.  
Suppose these spheres of bad, unskillful wishes are seen and heard to be given up by a mendicant. Even though they dwell within a village, accept invitations to a meal, and wear robes offered by householders, their spiritual companions honor, respect, revere, and venerate them.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, kaṁsapāti ābhatā āpaṇā vā kammārakulā vā parisuddhā pariyodātā.  
Представь, как если бы из лавки или же из кузницы принесли чистую и яркую бронзовую тарелку.  
Suppose a bronze dish was brought from a shop or smithy clean and bright.  
Evameva kho, āvuso, yassa kassaci bhikkhuno ime pāpakā akusalā icchāvacarā pahīnā dissanti ceva sūyanti ca, kiñcāpi so hoti gāmantavihārī nemantaniko gahapaticīvaradharo, atha kho naṁ sabrahmacārī sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti.  
Точно также, если [другие] видят и слышат, что сферы этих порочных, неблагих желаний отброшены в каком-либо монахе… выражают ему почтение.  
In the same way, when these spheres of bad, unskillful wishes are seen and heard to be given up by a mendicant … their spiritual companions honor, respect, revere, and venerate them.  
“upamā maṁ, āvuso sāriputta, paṭibhātī”ti.  
– Придумалась мне метафора, друг Сарипутта.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, a simile springs to mind.”  
“Paṭibhātu taṁ, āvuso moggallānā”ti.  
– Расскажи, друг Моггаллана.  
“Then speak as you feel inspired,” said Sāriputta.  
“Ekamidāhaṁ, āvuso, samayaṁ rājagahe viharāmi giribbaje.  
– Однажды, друг, я проживал в Горной Крепости в Раджагахе.  
“Reverend, at one time I was staying right here in Rājagaha, the Mountainfold.  
Atha khvāhaṁ, āvuso, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ.  
И тогда, утром, я оделся, взял чашу и одеяние, и вошёл в Раджагаху собирать подаяния.  
Then I robed up in the morning and, taking my bowl and robe, entered Rājagaha for alms.  
Atha kho, āvuso, paṇḍuputtassa ājīvakassa purāṇayānakāraputtassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi:  
И тогда следующая мысль возникла в уме адживаки Пандупутты:  
and this thought came to his mind:  
Yathā yathā kho, āvuso, paṇḍuputtassa ājīvakassa purāṇayānakāraputtassa cetaso parivitakko hoti tathā tathā samīti yānakāraputto tassā nemiyā tañca vaṅkaṁ tañca jimhaṁ tañca dosaṁ tacchati.  
И как только эта мысль проскользнула у него в уме, Самити, сын изготовителя повозок, выровнял этот изгиб, эту скрученность, этот изъян в ободе.  
And Samīti planed out the flaws in the rim just as Paṇḍuputta thought.  
Atha kho, āvuso, paṇḍuputto ājīvako purāṇayānakāraputto attamano attamanavācaṁ nicchāresi:  
И тогда адживака Пандупутта, сын бывшего изготовителя повозок, обрадовался и огласил свою радость так:  
Then Paṇḍuputta expressed his gladness:  
Evameva kho, āvuso, ye te puggalā assaddhā, jīvikatthā na saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitā, saṭhā māyāvino ketabino uddhatā unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā, indriyesu aguttadvārā, bhojane amattaññuno, jāgariyaṁ ananuyuttā, sāmaññe anapekkhavanto, sikkhāya na tibbagāravā, bāhulikā sāthalikā, okkamane pubbaṅgamā, paviveke nikkhittadhurā, kusītā hīnavīriyā muṭṭhassatī asampajānā asamāhitā vibbhantacittā duppaññā eḷamūgā, tesaṁ āyasmā sāriputto iminā dhammapariyāyena hadayā hadayaṁ maññe aññāya tacchati.  
Точно также, друг, бывают люди, не имеющие веры, которые ушли из жизни домохозяйской в жизнь бездомную не из-за веры, а ради того, чтобы добыть себе средства к жизни. Они жуликоватые, лживые, предательские, высокомерные, неискренние, самовлюблённые, грубые, беспорядочные в своих речах, не охраняют способности [органов чувств], неумеренны в еде, не предаются бодрствованию, не интересуются затворничеством, не особо уважают тренировку, проживают в роскоши, беспечные, превосходят других в своём падении, пренебрегают затворничеством, ленивые, не имеющие усердия, не осознанные, не бдительные, не сосредоточенные, с блуждающими умами, лишённые мудрости, тупоумные. Достопочтенный Сарипутта своей беседой по Дхамме выправляет их изъяны, как если бы он знал мой ум своим умом!  
In the same way, there are those faithless people who went forth from the lay life to homelessness not out of faith but to earn a livelihood. They’re devious, deceitful, and sneaky. They’re restless, insolent, fickle, scurrilous, and loose-tongued. They do not guard their sense doors or eat in moderation, and they are not dedicated to wakefulness. They don’t care about the ascetic life, and don’t keenly respect the training. They’re indulgent and slack, leaders in backsliding, neglecting seclusion, lazy, and lacking energy. They’re unmindful, lacking situational awareness and immersion, with straying minds, witless and stupid. Venerable Sāriputta planes their faults with this exposition of the teaching as if he knows my heart with his heart!  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, itthī vā puriso vā daharo yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko sīsaṁnhāto uppalamālaṁ vā vassikamālaṁ vā atimuttakamālaṁ vā labhitvā ubhohi hatthehi paṭiggahetvā uttamaṅge sirasmiṁ patiṭṭhapeyya;  
Подобно тому, как женщина или мужчина – молодой, юный, радующийся украшениям, с помытой головой принял бы гирлянду из лотосов, жасмина, или роз; взял бы её обеими руками и поместил на голову –  
Suppose there was a woman or man who was young, youthful, and fond of adornments, and had bathed their head. Presented with a garland of lotuses, jasmine, or liana flowers, they would take them in both hands and place them on the crown of the head.  
evameva kho, āvuso, ye te kulaputtā saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitā, asaṭhā amāyāvino aketabino anuddhatā anunnaḷā acapalā amukharā avikiṇṇavācā, indriyesu guttadvārā, bhojane mattaññuno, jāgariyaṁ anuyuttā, sāmaññe apekkhavanto, sikkhāya tibbagāravā, na bāhulikā na sāthalikā, okkamane nikkhittadhurā, paviveke pubbaṅgamā, āraddhavīriyā pahitattā upaṭṭhitassatī sampajānā samāhitā ekaggacittā paññavanto aneḷamūgā, te āyasmato sāriputtassa imaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ sutvā pivanti maññe, ghasanti maññe vacasā ceva manasā ca:  
точно также, есть представители клана, которые ушли из жизни домохозяйской… словом и мыслью как будто бы едят и пьют её.  
In the same way, those gentlemen who went forth from the lay life to homelessness out of faith … say:  

mn9cāvuso dhāvuso’ti evamāvuso’ti panāvuso vuccatāvuso āvuso166Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   – Друзья монахи. ",  
“Reverends, mendicants!”  
“‘Sammādiṭṭhi sammādiṭṭhī’ti, āvuso, vuccati.  
– «Тот, у кого есть правильные воззрения; тот, у кого есть правильные воззрения» – так говорят, друзья. ",  
“Reverends, they speak of this thing called ‘right view’.  
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhamman”ti?  
В каком смысле благородный ученик является тем, у кого есть правильные воззрения, тем, чьи воззрения прямые, кто имеет непоколебимую уверенность в Дхамме, кто прибыл к этой подлинной Дхамме? ",  
How do you define a noble disciple who has right view, whose view is correct, who has experiential confidence in the teaching, and has come to the true teaching?”  
“Dūratopi kho mayaṁ, āvuso, āgaccheyyāma āyasmato sāriputtassa santike etassa bhāsitassa atthamaññātuṁ.  
– Воистину, друг, мы бы пришли издалека ради того, чтобы узнать значение этого утверждения у достопочтенного Сарипутты. ",  
“Reverend, we would travel a long way to learn the meaning of this statement in the presence of Venerable Sāriputta.  
“Tena hi, āvuso, suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.  
– В таком случае, друзья, слушайте внимательно то, о чём я буду говорить. ",  
“Well then, reverends, listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosuṁ.  
– Да, друг, – ответили монахи. ",  
“Yes, reverend,” they replied.  
“Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako akusalañca pajānāti, akusalamūlañca pajānāti, kusalañca pajānāti, kusalamūlañca pajānāti— 
– Когда благородный ученик понимает неблагое и корень неблагого, благое и корень благого, ",  
“A noble disciple understands the unskillful and its root, and the skillful and its root.  
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhammaṁ.  
то в таком случае он тот, кто имеет правильные воззрения, чьи воззрения прямые, кто имеет непоколебимую уверенность в Дхамме, кто прибыл к этой подлинной Дхамме. ",  
When they’ve done this, they’re defined as a noble disciple who has right view, whose view is correct, who has experiential confidence in the teaching, and has come to the true teaching.  
Katamaṁ panāvuso, akusalaṁ, katamaṁ akusalamūlaṁ, katamaṁ kusalaṁ, katamaṁ kusalamūlaṁ?  
Но что такое, друзья, неблагое? Что такое корень неблагого? И что такое благое? Что такое корень благого? ",  
But what is the unskillful and what is its root? And what is the skillful and what is its root?  
Pāṇātipāto kho, āvuso, akusalaṁ, adinnādānaṁ akusalaṁ, kāmesumicchācāro akusalaṁ, musāvādo akusalaṁ, pisuṇā vācā akusalaṁ, pharusā vācā akusalaṁ, samphappalāpo akusalaṁ, abhijjhā akusalaṁ, byāpādo akusalaṁ, micchādiṭṭhi akusalaṁ— 
Убийство живых существ – это неблагое. Взятие того, что не было дано – это неблагое. Неблагое поведение в чувственных удовольствиях – это неблагое. Ложь – это неблагое. Злонамеренная речь – это неблагое. Грубая речь – это неблагое. Пустословие – это неблагое. Алчность – это неблагое. Недоброжелательность – это неблагое. Неправильные воззрения – это неблагое. ",  
Killing living creatures, stealing, and sexual misconduct; speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical; and covetousness, ill will, and wrong view.  
idaṁ vuccatāvuso akusalaṁ.  
Вот что называется неблагим. ",  
This is called the unskillful.  
Katamañcāvuso, akusalamūlaṁ?  
И что такое корень неблагого? ",  
And what is the root of the unskillful?  
idaṁ vuccatāvuso, akusalamūlaṁ.  
Вот что называется корнем неблагого. ",  
This is called the root of the unskillful.  
Katamañcāvuso, kusalaṁ?  
И что такое благое? ",  
And what is the skillful?  
idaṁ vuccatāvuso, kusalaṁ.  
Вот что называется благим. ",  
This is called the skillful.  
Katamañcāvuso, kusalamūlaṁ?  
И что такое корень благого? ",  
And what is the root of the skillful?  
idaṁ vuccatāvuso, kusalamūlaṁ.  
Вот что называется корнем благого. ",  
This is called the root of the skillful.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako evaṁ akusalaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ akusalamūlaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ kusalaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ kusalamūlaṁ pajānāti, so sabbaso rāgānusayaṁ pahāya, paṭighānusayaṁ paṭivinodetvā, ‘asmī’ti diṭṭhimānānusayaṁ samūhanitvā, avijjaṁ pahāya vijjaṁ uppādetvā, diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hoti— 
Когда благородный ученик понимает неблагое и корень неблагого, благое и корень благого, он всецело оставляет скрытую склонность к страсти, разрушает скрытую склонность к отвращению, искореняет скрытую склонность к воззрению и самомнению «я», и посредством оставления неведения и зарождения истинного знания он здесь и сейчас кладёт конец страданиям. ",  
A noble disciple understands in this way the unskillful and its root, and the skillful and its root. They’ve completely given up the underlying tendency to greed, got rid of the underlying tendency to repulsion, and eradicated the underlying tendency to the view and conceit ‘I am’. They’ve given up ignorance and given rise to knowledge, and make an end of suffering in this very life.  
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhamman”ti.  
То в таком случае благородный ученик является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения, чьи воззрения прямые, кто имеет непоколебимую уверенность в Дхамме, кто прибыл к этой подлинной Дхамме. ",  
When they’ve done this, they’re defined as a noble disciple who has right view, whose view is correct, who has experiential confidence in the teaching, and has come to the true teaching.”  
“Sādhāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ uttari pañhaṁ apucchuṁ:  
Сказав: «Хорошо, друг», монахи восхитились и возрадовались словам достопочтенного Сарипутты. Затем они задали ему следующий вопрос: ",  
Saying “Good, sir,” those mendicants approved and agreed with what Sāriputta said. Then they asked another question:  
“siyā panāvuso, aññopi pariyāyo yathā ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhamman”ti?  
– Но, друг, может ли быть иная ситуация, когда благородный ученик является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме? ",  
“But reverend, might there be another way to describe a noble disciple who has right view, whose view is correct, who has experiential confidence in the teaching, and has come to the true teaching?”  
“Siyā, āvuso.  
– Может, друзья. ",  
“There might, reverends.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako āhārañca pajānāti, āhārasamudayañca pajānāti, āhāranirodhañca pajānāti, āhāranirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadañca pajānāti— 
Когда благородный ученик понимает питание, происхождение питания, прекращение питания, и путь, ведущий к прекращению питания, ",  
A noble disciple understands fuel, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation.  
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhammaṁ.  
то в таком случае он тот, кто имеет правильные воззрения, чьи воззрения прямые, кто имеет непоколебимую уверенность в Дхамме, кто прибыл к этой подлинной Дхамме. ",  
When they’ve done this, they’re defined as a noble disciple who has right view, whose view is correct, who has experiential confidence in the teaching, and has come to the true teaching.  
Katamo panāvuso, āhāro, katamo āhārasamudayo, katamo āhāranirodho, katamā āhāranirodhagāminī paṭipadā?  
И что такое питание? Что такое прекращение пятен? Что такое путь, ведущий к прекращению пятен? ",  
But what is fuel? What is its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation?  
Cattārome, āvuso, āhārā bhūtānaṁ vā sattānaṁ ṭhitiyā, sambhavesīnaṁ vā anuggahāya.  
Есть эти четыре вида питания. Они служат для поддержания существ, которые уже родились, а также для обеспечения существ, которые собираются родиться. ",  
There are these four fuels. They maintain sentient beings that have been born and help those that are about to be born.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako evaṁ āhāraṁ pajānāti, evaṁ āhārasamudayaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ āhāranirodhaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ āhāranirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ pajānāti, so sabbaso rāgānusayaṁ pahāya, paṭighānusayaṁ paṭivinodetvā, ‘asmī’ti diṭṭhimānānusayaṁ samūhanitvā, avijjaṁ pahāya vijjaṁ uppādetvā, diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hoti— 
Когда благородный ученик понял питание, происхождение питания, прекращение питания, и путь, ведущий к прекращению питания, он всецело оставляет скрытую склонность к страсти, разрушает скрытую склонность к отвращению, искореняет скрытую склонность к воззрению и самомнению «я», и посредством оставления неведения и зарождения истинного знания он здесь и сейчас кладёт конец страданиям. ",  
A noble disciple understands in this way fuel, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation. They’ve completely given up the underlying tendency to greed, got rid of the underlying tendency to repulsion, and eradicated the underlying tendency to the view and conceit ‘I am’. They’ve given up ignorance and given rise to knowledge, and make an end of suffering in this very life.  
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhamman”ti.  
То в таком случае благородный ученик является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения, чьи воззрения прямые, кто имеет непоколебимую уверенность в Дхамме, кто прибыл к этой подлинной Дхамме. ",  
When they’ve done this, they’re defined as a noble disciple who has right view, whose view is correct, who has experiential confidence in the teaching, and has come to the true teaching.”  
“Sādhāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ uttari pañhaṁ apucchuṁ:  
Сказав: «Хорошо, друг», монахи восхитились и возрадовались словам достопочтенного Сарипутты. Затем они задали ему следующий вопрос: ",  
Saying “Good, sir,” those mendicants … asked another question:  
“siyā panāvuso, aññopi pariyāyo yathā ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhamman”ti?  
– Но, друг, может ли быть иная ситуация, когда благородный ученик является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме? ",  
“But reverend, might there be another way to describe a noble disciple who … has come to the true teaching?”  
“Siyā, āvuso.  
– Может, друзья. ",  
“There might, reverends.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako dukkhañca pajānāti, dukkhasamudayañca pajānāti, dukkhanirodhañca pajānāti, dukkhanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadañca pajānāti— 
Когда благородный ученик понимает страдание, происхождение страдания, прекращение страдания, и путь, ведущий к прекращению страдания, ",  
A noble disciple understands suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation.  
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhammaṁ.  
то тогда он является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме. ",  
When they’ve done this, they’re defined as a noble disciple who … has come to the true teaching.  
Katamaṁ panāvuso, dukkhaṁ, katamo dukkhasamudayo, katamo dukkhanirodho, katamā dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā?  
И что такое страдание? Что такое прекращение пятен? Что такое путь, ведущий к прекращению пятен? ",  
But what is suffering? What is its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation?  
idaṁ vuccatāvuso, dukkhaṁ.  
Это называется страданием. ",  
This is called suffering.  
Katamo cāvuso, dukkhasamudayo?  
И что такое происхождение страдания? ",  
And what is the origin of suffering?  
ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, dukkhasamudayo.  
Это называется происхождением страдания. ",  
This is called the origin of suffering.  
Katamo cāvuso, dukkhanirodho?  
И что такое прекращение страдания? ",  
And what is the cessation of suffering?  
ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, dukkhanirodho.  
Это называется прекращением страдания. ",  
This is called the cessation of suffering.  
Katamā cāvuso, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā?  
И что такое путь, ведущий к прекращению страдания? ",  
And what is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering?  
ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā.  
То называется путём, ведущим к прекращению страдания. ",  
This is called the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako evaṁ dukkhaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ dukkhasamudayaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ dukkhanirodhaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ pajānāti, so sabbaso rāgānusayaṁ pahāya, paṭighānusayaṁ paṭivinodetvā, ‘asmī’ti diṭṭhimānānusayaṁ samūhanitvā, avijjaṁ pahāya vijjaṁ uppādetvā, diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hoti— 
Когда благородный ученик понял питание, происхождение страдания, прекращение страдания, и путь, ведущий к прекращению страдания, он всецело оставляет скрытую склонность к страсти, разрушает скрытую склонность к отвращению, искореняет скрытую склонность к воззрению и самомнению «я», и посредством оставления неведения и зарождения истинного знания он здесь и сейчас кладёт конец страданиям. ",  
A noble disciple understands in this way suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation. They’ve completely given up the underlying tendency to greed, got rid of the underlying tendency to repulsion, and eradicated the underlying tendency to the view and conceit ‘I am’. They’ve given up ignorance and given rise to knowledge, and make an end of suffering in this very life.  
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhamman”ti.  
То в таком случае благородный ученик является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения, чьи воззрения прямые, кто имеет непоколебимую уверенность в Дхамме, кто прибыл к этой подлинной Дхамме. ",  
When they’ve done this, they’re defined as a noble disciple who has right view, whose view is correct, who has experiential confidence in the teaching, and has come to the true teaching.”  
“Sādhāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ uttari pañhaṁ apucchuṁ:  
Сказав: «Хорошо, друг», монахи восхитились и возрадовались словам достопочтенного Сарипутты. Затем они задали ему следующий вопрос: ",  
Saying “Good, sir,” those mendicants … asked another question:  
“siyā panāvuso, aññopi pariyāyo yathā ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhamman”ti?  
– Но, друг, может ли быть иная ситуация, когда благородный ученик является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме? ",  
“But reverend, might there be another way to describe a noble disciple who … has come to the true teaching?”  
“Siyā, āvuso.  
– Может, друзья. ",  
“There might, reverends.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako jarāmaraṇañca pajānāti, jarāmaraṇasamudayañca pajānāti, jarāmaraṇanirodhañca pajānāti, jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadañca pajānāti— 
\"Когда благородный ученик понимает старение и смерть, происхождение старения и смерти, прекращение старения и смерти, и путь, ведущий к прекращению старения и смерти, то тогда он является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме. ",  
A noble disciple understands old age and death, their origin, their cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation …  
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhammaṁ.  
Katamaṁ panāvuso, jarāmaraṇaṁ, katamo jarāmaraṇasamudayo, katamo jarāmaraṇanirodho, katamā jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminī paṭipadā?  
И что такое старение и смерть? Что такое происхождение формирователей? Что такое прекращение формирователей? Что такое путь, ведущий к прекращению формирователей? ",  
But what are old age and death? What is their origin, their cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation?  
ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, jarā.  
Это называется старением. ",  
This is called old age.  
Katamañcāvuso, maraṇaṁ?  
И что есть смерть? ",  
And what is death?  
idaṁ vuccatāvuso, maraṇaṁ.  
Это называется смертью. ",  
This is called death.  
idaṁ vuccatāvuso, jarāmaraṇaṁ.  
это то, что называется старением и смертью. ",  
This is called old age and death.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako evaṁ jarāmaraṇaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ jarāmaraṇasamudayaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ jarāmaraṇanirodhaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ pajānāti, so sabbaso rāgānusayaṁ pahāya …pe… dukkhassantakaro hoti— 
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhamman”ti.  
“Sādhāvuso”ti kho …pe… apucchuṁ— 
siyā panāvuso …pe…  
– Но, друг, может ли быть иная ситуация, когда благородный ученик является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме? ",  
“Might there be another way to describe a noble disciple?”  
“siyā, āvuso.  
– Может, друзья. ",  
“There might, reverends.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako jātiñca pajānāti, jātisamudayañca pajānāti, jātinirodhañca pajānāti, jātinirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadañca pajānāti— 
Когда благородный ученик понимает рождение, происхождение рождения, прекращение рождения, и путь, ведущий к прекращению рождения, то тогда он является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме. ",  
A noble disciple understands rebirth, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation …  
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhammaṁ.  
Katamā panāvuso, jāti, katamo jātisamudayo, katamo jātinirodho, katamā jātinirodhagāminī paṭipadā?  
И что такое рождение? Что такое прекращение пятен? Что такое путь, ведущий к прекращению пятен? ",  
But what is rebirth? What is its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation?  
ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, jāti.  
Это называется рождением. ",  
This is called rebirth.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako evaṁ jātiṁ pajānāti, evaṁ jātisamudayaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ jātinirodhaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ jātinirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ pajānāti, so sabbaso rāgānusayaṁ pahāya …pe… dukkhassantakaro hoti— 
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhamman”ti.  
“Sādhāvuso”ti kho …pe… apucchuṁ— 
siyā panāvuso …pe…  
– Но, друг, может ли быть иная ситуация, когда благородный ученик является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме? ",  
“Might there be another way to describe a noble disciple?”  
“siyā, āvuso.  
– Может, друзья. ",  
“There might, reverends.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako bhavañca pajānāti, bhavasamudayañca pajānāti, bhavanirodhañca pajānāti, bhavanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadañca pajānāti— 
Когда благородный ученик понимает существование, происхождение существования, прекращение существования, и путь, ведущий к прекращению существования, то тогда он является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме. ",  
A noble disciple understands continued existence, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation.  
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhammaṁ.  
Katamo panāvuso, bhavo, katamo bhavasamudayo, katamo bhavanirodho, katamā bhavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā?  
И что такое существование? Что такое прекращение пятен? Что такое путь, ведущий к прекращению пятен? ",  
But what is continued existence? What is its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation?  
Tayome, āvuso, bhavā— 
Есть эти три вида существования: ",  
There are these three states of continued existence.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako evaṁ bhavaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ bhavasamudayaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ bhavanirodhaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ bhavanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ pajānāti, so sabbaso rāgānusayaṁ pahāya …pe… dukkhassantakaro hoti.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhamman”ti.  
“Sādhāvuso”ti kho …pe… apucchuṁ— 
siyā panāvuso …pe…  
– Но, друг, может ли быть иная ситуация, когда благородный ученик является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме? ",  
“Might there be another way to describe a noble disciple?”  
“siyā, āvuso.  
– Может, друзья. ",  
“There might, reverends.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako upādānañca pajānāti, upādānasamudayañca pajānāti, upādānanirodhañca pajānāti, upādānanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadañca pajānāti— 
Когда благородный ученик понимает цепляние, происхождение цепляния, прекращение цепляния, и путь, ведущий к прекращению цепляния, … то тогда он является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме. ",  
A noble disciple understands grasping, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation …  
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhammaṁ.  
Katamaṁ panāvuso, upādānaṁ, katamo upādānasamudayo, katamo upādānanirodho, katamā upādānanirodhagāminī paṭipadā?  
И что такое цепляние? Что такое прекращение пятен? Что такое путь, ведущий к прекращению пятен? ",  
But what is grasping? What is its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation?  
Cattārimāni, āvuso, upādānāni— 
Есть эти четыре вида цепляния: ",  
There are these four kinds of grasping.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako evaṁ upādānaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ upādānasamudayaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ upādānanirodhaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ upādānanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ pajānāti, so sabbaso rāgānusayaṁ pahāya …pe… dukkhassantakaro hoti— 
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhamman”ti.  
“Sādhāvuso”ti kho …pe… apucchuṁ— 
siyā panāvuso …pe…  
– Но, друг, может ли быть иная ситуация, когда благородный ученик является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме? ",  
“Might there be another way to describe a noble disciple?”  
“siyā, āvuso.  
– Может, друзья. ",  
“There might, reverends.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako taṇhañca pajānāti, taṇhāsamudayañca pajānāti, taṇhānirodhañca pajānāti, taṇhānirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadañca pajānāti— 
Когда благородный ученик понимает жажду, происхождение жажды, прекращение жажды, и путь, ведущий к прекращению жажды, … то тогда он является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме. ",  
A noble disciple understands craving, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation …  
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhammaṁ.  
Katamā panāvuso, taṇhā, katamo taṇhāsamudayo, katamo taṇhānirodho, katamā taṇhānirodhagāminī paṭipadā?  
И что такое жажда? Что такое прекращение пятен? Что такое путь, ведущий к прекращению пятен? ",  
But what is craving? What is its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation?  
Chayime, āvuso, taṇhākāyā— 
Есть эти шесть видов жажды: ",  
There are these six classes of craving.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako evaṁ taṇhaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ taṇhāsamudayaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ taṇhānirodhaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ taṇhānirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ pajānāti, so sabbaso rāgānusayaṁ pahāya …pe… dukkhassantakaro hoti— 
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhamman”ti.  
“Sādhāvuso”ti kho …pe… apucchuṁ— 
siyā panāvuso …pe…  
– Но, друг, может ли быть иная ситуация, когда благородный ученик является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме? ",  
“Might there be another way to describe a noble disciple?”  
“siyā, āvuso.  
– Может, друзья. ",  
“There might, reverends.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako vedanañca pajānāti, vedanāsamudayañca pajānāti, vedanānirodhañca pajānāti, vedanānirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadañca pajānāti— 
Когда благородный ученик понимает чувство, происхождение чувства, прекращение чувства, и путь, ведущий к прекращению чувства, … то тогда он является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме. ",  
A noble disciple understands feeling, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation …  
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhammaṁ.  
Katamā panāvuso, vedanā, katamo vedanāsamudayo, katamo vedanānirodho, katamā vedanānirodhagāminī paṭipadā?  
И что такое чувство? Что такое прекращение пятен? Что такое путь, ведущий к прекращению пятен? ",  
But what is feeling? What is its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation?  
Chayime, āvuso, vedanākāyā— 
Есть эти шесть видов чувства: ",  
There are these six classes of feeling.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako evaṁ vedanaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ vedanāsamudayaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ vedanānirodhaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ vedanānirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ pajānāti, so sabbaso rāgānusayaṁ pahāya …pe… dukkhassantakaro hoti— 
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhamman”ti.  
“Sādhāvuso”ti kho …pe… apucchuṁ— 
siyā panāvuso …pe…  
– Но, друг, может ли быть иная ситуация, когда благородный ученик является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме? ",  
“Might there be another way to describe a noble disciple?”  
“siyā, āvuso.  
– Может, друзья. ",  
“There might, reverends.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako phassañca pajānāti, phassasamudayañca pajānāti, phassanirodhañca pajānāti, phassanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadañca pajānāti— 
Когда благородный ученик понимает контакт, происхождение контакта, прекращение контакта, и путь, ведущий к прекращению контакта, … то тогда он является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме. ",  
A noble disciple understands contact, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation …  
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhammaṁ.  
Katamo panāvuso, phasso, katamo phassasamudayo, katamo phassanirodho, katamā phassanirodhagāminī paṭipadā?  
И что такое контакт? Что такое прекращение пятен? Что такое путь, ведущий к прекращению пятен? ",  
But what is contact? What is its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation?  
Chayime, āvuso, phassakāyā— 
Есть эти шесть видов контакта: ",  
There are these six classes of contact.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako evaṁ phassaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ phassasamudayaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ phassanirodhaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ phassanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ pajānāti, so sabbaso rāgānusayaṁ pahāya …pe… dukkhassantakaro hoti— 
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhamman”ti.  
“Sādhāvuso”ti kho …pe… apucchuṁ— 
siyā panāvuso …pe…  
– Но, друг, может ли быть иная ситуация, когда благородный ученик является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме? ",  
“Might there be another way to describe a noble disciple?”  
“siyā, āvuso.  
– Может, друзья. ",  
“There might, reverends.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako saḷāyatanañca pajānāti, saḷāyatanasamudayañca pajānāti, saḷāyatananirodhañca pajānāti, saḷāyatananirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadañca pajānāti— 
– Может, друзья. Когда благородный ученик понимает шесть сфер, происхождение шести сфер, прекращение шести сфер, и путь, ведущий к прекращению шести сфер, то тогда он является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме. ",  
A noble disciple understands the six sense fields, their origin, their cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation …  
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhammaṁ.  
Katamaṁ panāvuso, saḷāyatanaṁ, katamo saḷāyatanasamudayo, katamo saḷāyatananirodho, katamā saḷāyatananirodhagāminī paṭipadā?  
И что такое шесть сфер? Что такое происхождение формирователей? Что такое прекращение формирователей? Что такое путь, ведущий к прекращению формирователей? ",  
But what are the six sense fields? What is their origin, their cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation?  
Chayimāni, āvuso, āyatanāni— 
Есть эти шесть сфер: ",  
There are these six sense fields.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako evaṁ saḷāyatanaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ saḷāyatanasamudayaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ saḷāyatananirodhaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ saḷāyatananirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ pajānāti, so sabbaso rāgānusayaṁ pahāya …pe… dukkhassantakaro hoti— 
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhamman”ti.  
“Sādhāvuso”ti kho …pe… apucchuṁ— 
siyā panāvuso …pe…  
– Но, друг, может ли быть иная ситуация, когда благородный ученик является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме? ",  
“Might there be another way to describe a noble disciple?”  
“siyā, āvuso.  
– Может, друзья. ",  
“There might, reverends.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako nāmarūpañca pajānāti, nāmarūpasamudayañca pajānāti, nāmarūpanirodhañca pajānāti, nāmarūpanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadañca pajānāti— 
Когда благородный ученик понимает имя-и-форму, происхождение имени-и-формы, прекращение имени-и-формы, и путь, ведущий к прекращению имени-и-формы, то тогда он является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме. ",  
A noble disciple understands name and form, their origin, their cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation …  
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhammaṁ.  
Katamaṁ panāvuso, nāmarūpaṁ, katamo nāmarūpasamudayo, katamo nāmarūpanirodho, katamā nāmarūpanirodhagāminī paṭipadā?  
И что такое имя-и-форма? Что такое происхождение формирователей? Что такое прекращение формирователей? Что такое путь, ведущий к прекращению формирователей? ",  
But what are name and form? What is their origin, their cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation?  
idaṁ vuccatāvuso, nāmaṁ;  
это называется именем. ",  
this is called name.  
idaṁ vuccatāvuso, rūpaṁ.  
это называется формой. ",  
this is called form.  
idaṁ vuccatāvuso, nāmarūpaṁ.  
это то, что называется именем-и-формой. ",  
This is called name and form.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako evaṁ nāmarūpaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ nāmarūpasamudayaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ nāmarūpanirodhaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ nāmarūpanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ pajānāti, so sabbaso rāgānusayaṁ pahāya …pe… dukkhassantakaro hoti— 
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhamman”ti.  
“Sādhāvuso”ti kho …pe… apucchuṁ— 
siyā panāvuso …pe…  
– Но, друг, может ли быть иная ситуация, когда благородный ученик является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме? ",  
“Might there be another way to describe a noble disciple?”  
“siyā, āvuso.  
– Может, друзья. ",  
“There might, reverends.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako viññāṇañca pajānāti, viññāṇasamudayañca pajānāti, viññāṇanirodhañca pajānāti, viññāṇanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadañca pajānāti— 
Когда благородный ученик понимает сознание, происхождение сознания, прекращение сознания, и путь, ведущий к прекращению сознания, … то тогда он является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме. ",  
A noble disciple understands consciousness, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation …  
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhammaṁ.  
Katamaṁ panāvuso, viññāṇaṁ, katamo viññāṇasamudayo, katamo viññāṇanirodho, katamā viññāṇanirodhagāminī paṭipadā?  
И что такое сознание? Что такое прекращение пятен? Что такое путь, ведущий к прекращению пятен? ",  
But what is consciousness? What is its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation?  
Chayime, āvuso, viññāṇakāyā— 
Есть эти шесть видов сознания: ",  
There are these six classes of consciousness.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako evaṁ viññāṇaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ viññāṇasamudayaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ viññāṇanirodhaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ viññāṇanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ pajānāti, so sabbaso rāgānusayaṁ pahāya …pe… dukkhassantakaro hoti— 
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhamman”ti.  
“Sādhāvuso”ti kho …pe… apucchuṁ— 
siyā panāvuso …pe…  
– Но, друг, может ли быть иная ситуация, когда благородный ученик является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме? ",  
“Might there be another way to describe a noble disciple?”  
“siyā, āvuso.  
– Может, друзья. ",  
“There might, reverends.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako saṅkhāre ca pajānāti, saṅkhārasamudayañca pajānāti, saṅkhāranirodhañca pajānāti, saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadañca pajānāti— 
Когда благородный ученик понимает формирователи, происхождение имени-и-формы, прекращение формирователей, и путь, ведущий к прекращению формирователей, то тогда он является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме. ",  
A noble disciple understands choices, their origin, their cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation …  
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhammaṁ.  
Katame panāvuso, saṅkhārā, katamo saṅkhārasamudayo, katamo saṅkhāranirodho, katamā saṅkhāranirodhagāminī paṭipadā?  
И что такое формирователи? Что такое происхождение формирователей? Что такое прекращение формирователей? Что такое путь, ведущий к прекращению формирователей? ",  
But what are choices? What is their origin, their cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation?  
Tayome, āvuso, saṅkhārā— 
Есть эти три вида формирователей: ",  
There are these three kinds of choice.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako evaṁ saṅkhāre pajānāti, evaṁ saṅkhārasamudayaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ saṅkhāranirodhaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ pajānāti, so sabbaso rāgānusayaṁ pahāya, paṭighānusayaṁ paṭivinodetvā, ‘asmī’ti diṭṭhimānānusayaṁ samūhanitvā, avijjaṁ pahāya vijjaṁ uppādetvā, diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hoti— 
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhamman”ti.  
“Sādhāvuso”ti kho …pe… apucchuṁ— 
siyā panāvuso …pe…  
– Но, друг, может ли быть иная ситуация, когда благородный ученик является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме? ",  
“Might there be another way to describe a noble disciple?”  
“siyā, āvuso.  
– Может, друзья. ",  
“There might, reverends.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako avijjañca pajānāti, avijjāsamudayañca pajānāti, avijjānirodhañca pajānāti, avijjānirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadañca pajānāti— 
Когда благородный ученик понимает неведение, происхождение неведения, прекращение неведения, и путь, ведущий к прекращению неведения, … то тогда он является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме. ",  
A noble disciple understands ignorance, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation …  
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhammaṁ.  
Katamā panāvuso, avijjā, katamo avijjāsamudayo, katamo avijjānirodho, katamā avijjānirodhagāminī paṭipadā?  
И что такое неведение? Что такое прекращение пятен? Что такое путь, ведущий к прекращению пятен? ",  
But what is ignorance? What is its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation?  
Yaṁ kho, āvuso, dukkhe aññāṇaṁ, dukkhasamudaye aññāṇaṁ, dukkhanirodhe aññāṇaṁ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇaṁ— 
Незнание в отношении страданий, незнание в отношении происхождения страданий, незнание в отношении прекращения страданий, незнание в отношении пути, ведущего к прекращению страданий, – ",  
Not knowing about suffering, the origin of suffering, the cessation of suffering, and the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering.  
ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, avijjā.  
вот что называется неведением. ",  
This is called ignorance.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako evaṁ avijjaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ avijjāsamudayaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ avijjānirodhaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ avijjānirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ pajānāti, so sabbaso rāgānusayaṁ pahāya, paṭighānusayaṁ paṭivinodetvā, ‘asmī’ti diṭṭhimānānusayaṁ samūhanitvā, avijjaṁ pahāya vijjaṁ uppādetvā, diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hoti— 
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhamman”ti.  
“Sādhāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ uttari pañhaṁ apucchuṁ:  
Сказав: «Хорошо, друг», монахи восхитились и возрадовались словам достопочтенного Сарипутты. Затем они задали ему следующий вопрос: ",  
Saying “Good, sir,” those mendicants approved and agreed with what Sāriputta said. Then they asked another question:  
“siyā panāvuso, aññopi pariyāyo yathā ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhamman”ti?  
– Но, друг, может ли быть иная ситуация, когда благородный ученик является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме? ",  
“But reverend, might there be another way to describe a noble disciple who has right view, whose view is correct, who has experiential confidence in the teaching, and has come to the true teaching?”  
“Siyā, āvuso.  
– Может, друзья. ",  
“There might, reverends.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako āsavañca pajānāti, āsavasamudayañca pajānāti, āsavanirodhañca pajānāti, āsavanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadañca pajānāti— 
Когда благородный ученик понимает пятна, происхождение пятен, прекращение пятен, и путь, ведущий к прекращению пятен, … то тогда он является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения… пришёл к этой подлинной Дхамме. ",  
A noble disciple understands defilement, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation.  
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhammaṁ.  
то в таком случае он тот, кто имеет правильные воззрения, чьи воззрения прямые, кто имеет непоколебимую уверенность в Дхамме, кто прибыл к этой подлинной Дхамме. ",  
When they’ve done this, they’re defined as a noble disciple who has right view, whose view is correct, who has experiential confidence in the teaching, and has come to the true teaching.  
Katamo panāvuso, āsavo, katamo āsavasamudayo, katamo āsavanirodho, katamā āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadāti?  
И что такое пятна? Что такое прекращение пятен? Что такое путь, ведущий к прекращению пятен? ",  
But what is defilement? What is its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation?  
Tayome, āvuso, āsavā— 
Есть эти три вида пятен: ",  
There are these three defilements.  
Yato kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako evaṁ āsavaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ āsavasamudayaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ āsavanirodhaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ āsavanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ pajānāti, so sabbaso rāgānusayaṁ pahāya, paṭighānusayaṁ paṭivinodetvā, ‘asmī’ti diṭṭhimānānusayaṁ samūhanitvā, avijjaṁ pahāya vijjaṁ uppādetvā, diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hoti— 
Когда благородный ученик понял пятна, происхождение пятен, прекращение пятен, и путь, ведущий к прекращению пятен, он всецело оставляет скрытую склонность к страсти, разрушает скрытую склонность к отвращению, искореняет скрытую склонность к воззрению и самомнению «я», и посредством оставления неведения и зарождения истинного знания он здесь и сейчас кладёт конец страданиям. ",  
A noble disciple understands in this way defilement, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation. They’ve completely given up the underlying tendency to greed, got rid of the underlying tendency to repulsion, and eradicated the underlying tendency to the view and conceit ‘I am’. They’ve given up ignorance and given rise to knowledge, and make an end of suffering in this very life.  
ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhamman”ti.  
То в таком случае благородный ученик является тем, кто имеет правильные воззрения, чьи воззрения прямые, кто имеет непоколебимую уверенность в Дхамме, кто прибыл к этой подлинной Дхамме. ",  
When they’ve done this, they’re defined as a noble disciple who has right view, whose view is correct, who has experiential confidence in the teaching, and has come to the true teaching.”  

mn11ekāvuso gassāvuso hassāvuso iviruddhassāvuso massāvuso nassāvuso panāvuso tadosassāvuso tamohassāvuso āvuso23Pi En Ru dhamma

‘atthi kho no, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro dhammā akkhātā ye mayaṁ attani sampassamānā evaṁ vadema—  «Друзья, четыре вещи были провозглашены нам Благословенным, который знает и видит, который является совершенным и полностью просветлённым. Видя их в себе, мы говорим так: 
‘There are four things explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. Seeing these things in ourselves we say that:  
Atthi kho no, āvuso, satthari pasādo, atthi dhamme pasādo, atthi sīlesu paripūrakāritā;  
У нас есть уверенность в Учителе. У нас есть уверенность в Дхамме. Мы исполнили правила поведения.  
We have confidence in the Teacher, we have confidence in the teaching, and we have fulfilled the precepts.  
Ime kho no, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro dhammā akkhātā ye mayaṁ attani sampassamānā evaṁ vadema— 
Таковы четыре вещи,  
These are the four things.’  
‘amhākampi kho, āvuso, atthi satthari pasādo yo amhākaṁ satthā, amhākampi atthi dhamme pasādo yo amhākaṁ dhammo, mayampi sīlesu paripūrakārino yāni amhākaṁ sīlāni,  
«Друзья, у нас тоже есть уверенность в Учителе, то есть, в нашем Учителе. У нас тоже есть уверенность в Дхамме, то есть, в нашей Дхамме. Мы тоже исполнили правила поведения, то есть, наши правила поведения 
‘We too have confidence in the Teacher—our Teacher; we have confidence in the teaching—our teaching; and we have fulfilled the precepts—our precepts.  
Idha no, āvuso, ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ yadidaṁ tumhākañceva amhākañcā’ti?  
Так в чём же здесь отличие, друзья, в чём несоответствие, в чём разница между вами и нами?»  
What, then, is the difference between you and us?’  
‘kiṁ panāvuso, ekā niṭṭhā, udāhu puthu niṭṭhā’ti?  
«Так как же, друзья, цель одна или много [разных]?»  
‘Well, reverends, is the goal one or many?’  
‘ekāvuso, niṭṭhā, na puthu niṭṭhā’ti.  
«Друзья, цель одна, а не много [разных]»  
‘The goal is one, reverends, not many.’  
‘Sā panāvuso, niṭṭhā sarāgassa udāhu vītarāgassā’ti?  
[Далее их следует спросить]:«Но, друзья, находится ли эта цель под влиянием страсти, или же [она] лишена страсти?»  
‘But is that goal for the greedy or for those free of greed?’  
‘vītarāgassāvuso, sā niṭṭhā, na sā niṭṭhā sarāgassā’ti.  
«Друзья, эта цель лишена страсти, она не та, что находится под влиянием страсти».  
‘That goal is for those free of greed, not for the greedy.’  
‘Sā panāvuso, niṭṭhā sadosassa udāhu vītadosassā’ti?  
[Далее их следует спросить]: «Но, друзья, находится ли эта цель под влиянием злобы…  
‘Is it for the hateful or those free of hate?’  
‘vītadosassāvuso, sā niṭṭhā, na sā niṭṭhā sadosassā’ti.  
«Друзья, эта цель лишена злобы…, она не та, что находится под влиянием злобы…». 
‘It’s for those free of hate.’  
‘Sā panāvuso, niṭṭhā samohassa udāhu vītamohassā’ti?  
[Далее их следует спросить]: «Но, друзья, находится ли эта цель под влиянием заблуждения… 
‘Is it for the delusional or those free of delusion?’  
‘vītamohassāvuso, sā niṭṭhā, na sā niṭṭhā samohassā’ti.  
«Друзья, эта цель лишена заблуждения… 
‘It’s for those free of delusion.’  
‘Sā panāvuso, niṭṭhā sataṇhassa udāhu vītataṇhassā’ti?  
[Далее их следует спросить]: «Но, друзья, находится ли эта цель под влиянием жажды…\"  
‘Is it for those who crave or those rid of craving?’  
‘vītataṇhassāvuso, sā niṭṭhā, na sā niṭṭhā sataṇhassā’ti.  
«Друзья, эта цель лишена жажды, …  
‘It’s for those rid of craving.’  
‘Sā panāvuso, niṭṭhā saupādānassa udāhu anupādānassā’ti?  
[Далее их следует спросить]: «Но, друзья, находится ли эта цель под влиянием цепляния или же [она] лишена цепляния?»…\"  
‘Is it for those who grasp or those who don’t grasp?’  
‘anupādānassāvuso, sā niṭṭhā, na sā niṭṭhā saupādānassā’ti.  
она не та, что находится под влиянием цепляния»  
‘It’s for those who don’t grasp.’  
‘Sā panāvuso, niṭṭhā viddasuno udāhu aviddasuno’ti?  
[Далее их следует спросить]: «Но, друзья, эта цель для того, кто обладает видением, или для того, кто не обладает видением?» 
‘Is it for the knowledgeable or the ignorant?’  
‘viddasuno, āvuso, sā niṭṭhā, na sā niṭṭhā aviddasuno’ti.  
«Друзья, эта цель для того, кто обладает видением, а не для того, кто не обладает видением». 
‘It’s for the knowledgeable.’  
‘Sā panāvuso, niṭṭhā anuruddhappaṭiviruddhassa udāhu ananuruddhaappaṭiviruddhassā’ti?  
[Далее их следует спросить]: «Но, друзья, эта цель для того, кто благоволит и противится, или же для того, кто не благоволит и не противится?»  
‘Is it for those who favor and oppose or for those who don’t favor and oppose?’  
‘ananuruddhaappaṭiviruddhassāvuso, sā niṭṭhā, na sā niṭṭhā anuruddhappaṭiviruddhassā’ti.  
«Друзья, эта цель для того, кто не благоволит и не противится, а не для того, кто благоволит и противится».  
‘It’s for those who don’t favor and oppose.’  
‘Sā panāvuso, niṭṭhā papañcārāmassa papañcaratino udāhu nippapañcārāmassa nippapañcaratino’ti?  
[Далее их следует спросить]: «Но, друзья, эта цель для того, кто наслаждается и радуется разрастанию, или же для того, кто не наслаждается и не радуется разрастанию?»  
‘But is that goal for those who enjoy proliferation or for those who enjoy non-proliferation?’  
‘nippapañcārāmassāvuso, sā niṭṭhā nippapañcaratino, na sā niṭṭhā papañcārāmassa papañcaratino’ti.  
«Друзья, эта цель для того, кто не наслаждается и не радуется разрастанию, а не для того, кто наслаждается и радуется разрастанию»  
‘It’s for those who enjoy non-proliferation, not for those who enjoy proliferation.’  

mn13panāvuso āvuso9Pi En Ru dhamma

“samaṇo, āvuso, gotamo kāmānaṁ pariññaṁ paññapeti, mayampi kāmānaṁ pariññaṁ paññapema;   – Друзья, отшельник Готама предписывает полное понимание чувственных удовольствий, и мы тоже делаем так.  
“Reverends, the ascetic Gotama advocates the complete understanding of sensual pleasures, and so do we.  
samaṇo, āvuso, gotamo rūpānaṁ pariññaṁ paññapeti, mayampi rūpānaṁ pariññaṁ paññapema;  
Отшельник Готама предписывает полное понимание материальной формы, и мы тоже делаем так.  
The ascetic Gotama advocates the complete understanding of forms, and so do we.  
samaṇo, āvuso, gotamo vedanānaṁ pariññaṁ paññapeti, mayampi vedanānaṁ pariññaṁ paññapema;  
Отшельник Готама предписывает полное понимание чувств, и мы тоже делаем так.  
The ascetic Gotama advocates the complete understanding of feelings, and so do we.  
idha no, āvuso, ko viseso, ko adhippayāso, kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ samaṇassa vā gotamassa amhākaṁ vā— 
Так в чём же здесь отличие, в чём разница, в чём несоответствие между учением отшельника Готамы и нашим [учением],  
What, then, is the difference between the ascetic Gotama’s teaching and instruction and ours?”  
‘samaṇo, āvuso, gotamo kāmānaṁ pariññaṁ paññapeti, mayampi kāmānaṁ pariññaṁ paññapema.  
 
 
Samaṇo, āvuso, gotamo rūpānaṁ pariññaṁ paññapeti, mayampi rūpānaṁ pariññaṁ paññapema.  
 
 
Samaṇo, āvuso, gotamo vedanānaṁ pariññaṁ paññapeti, mayampi vedanānaṁ pariññaṁ paññapema.  
 
 
Idha no, āvuso, ko viseso, ko adhippayāso, kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ samaṇassa vā gotamassa amhākaṁ vā, yadidaṁ dhammadesanāya vā dhammadesanaṁ anusāsaniyā vā anusāsanin’ti.  
 
 
‘ko panāvuso, kāmānaṁ assādo, ko ādīnavo, kiṁ nissaraṇaṁ?  
«Но, друзья, в чём заключается привлекательность, в чём заключается опасность, в чём заключается спасение в отношении чувственных удовольствий?  
‘But reverends, what’s the gratification, the drawback, and the escape when it comes to sensual pleasures?  

mn14addhāvuso athāvuso cāvuso hāvuso āvuso āvuso’29Pi En Ru dhamma

‘kiṁ nu tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, ubbhaṭṭhakā āsanapaṭikkhittā, opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayathā’ti?   Друзья, почему вы практикуете продолжительное стояние, отвергая сиденья, переживая болезненные, мучительные, пронзающие боли из-за усердия?»  
‘Reverends, why are you constantly standing, refusing seats, so that you suffer painful, sharp, severe, acute feelings due to overexertion?’  
‘nigaṇṭho, āvuso, nāṭaputto sabbaññū sabbadassāvī aparisesaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ paṭijānāti:  
«Друг, Нигантха Натапутта – всезнающий и всевидящий, он заявляет о том, что обладает абсолютным знанием и видением –  
‘Reverend, the Jain ascetic of the Ñātika clan claims to be all-knowing and all-seeing, to know and see everything without exception, thus:  
‘kiṁ pana tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, jānātha— 
«Но, друзья, знаете ли вы,  
‘But reverends, do you know  
‘No hidaṁ, āvuso’.  
[Они ответили]: «Нет, друг». 
‘No we don’t, reverend.’  
‘Kiṁ pana tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, jānātha— 
«Но, друзья, знаете ли вы,  
‘But reverends, do you know  
‘No hidaṁ, āvuso’.  
[Они ответили]: «Нет, друг». 
‘No we don’t, reverend.’  
‘Kiṁ pana tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, jānātha— 
«Но, друзья, знаете ли вы,  
‘But reverends, do you know  
‘No hidaṁ, āvuso’.  
[Они ответили]: «Нет, друг». 
‘No we don’t, reverend.’  
‘Kiṁ pana tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, jānātha— 
«Но, друзья, знаете ли вы,  
‘But reverends, do you know  
‘No hidaṁ, āvuso’.  
[Они ответили]: «Нет, друг». 
‘No we don’t, reverend.’  
‘Kiṁ pana tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, jānātha— 
«Но, друзья, знаете ли вы,  
‘But reverends, do you know  
‘No hidaṁ, āvuso’.  
[Они ответили]: «Нет, друг». 
‘No we don’t, reverend.’  
‘Iti kira tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, na jānātha— 
[Тогда я сказал]: «Итак, друзья, выходит, что вы не знаете, существовали ли вы в прошлом…  
‘So it seems that you don’t know any of these things.  
Evaṁ sante, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, ye loke luddā lohitapāṇino kurūrakammantā manussesu paccājātā te nigaṇṭhesu pabbajantī’ti?  
А раз так, то выходит, что когда те, кто являются убийцами, кровожадными злодеями в мире, перерождаются среди человеческих существ, они оставляют жизнь домохозяйскую и идут жить жизнью бездомной как нигантхи»  
That being so, when those in the world who are violent and bloody-handed and of cruel livelihood are reborn among humans they go forth as Jain ascetics.’  
‘Na kho, āvuso gotama, sukhena sukhaṁ adhigantabbaṁ, dukkhena kho sukhaṁ adhigantabbaṁ;  
[Они ответили]: «Друг Готама, удовольствие не обретается через удовольствие. Удовольствие обретается через боль.  
‘Reverend Gotama, pleasure is not gained through pleasure; pleasure is gained through pain.  
sukhena cāvuso gotama, sukhaṁ adhigantabbaṁ abhavissa, rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro sukhaṁ adhigaccheyya, rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro sukhavihāritaro āyasmatā gotamenā’ti.  
Ведь если бы удовольствие обреталось через удовольствие, то тогда царь Сения Бимбисара из Магадхи обретал бы удовольствие, ведь он пребывает в куда большем удовольствии, нежели достопочтенный Готама». 
For if pleasure were to be gained through pleasure, King Seniya Bimbisāra of Magadha would gain pleasure, since he lives in greater pleasure than Venerable Gotama.’  
“na kho, āvuso gotama, sukhena sukhaṁ adhigantabbaṁ, dukkhena kho sukhaṁ adhigantabbaṁ;  
 
 
sukhena cāvuso gotama, sukhaṁ adhigantabbaṁ abhavissa, rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro sukhaṁ adhigaccheyya, rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro sukhavihāritaro āyasmatā gotamenā”ti.  
 
 
Addhāvuso gotama, amhehi sahasā appaṭisaṅkhā vācā bhāsitā, na kho, āvuso gotama, sukhena sukhaṁ adhigantabbaṁ, dukkhena kho sukhaṁ adhigantabbaṁ;  
[Они ответили]: «Вне сомнений, друг Готама, мы произнесли эти слова поспешно, не обдумав.  
‘Clearly we spoke rashly and without reflection.  
sukhena cāvuso gotama, sukhaṁ adhigantabbaṁ abhavissa, rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro sukhaṁ adhigaccheyya, rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro sukhavihāritaro āyasmatā gotamenāti.  
 
 
Tena hāvuso nigaṇṭhā, tumheva tattha paṭipucchissāmi, yathā vo khameyya tathā naṁ byākareyyātha.  
«В таком случае, друзья, я задам вам встречный вопрос. Отвечайте так, как сочтёте нужным. 
‘Well then, reverends, I’ll ask you about this in return, and you can answer as you like.  
Taṁ kiṁ maññathāvuso nigaṇṭhā, pahoti rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro,  
Как вы думаете, друзья?  
What do you think, reverends?  
‘No hidaṁ, āvuso’.  
[Они ответили]: «Нет, друг».  
‘No he is not, reverend.’  
‘Taṁ kiṁ maññathāvuso nigaṇṭhā, pahoti rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro,  
Как вы думаете, друзья?  
‘What do you think, reverends?  
‘No hidaṁ, āvuso’.  
[Они ответили]: «Нет, друг».  
‘No he is not, reverend.’  
‘Ahaṁ kho, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, pahomi aniñjamāno kāyena, abhāsamāno vācaṁ, ekaṁ rattindivaṁ ekantasukhaṁ paṭisaṁvedī viharituṁ.  
[Тогда я сказал]: «Но, друзья, я могу пребывать, не двигаясь телом, не произнося [единого] слова, переживая исключительное удовольствие в течение одного дня и ночи [непрерывно]…  
‘But I am capable of experiencing perfect happiness for one day and night without moving my body or speaking.  
Ahaṁ kho, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, pahomi aniñjamāno kāyena, abhāsamāno vācaṁ, dve rattindivāni …  
Я могу пребывать, не двигаясь телом, не произнося [единого] слова, переживая исключительное удовольствие в течение двух дней…  
I am capable of experiencing perfect happiness for two days …  
Taṁ kiṁ maññathāvuso nigaṇṭhā, evaṁ sante ko sukhavihāritaro rājā vā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro ahaṁ vā’ti?  
Как вы думаете, друзья? Если это так, то кто пребывает в большем удовольствии, царь Сения Бимбисара из Магадхи или я?»  
What do you think, reverends? This being so, who lives in greater pleasure, King Bimbisāra or I?’  

mn15cāvuso idhāvuso nantenāvuso panāvuso pāvuso tatrāvuso tenāvuso vuccantāvuso āvuso177Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhavo”ti.   – Друзья монахи!  
“Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Pavāreti cepi, āvuso, bhikkhu:  
Друзья, хотя монах просит так:  
“Suppose a mendicant invites  
Katame cāvuso, dovacassakaraṇā dhammā?  
И из-за каких [его] качеств ему трудно делать замечания?  
And what are the qualities that make them hard to admonish?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu pāpiccho hoti, pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gato.  
Вот монах имеет порочные желания и одолеваем порочными желаниями.  
Firstly, a mendicant has corrupt wishes, having fallen under the sway of corrupt wishes.  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu pāpiccho hoti, pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gato— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu attukkaṁsako hoti paravambhī.  
Далее, монах восхваляет себя и принижает других…  
Furthermore, a mendicant glorifies themselves and puts others down. …  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu attukkaṁsako hoti paravambhī— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu kodhano hoti kodhābhibhūto.  
Далее, монах злой и одолеваем злостью…  
They’re irritable, overcome by anger …  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu kodhano hoti kodhābhibhūto— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu kodhano hoti kodhahetu upanāhī.  
Далее, монах злой и негодующий из-за злости…  
They’re irritable, and hostile due to anger …  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu kodhano hoti kodhahetu upanāhī— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu kodhano hoti kodhahetu abhisaṅgī.  
Далее, монах злой и упрямый из-за злости…  
They’re irritable, and stubborn due to anger …  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu kodhano hoti kodhahetu abhisaṅgī— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu kodhano hoti kodhasāmantā vācaṁ nicchāretā.  
Далее, монах злой и говорит слова, граничащие со злостью…  
They’re irritable, and blurt out words bordering on anger …  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu kodhano hoti kodhasāmantā vācaṁ nicchāretā— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena codakaṁ paṭippharati.  
Далее, монаха упрекают, и он противится тому, кто его упрекает…  
When accused, they object to the accuser …  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena codakaṁ paṭippharati— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena codakaṁ apasādeti.  
Далее, монаха упрекают, и он клевещет на того, кто его упрекает…  
When accused, they rebuke the accuser …  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena codakaṁ apasādeti— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena codakassa paccāropeti.  
Далее, монаха упрекают, и он упрекает упрекающего в ответ… 
When accused, they retort to the accuser …  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena codakassa paccāropeti— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena aññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti.  
Далее, монаха упрекают, и он увиливает, уходит от разговора, проявляет злобу, ненависть и горечь…  
When accused, they dodge the issue, distract the discussion with irrelevant points, and display annoyance, hate, and bitterness …  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena aññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena apadāne na sampāyati.  
Далее, монаха упрекают, и он не признаёт своего [неблагого] поведения  
When accused, they are unable to account for the evidence …  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena apadāne na sampāyati— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu makkhī hoti paḷāsī.  
Далее, монах надменный и кичливый…  
They are offensive and contemptuous …  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu makkhī hoti paḷāsī— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu issukī hoti maccharī.  
Далее, монах завистливый и скупой… 
They’re jealous and stingy …  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu issukī hoti maccharī— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu saṭho hoti māyāvī.  
Далее, монах неискренний и лживый… 
They’re devious and deceitful …  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu saṭho hoti māyāvī— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu thaddho hoti atimānī.  
Далее, монах упрямый и высокомерный…  
They’re obstinate and vain …  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu thaddho hoti atimānī— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī hoti ādhānaggāhī duppaṭinissaggī.  
Далее, монах придерживается своих собственных воззрений, прочно за них держится и оставляет их с трудом.  
Furthermore, a mendicant is attached to their own views, holding them tight, and refusing to let go.  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī hoti ādhānaggāhī duppaṭinissaggī— 
 
 
Ime vuccantāvuso, dovacassakaraṇā dhammā.  
Друзья, эти называются качествами, из-за которых ему трудно делать замечания.  
These are the qualities that make them hard to admonish.  
No cepi, āvuso, bhikkhu pavāreti:  
Друзья, хотя монах не просит так:  
Suppose a mendicant doesn’t invite  
Katame cāvuso, sovacassakaraṇā dhammā?  
И из-за каких [его] качеств ему легко делать замечания?  
And what are the qualities that make them easy to admonish?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu na pāpiccho hoti, na pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gato.  
Вот у монаха нет порочных желаний, и он не одолеваем порочными желаниями… Из-за этого качества ему легко делать замечания.  
Firstly, a mendicant doesn’t have corrupt wishes …  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu na pāpiccho hoti na pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gato— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu anattukkaṁsako hoti aparavambhī.  
 
 
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu anattukkaṁsako hoti aparavambhī— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu na kodhano hoti na kodhābhibhūto.  
 
 
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu na kodhano hoti na kodhābhibhūto— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu na kodhano hoti na kodhahetu upanāhī.  
 
 
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu na kodhano hoti na kodhahetu upanāhī— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu na kodhano hoti na kodhahetu abhisaṅgī.  
 
 
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu na kodhano hoti na kodhahetu abhisaṅgī— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu na kodhano hoti na kodhasāmantā vācaṁ nicchāretā.  
 
 
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu na kodhano hoti na kodhasāmantā vācaṁ nicchāretā— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena codakaṁ nappaṭippharati.  
 
 
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena codakaṁ nappaṭippharati— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena codakaṁ na apasādeti.  
 
 
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena codakaṁ na apasādeti— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena codakassa na paccāropeti.  
 
 
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena codakassa na paccāropeti— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena na aññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, na bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, na kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti.  
 
 
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena na aññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, na bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, na kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena apadāne sampāyati.  
 
 
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena apadāne sampāyati— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu amakkhī hoti apaḷāsī.  
 
 
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu amakkhī hoti apaḷāsī— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu anissukī hoti amaccharī.  
 
 
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu anissukī hoti amaccharī— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu asaṭho hoti amāyāvī.  
 
 
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu asaṭho hoti amāyāvī— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu atthaddho hoti anatimānī.  
 
 
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu atthaddho hoti anatimānī— 
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu asandiṭṭhiparāmāsī hoti anādhānaggāhī suppaṭinissaggī.  
Далее, монах не придерживается своих собственных воззрений, не держится за них прочно, оставляет их с лёгкостью.  
Furthermore, a mendicant isn’t attached to their own views, not holding them tight, but letting them go easily.  
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu asandiṭṭhiparāmāsī hoti, anādhānaggāhī suppaṭinissaggī— 
Из-за этого качества ему легко делать замечания. 
 
Ime vuccantāvuso, sovacassakaraṇā dhammā.  
Друзья, эти называются качествами, из-за которых ему легко делать замечания.  
These are the qualities that make them easy to admonish.  
Tatrāvuso, bhikkhunā attanāva attānaṁ evaṁ anuminitabbaṁ:  
И теперь, друзья, монаху следует сделать умозаключение в отношении себя таким образом:  
In such a case, a mendicant should measure themselves like this.  
Evaṁ jānantenāvuso, bhikkhunā ‘na pāpiccho bhavissāmi, na pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gato’ti cittaṁ uppādetabbaṁ.  
Монах, который знает это, должен побудить свой ум следующим образом: «У меня не будет порочных желаний, я не буду одолеваем порочными желаниями».…  
A mendicant who knows this should give rise to the thought: ‘I will not fall under the sway of corrupt wishes.’ …  
Evaṁ jānantenāvuso, bhikkhunā ‘anattukkaṁsako bhavissāmi aparavambhī’ti cittaṁ uppādetabbaṁ.  
 
 
Evaṁ jānantenāvuso, bhikkhunā ‘na kodhano bhavissāmi na kodhābhibhūto’ti cittaṁ uppādetabbaṁ.  
 
 
Evaṁ jānantenāvuso, bhikkhunā ‘na kodhano bhavissāmi na kodhahetu upanāhī’ti cittaṁ uppādetabbaṁ.  
 
 
Evaṁ jānantenāvuso, bhikkhunā ‘na kodhano bhavissāmi na kodhahetu abhisaṅgī’ti cittaṁ uppādetabbaṁ.  
 
 
Evaṁ jānantenāvuso, bhikkhunā ‘na kodhano bhavissāmi na kodhasāmantā vācaṁ nicchāressāmī’ti cittaṁ uppādetabbaṁ.  
 
 
Evaṁ jānantenāvuso, bhikkhunā ‘codito codakena codakaṁ nappaṭippharissāmī’ti cittaṁ uppādetabbaṁ.  
 
 
Evaṁ jānantenāvuso, bhikkhunā ‘codito codakena codakaṁ na apasādessāmī’ti cittaṁ uppādetabbaṁ.  
 
 
Evaṁ jānantenāvuso, bhikkhunā ‘codito codakena codakassa na paccāropessāmī’ti cittaṁ uppādetabbaṁ.  
 
 
Evaṁ jānantenāvuso, bhikkhunā ‘codito codakena na aññenaññaṁ paṭicarissāmi, na bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmessāmi, na kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukarissāmī’ti cittaṁ uppādetabbaṁ.  
 
 
Evaṁ jānantenāvuso, bhikkhunā ‘codito codakena apadāne sampāyissāmī’ti cittaṁ uppādetabbaṁ.  
 
 
Evaṁ jānantenāvuso, bhikkhunā ‘amakkhī bhavissāmi apaḷāsī’ti cittaṁ uppādetabbaṁ.  
 
 
Evaṁ jānantenāvuso, bhikkhunā ‘anissukī bhavissāmi amaccharī’ti cittaṁ uppādetabbaṁ.  
 
 
Evaṁ jānantenāvuso, bhikkhunā ‘asaṭho bhavissāmi amāyāvī’ti cittaṁ uppādetabbaṁ.  
 
 
Evaṁ jānantenāvuso, bhikkhunā ‘atthaddho bhavissāmi anatimānī’ti cittaṁ uppādetabbaṁ.  
 
 
Evaṁ jānantenāvuso, bhikkhunā ‘asandiṭṭhiparāmāsī bhavissāmi anādhānaggāhī suppaṭinissaggī’ti cittaṁ uppādetabbaṁ.  
Монах, который знает это, должен побудить свой ум следующим образом: «Я не буду придерживаться своих собственных воззрений, не буду прочно за них держаться и буду оставлять их с лёгкостью».  
A mendicant who knows this should give rise to the thought: ‘I will not be attached to my own views, holding them tight, but will let them go easily.’  
Tatrāvuso, bhikkhunā attanāva attānaṁ evaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ:  
И теперь, друзья, монаху следует пересматривать себя таким образом:  
In such a case, a mendicant should check themselves like this:  
Sace, āvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
Если, когда он пересматривает так, он знает:  
Suppose that, upon checking, a mendicant knows that  
‘pāpiccho khomhi, pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gato’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṁ.  
«У меня есть порочные желания, я одолеваем порочными желаниями», то тогда ему следует приложить усилие к оставлению этих плохих, неблагих состояний.  
they have fallen under the sway of corrupt wishes. Then they should make an effort to give up those bad, unskillful qualities.  
Sace panāvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
Но если, когда он пересматривает так, он знает:  
But suppose that, upon checking, a mendicant knows that  
‘na khomhi pāpiccho, na pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gato’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṁ ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesu.  
«У меня нет порочных желаний, я не одолеваем порочными желаниями» – то тогда он может пребывать счастливым и радостным, тренируясь день и ночь в благих состояниях…  
they haven’t fallen under the sway of corrupt wishes. Then they should meditate with rapture and joy, training day and night in skillful qualities. …  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā attanāva attānaṁ evaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ:  
 
 
Sace, āvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
 
 
‘attukkaṁsako khomhi paravambhī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṁ.  
 
 
Sace panāvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
 
 
‘anattukkaṁsako khomhi aparavambhī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṁ ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesu.  
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā attanāva attānaṁ evaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ:  
 
 
Sace, āvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
 
 
‘kodhano khomhi kodhābhibhūto’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṁ.  
 
 
Sace panāvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
 
 
‘na khomhi kodhano kodhābhibhūto’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṁ ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesu.  
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā attanāva attānaṁ evaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ:  
 
 
Sace, āvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti ‘kodhano khomhi kodhahetu upanāhī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṁ.  
 
 
Sace panāvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti ‘na khomhi kodhano kodhahetu upanāhī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṁ ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesu.  
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā attanāva attānaṁ evaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ:  
 
 
Sace, āvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
 
 
‘kodhano khomhi kodhahetu abhisaṅgī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṁ.  
 
 
Sace panāvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
 
 
‘na khomhi kodhano kodhahetu abhisaṅgī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṁ ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesu.  
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā attanāva attānaṁ evaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ:  
 
 
Sace, āvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
 
 
‘kodhano khomhi kodhasāmantā vācaṁ nicchāretā’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṁ.  
 
 
Sace panāvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
 
 
‘na khomhi kodhano kodhasāmantā vācaṁ nicchāretā’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṁ ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesu.  
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā attanāva attānaṁ evaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ:  
 
 
Sace, āvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti ‘codito khomhi codakena codakaṁ paṭippharāmī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṁ.  
 
 
Sace panāvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
 
 
‘codito khomhi codakena codakaṁ nappaṭippharāmī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṁ ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesu.  
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā attanāva attānaṁ evaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ:  
 
 
Sace, āvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti ‘codito khomhi codakena codakaṁ apasādemī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṁ.  
 
 
Sace panāvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
 
 
‘codito khomhi codakena codakaṁ na apasādemī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṁ ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesu.  
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā attanāva attānaṁ evaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ:  
 
 
Sace, āvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
 
 
‘codito khomhi codakena codakassa paccāropemī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṁ.  
 
 
Sace panāvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
 
 
‘codito khomhi codakena codakassa na paccāropemī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṁ ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesu.  
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā attanāva attānaṁ evaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ:  
 
 
Sace, āvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
 
 
‘codito khomhi codakena aññenaññaṁ paṭicarāmi, bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmemi, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaromī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṁ.  
 
 
Sace panāvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
 
 
‘codito khomhi codakena na aññenaññaṁ paṭicarāmi, na bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmemi, na kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaromī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṁ ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesu.  
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā attanāva attānaṁ evaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ:  
 
 
Sace, āvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
 
 
‘codito khomhi codakena apadāne na sampāyāmī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṁ.  
 
 
Sace panāvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
 
 
‘codito khomhi codakena apadāne sampāyāmī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṁ ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesu.  
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā attanāva attānaṁ evaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ:  
 
 
Sace, āvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
 
 
‘makkhī khomhi paḷāsī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṁ.  
 
 
Sace panāvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
 
 
‘amakkhī khomhi apaḷāsī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṁ ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesu.  
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā attanāva attānaṁ evaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ:  
 
 
Sace, āvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
 
 
‘issukī khomhi maccharī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṁ.  
 
 
Sace panāvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
 
 
‘anissukī khomhi amaccharī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṁ ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesu.  
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā attanāva attānaṁ evaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ:  
 
 
Sace, āvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
 
 
‘saṭho khomhi māyāvī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṁ.  
 
 
Sace panāvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
 
 
‘asaṭho khomhi amāyāvī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṁ ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesu.  
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā attanāva attānaṁ evaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ:  
 
 
Sace, āvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
 
 
‘thaddho khomhi atimānī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṁ.  
 
 
Sace panāvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
 
 
‘atthaddho khomhi anatimānī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṁ ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesu.  
 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhunā attanāva attānaṁ evaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ:  
 
 
Sace, āvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
Далее, друзья, монаху следует пересматривать себя таким образом:  
Suppose that, upon checking, a mendicant knows that  
‘sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī khomhi ādhānaggāhī duppaṭinissaggī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṁ.  
«…придерживаюсь ли своих собственных воззрений, прочно ли за них держусь, и оставляю ли их с трудом?» Если, когда он пересматривает так, он знает… следует приложить усилие к оставлению этих плохих, неблагих состояний.  
they are attached to their own views, holding them tight, and refusing to let go. Then they should make an effort to give up those bad, unskillful qualities.  
Sace panāvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti:  
Если, когда он пересматривает так, он знает:  
Suppose that, upon checking, a mendicant knows that  
‘asandiṭṭhiparāmāsī khomhi anādhānaggāhī suppaṭinissaggī’ti, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṁ ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesu.  
«Я не придерживаюсь своих собственных воззрений, я не держусь прочно за них держусь и не оставляю их с трудом» – то тогда он может пребывать счастливым и радостным, тренируясь день и ночь в благих состояниях.  
they’re not attached to their own views, holding them tight, but let them go easily. Then they should meditate with rapture and joy, training day and night in skillful qualities.  
Sace, āvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno sabbepime pāpake akusale dhamme appahīne attani samanupassati, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā sabbesaṁyeva imesaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṁ.  
Друзья, когда монах пересматривает себя таким образом, то если он видит, что эти плохие, неблагие состояния не все отброшены в нём, то тогда ему следует приложить усилие к отбрасыванию их всех.  
Suppose that, upon checking, a mendicant sees that they haven’t given up all these bad, unskillful qualities. Then they should make an effort to give them all up.  
Sace panāvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno sabbepime pāpake akusale dhamme pahīne attani samanupassati, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṁ, ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesu.  
Но если, когда он пересматривает себя так, он видит, что они все отброшены в нём, то тогда он может пребывать счастливым и радостным, тренируясь день и ночь в благих состояниях.  
But suppose that, upon checking, a mendicant sees that they have given up all these bad, unskillful qualities. Then they should meditate with rapture and joy, training day and night in skillful qualities.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, itthī vā puriso vā, daharo yuvā maṇḍanajātiko, ādāse vā parisuddhe pariyodāte, acche vā udakapatte, sakaṁ mukhanimittaṁ paccavekkhamāno, sace tattha passati rajaṁ vā aṅgaṇaṁ vā, tasseva rajassa vā aṅgaṇassa vā pahānāya vāyamati;  
Подобно мужчине или женщине – юной, молодой, которой нравятся украшения, которая изучает отражение своего лица в ярком чистом зеркале или в чаше с чистой водой, – если она увидит грязь или пятно на нём, она постарается устранить его.  
Suppose there was a woman or man who was young, youthful, and fond of adornments, and they check their own reflection in a clean bright mirror or a clear bowl of water. If they see any dirt or blemish there, they’d try to remove it.  
Evameva kho, āvuso, sace bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno sabbepime pāpake akusale dhamme appahīne attani samanupassati, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā sabbesaṁyeva imesaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṁ.  
Точно также, когда монах пересматривает сам себя таким образом, то если он видит, что эти плохие, неблагие состояния не все отброшены в нём, то тогда ему следует приложить усилие к отбрасыванию их всех. 
In the same way, suppose that, upon checking, a mendicant sees that they haven’t given up all these bad, unskillful qualities. Then they should make an effort to give them all up.  
Sace panāvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno sabbepime pāpake akusale dhamme pahīne attani samanupassati, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṁ, ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesū”ti.  
Но если, когда он пересматривает себя так, он видит, что они все отброшены в нём, то тогда он может пребывать счастливым и радостным, тренируясь день и ночь в благих состояниях.  
But suppose that, upon checking, a mendicant sees that they have given up all these bad, unskillful qualities. Then they should meditate with rapture and joy, training day and night in skillful qualities.”  

mn18addhāvuso cāvuso evamāvuso’ti hāvuso vatāvuso āvuso29Pi En Ru dhamma

“Yathāvādī kho, āvuso, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya na kenaci loke viggayha tiṭṭhati, yathā ca pana kāmehi visaṁyuttaṁ viharantaṁ taṁ brāhmaṇaṁ akathaṅkathiṁ chinnakukkuccaṁ bhavābhave vītataṇhaṁ saññā nānusenti—  – Друг, я утверждаю и провозглашаю [своё учение] так, что никто не ссорится ни с кем в [этом] мире с его божествами, Марами, Брахмами, в этом поколении с его жрецами и отшельниками, князьями и [простыми] людьми. [Утверждаю и провозглашаю] так, что в брахмане, который пребывает отделённым от чувственных удовольствий, нет более предрасположенности к восприятиям, [и он пребывает] без замешательства, устранив беспокойство, [пребывает] свободным от жажды к какому-либо существованию.  
“Sir, my doctrine is such that one does not conflict with anyone in this world with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. And it is such that perceptions do not underlie the brahmin who lives detached from sensual pleasures, without doubting, stripped of worry, and rid of craving for rebirth in this or that state.  
evaṁvādī kho ahaṁ, āvuso, evamakkhāyī”ti.  
Вот что я утверждаю и что провозглашаю.  
That is my doctrine, and that is what I assert.”  
‘yathāvādī kho, āvuso, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya na kenaci loke viggayha tiṭṭhati, yathā ca pana kāmehi visaṁyuttaṁ viharantaṁ taṁ brāhmaṇaṁ akathaṅkathiṁ chinnakukkuccaṁ bhavābhave vītataṇhaṁ saññā nānusenti— 
 
 
evaṁvādī kho ahaṁ, āvuso, evamakkhāyī’ti.  
 
 
“idaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā, vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā, uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
– Итак, друзья, Благословенный поднялся со своего сиденья и ушёл в свою хижину после того, как высказал краткое утверждение, не дав подробного объяснения значения.  
“The Buddha gave this brief passage for recitation, then entered his dwelling without explaining the meaning in detail.  
“idaṁ kho no, āvuso kaccāna, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
 
 
Tesaṁ no, āvuso kaccāna, amhākaṁ acirapakkantassa bhagavato etadahosi:  
 
 
‘idaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
 
 
Tesaṁ no, āvuso kaccāna, amhākaṁ etadahosi:  
 
 
“Seyyathāpi, āvuso, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṁ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva mūlaṁ, atikkamma khandhaṁ, sākhāpalāse sāraṁ pariyesitabbaṁ maññeyya;  
[Тот ответил]: – Друзья, это как если бы человеку понадобилась сердцевина дерева, он бы искал сердцевину дерева, бродил в поисках сердцевины дерева, и прошёл бы мимо корней и ствола, думая, что сердцевину великого дерева с сердцевиной нужно искать среди ветвей и листьев.  
“Reverends, suppose there was a person in need of heartwood. And while wandering in search of heartwood he’d come across a large tree standing with heartwood. But he’d pass over the roots and trunk, imagining that the heartwood should be sought in the branches and leaves.  
So hāvuso, bhagavā jānaṁ jānāti, passaṁ passati, cakkhubhūto ñāṇabhūto dhammabhūto brahmabhūto, vattā pavattā, atthassa ninnetā, amatassa dātā, dhammassāmī tathāgato.  
Ведь зная, Благословенный знает; видя, он видит; он стал видением, он стал знанием, он стал Дхаммой, он стал святым. Это он – разъяснитель, глашатай, толкователь значения, даритель Бессмертного, властелин Дхаммы, Татхагата.  
For he is the Buddha, the one who knows and sees. He is vision, he is knowledge, he is the manifestation of principle, he is the manifestation of divinity. He is the teacher, the proclaimer, the elucidator of meaning, the bestower of the deathless, the lord of truth, the Realized One.  
“Addhāvuso kaccāna, bhagavā jānaṁ jānāti, passaṁ passati, cakkhubhūto ñāṇabhūto dhammabhūto brahmabhūto, vattā pavattā, atthassa ninnetā, amatassa dātā, dhammassāmī tathāgato.  
– Вне сомнений, друг Каччана, зная, Благословенный знает; видя, он видит; он стал видением, он стал знанием, он стал Дхаммой, он стал святым. Это он – разъяснитель, глашатай, толкователь значения, даритель Бессмертного, властелин Дхаммы, Татхагата.  
“Certainly he is the Buddha, the one who knows and sees. He is vision, he is knowledge, he is the manifestation of principle, he is the manifestation of divinity. He is the teacher, the proclaimer, the elucidator of meaning, the bestower of the deathless, the lord of truth, the Realized One.  
“Tena hāvuso, suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.  
– В таком случае, друзья, слушайте внимательно то, что я скажу.  
“Well then, reverends, listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahākaccānassa paccassosuṁ.  
– Да, друг, – ответили монахи.  
“Yes, reverend,” they replied.  
“Yaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
Друзья, когда Благословенный поднялся со своего сиденья и ушёл в своё жилище, высказав краткое утверждение, но не дав подробного разъяснения значения, то есть:  
“Reverends, the Buddha gave this brief passage for recitation, then entered his dwelling without explaining the meaning in detail:  
etthete pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhantī’ti, imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi— 
Здесь эти плохие, неблагие состояния прекращаются без остатка», то вот как я понимаю подробное значение этого:  
just this is the end of the underlying tendencies to desire, repulsion, views, doubt, conceit, the desire to be reborn, and ignorance. This is the end of taking up the rod and the sword, the end of quarrels, arguments, and disputes, of accusations, divisive speech, and lies. This is where these bad, unskillful qualities cease without anything left over.’ This is how I understand the detailed meaning of this passage for recitation.  
Cakkhuñcāvuso, paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṁ, tiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, yaṁ vedeti taṁ sañjānāti, yaṁ sañjānāti taṁ vitakketi, yaṁ vitakketi taṁ papañceti, yaṁ papañceti tatonidānaṁ purisaṁ papañcasaññāsaṅkhā samudācaranti atītānāgatapaccuppannesu cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu.  
В зависимости от глаза и форм возникает сознание глаза. Встреча [этих] трёх – это контакт. С контактом как условием имеет место чувство. То, что человек чувствует, то он воспринимает. То, что он воспринимает, об этом он и думает. То, о чём он думает, то и умственно разрастается. Когда в качестве источника есть то, что умственно разрослось, [то тогда] восприятия и идеи, [рождённые] умственным разрастанием, осаждают человека в отношении форм, познаваемых глазом, в прошлом, будущем, и настоящем.  
Eye consciousness arises dependent on the eye and sights. The meeting of the three is contact. Contact is a condition for feeling. What you feel, you perceive. What you perceive, you think about. What you think about, you proliferate. What you proliferate is the source from which judgments driven by proliferating perceptions beset a person. This occurs with respect to sights known by the eye in the past, future, and present.  
Sotañcāvuso, paṭicca sadde ca uppajjati sotaviññāṇaṁ …pe…  
В зависимости от уха и звуков…  
Ear consciousness arises dependent on the ear and sounds. …  
ghānañcāvuso, paṭicca gandhe ca uppajjati ghānaviññāṇaṁ …pe…  
В зависимости от носа и запахов…  
Nose consciousness arises dependent on the nose and smells. …  
jivhañcāvuso, paṭicca rase ca uppajjati jivhāviññāṇaṁ …pe…  
В зависимости от языка и вкусов…  
Tongue consciousness arises dependent on the tongue and tastes. …  
kāyañcāvuso, paṭicca phoṭṭhabbe ca uppajjati kāyaviññāṇaṁ …pe…  
В зависимости от тела и осязаемых вещей… 
Body consciousness arises dependent on the body and touches. …  
manañcāvuso, paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṁ, tiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, yaṁ vedeti taṁ sañjānāti, yaṁ sañjānāti taṁ vitakketi, yaṁ vitakketi taṁ papañceti, yaṁ papañceti tatonidānaṁ purisaṁ papañcasaññāsaṅkhā samudācaranti atītānāgatapaccuppannesu manoviññeyyesu dhammesu.  
В зависимости от ума и умственных феноменов возникает сознание ума. Встреча [этих] трёх – это контакт. С контактом как условием имеет место чувство. То, что человек чувствует, то он воспринимает. То, что он воспринимает, об этом он и думает. То, о чём он думает, то и умственно разрастается. Когда в качестве источника есть то, что умственно разрослось, [то тогда] восприятия и идеи, [рождённые] умственным разрастанием, осаждают человека в отношении умственных феноменов, познаваемых умом, в прошлом, будущем, и настоящем.  
Mind consciousness arises dependent on the mind and ideas. The meeting of the three is contact. Contact is a condition for feeling. What you feel, you perceive. What you perceive, you think about. What you think about, you proliferate. What you proliferate is the source from which judgments driven by proliferating perceptions beset a person. This occurs with respect to ideas known by the mind in the past, future, and present.  
So vatāvuso, cakkhusmiṁ sati rūpe sati cakkhuviññāṇe sati phassapaññattiṁ paññāpessatīti—ṭhānametaṁ vijjati.  
Когда есть глаз, форма, сознание глаза, то можно указать на проявление контакта.  
Where there is the eye, sights, and eye consciousness, it will be possible to discover evidence of contact.  
So vatāvuso, sotasmiṁ sati sadde sati …pe…  
Когда есть ухо, звук, сознание уха…  
Where there is the ear …  
So vatāvuso, cakkhusmiṁ asati rūpe asati cakkhuviññāṇe asati phassapaññattiṁ paññāpessatīti—netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.  
Когда нет глаза, нет формы, нет сознания глаза, то невозможно указать на проявление контакта.  
Where there is no eye, no sights, and no eye consciousness, it will not be possible to discover evidence of contact.  
So vatāvuso, sotasmiṁ asati sadde asati …pe…  
Когда нет уха…  
Where there is no ear …  
Yaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
Друзья, когда Благословенный поднялся со своего сиденья и ушёл в своё жилище, высказав краткое утверждение, но не дав подробного разъяснения, то есть: «Монах, что касается источника, посредством которого восприятия и идеи, [рождённые] умственным разрастанием, осаждают человека: если нет никаких восхищений, одобрения, удержания, – это конец скрытой склонности к жажде, скрытой склонности к злобе, скрытой склонности к воззрениям, скрытой склонности к сомнению, скрытой склонности к самомнению, скрытой склонности к жажде существовать, скрытой склонности к неведению. Это – конец использованию дубин и оружия, перебранкам, ссорам, обвинениям, злобным словам, лживым речам. Здесь эти плохие, неблагие состояния прекращаются без остатка» – то вот как я понимаю подробное значение этого краткого утверждения.  
This is how I understand the detailed meaning of that brief passage for recitation given by the Buddha.  
etthete pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhantī’ti, imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
 
 
‘idaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
 
 

mn21evamāvuso’ti āvuso3Pi En Ru dhamma

‘satthā taṁ, āvuso phagguna, āmantetī’”ti.   что Учитель зовёт его.  
the teacher summons him.”  
“satthā taṁ, āvuso phagguna, āmantetī”ti.  
«Учитель зовёт тебя, друг Пхаггуна». 
“Reverend Phagguna, the teacher summons you.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā moḷiyaphagguno tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ moḷiyaphaggunaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
«Хорошо, друг» – ответил тот и отправился к Благословенному, после чего поклонился ему и сел рядом. Благословенный спросил его: 
“Yes, reverend,” Phagguna replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

mn22evamāvuso’ti yenāvuso āvuso13Pi En Ru dhamma

“saccaṁ kira te, āvuso ariṭṭha, evarūpaṁ pāpakaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ:   – Правда ли, друг Ариттха, что такое пагубное воззрение возникло в тебе?  
“Is it really true, Reverend Ariṭṭha, that you have such a harmful misconception:  
“Evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā”ti.  
– Именно так, друзья. Насколько я понимаю Дхамму, которой научил Благословенный, те вещи, которые Благословенный называл препятствиями, не способны воспрепятствовать тому, кто пускается в них.  
“Absolutely, reverends. As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, the acts that he says are obstructions are not really obstructions for the one who performs them.”  
“mā hevaṁ, āvuso ariṭṭha, avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi; na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya.  
– Не говори так, друг Ариттха. Не выставляй в ложном свете Благословенного, поскольку это не благостно – выставлять в ложном свете Благословенного. Благословенный не сказал бы так.  
“Don’t say that, Ariṭṭha! Don’t misrepresent the Buddha, for misrepresentation of the Buddha is not good. And the Buddha would not say that.  
Anekapariyāyenāvuso ariṭṭha, antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā, alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāya.  
Многими способами, друг, Благословенный объяснял, каким образом препятствующие вещи являются препятствиями, а также то, как они способны воспрепятствовать тому, кто пускается в них.  
In many ways the Buddha has said that obstructive acts are obstructive, and that they really do obstruct the one who performs them.  
“evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā”ti.  
 
 
‘saccaṁ kira te, āvuso ariṭṭha, evarūpaṁ pāpakaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ— 
 
 
‘evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā’ti.  
 
 
‘mā hevaṁ, āvuso ariṭṭha, avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi; na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya.  
 
 
Anekapariyāyenāvuso ariṭṭha, antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā, alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāya.  
 
 
‘evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā’ti.  
 
 
‘satthā taṁ, āvuso ariṭṭha, āmantetī’”ti.  
что Учитель зовёт его.  
the teacher summons him.”  
“satthā taṁ, āvuso ariṭṭha, āmantetī”ti.  
«Учитель зовёт тебя, друг Ариттха». 
“Reverend Ariṭṭha, the teacher summons you.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho ariṭṭhaṁ bhikkhuṁ gaddhabādhipubbaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
«Да, друг», – ответил тот, отправился к Благословенному и, поклонившись ему, сел рядом. Благословенный спросил его:  
“Yes, reverend,” Ariṭṭha replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,  

mn24carahāvuso evamāvuso’ti hāvuso panāvuso āvuso āvuso’ti āvuso”75Pi En Ru dhamma

“yassa kho tvaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, puṇṇassa nāma bhikkhuno mantāṇiputtassa abhiṇhaṁ kittayamāno ahosi, so bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena andhavanaṁ tena pakkanto divāvihārāyā”ti.   – Друг Сарипутта, монах Пунна Мантанипутта, о котором ты всегда так хорошо отзывался, только что был наставлен, понуждён, побуждён, порадован Благословенным беседой по Дхамме. Восхитившись и возрадовавшись словам Благословенного, он поднялся со своего сиденья и, поклонившись Благословенному, обойдя его с правой стороны, отправился в рощу Слепых, чтобы провести там остаток дня.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, the mendicant named Puṇṇa, of whom you have often spoken so highly, after being inspired by a talk of the Buddha’s, left for the Dark Forest for the day’s meditation.”  
“Bhagavati no, āvuso, brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
– Друг, ведётся ли [под учительством] нашего Благословенного святая жизнь?  
“Reverend, is our spiritual life lived under the Buddha?”  
“Evamāvuso”ti.  
- Да, друг.  
“Yes, reverend.”  
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, sīlavisuddhatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
Но, друг, ведётся ли святая жизнь [под учительством] Благословенного ради очищения нравственности?  
“Is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for the sake of purification of ethics?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
- Нет, друг.  
“Certainly not.”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso, cittavisuddhatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
– В таком случае, ведётся ли святая жизнь [под учительством] Благословенного ради очищения ума?  
“Well, is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for the sake of purification of mind?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
– Нет, друг.  
“Certainly not.”  
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, diṭṭhivisuddhatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
– В таком случае, ведётся ли святая жизнь [под учительством] Благословенного ради очищения воззрения?  
“Is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for the sake of purification of view?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
– Нет, друг.  
“Certainly not.”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso, kaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
– В таком случае, ведётся ли святая жизнь [под учительством] Благословенного ради очищения преодолением сомнения? 
“Well, is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for the sake of purification through overcoming doubt?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
– Нет, друг.  
“Certainly not.”  
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, maggāmaggañāṇadassanavisuddhatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
– В таком случае, ведётся ли святая жизнь [под учительством] Благословенного ради очищения знанием и видением того, что является путём, и того, что им не является?  
“Is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for the sake of purification of knowledge and vision of what is the path and what is not the path?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
– Нет, друг.  
“Certainly not.”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso, paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
– В таком случае, ведётся ли святая жизнь [под учительством] Благословенного ради очищения знанием и видением пути?  
“Well, is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for the sake of purification of knowledge and vision of the practice?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
– Нет, друг.  
“Certainly not.”  
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, ñāṇadassanavisuddhatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
– В таком случае, ведётся ли святая жизнь [под учительством] Благословенного ради очищения знанием и видением?  
“Is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for the sake of purification of knowledge and vision?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
– Нет, друг.  
“Certainly not.”  
“‘Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, sīlavisuddhatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
– Друг, будучи спрошенным: «Но, друг, ведётся ли святая жизнь [под учительством] Благословенного ради очищения нравственности… ради очищения знанием и видением?» – ты ответил: «Нет, друг».  
“When asked each of these questions, you answered, ‘Certainly not.’  
‘Kiṁ panāvuso, cittavisuddhatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
 
 
‘Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, diṭṭhivisuddhatthaṁ …pe…  
 
 
kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, ñāṇadassanavisuddhatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ āvuso’ti vadesi.  
 
 
Kimatthaṁ carahāvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
Так ради чего тогда, друг, ведётся святая жизнь [под учительством] Благословенного?»  
Then what exactly is the purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha?”  
“Anupādāparinibbānatthaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti.  
– Друг, святая жизнь [под учительством] Благословенного ведётся ради окончательной ниббаны без цепляния.  
“The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is extinguishment by not grasping.”  
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, sīlavisuddhi anupādāparinibbānan”ti?  
– Но, друг, является ли очищение нравственности окончательной ниббаной без цепляния?  
“Reverend, is purification of ethics extinguishment by not grasping?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
– Нет, друг.  
“Certainly not, reverend.”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso, cittavisuddhi anupādāparinibbānan”ti?  
 
“Is purification of ethics …  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
 
 
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, diṭṭhivisuddhi anupādāparinibbānan”ti?  
 
purification of view …  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
 
 
“Kiṁ panāvuso, kaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhi anupādāparinibbānan”ti?  
 
purification through overcoming doubt …  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
 
 
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, maggāmaggañāṇadassanavisuddhi anupādāparinibbānan”ti?  
 
purification of knowledge and vision of what is the path and what is not the path …  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
 
 
“Kiṁ panāvuso, paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhi anupādāparinibbānan”ti?  
 
purification of knowledge and vision of the practice …  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
 
 
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, ñāṇadassanavisuddhi anupādāparinibbānan”ti?  
Но, друг, является ли очищение знанием и видением окончательной ниббаной без цепляния?  
Is purification of knowledge and vision extinguishment by not grasping?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
– Нет, друг.  
“Certainly not.”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso, aññatra imehi dhammehi anupādāparinibbānan”ti?  
– Но, друг, достигается ли без этих состояний окончательная ниббана без цепляния?  
“Then is extinguishment by not grasping something apart from these things?”  
“No hidaṁ, āvuso”.  
– Нет, друг.  
“Certainly not.”  
“‘Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, sīlavisuddhi anupādāparinibbānan’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
– Будучи спрошенным: «Но, друг, является ли очищение нравственности окончательной ниббаной без цепляния… достигается ли без этих состояний окончательная ниббана без цепляния?» – ты ответил: «Нет, друг».  
“When asked each of these questions, you answered, ‘Certainly not.’  
‘Kiṁ panāvuso, cittavisuddhi anupādāparinibbānan’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
 
 
‘Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, diṭṭhivisuddhi anupādāparinibbānan’ti …pe…  
 
 
‘kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, ñāṇadassanavisuddhi anupādāparinibbānan’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
 
 
‘Kiṁ panāvuso, aññatra imehi dhammehi anupādāparinibbānan’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
 
 
Yathākathaṁ panāvuso, imassa bhāsitassa attho daṭṭhabbo”ti?  
Но как, друг, следует понимать значение этих [твоих] утверждений? 
How then should we see the meaning of this statement?”  
“Sīlavisuddhiñce, āvuso, bhagavā anupādāparinibbānaṁ paññapeyya, saupādānaṁyeva samānaṁ anupādāparinibbānaṁ paññapeyya.  
– Друг, если бы Благословенный описывал очищение нравственности как окончательную ниббану без цепляния, то тогда он бы описывал то, что всё ещё сопровождается цеплянием, как окончательную ниббану без цепляния.…  
“If the Buddha had declared purification of ethics to be extinguishment by not grasping, he would have declared that which has grasping to be extinguishment by not grasping.  
Cittavisuddhiñce, āvuso, bhagavā anupādāparinibbānaṁ paññapeyya, saupādānaṁyeva samānaṁ anupādāparinibbānaṁ paññapeyya.  
Если бы Благословенный описывал очищение ума… 
If the Buddha had declared purification of mind …  
Diṭṭhivisuddhiñce, āvuso, bhagavā anupādāparinibbānaṁ paññapeyya, saupādānaṁyeva samānaṁ anupādāparinibbānaṁ paññapeyya.  
очищение ума… 
purification of view …  
Kaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhiñce, āvuso, bhagavā anupādāparinibbānaṁ paññapeyya, saupādānaṁyeva samānaṁ anupādāparinibbānaṁ paññapeyya.  
очищение воззрения… 
purification through overcoming doubt …  
Maggāmaggañāṇadassanavisuddhiñce, āvuso, bhagavā anupādāparinibbānaṁ paññapeyya, saupādānaṁyeva samānaṁ anupādāparinibbānaṁ paññapeyya.  
очищение преодолением сомнения… 
purification of knowledge and vision of what is the path and what is not the path …  
Paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhiñce, āvuso, bhagavā anupādāparinibbānaṁ paññapeyya, saupādānaṁyeva samānaṁ anupādāparinibbānaṁ paññapeyya.  
очищение знанием и видением того, что является путём, и того, что им не является 
purification of knowledge and vision of the practice …  
Ñāṇadassanavisuddhiñce, āvuso, bhagavā anupādāparinibbānaṁ paññapeyya, saupādānaṁyeva samānaṁ anupādāparinibbānaṁ paññapeyya.  
Если бы Благословенный описывал очищение знанием и видением как окончательную ниббану без цепляния, то тогда он бы описывал то, что всё ещё сопровождается цеплянием, как окончательную ниббану без цепляния  
If the Buddha had declared purification of knowledge and vision to be extinguishment by not grasping, he would have declared that which has grasping to be extinguishment by not grasping.  
Aññatra ce, āvuso, imehi dhammehi anupādāparinibbānaṁ abhavissa, puthujjano parinibbāyeyya.  
А если бы окончательная ниббана без цепляния достигалась без этих состояний, то тогда и обычный заурядный человек достигал бы окончательной ниббаны,  
But if extinguishment by not grasping was something apart from these things, an ordinary person would become extinguished.  
Puthujjano hi, āvuso, aññatra imehi dhammehi.  
ведь у обычного заурядного человека нет этих состояний.  
For an ordinary person lacks these things.  
Tena hāvuso, upamaṁ te karissāmi;  
В отношении этого, друг, я приведу тебе пример,  
Well then, reverend, I shall give you a simile.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, rañño pasenadissa kosalassa sāvatthiyaṁ paṭivasantassa sākete kiñcideva accāyikaṁ karaṇīyaṁ uppajjeyya.  
Представь, как если бы царь Пасенади из Косалы, живущий в Саваттхи, имел некое срочное дело, которое нужно разрешить в Сакете.  
Suppose that, while staying in Sāvatthī, King Pasenadi of Kosala had some urgent business come up in Sāketa.  
Atha kho, āvuso, rājā pasenadi kosalo sāvatthiyā nikkhamitvā antepuradvārā paṭhamaṁ rathavinītaṁ abhiruheyya, paṭhamena rathavinītena dutiyaṁ rathavinītaṁ pāpuṇeyya, paṭhamaṁ rathavinītaṁ vissajjeyya dutiyaṁ rathavinītaṁ abhiruheyya.  
Тогда царь Пасенади из Косалы, покинув Саваттхи через двери внутренних покоев дворца, взошёл бы на первую перекладную колесницу и посредством первой перекладной колесницы он прибыл ко второй перекладной колеснице. Тогда он бы спешился с первой колесницы и взошёл бы на вторую колесницу.  
Then Pasenadi, having departed Sāvatthī, mounted the first chariot at the ready by the gate of the royal compound. The first chariot at the ready would bring him to the second, where he’d dismount and mount the second chariot.  
Kathaṁ byākaramāno nu kho, āvuso, rājā pasenadi kosalo sammā byākaramāno byākareyyā”ti?  
В таком случае как бы следовало ответить царю Пасенади из Косалы, чтобы ответить правильно? 
If asked this, how should King Pasenadi rightly reply?”  
“Evaṁ byākaramāno kho, āvuso, rājā pasenadi kosalo sammā byākaramāno byākareyya:  
– Чтобы ответить правильно, друг, ему следовало бы ответить так:  
“The king should reply:  
Evaṁ byākaramāno kho, āvuso, rājā pasenadi kosalo sammā byākaramāno byākareyyā”ti.  
Чтобы ответить правильно, друг, вот как ему следовало бы ответить».  
That’s how King Pasenadi should rightly reply.”  
“Evameva kho, āvuso, sīlavisuddhi yāvadeva cittavisuddhatthā, cittavisuddhi yāvadeva diṭṭhivisuddhatthā, diṭṭhivisuddhi yāvadeva kaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhatthā, kaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhi yāvadeva maggāmaggañāṇadassanavisuddhatthā, maggāmaggañāṇadassanavisuddhi yāvadeva paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhatthā, paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhi yāvadeva ñāṇadassanavisuddhatthā, ñāṇadassanavisuddhi yāvadeva anupādāparinibbānatthā.  
– Точно также, друг, очищение нравственности [необходимо] ради очищения ума. Очищение ума – ради очищения воззрения. Очищение воззрения – ради очищения преодолением сомнения. Очищение преодолением сомнения – ради очищения знанием и видением того, что является путём, и того, что им не является. Очищение знанием и видением того, что является путём, и того, что им не является – ради очищения знанием и видением пути. Очищение знанием и видением пути – ради очищения знанием и видением. Очищение знанием и видением – ради достижения окончательной ниббаны без цепляния.  
“In the same way, reverend, purification of ethics is only for the sake of purification of mind. Purification of mind is only for the sake of purification of view. Purification of view is only for the sake of purification through overcoming doubt. Purification through overcoming doubt is only for the sake of purification of knowledge and vision of what is the path and what is not the path. Purification of knowledge and vision of what is the path and what is not the path is only for the sake of purification of knowledge and vision of the practice. Purification of knowledge and vision of the practice is only for the sake of purification of knowledge and vision. Purification of knowledge and vision is only for the sake of extinguishment by not grasping.  
Anupādāparinibbānatthaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti.  
Именно ради окончательной ниббаны без цепляния ведётся святая жизнь [под учительством] Благословенного  
The spiritual life is lived under the Buddha for the sake of extinguishment by not grasping.”  
“Puṇṇoti kho me, āvuso, nāmaṁ;  
– Меня зовут Пунна, друг,  
“Reverend, my name is Puṇṇa.  
“Acchariyaṁ, āvuso, abbhutaṁ, āvuso.  
– Удивительно, друг, поразительно! 
“It’s incredible, reverend, it’s amazing!  
“Upatissoti kho me, āvuso, nāmaṁ;  
– Меня зовут Упатисса, друг,  
“Reverend, my name is Upatissa.  
Acchariyaṁ, āvuso, abbhutaṁ, āvuso.  
Удивительно, друг, поразительно!  
It’s incredible, reverend, it’s amazing!  

mn26evamāvuso’ti hupeyyapāvuso’ti huveyyapāvusoti huveyyāvusoti āvuso āvusovādena34Pi En Ru dhamma

“cirassutā no, āvuso ānanda, bhagavato sammukhā dhammī kathā.   – Друг Ананда, долгое время мы не слышали Дхаммы из уст самого Благословенного.  
“Reverend, it’s been a long time since we’ve heard a Dhamma talk from the Buddha.  
Sādhu mayaṁ, āvuso ānanda, labheyyāma bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṁ kathaṁ savanāyā”ti.  
Было бы хорошо, если бы мы могли услышать такую беседу, друг Ананда.  
It would be good if we got to hear a Dhamma talk from the Buddha.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato ānandassa paccassosuṁ.  
- Да, друг, - ответили они.  
“Yes, reverend,” they replied.  
‘icchāmahaṁ, āvuso kālāma, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun’ti.  
«Друг Калама, я бы хотел вести святую жизнь в этой Дхамме и Винае».  
‘Reverend Kālāma, I wish to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.’  
‘kittāvatā no, āvuso kālāma, imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesī’ti?  
«Друг Алара, каким образом ты заявляешь, что, реализовав для себя посредством прямого знания, ты входишь и пребываешь в этой Дхамме?»  
‘Reverend Kālāma, to what extent do you say you’ve realized this teaching with your own insight?’  
‘Ettāvatā no, āvuso kālāma, imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesī’ti?  
«Друг Калама, таким ли образом ты заявляешь, что входишь и пребываешь в этой Дхамме, реализовав [её] для себя посредством прямого знания»?  
‘Reverend Kālāma, is it up to this point that you realized this teaching with your own insight, and declare having achieved it?’  
‘Ettāvatā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedemī’ti.  
«Таким образом, друг».  
‘I have, reverend.’  
‘Ahampi kho, āvuso, ettāvatā imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmī’ti.  
«Таким же образом, друг, я также вхожу и пребываю в этой Дхамме, реализовав [её] для себя посредством прямого знания».  
‘I too, reverend, have realized this teaching with my own insight up to this point, and live having achieved it.’  
‘Lābhā no, āvuso, suladdhaṁ no, āvuso,  
«Какое благо для нас, друг, какое огромное благо для нас,  
‘We are fortunate, reverend, so very fortunate  
Ehi dāni, āvuso, ubhova santā imaṁ gaṇaṁ pariharāmā’ti.  
Ну же, друг, будем теперь вместе вести эту общину [учеников]».  
Come now, reverend! We should both lead this community together.’  
‘icchāmahaṁ, āvuso, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun’ti.  
«Друг, я бы хотел вести святую жизнь в этой Дхамме и Винае».  
‘Reverend, I wish to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.’  
āvuso → āvuso rāma (sya-all, mr)  
‘kittāvatā no, āvuso, rāmo imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesī’ti?  
«Друг, каким образом Рама заявлял, что, реализовав для себя посредством прямого знания, он входил и пребывал в этой Дхамме?»  
‘Reverend, to what extent did Rāma say he’d realized this teaching with his own insight?’  
‘Ettāvatā no, āvuso, rāmo imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesī’ti?  
Друг, таким ли образом Рама заявлял, что входил и пребывал в этой Дхамме, реализовав [её] для себя посредством прямого знания»?  
‘Reverend, had Rāma realized this teaching with his own insight up to this point, and declared having achieved it?’  
‘Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, rāmo imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesī’ti.  
«Таким образом, друг». 
‘He had, reverend.’  
‘Ahampi kho, āvuso, ettāvatā imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmī’ti.  
«Таким же образом, друг, я также вхожу и пребываю в этой Дхамме, реализовав [её] для себя посредством прямого знания».  
‘I too have realized this teaching with my own insight up to this point, and live having achieved it.’  
‘Lābhā no, āvuso, suladdhaṁ no, āvuso,  
«Какое благо для нас, друг, какое огромной благо для нас,  
‘We are fortunate, reverend, so very fortunate  
Ehi dāni, āvuso, tuvaṁ imaṁ gaṇaṁ pariharā’ti.  
Ну же, друг, веди теперь эту общину [учеников]».  
Come now, reverend! You should lead this community.’  
‘vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto.  
«Друг, черты [твоего лица] чисты, цвет твоей кожи чистый и яркий.  
‘Reverend, your faculties are so very clear, and your complexion is pure and bright.  
Kaṁsi tvaṁ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṁ dhammaṁ rocesī’ti?  
Под чьим [учительством] ты ушёл в бездомную жизнь, друг? Кто твой учитель? Чьей Дхаммы ты придерживаешься?»  
In whose name have you gone forth, reverend? Who is your Teacher? Whose teaching do you believe in?’  
‘Yathā kho tvaṁ, āvuso, paṭijānāsi, arahasi anantajino’ti.  
[Упака ответил]: «Судя по твоим заявлениям, друг, ты должен быть Вселенским Победителем».  
‘According to what you claim, reverend, you ought to be the Infinite Victor.’  
Evaṁ vutte, bhikkhave, upako ājīvako ‘hupeyyapāvuso’ti vatvā sīsaṁ okampetvā ummaggaṁ gahetvā pakkāmi.  
Когда так было сказано, адживака Упака сказал: «Пусть будет так, друг». Покачав головой, он свернул на боковую дорогу и ушёл.  
When I had spoken, Upaka said: ‘If you say so, reverend.’ Shaking his head, he took a wrong turn and left.  
hupeyyapāvuso’ti → huveyyapāvusoti (bj, pts1ed); huveyyāvusoti (cck, sya2ed)  
‘ayaṁ kho, āvuso, samaṇo gotamo āgacchati bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya.  
«Друзья, вот идёт отшельник Готама, который проживает в роскоши, который отбросил своё старание, вернулся к роскоши.  
‘Here comes the ascetic Gotama. He’s so indulgent; he strayed from the struggle and returned to indulgence.  
Api ca kho maṁ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaranti.  
Однако они обратились ко мне по имени и [словом] «друг».  
But they still addressed me by name and as ‘reverend’.  
‘mā, bhikkhave, tathāgataṁ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaratha.  
«Монахи, не обращайтесь к Татхагате по имени и [словом] «друг».  
‘Mendicants, don’t address me by name and as ‘reverend’.  
‘tāyapi kho tvaṁ, āvuso gotama, iriyāya tāya paṭipadāya tāya dukkarakārikāya nājjhagamā uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ, kiṁ pana tvaṁ etarahi bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya adhigamissasi uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesan’ti?  
«Друг Готама, поведением, практикой, исполнением аскез, которые ты предпринимал, ты не достиг каких-либо сверхчеловеческих состояний, какого-либо отличия в знании и видении, что достойно благородных. Поскольку ты теперь проживаешь в роскоши, оставив своё старание, вернувшись к роскоши, как могло произойти так, что ты достиг каких-либо сверхчеловеческих состояний, какого-либо отличия в знании и видении, что достойно благородных?»  
‘Reverend Gotama, even by that conduct, that practice, that grueling work you did not achieve any superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones. How could you have achieved such a state now that you’ve become indulgent, strayed from the struggle and returned to indulgence?’  
‘tāyapi kho tvaṁ, āvuso gotama, iriyāya tāya paṭipadāya tāya dukkarakārikāya nājjhagamā uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ, kiṁ pana tvaṁ etarahi bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya adhigamissasi uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesan’ti?  
«Друг Готама, поведением, практикой… как могло произойти так, что ты достиг каких-либо сверхчеловеческих состояний, какого-либо отличия в знании и видении, что достойно благородных?»  
‘Reverend Gotama … you’ve returned to indulgence.’  
‘tāyapi kho tvaṁ, āvuso gotama, iriyāya tāya paṭipadāya tāya dukkarakārikāya nājjhagamā uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ, kiṁ pana tvaṁ etarahi bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya adhigamissasi uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesan’ti?  
«Друг Готама, поведением, практикой… как могло произойти так, что ты достиг каких-либо сверхчеловеческих состояний, какого-либо отличия в знании и видении, что достойно благородных?» 
‘Reverend Gotama, even by that conduct, that practice, that grueling work you did not achieve any superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones. How could you have achieved such a state now that you’ve become indulgent, strayed from the struggle and returned to indulgence?’  

mn28cāvuso vuccatāvuso āvuso62Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   - Друзья, монахи!  
“Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Seyyathāpi, āvuso, yāni kānici jaṅgalānaṁ pāṇānaṁ padajātāni sabbāni tāni hatthipade samodhānaṁ gacchanti, hatthipadaṁ tesaṁ aggamakkhāyati yadidaṁ mahantattena;  
– Друзья, подобно тому как след слона покрывает след любого ходячего живого существа, и след слона считается наибольшим среди них по размеру,  
“The footprints of all creatures that walk can fit inside an elephant’s footprint, so an elephant’s footprint is said to be the biggest of them all.  
evameva kho, āvuso, ye keci kusalā dhammā sabbete catūsu ariyasaccesu saṅgahaṁ gacchanti.  
– точно так же и все благие качества [ума] могут быть включены в Четыре благородные истины.  
In the same way, all skillful qualities are included in the four noble truths.  
Katamañcāvuso, dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ?  
И что такое благородная истина о страдании?  
And what is the noble truth of suffering?  
Katame cāvuso, pañcupādānakkhandhā?  
И что такое пять совокупностей, подверженных цеплянию?  
And what are the five grasping aggregates?  
Katamo cāvuso, rūpupādānakkhandho?  
И что такое совокупность материальной формы, подверженная цеплянию?  
And what is the grasping aggregate of form?  
Katamā cāvuso, cattāro mahābhūtā?  
И что это за четыре великих элемента?  
And what are the four primary elements?  
Katamā cāvuso, pathavīdhātu?  
И что такое, друзья, элемент земли?  
And what is the earth element?  
Katamā cāvuso, ajjhattikā pathavīdhātu?  
И что такое внутренний элемент земли?  
And what is the interior earth element?  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ajjhattikā pathavīdhātu.  
Это называется внутренним элементом земли.  
This is called the interior earth element.  
Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṁ bāhirā āpodhātu pakuppati.  
И приходит время, когда тревожится внешний элемент воды,  
There comes a time when the exterior water element flares up.  
Tassā hi nāma, āvuso, bāhirāya pathavīdhātuyā tāva mahallikāya aniccatā paññāyissati, khayadhammatā paññāyissati, vayadhammatā paññāyissati, vipariṇāmadhammatā paññāyissati.  
Так что, если даже в отношении столь обширного внешнего элемента земли можно увидеть непостоянство, разрушение, исчезновение, изменение,  
So for all its great age, the earth element will be revealed as impermanent, liable to end, vanish, and perish.  
Tañce, āvuso, bhikkhuṁ pare akkosanti paribhāsanti rosenti vihesenti, so evaṁ pajānāti:  
И потому, если другие оскорбляют, бранят, ругают, изводят монаха, он понимает так:  
If others abuse, attack, harass, and trouble that mendicant, they understand:  
Tañce, āvuso, bhikkhuṁ pare aniṭṭhehi akantehi amanāpehi samudācaranti— 
И если другие нападают на монаха нежеланными, нежелательными, неприятными способами –  
Others might treat that mendicant with disliking, loathing, and detestation,  
Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno evaṁ buddhaṁ anussarato evaṁ dhammaṁ anussarato evaṁ saṅghaṁ anussarato upekkhā kusalanissitā na saṇṭhāti.  
Когда этот монах таким образом памятует о Будде, Дхамме, Сангхе, [но] невозмутимость, поддерживаемая благими [качествами ума], не утверждается в нём,  
While recollecting the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha in this way, equanimity based on the skillful may not become stabilized in them.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, suṇisā sasuraṁ disvā saṁvijjati saṁvegaṁ āpajjati;  
Подобно невестке, которая, завидев свёкра, зарождает чувство тревоги [чтобы угодить ему],  
They’re like a daughter-in-law who stirs up a sense of urgency when they see their father-in-law.  
evameva kho, āvuso, tassa ce bhikkhuno evaṁ buddhaṁ anussarato, evaṁ dhammaṁ anussarato, evaṁ saṅghaṁ anussarato, upekkhā kusalanissitā na saṇṭhāti, so tena saṁvijjati saṁvegaṁ āpajjati:  
точно так же, если этот монах памятует о Будде, Дхамме, Сангхе таким способом, 
 
Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno evaṁ buddhaṁ anussarato, evaṁ dhammaṁ anussarato, evaṁ saṅghaṁ anussarato upekkhā kusalanissitā saṇṭhāti, so tena attamano hoti.  
Но если, когда он памятует таким образом о Будде, Дхамме, Сангхе, невозмутимость, поддерживаемая благими [качествами ума], утверждается в нём, то он удовлетворён этим.  
But if, while recollecting the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha in this way, equanimity based on the skillful does become stabilized in them, they’re happy with that.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno bahukataṁ hoti.  
На этом этапе, друзья, этот монах [уже] осуществил многое.  
At this point, much has been done by that mendicant.  
Katamā cāvuso, āpodhātu?  
И что такое, друзья, элемент воды?  
And what is the water element?  
Katamā cāvuso, ajjhattikā āpodhātu?  
И что такое внутренний элемент воды?  
And what is the interior water element?  
ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ajjhattikā āpodhātu.  
Это называется внутренним элементом воды.  
This is called the interior water element.  
Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṁ bāhirā āpodhātu pakuppati.  
И приходит время, когда провоцируется внешний элемент воды,  
There comes a time when the exterior water element flares up.  
Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṁ mahāsamudde yojanasatikānipi udakāni ogacchanti, dviyojanasatikānipi udakāni ogacchanti, tiyojanasatikānipi udakāni ogacchanti, catuyojanasatikānipi udakāni ogacchanti, pañcayojanasatikānipi udakāni ogacchanti, chayojanasatikānipi udakāni ogacchanti, sattayojanasatikānipi udakāni ogacchanti.  
Приходит время, когда вода в великом океане ниспадает на сто лиг, двести, триста, четыреста, пятьсот, шестьсот, семьсот лиг.  
There comes a time when the water in the ocean sinks down a hundred leagues, or two, three, four, five, six, up to seven hundred leagues.  
Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṁ mahāsamudde sattatālampi udakaṁ saṇṭhāti, chattālampi udakaṁ saṇṭhāti, pañcatālampi udakaṁ saṇṭhāti, catuttālampi udakaṁ saṇṭhāti, titālampi udakaṁ saṇṭhāti, dvitālampi udakaṁ saṇṭhāti, tālamattampi udakaṁ saṇṭhāti.  
Приходит время, когда вода в великом океане имеет глубину [длины] семи пальмовых деревьев, шести пальмовых деревьев, пяти, четырёх, трёх, двух, одного пальмового дерева.  
There comes a time when the water in the ocean stands just seven palm trees deep, or six, five, four, three, two, or even just one palm tree deep.  
Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṁ mahāsamudde sattaporisampi udakaṁ saṇṭhāti, chapporisampi udakaṁ saṇṭhāti, pañcaporisampi udakaṁ saṇṭhāti, catupporisampi udakaṁ saṇṭhāti, tiporisampi udakaṁ saṇṭhāti, dviporisampi udakaṁ saṇṭhāti, porisamattampi udakaṁ saṇṭhāti.  
Приходит время, когда вода в великом океане имеет глубину в семь саженей, шесть саженей, пять, четыре, три, два, в одну сажень.  
There comes a time when the water in the ocean stands just seven fathoms deep, or six, five, four, three, two, or even just one fathom deep.  
Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṁ mahāsamudde aḍḍhaporisampi udakaṁ saṇṭhāti, kaṭimattampi udakaṁ saṇṭhāti, jāṇukamattampi udakaṁ saṇṭhāti, gopphakamattampi udakaṁ saṇṭhāti.  
Приходит время, когда вода в великом океане имеет глубину в пол-сажени, по пояс, по колено, по лодыжку.  
There comes a time when the water in the ocean stands just half a fathom deep, or waist deep, or knee deep, or even just ankle deep.  
Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo, yaṁ mahāsamudde aṅgulipabbatemanamattampi udakaṁ na hoti.  
Приходит время, когда воды в великом океане не хватает даже для того, чтобы намочить одну фалангу пальца.  
There comes a time when there isn’t enough water in the ocean even to wet the tip of your finger.  
Tassā hi nāma, āvuso, bāhirāya āpodhātuyā tāva mahallikāya aniccatā paññāyissati, khayadhammatā paññāyissati, vayadhammatā paññāyissati, vipariṇāmadhammatā paññāyissati.  
Так что, если даже в отношении столь обширного внешнего элемента воды можно увидеть непостоянство, разрушение, исчезновение, изменение,  
So for all its great age, the water element will be revealed as impermanent, liable to end, vanish, and perish.  
tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno evaṁ buddhaṁ anussarato, evaṁ dhammaṁ anussarato, evaṁ saṅghaṁ anussarato upekkhā kusalanissitā saṇṭhāti. So tena attamano hoti.  
И потому, если другие оскорбляют, бранят, ругают, изводят монаха, он понимает…  
If, while recollecting the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha in this way, equanimity based on the skillful does become stabilized in them, they’re happy with that.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno bahukataṁ hoti.  
На этом этапе, друзья, этот монах [уже] осуществил многое.  
At this point, much has been done by that mendicant.  
Katamā cāvuso, tejodhātu?  
И что такое, друзья, элемент огня?  
And what is the fire element?  
Katamā cāvuso, ajjhattikā tejodhātu?  
И что такое внутренний элемент огня?  
And what is the interior fire element?  
ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ajjhattikā tejodhātu.  
Это называется внутренним элементом огня.  
This is called the interior fire element.  
Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṁ bāhirā tejodhātu pakuppati.  
И приходит время, когда провоцируется внешний элемент огня,  
There comes a time when the exterior fire element flares up.  
Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṁ kukkuṭapattenapi nhārudaddulenapi aggiṁ gavesanti.  
И приходит время, когда люди пытаются разжечь огонь даже петушиным пером или обрезками шкуры.  
There comes a time when they go looking for a fire, taking just a chicken feather or a scrap of sinew as kindling.  
Tassā hi nāma, āvuso, bāhirāya tejodhātuyā tāva mahallikāya aniccatā paññāyissati, khayadhammatā paññāyissati, vayadhammatā paññāyissati, vipariṇāmadhammatā paññāyissati.  
Так что если даже в отношении столь обширного внешнего элемента огня можно увидеть непостоянство, разрушение, исчезновение, изменение,  
So for all its great age, the fire element will be revealed as impermanent, liable to end, vanish, and perish.  
Atha khvāssa notevettha hoti …pe… tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno evaṁ buddhaṁ anussarato evaṁ dhammaṁ anussarato evaṁ saṅghaṁ anussarato upekkhā kusalanissitā saṇṭhāti, so tena attamano hoti.  
И потому, если другие оскорбляют, бранят, ругают, изводят монаха, он понимает…  
If, while recollecting the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha in this way, equanimity based on the skillful does become stabilized in them, they’re happy with that.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno bahukataṁ hoti.  
На этом этапе, друзья, этот монах [уже] осуществил многое.  
At this point, much has been done by that mendicant.  
Katamā cāvuso, vāyodhātu?  
И что такое, друзья, элемент воздуха?  
And what is the air element?  
Katamā cāvuso, ajjhattikā vāyodhātu?  
И что такое внутренний элемент воздуха?  
And what is the interior air element?  
ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ajjhattikā vāyodhātu.  
Это называется внутренним элементом воздуха.  
This is called the interior air element.  
Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṁ bāhirā vāyodhātu pakuppati.  
И приходит время, когда провоцируется внешний элемент воздуха,  
There comes a time when the exterior air element flares up.  
Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṁ gimhānaṁ pacchime māse tālavaṇṭenapi vidhūpanenapi vātaṁ pariyesanti, ossavanepi tiṇāni na icchanti.  
[Но] приходит время, когда в последний месяц жаркого сезона люди ищут ветра, используя веер или меха, и даже трава у стока соломенной крыши не колышется.  
There comes a time, in the last month of summer, when they look for wind by using a palm-leaf or fan, and even the grasses in the drip-fringe of a thatch roof don’t stir.  
Tassā hi nāma, āvuso, bāhirāya vāyodhātuyā tāva mahallikāya aniccatā paññāyissati, khayadhammatā paññāyissati, vayadhammatā paññāyissati, vipariṇāmadhammatā paññāyissati.  
Так что если даже в отношении столь обширного внешнего элемента воздуха можно увидеть непостоянство, разрушение, исчезновение, изменение,  
So for all its great age, the air element will be revealed as impermanent, liable to end, vanish, and perish.  
Tañce, āvuso, bhikkhuṁ pare akkosanti paribhāsanti rosenti vihesenti.  
И потому, если другие оскорбляют, бранят, ругают, изводят монаха, он понимает так:  
If others abuse, attack, harass, and trouble that mendicant, they understand:  
Tañce, āvuso, bhikkhuṁ pare aniṭṭhehi akantehi amanāpehi samudācaranti, pāṇisamphassenapi leḍḍusamphassenapi daṇḍasamphassenapi satthasamphassenapi.  
И если другие нападают на монаха нежеланными, нежелательными, неприятными способами – контактами кулаков, камней, палок, ножей –  
Others might treat that mendicant with disliking, loathing, and detestation, striking them with fists, stones, sticks, and swords.  
Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno evaṁ buddhaṁ anussarato, evaṁ dhammaṁ anussarato, evaṁ saṅghaṁ anussarato upekkhā kusalanissitā na saṇṭhāti.  
Когда этот монах таким образом памятует о Будде, Дхамме, Сангхе, [но] невозмутимость, поддерживаемая благими [качествами ума], не утверждается в нём,  
While recollecting the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha in this way, equanimity based on the skillful may not become stabilized in them.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, suṇisā sasuraṁ disvā saṁvijjati saṁvegaṁ āpajjati;  
Подобно невестке, которая, завидев свёкра, зарождает чувство тревоги [чтобы угодить ему],  
They’re like a daughter-in-law who stirs up a sense of urgency when they see their father-in-law.  
evameva kho, āvuso, tassa ce bhikkhuno evaṁ buddhaṁ anussarato, evaṁ dhammaṁ anussarato, evaṁ saṅghaṁ anussarato, upekkhā kusalanissitā na saṇṭhāti.  
 
 
Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno evaṁ buddhaṁ anussarato, evaṁ dhammaṁ anussarato, evaṁ saṅghaṁ anussarato, upekkhā kusalanissitā saṇṭhāti, so tena attamano hoti.  
Но если, когда он памятует таким образом о Будде, Дхамме, Сангхе, невозмутимость, поддерживаемая благими [качествами ума], утверждается в нём, то он удовлетворён этим.  
But if, while recollecting the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha in this way, equanimity based on the skillful does become stabilized in them, they’re happy with that.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno bahukataṁ hoti.  
На этом этапе, друзья, этот монах [уже] осуществил многое.  
At this point, much has been done by that mendicant.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, kaṭṭhañca paṭicca valliñca paṭicca tiṇañca paṭicca mattikañca paṭicca ākāso parivārito agārantveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati;  
Друзья, подобно тому как в зависимости от древесины, лозы, травы и глины окружённое ими пространство называют словом «дом»,  
When a space is enclosed by sticks, creepers, grass, and mud it becomes known as a ‘building’.  
evameva kho, āvuso, aṭṭhiñca paṭicca nhāruñca paṭicca maṁsañca paṭicca cammañca paṭicca ākāso parivārito rūpantveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati.  
так и когда пространство окружено костями, сухожилиями, мышцами и кожей, это называют «материальной формой».  
In the same way, when a space is enclosed by bones, sinews, flesh, and skin it becomes known as a ‘form’.  
Ajjhattikañceva, āvuso, cakkhuṁ aparibhinnaṁ hoti, bāhirā ca rūpā na āpāthaṁ āgacchanti, no ca tajjo samannāhāro hoti, neva tāva tajjassa viññāṇabhāgassa pātubhāvo hoti.  
Если, друзья, внутренне глаз не повреждён, но внешние формы не попадают в его область [обзора], а также нет соответствующей вовлечённости [ума], то тогда не возникает соответствующего типа сознания.  
Reverends, though the eye is intact internally, so long as exterior sights don’t come into range and there’s no corresponding engagement, there’s no manifestation of the corresponding type of consciousness.  
Ajjhattikañceva, āvuso, cakkhuṁ aparibhinnaṁ hoti bāhirā ca rūpā āpāthaṁ āgacchanti, no ca tajjo samannāhāro hoti, neva tāva tajjassa viññāṇabhāgassa pātubhāvo hoti.  
Если внутренне глаз не повреждён и внешние формы попадают в его область [обзора], но нет соответствующей вовлечённости, то тогда не возникает соответствующего типа сознания.  
Though the eye is intact internally and exterior sights come into range, so long as there’s no corresponding engagement, there’s no manifestation of the corresponding type of consciousness.  
Yato ca kho, āvuso, ajjhattikañceva cakkhuṁ aparibhinnaṁ hoti, bāhirā ca rūpā āpāthaṁ āgacchanti, tajjo ca samannāhāro hoti. Evaṁ tajjassa viññāṇabhāgassa pātubhāvo hoti.  
Но когда внутренне глаз не повреждён и внешние формы попадают в его область [обзора], и имеется соответствующая вовлечённость, то тогда возникает соответствующий тип сознания.  
But when the eye is intact internally and exterior sights come into range and there is corresponding engagement, there is the manifestation of the corresponding type of consciousness.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno bahukataṁ hoti.  
На этом этапе тоже, друзья, этот монах [уже] осуществил многое.  
At this point, much has been done by that mendicant.  
Ajjhattikañceva, āvuso, sotaṁ aparibhinnaṁ hoti …pe…  
Если, друзья, внутренне ухо не повреждено… …  
Though the ear …  
Ajjhattiko ceva, āvuso, mano aparibhinno hoti, bāhirā ca dhammā āpāthaṁ āgacchanti, no ca tajjo samannāhāro hoti, neva tāva tajjassa viññāṇabhāgassa pātubhāvo hoti.  
Если внутренне ум не повреждён и внешние умственные феномены попадают в его область [умственного обзора], но нет соответствующей вовлечённости, то тогда не возникает соответствующего типа сознания.  
Though the mind is intact internally and exterior ideas come into range, so long as there’s no corresponding engagement, there’s no manifestation of the corresponding type of consciousness.  
Yato ca kho, āvuso, ajjhattiko ceva mano aparibhinno hoti, bāhirā ca dhammā āpāthaṁ āgacchanti, tajjo ca samannāhāro hoti, evaṁ tajjassa viññāṇabhāgassa pātubhāvo hoti.  
Но когда внутренне ум не повреждён и умственные феномены попадают в его область [умственного обзора], и имеется соответствующая вовлечённость, то тогда возникает соответствующий тип сознания.  
But when the mind is intact internally and exterior ideas come into range and there is corresponding engagement, there is the manifestation of the corresponding type of consciousness.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno bahukataṁ hotī”ti.  
На этом этапе тоже, друзья, этот монах [уже] осуществил многое.  
At this point, much has been done by that mendicant.”  

mn31āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“mā, āvuso dāyapāla, bhagavantaṁ vāresi.   – Друг лесничий, не выдворяй Благословенного.  
“Don’t keep the Buddha out, good park keeper!  

mn32evamāvuso’ti idhāvuso māvuso yasmantāvuso āvuso72Pi En Ru dhamma

“āyāmāvuso, kassapa, yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamissāma dhammassavanāyā”ti.   – Друг Кассапа, пойдём к достопочтенному Сарипутте послушать Дхамму.  
“Come, Reverend Kassapa, let’s go to Venerable Sāriputta to hear the teaching.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosi.  
– Да, друг, – ответил достопочтенный Махакассапа.  
“Yes, reverend,” Mahākassapa replied.  
“upasaṅkamantā kho amū, āvuso revata, sappurisā yenāyasmā sāriputto tena dhammassavanāya.  
– Друг Ревата, те праведники идут к достопочтенному Сарипутте, чтобы послушать Дхамму. Пойдём тоже к достопочтенному Сарипутте послушать Дхамму?  
and invited him also.  
kho amū, āvuso → āyasmantāvuso (mr)  
Āyāmāvuso revata, yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamissāma dhammassavanāyā”ti.  
 
 
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā revato āyasmato ānandassa paccassosi.  
 
 
Ramaṇīyaṁ, āvuso ānanda, gosiṅgasālavanaṁ, dosinā ratti, sabbaphāliphullā sālā, dibbā, maññe, gandhā sampavanti;  
Друг Ананда, лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги восхитителен, ночь залита лунным светом, все саловые деревья цветут, и будто небесный аромат витает в воздухе.  
Ānanda, the sal forest park at Gosiṅga is lovely, the night is bright, the sal trees are in full blossom, and divine scents seem to float on the air.  
kathaṁrūpena, āvuso ānanda, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā”ti?  
Какой монах, друг Ананда, мог бы наполнить светом лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги?  
What kind of mendicant would beautify this park?”  
“Idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthā sabyañjanā; kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti, dhātā, vacasā paricitā, manasānupekkhitā, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā.  
– Вот, друг Сарипутта, монах много изучал, помнит то, что учил, накапливает [в своём уме] то, что он изучил. Те учения, что прекрасны в начале, прекрасны в середине и прекрасны в конце, правильны в значениях и формулировках, провозглашающие идеально полную и чистую святую жизнь, – таких учений он много изучал, запоминал, повторял вслух [по памяти], исследовал их в уме и тщательно проникал в них воззрением.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, it’s a mendicant who is very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, reinforcing them by recitation, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically.  
Evarūpena kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā”ti.  
Этот монах мог бы наполнить светом этот лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги.  
That’s the kind of mendicant who would beautify this park.”  
“byākataṁ kho, āvuso revata, āyasmatā ānandena yathāsakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ.  
– Друг Ревата, достопочтенный Ананда высказался, исходя из собственного вдохновения  
“Reverend Revata, Ānanda has answered by speaking from his heart.  
‘ramaṇīyaṁ, āvuso revata, gosiṅgasālavanaṁ, dosinā ratti, sabbaphāliphullā sālā, dibbā, maññe, gandhā sampavanti;  
Друг Ревата, лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги восхитителен, ночь залита лунным светом, все саловые деревья цветут, и будто небесный аромат витает в воздухе.  
 
kathaṁrūpena, āvuso revata, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’”ti?  
Какой монах, друг Ревата, мог бы наполнить светом лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги? 
 
“Idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu paṭisallānārāmo hoti paṭisallānarato, ajjhattaṁ cetosamathamanuyutto anirākatajjhāno, vipassanāya samannāgato, brūhetā suññāgārānaṁ.  
– Вот, друг Сарипутта, монах радуется уединённой медитации, находит радость в уединённой медитации. Он предаётся внутреннему успокоению ума, не пренебрегает медитацией, обладает прозрением, проживает в пустых хижинах.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, it’s a mendicant who enjoys retreat and loves retreat. They’re committed to inner serenity of the heart, they don’t neglect absorption, they’re endowed with discernment, and they frequent empty huts.  
Evarūpena kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā”ti.  
Этот монах мог бы наполнить светом этот лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги.  
That’s the kind of mendicant who would beautify this park.”  
“byākataṁ kho, āvuso anuruddha, āyasmatā revatena yathāsakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ.  
– Друг Ануруддха, достопочтенный Ревата высказался, исходя из собственного вдохновения.  
“Reverend Anuruddha, Revata has answered by speaking from his heart.  
‘ramaṇīyaṁ, āvuso anuruddha, gosiṅgasālavanaṁ, dosinā ratti, sabbaphāliphullā sālā, dibbā, maññe, gandhā sampavanti;  
Друг Ануруддха, лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги восхитителен, ночь залита лунным светом, все саловые деревья цветут, и будто небесный аромат витает в воздухе.  
 
kathaṁrūpena, āvuso anuruddha, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’”ti?  
Какой монах, друг Ануруддха, мог бы наполнить светом лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги? 
 
“Idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sahassaṁ lokānaṁ voloketi.  
– Вот, друг Сарипутта, божественным глазом, очищенным и превосходящим человеческий, монах обозревает тысячу миров.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, it’s a mendicant who surveys a thousand worlds with clairvoyance that is purified and surpasses the human,  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso sāriputta, cakkhumā puriso uparipāsādavaragato sahassaṁ nemimaṇḍalānaṁ volokeyya;  
Подобно человеку с хорошим зрением, который поднялся в верхние покои дворца и может обозреть тысячу ободов колёс,  
just as a person with clear eyes could survey a thousand orbits from the upper floor of a royal longhouse.  
evameva kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sahassaṁ lokānaṁ voloketi.  
точно также божественным глазом, очищенным и превосходящим человеческий, монах обозревает тысячу миров. 
 
Evarūpena kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā”ti.  
Этот монах мог бы наполнить светом этот лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги.  
That’s the kind of mendicant who would beautify this park.”  
“byākataṁ kho, āvuso kassapa, āyasmatā anuruddhena yathāsakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ.  
– Друг Кассапа, достопочтенный Ануруддха высказался, исходя из собственного вдохновения.  
“Reverend Kassapa, Anuruddha has answered by speaking from his heart.  
‘ramaṇīyaṁ, āvuso kassapa, gosiṅgasālavanaṁ, dosinā ratti, sabbaphāliphullā sālā, dibbā, maññe, gandhā sampavanti;  
Друг Кассапа, лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги восхитителен, ночь залита лунным светом, все саловые деревья цветут, и будто небесный аромат витает в воздухе.  
 
kathaṁrūpena, āvuso kassapa, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’”ti?  
Какой монах, друг Кассапа, мог бы наполнить светом лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги? 
 
“Idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu attanā ca āraññiko hoti āraññikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca piṇḍapātiko hoti piṇḍapātikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca paṁsukūliko hoti paṁsukūlikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca tecīvariko hoti tecīvarikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca appiccho hoti appicchatāya ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca santuṭṭho hoti santuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca pavivitto hoti pavivekassa ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca asaṁsaṭṭho hoti asaṁsaggassa ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca āraddhavīriyo hoti vīriyārambhassa ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca sīlasampanno hoti sīlasampadāya ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca samādhisampanno hoti samādhisampadāya ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca paññāsampanno hoti paññāsampadāya ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca vimuttisampanno hoti vimuttisampadāya ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca vimuttiñāṇadassanasampanno hoti vimuttiñāṇadassanasampadāya ca vaṇṇavādī.  
– Вот, друг Сарипутта, монах сам является тем, кто проживает в лесу, и восхваляет проживание в лесу. Он сам ест [только ту] еду, что получена с хождения за подаяниями и восхваляет употребление [только той] еды, что получена с хождения за подаяниями. Он сам носит одеяние из обносков и восхваляет ношение одеяния из обносков. Он сам является тем, кто использует комплект [только] из трёх одежд и восхваляет использование комплекта из трёх одежд. У него самого мало желаний, и он восхваляет малое количество желаний. Он сам довольствуется [тем, что есть] и восхваляет [такое] довольствование. Он сам проживает в затворничестве и восхваляет затворничество. Он сам сторонится общества и восхваляет отчуждённость от общества. Он сам усердный и восхваляет зарождение усердия. Он сам достиг нравственности и восхваляет достижение нравственности. Он сам достиг сосредоточения и восхваляет достижение сосредоточения. Он сам достиг мудрости и восхваляет достижение мудрости. Он сам достиг освобождения и восхваляет достижение освобождения. Он сам достиг знания и видения освобождения и восхваляет достижение знания и видения освобождения.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, it’s a mendicant who lives in the wilderness, eats only almsfood, wears rag robes, and owns just three robes; and they praise these things. They are of few wishes, content, secluded, aloof, and energetic; and they praise these things. They are accomplished in ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom; and they praise these things.  
Evarūpena kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā”ti.  
Этот монах мог бы наполнить светом этот лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги.  
That’s the kind of mendicant who would beautify this park.”  
“byākataṁ kho, āvuso moggallāna, āyasmatā mahākassapena yathāsakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ.  
– Друг Моггаллана, достопочтенный Махакассапа высказался, исходя из собственного вдохновения.  
“Reverend Moggallāna, Mahākassapa has answered by speaking from his heart.  
‘ramaṇīyaṁ, āvuso moggallāna, gosiṅgasālavanaṁ, dosinā ratti, sabbaphāliphullā sālā, dibbā, maññe, gandhā sampavanti;  
Друг Моггаллана, лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги восхитителен, ночь залита лунным светом, все саловые деревья цветут, и будто небесный аромат витает в воздухе.  
 
kathaṁrūpena, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’”ti?  
Какой монах, друг Моггаллана, мог бы наполнить светом лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги?  
 
“Idhāvuso sāriputta, dve bhikkhū abhidhammakathaṁ kathenti, te aññamaññaṁ pañhaṁ pucchanti, aññamaññassa pañhaṁ puṭṭhā vissajjenti, no ca saṁsādenti, dhammī ca nesaṁ kathā pavattinī hoti.  
– Вот, друг Сарипутта, два монаха беседуют о высшей Дхамме, они расспрашивают друг друга, и когда одному задают вопрос, то другой отвечает без заминок, и их беседа идёт в соответствии с Дхаммой.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, it’s when two mendicants engage in discussion about the teaching. They question each other and answer each other’s questions without faltering, and their discussion on the teaching flows on.  
Evarūpena kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā”ti.  
Этот монах мог бы наполнить светом этот лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги.  
That’s the kind of mendicant who would beautify this park.”  
“byākataṁ kho, āvuso sāriputta, amhehi sabbeheva yathāsakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ.  
«Друг Сарипутта, мы все высказались, исходя из собственного вдохновения.  
“Each of us has spoken from our heart.  
‘ramaṇīyaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, gosiṅgasālavanaṁ, dosinā ratti, sabbaphāliphullā sālā, dibbā, maññe, gandhā sampavanti;  
Друг Сарипутта, лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги восхитителен, ночь залита лунным светом, все саловые деревья цветут, и будто небесный аромат витает в воздухе.  
Sāriputta, the sal forest park at Gosiṅga is lovely, the night is bright, the sal trees are in full blossom, and divine scents seem to float on the air.  
kathaṁrūpena, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’”ti?  
Какой монах, друг Сарипутта, мог бы наполнить светом лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги?  
What kind of mendicant would beautify this park?”  
“Idhāvuso moggallāna, bhikkhu cittaṁ vasaṁ vatteti, no ca bhikkhu cittassa vasena vattati.  
– Вот, друг Моггаллана, монах овладевает своим умом, не позволяет уму овладеть им.  
“Reverend Moggallāna, it’s when a mendicant masters their mind and is not mastered by it.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso moggallāna, rañño vā rājamahāmattassa vā nānārattānaṁ dussānaṁ dussakaraṇḍako pūro assa.  
Представь, как если бы у царского министра был полный сундук разноцветных одежд.  
Suppose that a ruler or their minister had a chest full of garments of different colors.  
Evameva kho, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhu cittaṁ vasaṁ vatteti, no ca bhikkhu cittassa vasena vattati.  
Точно также, монах овладевает своим умом, не позволяет уму овладеть им.  
In the same way, a mendicant masters their mind and is not mastered by it.  
Evarūpena kho, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā”ti.  
Этот монах мог бы наполнить светом этот лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги.  
That’s the kind of mendicant who would beautify this park.”  
“byākataṁ kho, āvuso, amhehi sabbeheva yathāsakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ.  
– Друзья, мы все высказались, исходя из собственного вдохновения.  
“Each of us has spoken from the heart.  
Āyāmāvuso, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ bhagavato ārocessāma.  
Пойдёмте к Благословенному и расскажем ему об этом. То, как Благословенный ответит,  
Come, reverends, let’s go to the Buddha, and inform him about this.  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te āyasmanto āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosuṁ.  
- Да, друг, - ответили они. 
“Yes, reverend,” they replied.  
Ramaṇīyaṁ, āvuso ānanda, gosiṅgasālavanaṁ, dosinā ratti, sabbaphāliphullā sālā, dibbā, maññe, gandhā sampavanti;  
Друг Ананда, лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги восхитителен, ночь залита лунным светом, все саловые деревья цветут, и будто небесный аромат витает в воздухе.  
“‘Ānanda, the sal forest park at Gosiṅga is lovely, the night is bright, the sal trees are in full blossom, and divine scents seem to float on the air.  
kathaṁrūpena, āvuso ānanda, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’ti?  
Какой монах, друг Ананда, мог бы наполнить светом лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги?  
What kind of mendicant would beautify this park?’  
‘idhāvuso, sāriputta, bhikkhu bahussuto hoti sutadharo …pe…  
«Вот, друг Сарипутта, монах много изучал… …  
‘Reverend Sāriputta, it’s a mendicant who is very learned …  
Evarūpena kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’”ti.  
Этот монах мог бы наполнить светом этот лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги».  
That’s the kind of mendicant who would beautify this park.’”  
‘byākataṁ kho, āvuso revata, āyasmatā ānandena yathāsakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ.  
 
 
ramaṇīyaṁ, āvuso revata, gosiṅgasālavanaṁ, dosinā ratti, sabbaphāliphullā sālā, dibbā maññe gandhā sampavanti.  
 
 
Kathaṁrūpena, āvuso revata, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’ti?  
 
 
‘idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu paṭisallānārāmo hoti paṭisallānarato, ajjhattaṁ cetosamathamanuyutto, anirākatajjhāno, vipassanāya samannāgato, brūhetā suññāgārānaṁ.  
Вот, друг Сарипутта, монах радуется уединённой медитации…  
‘It’s a mendicant who enjoys retreat …  
Evarūpena kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’”ti.  
Этот монах мог бы наполнить светом этот лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги».  
That’s the kind of mendicant who would beautify this park.’”  
‘byākataṁ kho, āvuso anuruddha, āyasmatā revatena …pe…  
 
 
kathaṁrūpena, āvuso anuruddha, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’ti.  
 
 
‘idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sahassaṁ lokānaṁ voloketi.  
«Вот, друг Сарипутта, божественным глазом…  
‘It’s a mendicant who surveys the entire galaxy with clairvoyance that is purified and surpasses the human …  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso sāriputta, cakkhumā puriso …pe…  
 
 
evarūpena kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’”ti.  
Этот монах мог бы наполнить светом этот лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги». 
That’s the kind of mendicant who would beautify this park.’”  
‘byākataṁ kho, āvuso kassapa, āyasmatā anuruddhena yathāsakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ.  
 
 
kathaṁrūpena kho, āvuso kassapa, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’ti?  
 
 
‘idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu attanā ca āraññiko hoti āraññikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca piṇḍapātiko hoti …pe… attanā ca paṁsukūliko hoti …pe… attanā ca tecīvariko hoti …pe… attanā ca appiccho hoti …pe… attanā ca santuṭṭho hoti …pe… attanā ca pavivitto hoti …pe… attanā ca asaṁsaṭṭho hoti …pe… attanā ca āraddhavīriyo hoti …pe… attanā ca sīlasampanno hoti …pe… attanā ca samādhisampanno hoti …pe… attanā ca paññāsampanno hoti … attanā ca vimuttisampanno hoti … attanā ca vimuttiñāṇadassanasampanno hoti vimuttiñāṇadassanasampadāya ca vaṇṇavādī.  
«Вот, друг Сарипутта, монах сам является тем, кто проживает в лесу…  
‘It’s a mendicant who lives in the wilderness … and is accomplished in the knowledge and vision of freedom; and they praise these things.  
Evarūpena kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’”ti.  
Этот монах мог бы наполнить светом этот лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги».  
That’s the kind of mendicant who would beautify this park.’”  
‘byākataṁ kho, āvuso moggallāna, āyasmatā mahākassapena yathāsakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ.  
 
 
kathaṁrūpena, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’ti?  
 
 
‘idhāvuso sāriputta, dve bhikkhū abhidhammakathaṁ kathenti. Te aññamaññaṁ pañhaṁ pucchanti, aññamaññassa pañhaṁ puṭṭhā vissajjenti, no ca saṁsādenti, dhammī ca nesaṁ kathā pavattinī hoti.  
«Вот, друг Сарипутта, два монаха беседуют о высшей Дхамме… …  
‘It’s when two mendicants engage in discussion about the teaching …  
Evarūpena kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’”ti.  
Такой монах мог бы наполнить светом этот лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги».  
That’s the kind of mendicant who would beautify this park.’”  
‘byākataṁ kho, āvuso sāriputta, amhehi sabbeheva yathāsakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ.  
«Друг Сарипутта, мы все высказались, исходя из собственного вдохновения.  
‘Each of us has spoken from our heart.  
ramaṇīyaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, gosiṅgasālavanaṁ, dosinā ratti, sabbaphāliphullā sālā, dibbā, maññe, gandhā sampavanti.  
Друг Сарипутта, лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги восхитителен, ночь залита лунным светом, все саловые деревья цветут, и будто небесный аромат витает в воздухе.  
Sāriputta, the sal forest park at Gosiṅga is lovely, the night is bright, the sal trees are in full blossom, and divine scents seem to float on the air.  
Kathaṁrūpena, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’ti?  
Какой монах, друг Сарипутта, мог бы наполнить светом лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги?»  
What kind of mendicant would beautify this park?’  
‘idhāvuso moggallāna, bhikkhu cittaṁ vasaṁ vatteti no ca bhikkhu cittassa vasena vattati.  
«Вот, друг Моггаллана, монах овладевает своим умом… Вечером он пребывает в том пребывании или достижении, в котором он хочет пребывать вечером. …  
‘Reverend Moggallāna, it’s when a mendicant masters their mind and is not mastered by it …  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso moggallāna, rañño vā rājamahāmattassa vā nānārattānaṁ dussānaṁ dussakaraṇḍako pūro assa.  
 
 
Evameva kho, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhu cittaṁ vasaṁ vatteti, no ca bhikkhu cittassa vasena vattati.  
 
 
Evarūpena kho, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’”ti.  
Этот монах мог бы наполнить светом этот лес Саловых Деревьев Госинги».  
That’s the kind of mendicant who would beautify this park.’”  

mn36āvuso16Pi En Ru dhamma

‘icchāmahaṁ, āvuso kālāma, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun’ti.   «Друг Калама, я бы хотел вести святую жизнь в этой Дхамме и Винае».  
‘Reverend Kālāma, I wish to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.’  
‘kittāvatā no, āvuso kālāma, imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesī’ti?  
«Друг Алара, каким образом ты заявляешь, что, реализовав для себя посредством прямого знания, ты входишь и пребываешь в этой Дхамме?»  
‘Reverend Kālāma, to what extent do you say you’ve realized this teaching with your own insight?’  
‘ettāvatā no, āvuso kālāma, imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesī’ti?  
«Друг Калама, таким ли образом ты заявляешь, что входишь и пребываешь в этой Дхамме, реализовав [её] для себя посредством прямого знания»?  
‘Reverend Kālāma, is it up to this point that you realized this teaching with your own insight, and declare having achieved it?’  
‘Ettāvatā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedemī’ti.  
«Таким образом, друг».  
‘I have, reverend.’  
‘Ahampi kho, āvuso, ettāvatā imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmī’ti.  
«Таким же образом, друг, я также вхожу и пребываю в этой Дхамме, реализовав [её] для себя посредством прямого знания».  
‘I too have realized this teaching with my own insight up to this point, and live having achieved it.’  
‘Lābhā no, āvuso, suladdhaṁ no, āvuso,  
«Какое благо для нас, друг, какое огромное благо для нас,  
‘We are fortunate, reverend, so very fortunate  
Ehi dāni, āvuso, ubhova santā imaṁ gaṇaṁ pariharāmā’ti.  
Ну же, друг, будем теперь вместе вести эту общину [учеников]».  
Come now, reverend! We should both lead this community together.’  
‘icchāmahaṁ, āvuso, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun’ti.  
«Друг, я бы хотел вести святую жизнь в этой Дхамме и Винае».  
‘Reverend, I wish to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.’  
‘kittāvatā no āvuso rāmo imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesī’ti?  
«Друг, каким образом Рама заявлял, что, реализовав для себя посредством прямого знания, он входил и пребывал в этой Дхамме?»  
‘Reverend, to what extent did Rāma say he’d realized this teaching with his own insight?’  
‘ettāvatā no āvuso rāmo imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesī’ti?  
Друг, таким ли образом Рама заявлял, что входил и пребывал в этой Дхамме, реализовав [её] для себя посредством прямого знания»?  
‘Reverend, had Rāma realized this teaching with his own insight up to this point, and declared having achieved it?’  
‘Ettāvatā kho āvuso rāmo imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesī’ti.  
«Таким образом, друг».  
‘He had, reverend.’  
‘Ahampi kho, āvuso, ettāvatā imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmī’ti.  
«Таким же образом, друг, я также вхожу и пребываю в этой Дхамме, реализовав [её] для себя посредством прямого знания»  
‘I too have realized this teaching with my own insight up to this point, and live having achieved it.’  
‘Lābhā no, āvuso, suladdhaṁ no, āvuso,  
«Какое благо для нас, друг, какое огромной благо для нас,  
‘We are fortunate, reverend, so very fortunate  
Ehi dāni, āvuso, tuvaṁ imaṁ gaṇaṁ pariharā’ti.  
Come now, reverend! You should lead this community.’  
Come now, reverend! You should lead this community.’  

mn38evamāvuso’ti yenāvuso āvuso13Pi En Ru dhamma

“saccaṁ kira te, āvuso sāti, evarūpaṁ pāpakaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ:   – Друг Сати, правда ли, что такое пагубное воззрение возникло в тебе?  
“Is it really true, Reverend Sāti, that you have such a harmful misconception:  
“Evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan”ti.  
– Именно так, друзья. Насколько я понимаю Дхамму, которой научил Благословенный, именно это же самое сознание скитается и блуждает по круговерти перерождений, а не другое.  
“Absolutely, reverends. As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, it is this very same consciousness that roams and transmigrates, not another.”  
“mā evaṁ, āvuso sāti, avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya.  
– Друг Сати, не говори так. Не искажай сказанного Благословенным. Ведь это не благостно – искажать сказанное Благословенным. Благословенный так бы не сказал,  
“Don’t say that, Sāti! Don’t misrepresent the Buddha, for misrepresentation of the Buddha is not good. And the Buddha would not say that.  
Anekapariyāyenāvuso sāti, paṭiccasamuppannaṁ viññāṇaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā, aññatra paccayā natthi viññāṇassa sambhavo”ti.  
ведь многими путями Благословенный утверждал, что сознание возникло зависимо, так как без условия нет возникновения сознания.  
In many ways the Buddha has said that consciousness is dependently originated, since without a cause, consciousness does not come to be.”  
“evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati anaññan”ti.  
 
 
‘saccaṁ kira te, āvuso sāti, evarūpaṁ pāpakaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ:  
 
 
‘evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan’ti.  
 
 
‘mā evaṁ, āvuso sāti, avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya.  
 
 
Anekapariyāyenāvuso sāti, paṭiccasamuppannaṁ viññāṇaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā, aññatra paccayā natthi viññāṇassa sambhavo’ti.  
 
 
‘evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan’ti.  
 
 
‘satthā taṁ, āvuso sāti, āmantetī’”ti.  
что Учитель зовёт его. 
the teacher summons him.”  
“satthā taṁ, āvuso sāti, āmantetī”ti.  
«Учитель зовёт тебя, друг Сати».  
“Reverend Sāti, the teacher summons you.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho sāti bhikkhu kevaṭṭaputto tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho sātiṁ bhikkhuṁ kevaṭṭaputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
– Да, друг, – ответил тот, отправился к Благословенному, поклонился ему и сел рядом. Благословенный спросил его:  
“Yes, reverend,” Sāti replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,  

mn43cāvuso dhāvuso’ti hāvuso idhāvuso panāvuso vuccatāvuso āvuso130Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Duppañño duppañño’ti, āvuso, vuccati.   – «Немудрый человек, немудрый человек» – так говорят, друг.  
“Reverend, they speak of ‘a witless person’.  
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, duppaññoti vuccatī”ti?  
 В отношении кого говорят «немудрый человек»?  
How is a witless person defined?”  
“‘Nappajānāti nappajānātī’ti kho, āvuso, tasmā duppaññoti vuccati.  
– «Он не понимает мудро, он не понимает мудро» – вот почему, друг, говорят [о ком-то] «немудрый человек».  
“Reverend, they’re called witless because they don’t understand.  
‘Nappajānāti nappajānātī’ti kho, āvuso, tasmā duppaññoti vuccatī”ti.  
«Он не понимает мудро, он не понимает мудро» – вот почему, друг, говорят [о ком-то] «немудрый человек».  
They’re called witless because they don’t understand.”  
“Sādhāvuso”ti kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ uttariṁ pañhaṁ apucchi:  
Сказав: «Хорошо, друг», достопочтенный Махакоттхита восхитился и возрадовался словам достопочтенного Сарипутты. Затем он задал ему следующий вопрос:  
Saying “Good, reverend,” Mahākoṭṭhita approved and agreed with what Sāriputta said. Then he asked another question:  
“‘Paññavā paññavā’ti, āvuso, vuccati.  
– «Мудрый человек, мудрый человек» – так говорят, друг.   
“They speak of ‘a wise person’.  
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, paññavāti vuccatī”ti?  
В отношении кого говорят «мудрый человек»?  
How is a wise person defined?”  
“‘Pajānāti pajānātī’ti kho, āvuso, tasmā paññavāti vuccati.  
– «Он понимает мудро, он понимает мудро» – вот почему, друг, говорят [о ком-то] «мудрый человек».  
“They’re called wise because they understand.  
‘Pajānāti pajānātī’ti kho, āvuso, tasmā paññavāti vuccatī”ti.  
«Он понимает мудро, он понимает мудро» – вот почему, друг, говорят [о ком-то] «мудрый человек».  
They’re called wise because they understand.”  
“‘Viññāṇaṁ viññāṇan’ti, āvuso, vuccati.  
– «Сознание, сознание» – так говорят, друг.  
“They speak of ‘consciousness’.  
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, viññāṇanti vuccatī”ti?  
В отношении чего говорят, [что это] «сознание»?  
How is consciousness defined?”  
“‘Vijānāti vijānātī’ti kho, āvuso, tasmā viññāṇanti vuccati.  
– «Оно познаёт, оно познаёт» – вот почему, друг, говорится, [что это] «сознание».   
“It’s called consciousness because it cognizes.  
‘Vijānāti vijānātī’ti kho, āvuso, tasmā viññāṇanti vuccatī”ti.  
«Оно познаёт, оно познаёт» – вот почему, друг, говорится, [что это] «сознание».  
It’s called consciousness because it cognizes.”  
“Yā cāvuso, paññā yañca viññāṇaṁ— 
– Мудрость и сознание, друг: 
“Wisdom and consciousness— 
“Yā cāvuso, paññā yañca viññāṇaṁ— 
– Мудрость и сознание, друг: 
“Wisdom and consciousness— 
Yaṁ hāvuso, pajānāti taṁ vijānāti, yaṁ vijānāti taṁ pajānāti.  
Что человек понимает мудро, то он познаёт. Что он познаёт, то он понимает мудро.   
For you understand what you cognize, and you cognize what you understand.  
Yaṁ hāvuso → yañcāvuso (bj, mr); yañca āvuso (sya-all, km)  
“Yā cāvuso, paññā yañca viññāṇaṁ— 
– Мудрость и сознание, друг: 
“Wisdom and consciousness— 
“Yā cāvuso, paññā yañca viññāṇaṁ— 
 
 
“‘Vedanā vedanā’ti, āvuso, vuccati.  
– «Чувство, чувство» – так говорят, друг.  
“They speak of this thing called ‘feeling’.  
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, vedanāti vuccatī”ti?  
В отношении чего говорится [что это] «чувство»?  
How is feeling defined?”  
“‘Vedeti vedetī’ti kho, āvuso, tasmā vedanāti vuccati.  
– «Оно чувствует, оно чувствует» – вот почему, друг, говорится [что это] «чувство».   
“It’s called feeling because it feels.  
‘Vedeti vedetī’ti kho, āvuso, tasmā vedanāti vuccatī”ti.  
«Оно чувствует, оно чувствует» – вот почему, друг, говорится, [что это] «чувство».  
It’s called feeling because it feels.”  
“‘Saññā saññā’ti, āvuso, vuccati.  
– «Восприятие, восприятие» – так говорят, друг.  
“They speak of this thing called ‘perception’.  
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, saññāti vuccatī”ti?  
В отношении чего говорится, [что это] «восприятие»?  
How is perception defined?”  
“‘Sañjānāti sañjānātī’ti kho, āvuso, tasmā saññāti vuccati.  
– «Оно воспринимает, оно воспринимает» – вот почему, друг, говорится, [что это] «восприятие».  
“It’s called perception because it perceives.  
‘Sañjānāti sañjānātī’ti kho, āvuso, tasmā saññāti vuccatī”ti.  
«Оно воспринимает, оно воспринимает» – вот почему, друг, говорится, [что это] «восприятие».  
It’s called perception because it perceives.”  
“Yā cāvuso, vedanā yā ca saññā yañca viññāṇaṁ— 
– Чувство, восприятие, сознание, друг, – 
“Feeling, perception, and consciousness— 
“Yā cāvuso, vedanā yā ca saññā yañca viññāṇaṁ— 
– Чувство, восприятие, сознание, друг, – 
“Feeling, perception, and consciousness— 
Yaṁ hāvuso, vedeti taṁ sañjānāti, yaṁ sañjānāti taṁ vijānāti.  
Что человек чувствует, то он воспринимает. Что он воспринимает, то он познаёт.  
For you perceive what you feel, and you cognize what you perceive.  
Yaṁ hāvuso → yaṁ cāvuso (sya-all, km); yañcāvuso (mr)  
“Nissaṭṭhena hāvuso, pañcahi indriyehi parisuddhena manoviññāṇena kiṁ neyyan”ti?  
– Друг, что можно познать очищенным сознанием ума, отделённым от пяти способностей [органов чувств]?  
“What can be known by purified mind consciousness released from the five senses?”  
Nissaṭṭhena hāvuso → nissaṭṭhena panāvuso (?) 
“Nissaṭṭhena, āvuso, pañcahi indriyehi parisuddhena manoviññāṇena ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ neyyaṁ, ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ neyyaṁ, ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ neyyan”ti.  
– Друг, очищенным сознанием ума, отделённым от пяти способностей [органов чувств], можно познать сферу безграничного пространства как «пространство безгранично», сферу безграничного сознания можно познать как «сознание безгранично», сферу отсутствия всего можно познать как «здесь ничего нет».  
“Aware that ‘space is infinite’ it can know the dimension of infinite space. Aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’ it can know the dimension of infinite consciousness. Aware that ‘there is nothing at all’ it can know the dimension of nothingness.”  
“Neyyaṁ panāvuso, dhammaṁ kena pajānātī”ti?  
– Друг, чем человек понимает [какое-либо] состояние [ума], которое можно познать?  
“How do you understand something that can be known?”  
“Neyyaṁ kho, āvuso, dhammaṁ paññācakkhunā pajānātī”ti.  
– Друг, состояние [ума], которое можно познать, человек понимает глазом мудрости.  
“You understand something that can be known with the eye of wisdom.”  
“Paññā panāvuso, kimatthiyā”ti?  
– Друг, в чём назначение мудрости?  
“What is the purpose of wisdom?”  
“Paññā kho, āvuso, abhiññatthā pariññatthā pahānatthā”ti.  
– Назначение мудрости, друг, заключается в прямом знании, её назначение – полное понимание, её назначение – оставление.  
“The purpose of wisdom is direct knowledge, complete understanding, and giving up.”  
“Kati panāvuso, paccayā sammādiṭṭhiyā uppādāyā”ti?  
– Друг, сколько всего условий для возникновения правильных воззрений?  
“How many conditions are there for the arising of right view?”  
“Dve kho, āvuso, paccayā sammādiṭṭhiyā uppādāya— 
– Друг, есть два условия для возникновения правильных воззрений:  
“There are two conditions for the arising of right view:  
Ime kho, āvuso, dve paccayā sammādiṭṭhiyā uppādāyā”ti.  
Таковы два условия для возникновения правильных воззрений.  
These are the two conditions for the arising of right view.”  
“Katihi panāvuso, aṅgehi anuggahitā sammādiṭṭhi cetovimuttiphalā ca hoti cetovimuttiphalānisaṁsā ca, paññāvimuttiphalā ca hoti paññāvimuttiphalānisaṁsā cā”ti?  
– Друг, в сопровождении скольких факторов правильные воззрения имеют освобождение ума своим плодом, освобождение ума своим плодом и благом и освобождение мудростью своим плодом, освобождение мудростью своим плодом и благом?  
“When right view is supported by how many factors does it have freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom as its fruit and benefit?”  
“Pañcahi kho, āvuso, aṅgehi anuggahitā sammādiṭṭhi cetovimuttiphalā ca hoti cetovimuttiphalānisaṁsā ca, paññāvimuttiphalā ca hoti paññāvimuttiphalānisaṁsā ca.  
– Друг, в сопровождении пяти факторов правильные воззрения имеют освобождение ума своим плодом, освобождение ума своим плодом и благом и освобождение мудростью своим плодом, освобождение мудростью своим плодом и благом.   
“When right view is supported by five factors it has freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom as its fruit and benefit.  
Idhāvuso, sammādiṭṭhi sīlānuggahitā ca hoti, sutānuggahitā ca hoti, sākacchānuggahitā ca hoti, samathānuggahitā ca hoti, vipassanānuggahitā ca hoti.  
Вот, друг, правильные воззрения сопровождаются нравственностью, изучением, обсуждением, успокоением, прозрением.  
It’s when right view is supported by ethics, learning, discussion, serenity, and discernment.  
Imehi kho, āvuso, pañcahaṅgehi anuggahitā sammādiṭṭhi cetovimuttiphalā ca hoti cetovimuttiphalānisaṁsā ca, paññāvimuttiphalā ca hoti paññāvimuttiphalānisaṁsā cā”ti.  
В сопровождении этих пяти факторов правильные воззрения имеют освобождение ума своим плодом, освобождение ума своим плодом и благом и освобождение мудростью своим плодом, освобождение мудростью своим плодом и благом.  
When right view is supported by these five factors it has freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom as its fruit and benefit.”  
“Kati panāvuso, bhavā”ti?  
– Друг, сколько всего видов существования?  
“How many states of existence are there?”  
“Tayome, āvuso, bhavā— 
– Друг, есть три вида существования:  
“Reverend, there are these three states of existence.  
“Kathaṁ panāvuso, āyatiṁ punabbhavābhinibbatti hotī”ti?  
– Друг, как порождается возобновлённое существование в будущем?  
“But how is there rebirth into a new state of existence in the future?”  
“Avijjānīvaraṇānaṁ kho, āvuso, sattānaṁ taṇhāsaṁyojanānaṁ tatratatrābhinandanā— 
– Друг, у той части существ, которые пленены неведением и спутаны жаждой, посредством наслаждения в том или в этом.  
“It’s because of sentient beings—shrouded by ignorance and fettered by craving—taking pleasure wherever it lands.  
“Kathaṁ panāvuso, āyatiṁ punabbhavābhinibbatti na hotī”ti?  
– Друг, как не порождается возобновлённое существование в будущем?  
“But how is there no rebirth into a new state of existence in the future?”  
“Avijjāvirāgā kho, āvuso, vijjuppādā taṇhānirodhā— 
– Друг, с угасанием неведения, с возникновением истинного знания, с прекращением жажды  
“It’s when ignorance fades away, knowledge arises, and craving ceases.  
“Katamaṁ panāvuso, paṭhamaṁ jhānan”ti?  
– Что такое, друг, первая джхана?  
“But what, reverend, is the first absorption?”  
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati— 
– Вот, друг, монах, будучи отстранённым от чувственных удовольствий, отстранённым от неблагих состояний [ума], входит и пребывает в первой джхане, которая сопровождается направлением и удержанием [ума на объекте медитации] с восторгом и удовольствием, что возникли из-за [этой] отстранённости.   
“Reverend, it’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected.  
idaṁ vuccati, āvuso, paṭhamaṁ jhānan”ti.  
Это называется первой джханой.  
This is called the first absorption.”  
“Paṭhamaṁ panāvuso, jhānaṁ katiaṅgikan”ti?  
– Друг, сколько факторов есть у первой джханы?  
“But how many factors does the first absorption have?”  
“Paṭhamaṁ kho, āvuso, jhānaṁ pañcaṅgikaṁ.  
– Друг, у первой джханы есть пять факторов.  
“The first absorption has five factors.  
Idhāvuso, paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpannassa bhikkhuno vitakko ca vattati, vicāro ca pīti ca sukhañca cittekaggatā ca.  
Когда монах вошёл в первую джхану, то наличествуют направление ума, удержание ума, восторг, удовольствие и единение ума.  
When a mendicant has entered the first absorption, placing the mind, keeping it connected, rapture, bliss, and unification of mind are present.  
Paṭhamaṁ kho, āvuso, jhānaṁ evaṁ pañcaṅgikan”ti.  
Вот каким образом у первой джханы есть пять факторов.  
That’s how the first absorption has five factors.”  
“Paṭhamaṁ panāvuso, jhānaṁ kataṅgavippahīnaṁ kataṅgasamannāgatan”ti?  
– Друг, сколько факторов отброшено в первой джхане и сколько факторов наличествует?  
“But how many factors has the first absorption given up and how many does it possess?”  
“Paṭhamaṁ kho, āvuso, jhānaṁ pañcaṅgavippahīnaṁ, pañcaṅgasamannāgataṁ.  
– Друг, пять факторов отброшены в первой джхане и пять факторов наличествует.   
“The first absorption has given up five factors and possesses five factors.  
Idhāvuso, paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpannassa bhikkhuno kāmacchando pahīno hoti, byāpādo pahīno hoti, thinamiddhaṁ pahīnaṁ hoti, uddhaccakukkuccaṁ pahīnaṁ hoti, vicikicchā pahīnā hoti;  
Когда монах вошёл в первую джхану, то чувственное желание отброшено, недоброжелательность отброшена, лень и апатия отброшены, неугомонность и сожаление отброшены, сомнение отброшено.  
When a mendicant has entered the first absorption, sensual desire, ill will, dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt are given up.  
Paṭhamaṁ kho, āvuso, jhānaṁ evaṁ pañcaṅgavippahīnaṁ pañcaṅgasamannāgatan”ti.  
Вот как в первой джхане пять факторов отброшено и пять факторов наличествует.  
That’s how the first absorption has given up five factors and possesses five factors.”  
“Pañcimāni, āvuso, indriyāni nānāvisayāni nānāgocarāni, na aññamaññassa gocaravisayaṁ paccanubhonti, seyyathidaṁ— 
– Друг, есть эти пять способностей [органов чувств], каждая из которых имеет свою область, отдельную сферу, и они не переживают области и сферы друг друга. Это  
“Reverend, these five faculties have different scopes and different ranges, and don’t experience each others’ scope and range. That is,  
Imesaṁ kho, āvuso, pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ nānāvisayānaṁ nānāgocarānaṁ, na aññamaññassa gocaravisayaṁ paccanubhontānaṁ, kiṁ paṭisaraṇaṁ, ko ca nesaṁ gocaravisayaṁ paccanubhotī”ti?  
И что у этих пяти способностей – каждая из которых имеет свою область, отдельную сферу, которые не переживают области и сферы друг друга, – имеется в качестве [их общего] места? Что переживает [все] их области и сферы?  
What do these five faculties, with their different scopes and ranges, have recourse to? What experiences their scopes and ranges?”  
“Pañcimāni, āvuso, indriyāni nānāvisayāni nānāgocarāni, na aññamaññassa gocaravisayaṁ paccanubhonti, seyyathidaṁ— 
 
 
Imesaṁ kho, āvuso, pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ nānāvisayānaṁ nānāgocarānaṁ, na aññamaññassa gocaravisayaṁ paccanubhontānaṁ, mano paṭisaraṇaṁ, mano ca nesaṁ gocaravisayaṁ paccanubhotī”ti.  
– Друг, эти пять способностей – каждая из которых имеет свою область, отдельную сферу, которые не переживают области и сферы друг друга, [то есть] способность глаза… уха… носа… языка… тела, – имеют ум в качестве [их общего] места. Ум – это то, что переживает [все] их области и сферы.  
“These five faculties, with their different scopes and ranges, have recourse to the mind. And the mind experiences their scopes and ranges.”  
“Pañcimāni, āvuso, indriyāni, seyyathidaṁ— 
 
 
Imāni kho, āvuso, pañcindriyāni kiṁ paṭicca tiṭṭhantī”ti?  
– Друг, что касается этих пяти способностей – способность глаза… уха… носа… языка… тела, – за счёт чего они продолжают наличествовать?  
“These five faculties depend on what to continue?”  
“Pañcimāni, āvuso, indriyāni, seyyathidaṁ— 
 
 
Imāni kho, āvuso, pañcindriyāni āyuṁ paṭicca tiṭṭhantī”ti.  
– Друг, эти пять способностей – способность глаза… уха… носа… языка… тела – продолжают наличествовать за счёт жизненной силы.  
“These five faculties depend on vitality to continue.”  
“Āyu panāvuso, kiṁ paṭicca tiṭṭhatī”ti?  
– Друг, за счёт чего продолжает наличествовать жизненная сила?  
“But what does vitality depend on to continue?”  
“Usmā panāvuso, kiṁ paṭicca tiṭṭhatī”ti?  
– Друг, за счёт чего продолжает наличествовать тепло?   
“But what does warmth depend on to continue?”  
“Idāneva kho mayaṁ, āvuso, āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṁ evaṁ ājānāma:  
– Друг, как мы поняли, достопочтенный Сарипутта сказал так:  
“Just now I understood you to say:  
Idāneva pana mayaṁ, āvuso, āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṁ evaṁ ājānāma:  
И как мы поняли, он сказал так:  
But I also understood you to say:  
Yathā kathaṁ panāvuso, imassa bhāsitassa attho daṭṭhabbo”ti?  
Как следует понимать эти утверждения?  
How then should we see the meaning of this statement?”  
“Tena hāvuso, upamaṁ te karissāmi;  
– В этом случае, друг, я приведу тебе пример,  
“Well then, reverend, I shall give you a simile.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, telappadīpassa jhāyato acciṁ paṭicca ābhā paññāyati, ābhaṁ paṭicca acci paññāyati;  
Когда горит масляная лампа, Её свечение можно увидеть в зависимости от её пламени, а её пламя можно увидеть в зависимости от её свечения.   
Suppose there was an oil lamp burning. The light appears dependent on the flame, and the flame appears dependent on the light.  
evameva kho, āvuso, āyu usmaṁ paṭicca tiṭṭhati, usmā āyuṁ paṭicca tiṭṭhatī”ti.  
Точно так же жизненная сила наличествует за счёт тепла, а тепло – за счёт жизненной силы.  
In the same way, vitality depends on warmth to continue, and warmth depends on vitality to continue.”  
“Teva nu kho, āvuso, āyusaṅkhārā, te vedaniyā dhammā udāhu aññe āyusaṅkhārā aññe vedaniyā dhammā”ti?  
– Друг, являются ли формирователи жизненной силы тем же самым, что можно почувствовать, Или формирователи жизненной силы – это одно, а то, что можно почувствовать – другое?  
“Are the vital forces the same things as the phenomena that are felt? Or are they different things?”  
“Na kho, āvuso, teva āyusaṅkhārā te vedaniyā dhammā.  
– Формирователи жизненной силы – это не то, что можно почувствовать, друг.  
“The vital forces are not the same things as the phenomena that are felt.  
Te ca hāvuso, āyusaṅkhārā abhaviṁsu te vedaniyā dhammā, na yidaṁ saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpannassa bhikkhuno vuṭṭhānaṁ paññāyetha.  
Если бы формирователи жизненной силы были бы тем, что можно почувствовать, то нельзя было бы увидеть, как монах, который вошёл в прекращение восприятия и чувствования, выходит из него.  
For if the vital forces and the phenomena that are felt were the same things, a mendicant who had attained the cessation of perception and feeling would not emerge from it.  
Yasmā ca kho, āvuso, aññe āyusaṅkhārā aññe vedaniyā dhammā, tasmā saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpannassa bhikkhuno vuṭṭhānaṁ paññāyatī”ti.  
Поскольку формирователи жизненной силы – это одно, а то, что можно почувствовать, – другое, то можно увидеть, как монах, который вошёл в прекращение восприятия и чувствования, выходит из него.  
But because the vital forces and the phenomena that are felt are different things, a mendicant who has attained the cessation of perception and feeling can emerge from it.”  
“Yadā nu kho, āvuso, imaṁ kāyaṁ kati dhammā jahanti; athāyaṁ kāyo ujjhito avakkhitto seti, yathā kaṭṭhaṁ acetanan”ti?  
– Друг, сколько состояний отсутствует в теле, которое оставлено и покинуто, лежит, точно бесчувственное полено?  
“How many things must this body lose before it lies forsaken, tossed aside like an insentient log?”  
“Yadā kho, āvuso, imaṁ kāyaṁ tayo dhammā jahanti—āyu usmā ca viññāṇaṁ; athāyaṁ kāyo ujjhito avakkhitto seti, yathā kaṭṭhaṁ acetanan”ti.  
– Друг, когда в этом теле отсутствуют эти три состояния – жизненная сила, тепло и сознание – оно оставлено и покинуто, лежит, точно бесчувственное полено.  
“This body must lose three things before it lies forsaken, tossed aside like an insentient log: vitality, warmth, and consciousness.”  
“Yvāyaṁ, āvuso, mato kālaṅkato, yo cāyaṁ bhikkhu saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpanno—imesaṁ kiṁ nānākaraṇan”ti?  
– Друг, в чём отличие между тем, кто мёртв, чей срок вышел, и монахом, который вошёл в прекращение восприятия и чувствования?  
“What’s the difference between someone who has passed away and a mendicant who has attained the cessation of perception and feeling?”  
“Yvāyaṁ, āvuso, mato kālaṅkato tassa kāyasaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, vacīsaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, cittasaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, āyu parikkhīṇo, usmā vūpasantā, indriyāni paribhinnāni.  
– Друг, в случае с мёртвым, чей срок вышел, его телесные формации угасли и утихли, его словесные формации угасли и утихли, его умственные формации угасли и утихли, его жизненная сила исчерпалась, его тепло рассеялось, его способности полностью разрушены.  
“When someone dies, their physical, verbal, and mental processes have ceased and stilled; their vitality is spent; their warmth is dissipated; and their faculties have disintegrated.  
Yvāyaṁ, āvuso, mato kālaṅkato, yo cāyaṁ bhikkhu saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpanno—idaṁ nesaṁ nānākaraṇan”ti.  
В этом отличие между тем, кто мёртв, чей срок вышел, и монахом, который вошёл в прекращение восприятия и чувствования.  
That’s the difference between someone who has passed away and a mendicant who has attained the cessation of perception and feeling.”  
“Kati panāvuso, paccayā adukkhamasukhāya cetovimuttiyā samāpattiyā”ti?  
– Друг, сколько всего условий для достижения ни-приятного-ни-болезненного освобождения ума?  
“How many conditions are necessary to attain the neutral release of the heart?”  
“Cattāro kho, āvuso, paccayā adukkhamasukhāya cetovimuttiyā samāpattiyā.  
– Друг, есть четыре условия для достижения ни-приятного-ни-болезненного освобождения ума.  
“Four conditions are necessary to attain the neutral release of the heart.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
– Друг, есть четыре условия для достижения ни-приятного-ни-болезненного освобождения ума. Вот, с оставлением удовольствия и боли, равно как и с предыдущим угасанием радости и грусти, некий монах входит и пребывает в четвёртой джхане, которая является ни-приятной-ни-болезненной, характеризуется чистейшей осознанностью из-за невозмутимости.   
Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a mendicant enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness.  
Ime kho, āvuso, cattāro paccayā adukkhamasukhāya cetovimuttiyā samāpattiyā”ti.  
Таковы четыре условия для достижения ни-приятного-ни-болезненного освобождения ума  
These four conditions are necessary to attain the neutral release of the heart.”  
“Kati panāvuso, paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā samāpattiyā”ti?  
– Друг, сколько всего условий для достижения беспредметного освобождения ума?  
“How many conditions are necessary to attain the signless release of the heart?”  
“Dve kho, āvuso, paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā samāpattiyā— 
– Друг, есть два условия для достижения беспредметного освобождения ума:   
“Two conditions are necessary to attain the signless release of the heart:  
Ime kho, āvuso, dve paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā samāpattiyā”ti.  
Аковы два условия для достижения беспредметного освобождения ума.  
These two conditions are necessary to attain the signless release of the heart.”  
“Kati panāvuso, paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā ṭhitiyā”ti?  
– Друг, сколько всего условий для устойчивости беспредметного освобождения ума?  
“How many conditions are necessary to remain in the signless release of the heart?”  
“Tayo kho, āvuso, paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā ṭhitiyā— 
– Друг, есть три условия для устойчивости беспредметного освобождения ума:  
“Three conditions are necessary to remain in the signless release of the heart:  
Ime kho, āvuso, tayo paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā ṭhitiyā”ti.  
Таковы три условия для устойчивости беспредметного освобождения ума.  
These three conditions are necessary to remain in the signless release of the heart.”  
“Kati panāvuso, paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā vuṭṭhānāyā”ti?  
– Друг, сколько всего [есть] условий для выхода из беспредметного освобождения ума?  
“How many conditions are necessary to emerge from the signless release of the heart?”  
“Dve kho, āvuso, paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā vuṭṭhānāya— 
– Друг, есть два условия для выхода из беспредметного освобождения ума:   
“Two conditions are necessary to emerge from the signless release of the heart:  
Ime kho, āvuso, dve paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā vuṭṭhānāyā”ti.  
Таковы два условия для выхода из беспредметного освобождения ума.  
These two conditions are necessary to emerge from the signless release of the heart.”  
“Yā cāyaṁ, āvuso, appamāṇā cetovimutti, yā ca ākiñcaññā cetovimutti, yā ca suññatā cetovimutti, yā ca animittā cetovimutti—ime dhammā nānātthā ceva nānābyañjanā ca udāhu ekatthā byañjanameva nānan”ti?  
– Друг, безмерное освобождение ума, освобождение ума отсутствием всего, пустотное освобождение ума, беспредметное освобождение ума – различны эти состояния как в обозначении, так и в сути, или же у них одна суть, но различается лишь название?  
“The limitless release of the heart, and the release of the heart through nothingness, and the release of the heart through emptiness, and the signless release of the heart: do these things differ in both meaning and phrasing? Or do they mean the same thing, and differ only in the phrasing?”  
“Yā cāyaṁ, āvuso, appamāṇā cetovimutti, yā ca ākiñcaññā cetovimutti, yā ca suññatā cetovimutti, yā ca animittā cetovimutti—atthi kho, āvuso, pariyāyo yaṁ pariyāyaṁ āgamma ime dhammā nānātthā ceva nānābyañjanā ca;  
– Друг, безмерное освобождение ума, освобождение ума отсутствием всего, пустотное освобождение ума, беспредметное освобождение ума – есть способ объяснения [того], когда эти состояния различны и в сути, и в обозначении,   
“There is a way in which these things differ in both meaning and phrasing.  
atthi ca kho, āvuso, pariyāyo yaṁ pariyāyaṁ āgamma ime dhammā ekatthā, byañjanameva nānaṁ.  
и есть способ объяснения [того], когда эти состояния имеют одну суть, но различны лишь в названии.  
But there’s also a way in which they mean the same thing, and differ only in the phrasing.  
Katamo cāvuso, pariyāyo yaṁ pariyāyaṁ āgamma ime dhammā nānātthā ceva nānābyañjanā ca?  
И каков, друг, способ объяснения [того], когда эти состояния различны и в сути, и в обозначении?  
And what’s the way in which these things differ in both meaning and phrasing?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati.  
Вот, монах пребывает, наполняя первую сторону света умом, наделённым доброжелательностью, равно как и вторую, равно как и третью, равно как и четвёртую. Вверх, вниз, вокруг и всюду, и ко всем, как к самому себе, – он пребывает, охватывая и наполняя весь мир умом, наделённым доброжелательностью, – обильным, возвышенным, безмерным, не имеющим враждебности и недоброжелательности.  
Firstly, a mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, appamāṇā cetovimutti.  
Это называется безмерным освобождением ума.  
This is called the limitless release of the heart.  
Katamā cāvuso, ākiñcaññā cetovimutti?  
И что такое, друг, освобождение ума отсутствием всего?  
And what is the release of the heart through nothingness?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Вот, монах с полным преодолением сферы безграничного сознания, осознавая: «Здесь ничего нет» входит и пребывает в сфере отсутствия всего.  
It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness.  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ākiñcaññā cetovimutti.  
Это называется освобождением ума отсутствием всего.  
This is called the heart’s release through nothingness.  
Katamā cāvuso, suññatā cetovimutti?  
И что такое, друг, пустотное освобождение ума?  
And what is the release of the heart through emptiness?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā iti paṭisañcikkhati:  
Вот, монах, уйдя в лес, к подножию дерева, в пустое жилище, рассуждает так:  
It’s when a mendicant has gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, and reflects like this:  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, suññatā cetovimutti.  
Это называется пустотным освобождением ума.  
This is called the release of the heart through emptiness.  
Katamā cāvuso, animittā cetovimutti?  
И что такое, друг, беспредметное освобождение ума?  
And what is the signless release of the heart?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā animittaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Вот, с не-вниманием ко всем образам [предметов] монах входит и пребывает в беспредметном сосредоточении ума.   
It’s when a mendicant, not focusing on any signs, enters and remains in the signless immersion of the heart.  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, animittā cetovimutti.  
Это называется беспредметным освобождением ума.  
This is called the signless release of the heart.  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, pariyāyo yaṁ pariyāyaṁ āgamma ime dhammā nānātthā ceva nānābyañjanā ca.  
Таков способ объяснения [того], когда эти состояния различны и в сути, и в обозначении.  
This is the way in which these things differ in both meaning and phrasing.  
Katamo cāvuso, pariyāyo yaṁ pariyāyaṁ āgamma ime dhammā ekatthā byañjanameva nānaṁ?  
И каков способ объяснения [того], друг, когда эти состояния одинаковы в сути, но различны только в названии?  
And what’s the way in which they mean the same thing, and differ only in the phrasing?  
Rāgo kho, āvuso, pamāṇakaraṇo, doso pamāṇakaraṇo, moho pamāṇakaraṇo.  
Страсть, друг, – это создатель измерения. Злоба – это создатель измерения. Заблуждение – это создатель измерения.   
Greed, hate, and delusion are makers of limits.  
Yāvatā kho, āvuso, appamāṇā cetovimuttiyo, akuppā tāsaṁ cetovimutti aggamakkhāyati.  
Среди всех видов безмерного освобождения ума [подобное] нерушимое освобождение ума объявляется наилучшим.  
The unshakable release of the heart is said to be the best kind of limitless release of the heart.  
Rāgo kho, āvuso, kiñcano, doso kiñcano, moho kiñcano.  
Страсть – это что-то. Злоба – это что-то. Заблуждение – это что-то.   
Greed is something, hate is something, and delusion is something.  
Yāvatā kho, āvuso, ākiñcaññā cetovimuttiyo, akuppā tāsaṁ cetovimutti aggamakkhāyati.  
Среди всех видов освобождения ума отсутствием всего [подобное] нерушимое освобождение ума объявляется наилучшим.  
The unshakable release of the heart is said to be the best kind of release of the heart through nothingness.  
Rāgo kho, āvuso, nimittakaraṇo, doso nimittakaraṇo, moho nimittakaraṇo.  
Страсть – это создатель образов. Злоба – это создатель образов. Заблуждение – это создатель образов.   
Greed, hate, and delusion are makers of signs.  
Yāvatā kho, āvuso, animittā cetovimuttiyo, akuppā tāsaṁ cetovimutti aggamakkhāyati.  
Среди всех видов беспредметного освобождения ума [подобное] нерушимое освобождение ума объявляется наилучшим.  
The unshakable release of the heart is said to be the best kind of signless release of the heart.  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, pariyāyo yaṁ pariyāyaṁ āgamma ime dhammā ekatthā byañjanameva nānan”ti.  
Таков, друг, способ объяснения [того], когда эти состояния одинаковы в сути, но различны только в названии.  
This is the way in which they mean the same thing, and differ only in the phrasing.”  

mn44accasarāvuso cāvuso idhāvuso āvuso52Pi En Ru dhamma

“Pañca kho ime, āvuso visākha, upādānakkhandhā sakkāyo vutto bhagavatā,   – Друг Висакха, эти пять совокупностей, подверженные цеплянию, Благословенный называет личностью:  
“Visākha, the Buddha said that these five grasping aggregates are substantial reality.  
Ime kho, āvuso visākha, pañcupādānakkhandhā sakkāyo vutto bhagavatā”ti.  
Эти пять совокупностей, подверженные цеплянию, Благословенный называет личностью.  
The Buddha said that these five grasping aggregates are substantial reality.”  
“Yāyaṁ, āvuso visākha, taṇhā ponobbhavikā nandīrāgasahagatā tatratatrābhinandinī, seyyathidaṁ— 
– Друг Висакха, жажда, которая приводит к новому существованию, сопровождающаяся наслаждением и страстью, наслаждением в том и в этом, то есть  
“It’s the craving that leads to future lives, mixed up with relishing and greed, taking pleasure wherever it lands. That is,  
ayaṁ kho, āvuso visākha, sakkāyasamudayo vutto bhagavatā”ti.  
Это Благословенный называет возникновением личности.  
The Buddha said that this is the origin of substantial reality.”  
“Yo kho, āvuso visākha, tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho cāgo paṭinissaggo mutti anālayo;  
– Друг Висакха, безостаточное угасание и прекращение, отбрасывание, оставление, отпускание и выбрасывание этой самой жажды.   
“It’s the fading away and cessation of that very same craving with nothing left over; giving it away, letting it go, releasing it, and not clinging to it.  
ayaṁ kho, āvuso visākha, sakkāyanirodho vutto bhagavatā”ti.  
Это Благословенный называет прекращением личности.  
The Buddha said that this is the cessation of substantial reality.”  
“Ayameva kho, āvuso visākha, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭipadā vuttā bhagavatā, seyyathidaṁ— 
– Друг Висакха, это тот самый Благородный восьмеричный путь:  
“The practice that leads to the cessation of substantial reality that the Buddha spoke of is simply this noble eightfold path, that is:  
“Na kho, āvuso visākha, taññeva upādānaṁ te pañcupādānakkhandhā, nāpi aññatra pañcahupādānakkhandhehi upādānaṁ.  
– Друг Висакха, цепляние не является тем же самым, что и пять совокупностей, подверженных цеплянию,  но это и не есть нечто отдельное от пяти совокупностей, подверженных цеплянию.  
“That grasping is not the exact same thing as the five grasping aggregates. Nor is grasping one thing and the five grasping aggregates another.  
Yo kho, āvuso visākha, pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu chandarāgo taṁ tattha upādānan”ti.  
Желание и страсть по отношению к пяти совокупностям, подверженным цеплянию, – вот где здесь цепляние.  
The desire and greed for the five grasping aggregates is the grasping there.”  
“Idhāvuso visākha, assutavā puthujjano, ariyānaṁ adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto, sappurisānaṁ adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme avinīto,  
– Вот, друг Висакха, необученный заурядный человек, который не уважает Благородных, неумелый и не тренированный в их Дхамме,  который не уважает чистых людей, неумелый и не тренированный в их Дхамме, считает что:  
“It’s when an unlearned ordinary person has not seen the noble ones, and is neither skilled nor trained in the teaching of the noble ones. They’ve not seen true persons, and are neither skilled nor trained in the teaching of the true persons.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso visākha, sakkāyadiṭṭhi hotī”ti.  
Вот как возникает воззрение о «личности».  
That’s how substantialist view comes about.”  
“Idhāvuso visākha, sutavā ariyasāvako, ariyānaṁ dassāvī ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto, sappurisānaṁ dassāvī sappurisadhammassa kovido sappurisadhamme suvinīto,  
– Вот, друг Висакха, хорошо обученный благородный ученик, который уважает Благородных, умелый и тренированный в их Дхамме,  Который уважает чистых людей, умелый и тренированный в их Дхамме,  
“It’s when a learned noble disciple has seen the noble ones, and is skilled and trained in the teaching of the noble ones. They’ve seen true persons, and are skilled and trained in the teaching of the true persons.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso visākha, sakkāyadiṭṭhi na hotī”ti.  
Вот как воззрение о «личности» не возникает.  
That’s how substantialist view does not come about.”  
“Ayameva kho, āvuso visākha, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṁ— 
«Друг Висакха, это тот самый Благородный восьмеричный путь:  
“It is simply this noble eightfold path, that is:  
“Ariyo kho, āvuso visākha, aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo saṅkhato”ti.  
– Друг Висакха, Благородный восьмеричный путь является обусловленным.  
“The noble eightfold path is conditioned.”  
“Na kho, āvuso visākha, ariyena aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena tayo khandhā saṅgahitā; tīhi ca kho, āvuso visākha, khandhehi ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo saṅgahito.  
Три совокупности не включены в Благородный восьмеричный путь, друг Висакха, но Благородный восьмеричный путь включён в три совокупности [пути практики]  
“The three spectrums of practice are not included in the noble eightfold path. Rather, the noble eightfold path is included in the three practice categories.  
Yā cāvuso visākha, sammāvācā yo ca sammākammanto yo ca sammāājīvo ime dhammā sīlakkhandhe saṅgahitā.  
Правильная речь, правильное действие, правильные средства к жизни – эти состояния включены в совокупность нравственности.  
Right speech, right action, and right livelihood: these things are included in the spectrum of ethics.  
“Yā kho, āvuso visākha, cittassa ekaggatā ayaṁ samādhi;  
– Единение ума, друг Висакха, является сосредоточением.   
“Unification of the mind is immersion.  
“Tayome, āvuso visākha, saṅkhārā— 
– Есть три формации, друг Висакха:  
“There are these three processes.  
“Assāsapassāsā kho, āvuso visākha, kāyasaṅkhāro, vitakkavicārā vacīsaṅkhāro, saññā ca vedanā ca cittasaṅkhāro”ti.  
– Вдох и выдох, друг Висакха – это телесная формация. Направление и удержание ума [на объекте] – это словесная формация. Восприятие и чувство – это умственная формация.  
“Breathing is a physical process. Placing the mind and keeping it connected are verbal processes. Perception and feeling are mental processes.”  
“Assāsapassāsā kho, āvuso visākha, kāyikā ete dhammā kāyappaṭibaddhā, tasmā assāsapassāsā kāyasaṅkhāro.  
– Друг Висакха, вдохи и выдохи телесны.  Эти состояния связаны с телом. Вот почему вдох и выдох – это телесная формация.  
“Breathing is physical. It’s tied up with the body, that’s why breathing is a physical process.  
Pubbe kho, āvuso visākha, vitakketvā vicāretvā pacchā vācaṁ bhindati, tasmā vitakkavicārā vacīsaṅkhāro.  
Вначале направив [ум к мысли], а затем, удержав [ум на мысли], человек начинает говорить.  Вот почему направление и удержание [ума] являются словесной формацией.  
First you place the mind and keep it connected, then you break into speech. That’s why placing the mind and keeping it connected are verbal processes.  
“Na kho, āvuso visākha, saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjantassa bhikkhuno evaṁ hoti:  
– Друг Висакха, когда монах достигает прекращения восприятия и чувствования, мысль не приходит к нему:  
“A mendicant who is entering such an attainment does not think:  
“Saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjantassa kho, āvuso visākha, bhikkhuno paṭhamaṁ nirujjhati vacīsaṅkhāro, tato kāyasaṅkhāro, tato cittasaṅkhāro”ti.  
– Друг Висакха, когда монах достигает прекращения восприятия и чувствования, то вначале прекращается словесная формация, затем телесная формация, затем умственная формация  
“The verbal process ceases first, then physical, then mental.”  
“Na kho, āvuso visākha, saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahantassa bhikkhuno evaṁ hoti:  
– Друг Висакха, когда монах выходит из достижения прекращения восприятия и чувствования, к нему не приходит мысль:  
“A mendicant who is emerging from such an attainment does not think:  
“Saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahantassa kho, āvuso visākha, bhikkhuno paṭhamaṁ uppajjati cittasaṅkhāro, tato kāyasaṅkhāro, tato vacīsaṅkhāro”ti.  
– Друг Висакха, когда монах выходит из достижения прекращения восприятия и чувствования, то умственная формация возникает вначале, затем – телесная формация, затем – словесная формация.  
“The mental process arises first, then physical, then verbal.”  
“Saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhitaṁ kho, āvuso visākha, bhikkhuṁ tayo phassā phusanti—suññato phasso, animitto phasso, appaṇihito phasso”ti.  
– Друг Висакха, когда монах вышел из достижения прекращения восприятия и чувствования, три контакта касаются его: пустотный контакт, беспредметный контакт, безжеланный контакт.  
“They experience three kinds of contact: emptiness, signless, and undirected contacts.”  
“Saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhitassa kho, āvuso visākha, bhikkhuno vivekaninnaṁ cittaṁ hoti, vivekapoṇaṁ vivekapabbhāran”ti.  
– Друг Висакха, когда монах вышел из достижения прекращения восприятия и чувствования, его ум склоняется к затворничеству, направляется к затворничеству, устремляется к затворничеству.  
“Their mind slants, slopes, and inclines to seclusion.”  
“Tisso kho imā, āvuso visākha, vedanā— 
– Друг Висакха, есть три вида чувств:   
“There are three feelings:  
“Yaṁ kho, āvuso visākha, kāyikaṁ vā cetasikaṁ vā sukhaṁ sātaṁ vedayitaṁ— 
– Друг Висакха, всё, что переживается телесно или умственно как приятное и успокаивающее,  
“Anything felt physically or mentally as pleasant or enjoyable.  
Yaṁ kho, āvuso visākha, kāyikaṁ vā cetasikaṁ vā dukkhaṁ asātaṁ vedayitaṁ— 
 Всё, что переживается телесно или умственно как болезненное и ранящее,  
Anything felt physically or mentally as painful or unpleasant.  
Yaṁ kho, āvuso visākha, kāyikaṁ vā cetasikaṁ vā neva sātaṁ nāsātaṁ vedayitaṁ— 
Всё, что переживается телесно или умственно ни как успокаивающее, ни как ранящее,  
Anything felt physically or mentally as neither pleasurable nor painful.  
“Sukhā kho, āvuso visākha, vedanā ṭhitisukhā vipariṇāmadukkhā;  
– Друг Висакха, приятное чувство приятно, когда оно продолжается, и болезненно, когда оно изменяется.  
“Pleasant feeling is pleasant when it remains and painful when it perishes.  
“Sukhāya kho, āvuso visākha, vedanāya rāgānusayo anuseti, dukkhāya vedanāya paṭighānusayo anuseti, adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo anusetī”ti.  
– Друг Висакха, скрытая склонность к жажде лежит в основе приятного чувства. Скрытая склонность к злобе лежит в основе болезненного чувства. Скрытая склонность к неведению лежит в основе ни-приятного-ни-болезненного чувства.  
“The underlying tendency for greed underlies pleasant feeling. The underlying tendency for repulsion underlies painful feeling. The underlying tendency for ignorance underlies neutral feeling.”  
“Na kho, āvuso visākha, sabbāya sukhāya vedanāya rāgānusayo anuseti, na sabbāya dukkhāya vedanāya paṭighānusayo anuseti, na sabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo anusetī”ti.  
– Друг Висакха, скрытая склонность к жажде не лежит в основе любого приятного чувства. Скрытая склонность к злобе не лежит в основе любого болезненного чувства. Скрытая склонность к неведению не лежит в основе любого ни-приятного-ни-болезненного чувства.  
“No, they do not.”  
“Sukhāya kho, āvuso visākha, vedanāya rāgānusayo pahātabbo, dukkhāya vedanāya paṭighānusayo pahātabbo, adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabbo”ti.  
– Друг Висакха, скрытую склонность к жажде следует отбросить в отношении приятного чувства. Скрытую склонность к злобе следует отбросить в отношении болезненного чувства. Скрытую склонность к неведению следует отбросить в отношении ни-приятного-ни-болезненного чувства.  
“The underlying tendency to greed should be given up when it comes to pleasant feeling. The underlying tendency to repulsion should be given up when it comes to painful feeling. The underlying tendency to ignorance should be given up when it comes to neutral feeling.”  
“Na kho, āvuso visākha, sabbāya sukhāya vedanāya rāgānusayo pahātabbo, na sabbāya dukkhāya vedanāya paṭighānusayo pahātabbo, na sabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabbo.  
– Друг Висакха, скрытую склонность к жажде не нужно отбрасывать в отношении любого приятного чувства. Скрытую склонность к злобе не нужно отбрасывать в отношении любого болезненного чувства. Скрытую склонность к неведению не нужно отбрасывать в отношении любого ни-приятного-ни-болезненного чувства.  
“No, not in all instances.  
Idhāvuso visākha, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Вот, друг Висакха, будучи отстранённым от чувственных удовольствий, отстранённым от неблагих состояний [ума], монах входит и пребывает в первой джхане, которая сопровождается направлением и удержанием [ума на объекте медитации], с восторгом и удовольствием, что возникли из-за [этой] отстранённости.  
Take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected.  
Idhāvuso visākha, bhikkhu iti paṭisañcikkhati:  
Вот монах рассуждает так:  
And take a mendicant who reflects:  
Idhāvuso visākha, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā, dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā, adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Вот с оставлением удовольствия и боли, равно как и с предыдущим угасанием радости и грусти, монах входит и пребывает в четвёртой джхане, которая является ни-приятной-ни-болезненной, характеризуется чистейшей осознанностью из-за невозмутимости.  
Take a mendicant who, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness.  
“Sukhāya kho, āvuso visākha, vedanāya dukkhā vedanā paṭibhāgo”ti.  
– Друг Висакха, болезненное чувство – обратная сторона приятного чувства.  
“Painful feeling.”  
“Dukkhāya kho, āvuso visākha, vedanāya sukhā vedanā paṭibhāgo”ti.  
– Приятное чувство– обратная сторона болезненного чувства.  
“Pleasant feeling.”  
“Adukkhamasukhāya kho, āvuso visākha, vedanāya avijjā paṭibhāgo”ti.  
– Неведение – обратная сторона ни-приятного-ни-болезненного чувства.  
“Ignorance.”  
“Avijjāya kho, āvuso visākha, vijjā paṭibhāgo”ti.  
– Истинное знание – обратная сторона неведения.  
“Knowledge.”  
“Vijjāya kho, āvuso visākha, vimutti paṭibhāgo”ti.  
– Освобождение – обратная сторона истинного знания.  
“Freedom.”  
“Vimuttiyā kho, āvuso visākha, nibbānaṁ paṭibhāgo”ti.  
– Ниббана – обратная сторона освобождения.  
“Extinguishment.”  
“Accayāsi, āvuso visākha, pañhaṁ, nāsakkhi pañhānaṁ pariyantaṁ gahetuṁ.  
– Друг Висакха, ты слишком далеко зашёл в своём вопрошании, ты не смог уловить предел вопрошанию.  
“Your question goes too far, Visākha. You couldn’t figure out the limit of questions.  
Accayāsi, āvuso → accasarāvuso (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed)  
Nibbānogadhañhi, āvuso visākha, brahmacariyaṁ, nibbānaparāyanaṁ nibbānapariyosānaṁ.  
Ведь святая жизнь, друг Висакха, основывается на ниббане, завершается в ниббане, заканчивается в ниббане.   
For extinguishment is the culmination, destination, and end of the spiritual life.  
Ākaṅkhamāno ca tvaṁ, āvuso visākha, bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ puccheyyāsi, yathā ca te bhagavā byākaroti tathā naṁ dhāreyyāsī”ti.  
 Если желаешь, друг Висакха, отправляйся к Благословенному и спроси его о значении этого. Как Благословенный тебе объяснит, так тебе и следует это запомнить.  
If you wish, go to the Buddha and ask him this question. You should remember it in line with his answer.”  

mn47āvuso2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘idhāhaṁ, āvuso, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁ dhammassavanāya.   «Вот, друзья, я подошёл к Благословенному, чтобы послушать Дхамму.  
‘Reverends, I approached the Buddha to listen to the teaching.  
Yathā yathā me, āvuso, bhagavā dhammaṁ deseti uttaruttariṁ paṇītapaṇītaṁ kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāgaṁ tathā tathāhaṁ tasmiṁ dhamme abhiññāya idhekaccaṁ dhammaṁ dhammesu niṭṭhamagamaṁ, satthari pasīdiṁ— 
По мере того как Благословенный обучил меня Дхамме так, посредством прямого знания некоего учения в этой Дхамме я пришёл к умозаключению в отношении [и остальных] учений. Я утвердил доверие к Учителю так:  
When I directly knew a certain principle of those teachings, in accordance with how I was taught, I came to a conclusion about the teachings. I had confidence in the Teacher:  

mn48evamāvuso’ti1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te bhikkhū bhagavā etadavoca:   «Да, друг» – ответили они и отправились к Благословенному, поклонились ему, и сели рядом. Благословенный спросил их.  
“Yes, reverend,” those monks replied. They went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to them,  

mn50tyāvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ajjāpi tyāvuso diṭṭhi,   «Так есть ли, друг, ещё в тебе  
‘Friend, do you still have the same view  

mn56panāvuso āvuso16Pi En Ru dhamma

“Na kho, āvuso gotama, āciṇṇaṁ nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa ‘kammaṁ, kamman’ti paññapetuṁ;   «Друг Готама, Нигантха Натапутта не привык использовать термин «поступок, поступок».  
“Reverend Gotama, the Jain Ñātika doesn’t usually speak in terms of ‘deeds’.  
‘daṇḍaṁ, daṇḍan’ti kho, āvuso gotama, āciṇṇaṁ nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa paññapetun”ti.  
Нигантха Натапутта привык использовать термин «розга, розга»  
He usually speaks in terms of ‘rods’.”  
“Tīṇi kho, āvuso gotama, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto daṇḍāni paññapeti pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyāti, seyyathidaṁ— 
«Друг Готама, Нигантха Натапутта описывает три вида розог для совершения плохого поступка, для творения плохого поступка:  
“The Jain Ñātika describes three kinds of rod for performing bad deeds:  
“Aññadeva, āvuso gotama, kāyadaṇḍaṁ, aññaṁ vacīdaṇḍaṁ, aññaṁ manodaṇḍan”ti.  
«Друг Готама, телесный поступок – это одно, словесный поступок – это другое, а умственный поступок – третье».  
“Yes, each is quite distinct.”  
“Imesaṁ kho, āvuso gotama, tiṇṇaṁ daṇḍānaṁ evaṁ paṭivibhattānaṁ evaṁ paṭivisiṭṭhānaṁ kāyadaṇḍaṁ nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto mahāsāvajjataraṁ paññapeti pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍaṁ, no tathā manodaṇḍan”ti.  
«Друг Готама, что касается эти трёх видов розг, так проанализированных и рассмотренных, – Нигантха Натапутта описывает телесную розгу как наиболее порицаемую для совершения плохого поступка, для творения плохого поступка, и не столь порицаемыми [описывает] словесную розгу и умственную розгу».  
“The the Jain Ñātika describes the physical rod as being the most blameworthy for performing bad deeds, not so much the verbal rod or the mental rod.”  
“Kāyadaṇḍanti, āvuso gotama, vadāmi”.  
«Я говорю, телесную розгу, друг Готама».  
“I say the physical rod, Reverend Gotama.”  
“Kāyadaṇḍanti, āvuso gotama, vadāmi”.  
«Я говорю, телесную розгу, друг Готама».  
“I say the physical rod, Reverend Gotama.”  
“Kāyadaṇḍanti, āvuso gotama, vadāmī”ti.  
«Я говорю, телесную розгу, друг Готама».  
“I say the physical rod, Reverend Gotama.”  
“tvaṁ panāvuso gotama, kati daṇḍāni paññapesi pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā”ti?  
«А ты, друг Готама, сколько видов розог ты описываешь для совершения плохого поступка, для творения плохого поступка?»  
“But Reverend Gotama, how many kinds of rod do you describe for performing bad deeds?”  
“Tvaṁ panāvuso gotama, kati kammāni paññapesi pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā”ti?  
«Но, друг Готама, сколько видов поступков ты описываешь для совершения плохого поступка, для творения плохого поступка?»  
“Then how many kinds of deed do you describe for performing bad deeds?”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso gotama, aññadeva kāyakammaṁ, aññaṁ vacīkammaṁ, aññaṁ manokamman”ti?  
«Друг Готама, в таком случае телесный поступок – это одно, словесный поступок – это другое, а умственный поступок – третье?»  
“But are these kinds of deed all distinct from each other?”  
“Imesaṁ panāvuso gotama, tiṇṇaṁ kammānaṁ evaṁ paṭivibhattānaṁ evaṁ paṭivisiṭṭhānaṁ katamaṁ kammaṁ mahāsāvajjataraṁ paññapesi pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, yadi vā kāyakammaṁ, yadi vā vacīkammaṁ, yadi vā manokamman”ti?  
«Что касается эти трёх видов поступков, друг Готама, так проанализированных и рассмотренных, – какой вид поступка ты описываешь как наиболее порицаемый для совершения плохого поступка, для творения плохого поступка: телесный поступок, словесный поступок или умственный поступок?»  
“Of the three deeds thus analyzed and differentiated, which deed do you describe as being the most blameworthy for performing bad deeds: physical deeds, verbal deeds, or mental deeds?”  
“Manokammanti, āvuso gotama, vadesi”?  
«Говоришь, умственный поступок, друг Готама?»  
“Do you say mental deeds, Reverend Gotama?”  
“Manokammanti, āvuso gotama, vadesi”?  
«Говоришь, умственный поступок, друг Готама?»  
“Do you say mental deeds, Reverend Gotama?”  
“Manokammanti, āvuso gotama, vadesi”?  
«Говоришь, умственный поступок, друг Готама?»  
“Do you say mental deeds, Reverend Gotama?”  
“Na me, āvuso, piṇḍakena attho”ti vatvā tato paṭinivattitvā yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā nigaṇṭhaṁ nāṭaputtaṁ etadavoca:  
«Мне не нужны подаяния, друг» – ответил он, развернулся, пошёл к Нигантхе Натапутте и сказал ему:  
Saying, “No, mister, I do not require almsfood,” he turned back and went to the Jain Ñātika and said to him,  

mn59āvuso2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘na kho, āvuso, bhagavā sukhaṁyeva vedanaṁ sandhāya sukhasmiṁ paññapeti;   Друзья, Благословенный описывает удовольствие не только в отношении приятного чувства.  
‘Reverends, when the Buddha describes what’s included in happiness, he’s not just referring to pleasant feeling.  
api ca, āvuso, yattha yattha sukhaṁ upalabbhati yahiṁ yahiṁ taṁ taṁ tathāgato sukhasmiṁ paññapetī’”ti.  
Но, друзья, Татхагата описывает как удовольствие любое удовольствие, где бы и каким бы образом оно ни обнаруживалось».  
The Realized One describes pleasure as included in happiness wherever it is found, and in whatever context.’”  

mn65evamāvuso’ti ghāvuso āvuso9Pi En Ru dhamma

“idaṁ kho, āvuso bhaddāli, bhagavato cīvarakammaṁ karīyati.   «Друг Бхаддали, это одеяние изготавливается для Благословенного. ",  
“Reverend Bhaddāli, this robe is being made for the Buddha.  
Iṅghāvuso bhaddāli, etaṁ dosakaṁ sādhukaṁ manasi karohi, mā te pacchā dukkarataraṁ ahosī”ti.  
Будь добр, друг Бхаддали, удели должное внимание этому совету. Не позволяй этому стать трудностью для тебя потом». ",  
Come on, Bhaddāli, learn your lesson. Don’t make it hard for yourself later on.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā bhaddāli tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā bhaddāli bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
«Да, друзья» – ответил он И отправился к Благословенному, после чего он поклонился ему, сел рядом и сказал: ",  
“Yes, reverends,” Bhaddāli replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
‘ayaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu abhiṇhāpattiko āpattibahulo.  
«Этот монах является постоянным нарушителем с многочисленными нарушениями [монашеских правил]. ",  
‘Reverends, this monk is a frequent offender, with many offenses.  
‘ayaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu abhiṇhāpattiko āpattibahulo.  
«Этот монах является постоянным нарушителем с многочисленными нарушениями [монашеских правил]. ",  
‘Reverends, this monk is a frequent offender, with many offenses.  
‘ayaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu adhiccāpattiko anāpattibahulo.  
«Этот монах является нечастым нарушителем без многочисленных нарушений. ",  
‘Reverends, this monk is an occasional offender without many offenses.  
‘ayaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu adhiccāpattiko anāpattibahulo.  
«Этот монах является нечастым нарушителем без многочисленных нарушений. ",  
‘Reverends, this monk is an occasional offender without many offenses.  
‘ayaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saddhāmattakena vahati pemamattakena.  
«Друзья, этот монах совершенствуется за счёт некоторой доли веры и любви. ",  
‘Reverends, this monk gets by with mere faith and love.  
‘ayaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saddhāmattakena vahati pemamattakena.  
«Друзья, этот монах совершенствуется за счёт некоторой доли веры и любви. ",  
‘Reverends, this monk gets by with mere faith and love.  

mn67evamāvuso’ti hethāvuso āvuso5Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato ānandassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te bhikkhū bhagavā etadavoca:   «Да, друг» – ответили они, отправились к Благословенному, поклонились ему и сели рядом. Благословенный спросил их: ",  
“Yes, reverend,” replied those mendicants. Then they rose from their seats and went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to them:  
“Bhagavatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhusaṅgho paṇāmito”ti.  
«Друзья, Благословенный распустил общину монахов». ",  
“Sirs, the mendicant Saṅgha has been dismissed by the Buddha.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū cātumeyyakānaṁ sakyānaṁ paccassosuṁ.  
«Хорошо, друзья», – ответили они, ",  
“Yes, sirs,” replied the mendicants.  
“uṭṭhethāvuso, gaṇhatha pattacīvaraṁ.  
«Вставайте, друзья, берите свои чаши и внешние одеяния. ",  
“Get up, reverends, and pick up your bowls and robes.  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pattacīvaramādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
«Да, друг» – ответили они, встали со своих сидений, взяли свои чаши и внешние одеяния, отправились к Благословенному и, поклонившись ему, сели рядом. Тогда Благословенный спросил достопочтенного Сарипутту: ",  
“Yes, reverend,” replied those mendicants. Then they rose from their seats and, taking their bowls and robes, went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to Venerable Sāriputta,  

mn69ikenāvuso santāvuso āvuso41Pi En Ru dhamma

“Āraññikenāvuso, bhikkhunā saṅghagatena saṅghe viharantena sabrahmacārīsu sagāravena bhavitabbaṁ sappatissena.   «Друзья, когда монах, проживающий в лесу, приходит в общину и живёт в общине, он должен быть уважительным и почтительным к своим товарищам по святой жизни. ",  
“Reverends, a wilderness monk who has come to stay in the Saṅgha should have respect and reverence for his spiritual companions.  
Sace, āvuso, āraññiko bhikkhu saṅghagato saṅghe viharanto sabrahmacārīsu agāravo hoti appatisso, tassa bhavanti vattāro.  
Если он не сосредоточен, то найдутся те, кто скажет о нём: ",  
If he doesn’t, there’ll be some who say:  
Āraññikenāvuso, bhikkhunā saṅghagatena saṅghe viharantena āsanakusalena bhavitabbaṁ:  
Когда монах, проживающий в лесу, приходит в общину и живёт в общине, он должен быть умелым в хорошем поведении в отношении сидений: ",  
A wilderness monk who has come to stay in the Saṅgha should be careful where he sits, thinking:  
Sace, āvuso, āraññiko bhikkhu saṅghagato saṅghe viharanto na āsanakusalo hoti, tassa bhavanti vattāro.  
Если он не сосредоточен, то найдутся те, кто скажет о нём: ",  
If he doesn’t, there’ll be some who say:  
Āraññikenāvuso, bhikkhunā saṅghagatena saṅghe viharantena ābhisamācārikopi dhammo jānitabbo.  
Когда монах, проживающий в лесу, приходит в общину и живёт в общине, он должен знать даже дополнительные предписания. ",  
A wilderness monk who has come to stay in the Saṅgha should know even the supplementary regulations.  
Sace, āvuso, āraññiko bhikkhu saṅghagato saṅghe viharanto ābhisamācārikampi dhammaṁ na jānāti, tassa bhavanti vattāro.  
Если он не сосредоточен, то найдутся те, кто скажет о нём: ",  
If he doesn’t, there’ll be some who say:  
Āraññikenāvuso, bhikkhunā saṅghagatena saṅghe viharantena nātikālena gāmo pavisitabbo nātidivā paṭikkamitabbaṁ.  
Когда монах, проживающий в лесу, приходит в общину и живёт в общине, ему не следует входить в деревню слишком рано или же возвращаться слишком поздно днём. ",  
A wilderness monk who has come to stay in the Saṅgha shouldn’t enter the village too early or return too late in the day.  
Sace, āvuso, āraññiko bhikkhu saṅghagato saṅghe viharanto atikālena gāmaṁ pavisati atidivā paṭikkamati, tassa bhavanti vattāro.  
Если он входит в деревню слишком рано или же возвращается слишком поздно днём, то найдутся те, кто скажет о нём: ",  
If he does so, there’ll be some who say:  
Āraññikenāvuso, bhikkhunā saṅghagatena saṅghe viharantena na purebhattaṁ pacchābhattaṁ kulesu cārittaṁ āpajjitabbaṁ.  
Когда монах, проживающий в лесу, приходит в общину и живёт в общине, ему не следует посещать семьи до принятия пищи или после принятия пищи. ",  
A wilderness monk who has come to stay in the Saṅgha shouldn’t socialize with families before or after the meal.  
Sace, āvuso, āraññiko bhikkhu saṅghagato saṅghe viharanto purebhattaṁ pacchābhattaṁ kulesu cārittaṁ āpajjati, tassa bhavanti vattāro.  
Если он входит в деревню слишком рано или же возвращается слишком поздно днём, то найдутся те, кто скажет о нём: ",  
If he does so, there’ll be some who say:  
Āraññikenāvuso, bhikkhunā saṅghagatena saṅghe viharantena anuddhatena bhavitabbaṁ acapalena.  
Когда монах, проживающий в лесу, приходит в общину и живёт в общине, ему не следует быть высокомерным и тщеславным. ",  
A wilderness monk who has come to stay in the Saṅgha shouldn’t be restless and fickle.  
Sace, āvuso, āraññiko bhikkhu saṅghagato saṅghe viharanto uddhato hoti capalo, tassa bhavanti vattāro.  
Если он тот, кто говорит грубо и распущенно, то найдутся те, кто скажет о нём: ",  
If he is, there’ll be some who say:  
Āraññikenāvuso, bhikkhunā saṅghagatena saṅghe viharantena amukharena bhavitabbaṁ avikiṇṇavācena.  
Когда монах, проживающий в лесу, приходит в общину и живёт в общине, ему не следует быть тем, кто говорит грубо и распущенно. ",  
A wilderness monk who has come to stay in the Saṅgha shouldn’t be scurrilous and loose-tongued.  
Sace, āvuso, āraññiko bhikkhu saṅghagato saṅghe viharanto mukharo hoti vikiṇṇavāco, tassa bhavanti vattāro.  
Если он тот, кто говорит грубо и распущенно, то найдутся те, кто скажет о нём: ",  
If he is, there’ll be some who say:  
Āraññikenāvuso, bhikkhunā saṅghagatena saṅghe viharantena suvacena bhavitabbaṁ kalyāṇamittena.  
Когда монах проживающий в лесу, приходит в общину и живёт в общине, он должен быть тем, кого легко исправить, и он должен общаться с хорошими друзьями. ",  
A wilderness monk who has come to stay in the Saṅgha should be easy to admonish, with good friends.  
Sace, āvuso, āraññiko bhikkhu saṅghagato saṅghe viharanto dubbaco hoti pāpamitto, tassa bhavanti vattāro.  
Если его трудно исправить и он общается с плохими друзьями, то найдутся те, кто скажет о нём: ",  
If he’s hard to admonish, with bad friends, there’ll be some who say:  
Āraññikenāvuso, bhikkhunā indriyesu guttadvārena bhavitabbaṁ.  
Монах, проживающий в лесу, должен охранять двери своих органов чувств. ",  
A wilderness monk should guard the sense doors.  
Sace, āvuso, āraññiko bhikkhu indriyesu aguttadvāro hoti, tassa bhavanti vattāro.  
Если он не сосредоточен, то найдутся те, кто скажет о нём: ",  
If he doesn’t, there’ll be some who say:  
Āraññikenāvuso, bhikkhunā bhojane mattaññunā bhavitabbaṁ.  
Монах, проживающий в лесу, должен быть умеренным в еде. ",  
A wilderness monk should eat in moderation.  
Sace, āvuso, āraññiko bhikkhu bhojane amattaññū hoti, tassa bhavanti vattāro.  
Если он не сосредоточен, то найдутся те, кто скажет о нём: ",  
If he doesn’t, there’ll be some who say:  
Āraññikenāvuso, bhikkhunā jāgariyaṁ anuyuttena bhavitabbaṁ.  
Монах, проживающий в лесу, должен предаваться бодрствованию. ",  
A wilderness monk should be committed to wakefulness.  
Sace, āvuso, āraññiko bhikkhu jāgariyaṁ ananuyutto hoti, tassa bhavanti vattāro.  
Если он не мудр, то найдутся те, кто скажет о нём: ",  
If he isn’t, there’ll be some who say:  
Āraññikenāvuso, bhikkhunā āraddhavīriyena bhavitabbaṁ.  
Монах, проживающий в лесу, должен быть усердным. ",  
A wilderness monk should be energetic.  
Sace, āvuso, āraññiko bhikkhu kusīto hoti, tassa bhavanti vattāro.  
Если он не мудр, то найдутся те, кто скажет о нём: ",  
If he isn’t, there’ll be some who say:  
Āraññikenāvuso, bhikkhunā upaṭṭhitassatinā bhavitabbaṁ.  
Монах, проживающий в лесу, должен быть утверждённым в осознанности. ",  
A wilderness monk should be mindful.  
Sace, āvuso, āraññiko bhikkhu muṭṭhassatī hoti, tassa bhavanti vattāro.  
Если он не мудр, то найдутся те, кто скажет о нём: ",  
If he isn’t, there’ll be some who say:  
Āraññikenāvuso, bhikkhunā samāhitena bhavitabbaṁ.  
Монах, проживающий в лесу, должен быть сосредоточенным. ",  
A wilderness monk should have immersion.  
Sace, āvuso, āraññiko bhikkhu asamāhito hoti, tassa bhavanti vattāro.  
Если он не сосредоточен, то найдутся те, кто скажет о нём: ",  
If he doesn’t, there’ll be some who say:  
Āraññikenāvuso, bhikkhunā paññavatā bhavitabbaṁ.  
Монах, проживающий в лесу, должен быть мудрым. ",  
A wilderness monk should be wise.  
Sace, āvuso, āraññiko bhikkhu duppañño hoti, tassa bhavanti vattāro.  
Если он не мудр, то найдутся те, кто скажет о нём: ",  
If he isn’t, there’ll be some who say:  
Āraññikenāvuso, bhikkhunā abhidhamme abhivinaye yogo karaṇīyo.  
Монах, проживающий в лесу, должен посвящать себя [изучению] высшей Дхаммы и высшей Винаи. ",  
A wilderness monk should make an effort to learn the teaching and training.  
Santāvuso, āraññikaṁ bhikkhuṁ abhidhamme abhivinaye pañhaṁ pucchitāro.  
Есть те, кто спросят проживающего в лесу монаха о высшей Дхамме и высшей Винае. ",  
There are those who will question a wilderness monk about the teaching and training.  
Sace, āvuso, āraññiko bhikkhu abhidhamme abhivinaye pañhaṁ puṭṭho na sampāyati, tassa bhavanti vattāro.  
Если, будучи спрошенным, он не сможет ответить, то найдутся те, кто скажет о нём: ",  
If he is stumped, there’ll be some who say:  
Āraññikenāvuso, bhikkhunā ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā tattha yogo karaṇīyo.  
Монах, проживающий в лесу, должен посвящать себя [практике] тех освобождений, которые умиротворённые и нематериальные, превосходящие форму. ",  
A wilderness monk should practice meditation to realize the peaceful liberations that are formless, transcending form.  
Santāvuso, āraññikaṁ bhikkhuṁ ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā tattha pañhaṁ pucchitāro.  
Есть те, кто спросят проживающего в лесу монаха об освобождениях, которые умиротворённые и нематериальные, превосходящие форму. ",  
There are those who will question a wilderness monk regarding the formless liberations.  
Sace, āvuso, āraññiko bhikkhu ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā tattha pañhaṁ puṭṭho na sampāyati, tassa bhavanti vattāro.  
Если, будучи спрошенным, он не сможет ответить, то найдутся те, кто скажет о нём: ",  
If he is stumped, there’ll be some who say:  
Āraññikenāvuso, bhikkhunā uttari manussadhamme yogo karaṇīyo.  
Монах, проживающий в лесу, должен посвящать себя [достижению] сверхчеловеческих состояний. ",  
A wilderness monk should practice meditation to realize the superhuman state.  
Santāvuso, āraññikaṁ bhikkhuṁ uttari manussadhamme pañhaṁ pucchitāro.  
Есть те, кто спросят проживающего в лесу монаха о сверхчеловеческих состояниях. ",  
There are those who will question a wilderness monk about the superhuman state.  
Sace, āvuso, āraññiko bhikkhu uttari manussadhamme pañhaṁ puṭṭho na sampāyati, tassa bhavanti vattāro.  
Если, будучи спрошенным, он не сможет ответить, то найдутся те, кто скажет о нём: ",  
If he is stumped, there’ll be some who say:  
“āraññikeneva nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā ime dhammā samādāya vattitabbā udāhu gāmantavihārināpī”ti?  
«Друг Сарипутта, следует ли эти вещи предпринимать и практиковать только тому монаху, который проживает в лесу, или также и тем, кто проживает рядом с деревней?» ",  
“Reverend Sāriputta, should these things be undertaken and followed only by wilderness monks, or by those who live within a village as well?”  
“Āraññikenāpi kho, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhunā ime dhammā samādāya vattitabbā pageva gāmantavihārinā”ti.  
«Друг Моггаллана, эти вещи следует предпринимать и практиковать даже монаху, проживающему в лесу, что уж говорить о том, кто проживает рядом с деревней». "  
“Reverend Moggallāna, these things should be undertaken and followed by wilderness monks, and still more by those who live within a village.” 

mn70evamāvuso’ti panāvuso āvuso16Pi En Ru dhamma

“bhagavā kho, āvuso, aññatreva rattibhojanā bhuñjati bhikkhusaṅgho ca.   «Друзья, Благословенный и община монахов теперь воздерживаются от принятия пищи ночью. ",  
“Reverends, the Buddha abstains from eating at night, and so does the mendicant Saṅgha.  
Aññatra kho panāvuso, rattibhojanā bhuñjamānā appābādhatañca sañjānanti appātaṅkatañca lahuṭṭhānañca balañca phāsuvihārañca.  
Делая так, они свободны от недугов и болезненности, наслаждаются лёгкостью, силой, комфортным пребыванием. ",  
Doing so, they find that they’re healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably.  
Etha, tumhepi, āvuso, aññatreva rattibhojanā bhuñjatha.  
Ну же, друзья, воздерживайтесь от принятия пищи ночью. ",  
You too should abstain from eating at night.  
Aññatra kho panāvuso, tumhepi rattibhojanā bhuñjamānā appābādhatañca sañjānissatha appātaṅkatañca lahuṭṭhānañca balañca phāsuvihārañcā”ti.  
Делая так, вы также будете свободны от недугов и болезненности, будете наслаждаться лёгкостью, силой, комфортным пребыванием». ",  
Doing so, you’ll find that you’re healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably.”  
“mayaṁ kho, āvuso, sāyañceva bhuñjāma pāto ca divā ca vikāle.  
«Друзья, мы едим вечером, утром и днём вне положенного времени. ",  
“Reverends, we eat in the evening, the morning, and at the wrong time of day.  
‘bhagavā kho, āvuso, aññatreva rattibhojanā bhuñjati bhikkhusaṅgho ca;  
",  
 
aññatra kho panāvuso, rattibhojanā bhuñjamānā appābādhatañca sañjānanti appātaṅkatañca lahuṭṭhānañca balañca phāsuvihārañca.  
",  
 
Etha, tumhepi, āvuso, aññatreva rattibhojanā bhuñjatha.  
",  
 
Aññatra kho panāvuso, tumhepi rattibhojanā bhuñjamānā appābādhatañca sañjānissatha appātaṅkatañca lahuṭṭhānañca balañca phāsuvihārañcā’ti.  
",  
 
‘mayaṁ kho, āvuso, sāyañceva bhuñjāma pāto ca divā ca vikāle.  
",  
 
“Evamāvuso”ti kho assajipunabbasukā bhikkhū tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho assajipunabbasuke bhikkhū bhagavā etadavoca:  
«Да, друг» – ответили они, отправились к Благословенному, поклонились ему и сели рядом. ",  
“Yes, reverend,” those mendicants replied. They went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.  
‘bhagavā kho, āvuso, aññatreva rattibhojanā bhuñjati bhikkhusaṅgho ca.  
«Друзья, Благословенный и община монахов теперь воздерживаются от принятия пищи ночью. ",  
‘Reverends, the Buddha abstains from eating at night, and so does the mendicant Saṅgha.  
Aññatra kho panāvuso, rattibhojanā bhuñjamānā appābādhatañca sañjānanti appātaṅkatañca lahuṭṭhānañca balañca phāsuvihārañca.  
Делая так, они свободны от недугов и болезненности, наслаждаются лёгкостью, силой, комфортным пребыванием. ",  
Doing so, they find that they’re healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably.  
Etha, tumhepi, āvuso, aññatreva rattibhojanā bhuñjatha.  
Ну же, друзья, воздерживайтесь от принятия пищи ночью. ",  
You too should abstain from eating at night.  
Aññatra kho panāvuso, tumhepi rattibhojanā bhuñjamānā appābādhatañca sañjānissatha appātaṅkatañca lahuṭṭhānañca balañca phāsuvihārañcā’ti.  
Делая так, вы также будете свободны от недугов и болезненности, будете наслаждаться лёгкостью, силой, комфортным пребыванием». ",  
Doing so, you’ll find that you’re healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably.’  
‘mayaṁ kho panāvuso, sāyañceva bhuñjāma pāto ca divā ca vikāle.  
«Друзья, мы едим вечером, утром и днём вне положенного времени. ",  
‘Reverends, we eat in the evening, the morning, and at the wrong time of day.  

mn73evamāvuso’ti āvuso2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavantaṁ kho mayaṁ, āvuso, dassanāya gacchāmā”ti.   «Мы идём повидать Благословенного, друг». ",  
“Reverend, we are going to see the Buddha.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato vacchagottassa paccassosuṁ.  
«Да, друг» – ответили те монахи. ",  
“Yes, reverend,” they replied.  

mn76evamāvuso’ti māvuso2Pi En Ru dhamma

“āyāmāvuso, yena devakatasobbho tenupasaṅkamissāma guhādassanāyā”ti.   «Ну же, друзья, идёмте к Пруду Девакаты посмотреть пещеру». ",  
“Come, reverends, let’s go to the Devakata Pool to see the cave.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato ānandassa paccassosuṁ.  
«Да, друг» – ответили те монахи. ",  
“Yes, reverend,” they replied.  

mn85hupeyyapāvuso’ti huveyyāvusoti pāvusoti āvuso āvusovādena31Pi En Ru dhamma

‘icchāmahaṁ, āvuso kālāma, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun’ti.   Друг Калама, я бы хотел вести святую жизнь в этой Дхамме и Винае».  ",  
‘Reverend Kālāma, I wish to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.’  
‘kittāvatā no, āvuso kālāma, imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesī’ti?  
«Друг Алара, каким образом ты заявляешь, что, реализовав для себя посредством прямого знания, ты входишь и пребываешь в этой Дхамме?» ",  
‘Reverend Kālāma, to what extent do you say you’ve realized this teaching with your own insight?’  
‘ettāvatā no, āvuso kālāma, imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesī’ti?  
«Друг Калама, таким ли образом ты заявляешь, что входишь и пребываешь в этой Дхамме, реализовав [её] для себя посредством прямого знания»? ",  
‘Reverend Kālāma, is it up to this point that you realized this teaching with your own insight, and declare having achieved it?’  
‘Ettāvatā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedemī’ti.  
«Таким образом, друг». ",  
‘I have, reverend.’  
‘Ahampi kho, āvuso, ettāvatā imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmī’ti.  
«Таким же образом, друг, я также вхожу и пребываю в этой Дхамме, реализовав [её] для себя посредством прямого знания». ",  
‘I too have realized this teaching with my own insight up to this point, and live having achieved it.’  
‘Lābhā no, āvuso, suladdhaṁ no, āvuso,  
«Какое благо для нас, друг, какое огромное благо, ",  
‘We are fortunate, reverend, so very fortunate  
Ehi dāni, āvuso, ubhova santā imaṁ gaṇaṁ pariharāmā’ti.  
Ну же, друг! Будем теперь вместе вести эту общину [учеников]». ",  
Come now, reverend! We should both lead this community together.’  
‘icchāmahaṁ, āvuso, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun’ti.  
Друг, я бы хотел вести святую жизнь в этой Дхамме и Винае». ",  
‘Reverend, I wish to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.’  
āvuso → āvuso rāma (bj, sya-all, km, mr)  
‘kittāvatā no, āvuso, rāmo imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesī’ti?  
«Друг, каким образом Рама заявлял, что, реализовав для себя посредством прямого знания, он входил и пребывал в этой Дхамме?» ",  
‘Reverend, to what extent did Rāma say he’d realized this teaching with his own insight?’  
‘ettāvatā no, āvuso, rāmo imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesī’ti?  
«Друг, таким ли образом Рама заявлял, что входил и пребывал в этой Дхамме, реализовав [её] для себя посредством прямого знания»? ",  
‘Reverend, had Rāma realized this teaching with his own insight up to this point, and declared having achieved it?’  
‘Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, rāmo imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesī’ti.  
«Таким образом, друг». ",  
‘He had, reverend.’  
‘Ahampi kho, āvuso, ettāvatā imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmī’ti.  
«Таким же образом, друг, я также вхожу и пребываю в этой Дхамме, реализовав [её] для себя посредством прямого знания». ",  
‘I too have realized this teaching with my own insight up to this point, and live having achieved it.’  
‘Lābhā no, āvuso, suladdhaṁ no, āvuso,  
«Какое благо для нас, друг, какое огромное благо, ",  
‘We are fortunate, reverend, so very fortunate  
Ehi dāni, āvuso, tuvaṁ imaṁ gaṇaṁ pariharā’ti.  
Ну же, друг! Ну же, друг, веди теперь эту общину [учеников]». ",  
Come now, reverend! You should lead this community.’  
‘vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto.  
«Друг, черты [твоего лица] чисты, цвет твоей кожи чистый и яркий. ",  
‘Reverend, your faculties are so very clear, and your complexion is pure and bright.  
Kaṁsi tvaṁ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito? Ko vā te satthā? Kassa vā tvaṁ dhammaṁ rocesī’ti?  
Под чьим [учительством] ты ушёл в бездомную жизнь, друг? Кто твой Учитель? Чьей Дхаммы ты придерживаешься?» ",  
In whose name have you gone forth, reverend? Who is your Teacher? Whose teaching do you believe in?’  
‘Yathā kho tvaṁ, āvuso, paṭijānāsi arahasi anantajino’ti.  
[Упака ответил]: «Судя по твоим заявлениям, друг, ты должен быть Вселенским Победителем». ",  
‘According to what you claim, reverend, you ought to be the Infinite Victor.’  
Evaṁ vutte, rājakumāra, upako ājīvako ‘hupeyyapāvuso’ti vatvā sīsaṁ okampetvā ummaggaṁ gahetvā pakkāmi.  
Когда так было сказано, адживака Упака сказал: «Пусть будет так, друг». Покачав головой, он свернул на боковую дорогу и ушёл. ",  
When I had spoken, Upaka said: ‘If you say so, reverend.’ Shaking his head, he took a wrong turn and left.  
hupeyyapāvuso’ti → huveyya pāvusoti (bj, pts1ed); huveyyāvusoti (sya-all, km)  
‘ayaṁ kho, āvuso, samaṇo gotamo āgacchati bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya.  
«Друзья, вот идёт отшельник Готама, который проживает в роскоши, который отбросил своё старание, вернулся к роскоши. ",  
‘Here comes the ascetic Gotama. He’s so indulgent; he strayed from the struggle and returned to indulgence.  
Api ca kho maṁ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaranti.  
Однако они обратились ко мне по имени и [словом] «друг». ",  
But they still addressed me by name and as ‘reverend’.  
‘mā, bhikkhave, tathāgataṁ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaratha;  
«Монахи, не обращайтесь к Татхагате по имени и [словом] «друг». ",  
‘Mendicants, don’t address me by name and as “reverend”.  
‘tāyapi kho tvaṁ, āvuso gotama, iriyāya tāya paṭipadāya tāya dukkarakārikāya nājjhagamā uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ; kiṁ pana tvaṁ etarahi bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya adhigamissasi uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesan’ti?  
«Друг Готама, поведением, практикой, исполнением аскез, которые ты предпринимал, ты не достиг каких-либо сверхчеловеческих состояний, какого-либо отличия в знании и видении, что достойно благородных. Поскольку ты теперь проживаешь в роскоши, оставив своё старание, вернувшись к роскоши, как могло произойти так, что ты достиг каких-либо сверхчеловеческих состояний, какого-либо отличия в знании и видении, что достойно благородных?» ",  
‘Reverend Gotama, even by that conduct, that practice, that grueling work you did not achieve any superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones. How could you have achieved such a state now that you’ve become indulgent, strayed from the struggle and fallen into indulgence?’  
‘tāyapi kho tvaṁ, āvuso gotama, iriyāya tāya paṭipadāya tāya dukkarakārikāya nājjhagamā uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ; kiṁ pana tvaṁ etarahi bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya adhigamissasi uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesan’ti?  
«Друг Готама, поведением, практикой… как могло произойти так, что ты достиг каких-либо сверхчеловеческих состояний, какого-либо отличия в знании и видении, что достойно благородных?» ",  
‘Reverend Gotama … you’ve fallen into indulgence.’  
‘tāyapi kho tvaṁ, āvuso gotama, iriyāya tāya paṭipadāya tāya dukkarakārikāya nājjhagamā uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ; kiṁ pana tvaṁ etarahi bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya adhigamissasi uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesan’ti?  
«Друг Готама, поведением, практикой… как могло произойти так, что ты достиг каких-либо сверхчеловеческих состояний, какого-либо отличия в знании и видении, что достойно благородных?» ",  
‘Reverend Gotama … you’ve fallen into indulgence.’  

mn97cāvuso kaccāvuso panāvuso vatāvuso āvuso12Pi En Ru dhamma

“kaccāvuso, bhagavā arogo ca balavā cā”ti?   «Силён ли, здоров ли Благословенный, друг?» ",  
“Reverend, I hope the Buddha is healthy and well?”  
“Arogo cāvuso, bhagavā balavā cā”ti.  
«Благословенный силён и здоров, друг». ",  
“He is, reverend.”  
“Kacci panāvuso, bhikkhusaṅgho arogo ca balavā cā”ti?  
«Сильна ли, здорова ли община монахов, друг?» ",  
“And I hope that the mendicant Saṅgha is healthy and well.”  
“Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho, āvuso, arogo ca balavā cā”ti.  
«Община монахов тоже сильна и здорова, друг». ",  
“It is.”  
“Ettha, āvuso, taṇḍulapālidvārāya dhanañjāni nāma brāhmaṇo atthi.  
«Друг, у Ворот Тандулапалы проживает брахман по имени Дхананьджани. ",  
“Reverend, at the rice checkpoint there is a brahmin named Dhanañjāni.  
Kaccāvuso, dhanañjāni brāhmaṇo arogo ca balavā cā”ti?  
Силён ли, здоров ли брахман Дхананьджани?» ",  
I hope that he is healthy and well?”  
“Dhanañjānipi kho, āvuso, brāhmaṇo arogo ca balavā cā”ti.  
«Этот брахман Дхананьджани тоже силён и здоров, друг». ",  
“He too is well.”  
“Kacci panāvuso, dhanañjāni brāhmaṇo appamatto”ti?  
«Прилежен ли он, друг?» ",  
“But is he diligent?”  
“Kuto panāvuso, dhanañjānissa brāhmaṇassa appamādo?  
«Как он может быть прилежным, друг? ",  
“How could he possibly be diligent?  
Dhanañjāni, āvuso, brāhmaṇo rājānaṁ nissāya brāhmaṇagahapatike vilumpati, brāhmaṇagahapatike nissāya rājānaṁ vilumpati.  
Он разоряет домохозяев-брахман от имени царя и разоряет царя от имени домохозяев-брахман. ",  
Dhanañjāni robs the brahmins and householders in the name of the king, and he robs the king in the name of the brahmins and householders.  
“Dussutaṁ vatāvuso, assumha, dussutaṁ vatāvuso, assumha;  
«Плохие новости мы услышали, друг. ",  
“Oh, it’s bad news  

mn100āvuso16Pi En Ru dhamma

‘icchāmahaṁ, āvuso kālāma, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun’ti.   ‘Reverend Kālāma, I wish to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.’  
‘kittāvatā no, āvuso kālāma, imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesī’ti?  
‘Reverend Kālāma, to what extent do you say you’ve realized this teaching with your own insight?’  
‘ettāvatā no, āvuso kālāma, imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesī’ti?  
‘Reverend Kālāma, is it up to this point that you realized this teaching with your own insight, and declare having achieved it?’  
‘Ettāvatā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedemī’ti.  
‘I have, reverend.’  
‘Ahampi kho, āvuso, ettāvatā imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmī’ti.  
‘I too have realized this teaching with my own insight up to this point, and live having achieved it.’  
‘Lābhā no, āvuso, suladdhaṁ no, āvuso,  
‘We are fortunate, reverend, so very fortunate  
Ehi dāni, āvuso, ubhova santā imaṁ gaṇaṁ pariharāmā’ti.  
Come now, reverend! We should both lead this community together.’  
‘icchāmahaṁ, āvuso, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun’ti.  
‘Reverend, I wish to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.’  
‘kittāvatā no, āvuso, rāmo imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesī’ti?  
‘Reverend, to what extent did Rāma say he’d realized this teaching with his own insight?’  
‘ettāvatā no, āvuso, rāmo imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesī’ti?  
‘Reverend, had Rāma realized this teaching with his own insight up to this point, and declared having achieved it?’  
‘Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, rāmo imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesī’ti.  
‘He had, reverend.’  
‘Ahampi kho, āvuso, ettāvatā imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmī’ti.  
‘I too have realized this teaching with my own insight up to this point, and live having achieved it.’  
‘Lābhā no, āvuso, suladdhaṁ no, āvuso,  
‘We are fortunate, reverend, so very fortunate  
Ehi dāni, āvuso, tuvaṁ imaṁ gaṇaṁ pariharā’ti.  
Come now, reverend! You should lead this community.’  

mn101athāvuso āvuso āvuso’41Pi En Ru dhamma

‘saccaṁ kira tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, evaṁvādino evaṁdiṭṭhino—  ‘Is it really true that this is the venerables’ view?’  
‘kiṁ pana tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, jānātha— 
‘But reverends, do you know  
‘No hidaṁ, āvuso’.  
‘No we don’t, reverend.’  
‘Kiṁ pana tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, jānātha— 
‘But reverends, do you know  
‘No hidaṁ, āvuso’.  
‘No we don’t, reverend.’  
‘Kiṁ pana tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, jānātha— 
‘But reverends, do you know  
‘No hidaṁ, āvuso’.  
‘No we don’t, reverend.’  
‘Kiṁ pana tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, jānātha— 
‘But reverends, do you know  
‘No hidaṁ, āvuso’.  
‘No we don’t, reverend.’  
‘Kiṁ pana tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, jānātha— 
‘But reverends, do you know  
‘No hidaṁ, āvuso’.  
‘No we don’t, reverend.’  
‘Iti kira tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, na jānātha— 
‘So it seems that you don’t know any of these things.  
Sace pana tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, jāneyyātha— 
Now, supposing you did know these things.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, puriso sallena viddho assa savisena gāḷhūpalepanena;  
Suppose a man was struck by an arrow thickly smeared with poison,  
Evameva kho, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, sace tumhe jāneyyātha— 
In the same way, reverends, if you knew about these things,  
Yasmā ca kho tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, na jānātha— 
But since you don’t know any of these things,  
‘nigaṇṭho, āvuso, nāṭaputto sabbaññū sabbadassāvī, aparisesaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ paṭijānāti.  
‘Reverend, the Jain ascetic of the Ñātika clan claims to be all-knowing and all-seeing, to know and see everything without exception, thus:  
“atthi kho vo, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, pubbeva pāpakammaṁ kataṁ, taṁ imāya kaṭukāya dukkarakārikāya nijjīretha,  
“O reverend Jain ascetics, you have done bad deeds in a past life. Wear them away with these severe and grueling austerities.  
‘pañca kho ime, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, dhammā diṭṭheva dhamme dvidhāvipākā.  
‘These five things can be seen to turn out in two different ways.  
ime kho, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, pañca dhammā diṭṭheva dhamme dvidhāvipākā.  
These are the five things that can be seen to turn out in two different ways.  
‘taṁ kiṁ maññatha, āvuso nigaṇṭhā.  
‘What do you think, reverends?  
‘Yasmiṁ no, āvuso gotama, samaye tibbo upakkamo hoti tibbaṁ padhānaṁ, tibbā tasmiṁ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyāma;  
‘Reverend Gotama, at a time of intense exertion we suffer painful, sharp feelings due to overexertion,  
‘Iti kira, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, yasmiṁ vo samaye tibbo upakkamo hoti tibbaṁ padhānaṁ, tibbā tasmiṁ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyetha;  
‘So it seems that only at a time of intense exertion do you suffer painful, sharp feelings due to overexertion,  
Sace, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, yasmiṁ vo samaye tibbo upakkamo hoti tibbaṁ padhānaṁ, na tibbā tasmiṁ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyetha;  
If at a time of intense exertion you did not suffer painful, sharp feelings due to overexertion,  
Yasmā ca kho, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, yasmiṁ vo samaye tibbo upakkamo hoti tibbaṁ padhānaṁ, tibbā tasmiṁ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyetha;  
But since this is not the case,  
‘taṁ kiṁ maññathāvuso nigaṇṭhā, yamidaṁ kammaṁ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṁ taṁ upakkamena vā padhānena vā samparāyavedanīyaṁ hotūti labbhametan’ti?  
‘What do you think, reverends? If a deed is to be experienced in this life, can exertion make it be experienced in lives to come?’  
‘No hidaṁ, āvuso’.  
‘No, reverend.’  
‘No hidaṁ, āvuso’.  
‘No, reverend.’  
‘Taṁ kiṁ maññathāvuso nigaṇṭhā, yamidaṁ kammaṁ sukhavedanīyaṁ taṁ upakkamena vā padhānena vā dukkhavedanīyaṁ hotūti labbhametan’ti?  
‘What do you think, reverends? If a deed is to be experienced as pleasure, can exertion make it be experienced as pain?’  
‘No hidaṁ, āvuso’.  
‘No, reverend.’  
‘No hidaṁ, āvuso’.  
‘No, reverend.’  
‘Taṁ kiṁ maññathāvuso nigaṇṭhā, yamidaṁ kammaṁ paripakkavedanīyaṁ taṁ upakkamena vā padhānena vā aparipakkavedanīyaṁ hotūti labbhametan’ti?  
‘What do you think, reverends? If a deed is to be experienced when fully ripened, can exertion make it be experienced when not fully ripened?’  
‘No hidaṁ, āvuso’.  
‘No, reverend.’  
‘No hidaṁ, āvuso’.  
‘No, reverend.’  
‘Taṁ kiṁ maññathāvuso nigaṇṭhā, yamidaṁ kammaṁ bahuvedanīyaṁ taṁ upakkamena vā padhānena vā appavedanīyaṁ hotūti labbhametan’ti?  
‘What do you think, reverends? If a deed is to be experienced strongly, can exertion make it be experienced weakly?’  
‘No hidaṁ, āvuso’.  
‘No, reverend.’  
‘No hidaṁ, āvuso’.  
‘No, reverend.’  
‘Taṁ kiṁ maññathāvuso nigaṇṭhā, yamidaṁ kammaṁ savedanīyaṁ taṁ upakkamena vā padhānena vā avedanīyaṁ hotūti labbhametan’ti?  
‘What do you think, reverends? If a deed is to be experienced, can exertion make it not be experienced?’  
‘No hidaṁ, āvuso’.  
‘No, reverend.’  
‘No hidaṁ, āvuso’.  
‘No, reverend.’  
‘Iti kira, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, yamidaṁ kammaṁ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṁ taṁ upakkamena vā padhānena vā samparāyavedanīyaṁ hotūti alabbhametaṁ, yaṁ panidaṁ kammaṁ samparāyavedanīyaṁ taṁ upakkamena vā padhānena vā diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṁ hotūti alabbhametaṁ, yamidaṁ kammaṁ sukhavedanīyaṁ taṁ upakkamena vā padhānena vā dukkhavedanīyaṁ hotūti alabbhametaṁ, yamidaṁ kammaṁ dukkhavedanīyaṁ taṁ upakkamena vā padhānena vā sukhavedanīyaṁ hotūti alabbhametaṁ, yamidaṁ kammaṁ paripakkavedanīyaṁ taṁ upakkamena vā padhānena vā aparipakkavedanīyaṁ hotūti alabbhametaṁ, yamidaṁ kammaṁ aparipakkavedanīyaṁ taṁ upakkamena vā padhānena vā paripakkavedanīyaṁ hotūti alabbhametaṁ, yamidaṁ kammaṁ bahuvedanīyaṁ taṁ upakkamena vā padhānena vā appavedanīyaṁ hotūti alabbhametaṁ, yamidaṁ kammaṁ appavedanīyaṁ taṁ upakkamena vā padhānena vā bahuvedanīyaṁ hotūti alabbhametaṁ, yamidaṁ kammaṁ savedanīyaṁ taṁ upakkamena vā padhānena vā avedanīyaṁ hotūti alabbhametaṁ, yamidaṁ kammaṁ avedanīyaṁ taṁ upakkamena vā padhānena vā savedanīyaṁ hotūti alabbhametaṁ;  
‘So it seems that exertion cannot change the way deeds are experienced in any of these ways.  

mn103panāvuso āvuso9Pi En Ru dhamma

‘yaṁ no, āvuso, amhākaṁ samaggānaṁ sammodamānānaṁ avivadamānānaṁ sikkhataṁ aññamaññassa vacīsaṁhāro uppanno diṭṭhipaḷāso cetaso āghāto appaccayo anabhiraddhi, taṁ jānamāno samaṇo garaheyyā’ti.   ‘Reverend, as we were training, mutual tale-bearing came up. If the Ascetic knew about this, would he rebuke it?’  
‘yaṁ no, āvuso, amhākaṁ samaggānaṁ sammodamānānaṁ avivadamānānaṁ sikkhataṁ aññamaññassa vacīsaṁhāro uppanno diṭṭhipaḷāso cetaso āghāto appaccayo anabhiraddhi, taṁ jānamāno samaṇo garaheyyāti.  
‘Yes, reverend, he would.’  
Etaṁ panāvuso, dhammaṁ appahāya nibbānaṁ sacchikareyyā’ti.  
‘But without giving that up, reverend, can one realize extinguishment?’  
‘etaṁ, āvuso, dhammaṁ appahāya na nibbānaṁ sacchikareyyā’ti.  
‘No, reverend, one cannot.’  
‘yaṁ no, āvuso, amhākaṁ samaggānaṁ sammodamānānaṁ avivadamānānaṁ sikkhataṁ aññamaññassa vacīsaṁhāro uppanno diṭṭhipaḷāso cetaso āghāto appaccayo anabhiraddhi, taṁ jānamāno samaṇo garaheyyā’ti.  
‘Reverend, as we were training, mutual tale-bearing came up. If the Ascetic knew about this, would he rebuke it?’  
‘yaṁ no, āvuso, amhākaṁ samaggānaṁ sammodamānānaṁ avivadamānānaṁ sikkhataṁ aññamaññassa vacīsaṁhāro uppanno diṭṭhipaḷāso cetaso āghāto appaccayo anabhiraddhi taṁ jānamāno samaṇo garaheyyāti.  
‘Yes, reverend, he would.’  
Etaṁ panāvuso, dhammaṁ appahāya nibbānaṁ sacchikareyyā’ti.  
‘But without giving that up, reverend, can one realize extinguishment?’  
‘etaṁ kho, āvuso, dhammaṁ appahāya na nibbānaṁ sacchikareyyā’ti.  
‘No, reverend, one cannot.’  
‘idhāhaṁ, āvuso, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁ, tassa me bhagavā dhammaṁ desesi, tāhaṁ dhammaṁ sutvā tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ abhāsiṁ.  
‘Well, reverends, I approached the Buddha. He taught me the Dhamma. After hearing that teaching I explained it to those mendicants.  

mn104āvuso11Pi En Ru dhamma

“atthi kho idaṁ, āvuso cunda, kathāpābhataṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.   “Reverend Cunda, we should see the Buddha about this matter.  
Āyāma, āvuso cunda, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ bhagavato ārocessāmā”ti.  
Come, let’s go to the Buddha and inform him about this.”  
‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, sarāmi evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā’ti.  
‘No, reverends, I don’t recall committing such an offense.’  
‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, sarāmi evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā’ti.  
‘No, reverends, I don’t recall committing such an offense.’  
‘ahaṁ kho, āvuso, ummādaṁ pāpuṇiṁ cetaso vipariyāsaṁ.  
‘Reverends, I had gone mad, I was out of my mind.  
‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, sarāmi evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā’ti.  
‘No, reverends, I don’t recall committing such an offense.’  
‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, sarāmi evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā;  
‘Reverends, I don’t recall committing a serious offense of that nature.  
sarāmi ca kho ahaṁ, āvuso, evarūpiṁ appamattikaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā’ti.  
But I do recall committing a light offense.’  
‘imañhi nāmāhaṁ, āvuso, appamattikaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitvā apuṭṭho paṭijānissāmi.  
‘Reverends, I’ll go so far as to acknowledge this light offense even when not asked.  
‘imañhi nāma tvaṁ, āvuso, appamattikaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitvā apuṭṭho na paṭijānissasi, kiṁ pana tvaṁ evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitvā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā puṭṭho paṭijānissasi?  
‘You wouldn’t have acknowledged that light offense without being asked, so why would you acknowledge a serious offense?  
‘sarāmi kho ahaṁ, āvuso, evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā.  
‘Reverend, I do recall committing the kind of serious offense that entails expulsion or close to it.  

mn112āvuso39Pi En Ru dhamma

‘cattārome, āvuso, vohārā tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sammadakkhātā.   ‘Reverend, these four kinds of expression have been rightly explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
ime kho, āvuso, cattāro vohārā tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sammadakkhātā.  
These are the four kinds of expression rightly explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
‘diṭṭhe kho ahaṁ, āvuso, anupāyo anapāyo anissito appaṭibaddho vippamutto visaṁyutto vimariyādīkatena cetasā viharāmi.  
‘Reverends, I live without attraction or repulsion for what is seen; independent, untied, liberated, detached, my mind free of limits.  
Sute kho ahaṁ, āvuso …pe…  
I live without attraction or repulsion for what is heard …  
mute kho ahaṁ, āvuso …  
thought …  
viññāte kho ahaṁ, āvuso, anupāyo anapāyo anissito appaṭibaddho vippamutto visaṁyutto vimariyādīkatena cetasā viharāmi.  
or known; independent, untied, liberated, detached, my mind free of limits.  
Evaṁ kho me, āvuso, jānato evaṁ passato imesu catūsu vohāresu anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttan’ti.  
That is how I know and see regarding these four kinds of expression so that my mind is freed from defilements by not grasping.’  
‘Pañcime, āvuso, upādānakkhandhā tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sammadakkhātā.  
‘Reverend, these five grasping aggregates have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
ime kho, āvuso, pañcupādānakkhandhā tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sammadakkhātā.  
These are the five grasping aggregates that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
‘rūpaṁ kho ahaṁ, āvuso, abalaṁ virāgunaṁ anassāsikanti viditvā ye rūpe upāyūpādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā tesaṁ khayā virāgā nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā vimuttaṁ me cittanti pajānāmi.  
‘Reverends, knowing that form is powerless, fading, and unreliable, I understand that my mind is freed through the ending, fading away, cessation, giving away, and letting go of attraction, grasping, mental fixation, insistence, and underlying tendency for form.  
Vedanaṁ kho ahaṁ, āvuso …pe…  
Knowing that feeling …  
saññaṁ kho ahaṁ, āvuso …  
perception …  
saṅkhāre kho ahaṁ, āvuso …  
choices …  
viññāṇaṁ kho ahaṁ, āvuso, abalaṁ virāgunaṁ anassāsikanti viditvā ye viññāṇe upāyūpādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā tesaṁ khayā virāgā nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā vimuttaṁ me cittanti pajānāmi.  
consciousness is powerless, fading, and unreliable, I understand that my mind is freed through the ending, fading away, cessation, giving away, and letting go of attraction, grasping, mental fixation, insistence, and underlying tendency for consciousness.  
Evaṁ kho me, āvuso, jānato evaṁ passato imesu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttan’ti.  
That is how I know and see regarding these five grasping aggregates so that my mind is freed from defilements by not grasping.’  
‘Chayimā, āvuso, dhātuyo tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sammadakkhātā.  
‘Reverend, these six elements have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
imā kho, āvuso, cha dhātuyo tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sammadakkhātā.  
These are the six elements that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
‘pathavīdhātuṁ kho ahaṁ, āvuso, na attato upagacchiṁ, na ca pathavīdhātunissitaṁ attānaṁ.  
‘Reverends, I’ve not taken the earth element as self, nor is there a self based on the earth element.  
Āpodhātuṁ kho ahaṁ, āvuso …pe…  
I’ve not taken the water element …  
tejodhātuṁ kho ahaṁ, āvuso …  
fire element …  
vāyodhātuṁ kho ahaṁ, āvuso …  
air element …  
ākāsadhātuṁ kho ahaṁ, āvuso …  
space element …  
viññāṇadhātuṁ kho ahaṁ, āvuso, na attato upagacchiṁ, na ca viññāṇadhātunissitaṁ attānaṁ.  
consciousness element as self, nor is there a self based on the consciousness element.  
Evaṁ kho me, āvuso, jānato, evaṁ passato imāsu chasu dhātūsu anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttan’ti.  
That is how I know and see regarding these six elements so that my mind is freed from defilements by not grasping.’  
‘Cha kho panimāni, āvuso, ajjhattikabāhirāni āyatanāni tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sammadakkhātāni.  
‘Reverend, these six interior and exterior sense fields have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
imāni kho, āvuso, cha ajjhattikabāhirāni āyatanāni tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sammadakkhātāni.  
These are the six interior and exterior sense fields that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
‘cakkhusmiṁ, āvuso, rūpe cakkhuviññāṇe cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu yo chando yo rāgo yā nandī yā taṇhā ye ca upāyūpādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā tesaṁ khayā virāgā nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā vimuttaṁ me cittanti pajānāmi.  
‘I understand that my mind is freed through the ending, fading away, cessation, giving away, and letting go of desire and greed and relishing and craving; attraction, grasping, mental fixation, insistence, and underlying tendency for the eye, sights, eye consciousness, and things knowable by eye consciousness.  
Sotasmiṁ, āvuso, sadde sotaviññāṇe …pe…  
I understand that my mind is freed through the ending of desire for the ear …  
ghānasmiṁ, āvuso, gandhe ghānaviññāṇe …  
nose …  
jivhāya, āvuso, rase jivhāviññāṇe …  
tongue …  
kāyasmiṁ, āvuso, phoṭṭhabbe kāyaviññāṇe …  
body …  
manasmiṁ, āvuso, dhamme manoviññāṇe manoviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu yo chando yo rāgo yā nandī yā taṇhā ye ca upāyūpādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā tesaṁ khayā virāgā nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā vimuttaṁ me cittanti pajānāmi.  
mind, ideas, mind consciousness, and things knowable by mind consciousness.  
Evaṁ kho me, āvuso, jānato evaṁ passato imesu chasu ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttan’ti.  
That is how I know and see regarding these six interior and exterior sense fields so that my mind is freed from defilements by not grasping.’  
‘pubbe kho ahaṁ, āvuso, agāriyabhūto samāno aviddasu ahosiṁ.  
‘Formerly, reverends, when I was still a layperson, I was ignorant.  
So kho ahaṁ, āvuso, aparena samayena appaṁ vā bhogakkhandhaṁ pahāya mahantaṁ vā bhogakkhandhaṁ pahāya, appaṁ vā ñātiparivaṭṭaṁ pahāya mahantaṁ vā ñātiparivaṭṭaṁ pahāya kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajiṁ.  
After some time I gave up a large or small fortune, and a large or small family circle. I shaved off hair and beard, dressed in ocher robes, and went forth from the lay life to homelessness.  
evameva kho ahaṁ, āvuso; santuṭṭho ahosiṁ kāyaparihārikena cīvarena, kucchiparihārikena piṇḍapātena. So yena yeneva pakkamiṁ samādāyeva pakkamiṁ.  
In the same way, I became content with robes to look after the body and almsfood to look after the belly. Wherever I went, I set out taking only these things.  
Evaṁ kho me, āvuso, jānato evaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā samūhatā’ti.  
That is how I know and see so that I have eradicated ego, possessiveness, and underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli.’  
‘lābhā no, āvuso, suladdhaṁ no, āvuso,  
‘We are fortunate, reverend, so very fortunate  

mn119āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“acchariyaṁ, āvuso, abbhutaṁ, āvuso.   «Удивительно, друзья, поразительно то, ",  
“It’s incredible, reverends, it’s amazing,  
‘acchariyaṁ, āvuso, abbhutaṁ, āvuso.  
",  
 

mn123āvuso8Pi En Ru dhamma

“acchariyaṁ, āvuso, abbhutaṁ, āvuso. Tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā,   “It’s incredible, sir, it’s amazing! The Realized One has such psychic power and might!  
“acchariyā ceva, āvuso, tathāgatā acchariyadhammasamannāgatā ca;  
“The Realized Ones are incredible, reverends, and they have incredible qualities.  
abbhutā ceva, āvuso, tathāgatā abbhutadhammasamannāgatā cā”ti.  
They’re amazing, and they have amazing qualities.”  
‘acchariyaṁ, āvuso, abbhutaṁ, āvuso, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā, yatra hi nāma tathāgato atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte jānissati— 
 
‘acchariyā ceva, āvuso, tathāgatā acchariyadhammasamannāgatā ca;  
 
abbhutā ceva, āvuso, tathāgatā abbhutadhammasamannāgatā cā’ti.  
 

mn124āvuso18Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kīvaciraṁ pabbajitosi, āvuso bākulā”ti?   “Reverend Bakkula, how long has it been since you went forth?”  
“Asīti me, āvuso, vassāni pabbajitassā”ti.  
“It has been eighty years, reverend.”  
“Imehi pana te, āvuso bākula, asītiyā vassehi katikkhattuṁ methuno dhammo paṭisevito”ti?  
“But in these eighty years, how many times have you had sex?”  
“Na kho maṁ, āvuso kassapa, evaṁ pucchitabbaṁ:  
“You shouldn’t ask me such a question.  
‘imehi pana te, āvuso bākula, asītiyā vassehi katikkhattuṁ methuno dhammo paṭisevito’ti.  
 
Evañca kho maṁ, āvuso kassapa, pucchitabbaṁ:  
Rather, you should ask me this:  
‘imehi pana te, āvuso bākula, asītiyā vassehi katikkhattuṁ kāmasaññā uppannapubbā’”ti?  
‘But in these eighty years, how many times have sensual perceptions ever arisen in you?’”  
(…)  
“But in these eighty years, how many times have sensual perceptions ever arisen in you?”  
(…) → (imehi pana te āvuso bakkula asītiyā vassehi katikkhattuṁ kāmasaññā uppannapubbāti.) (bj, pts1ed)  
“Asīti me, āvuso, vassāni pabbajitassa nābhijānāmi kāmasaññaṁ uppannapubbaṁ”.  
“In these eighty years, I don’t recall that any sensual perception has ever arisen in me.”  
“Asīti me, āvuso, vassāni pabbajitassa nābhijānāmi byāpādasaññaṁ …pe…  
“In these eighty years, I don’t recall that any perception of ill will …  
“Asīti me, āvuso, vassāni pabbajitassa nābhijānāmi kāmavitakkaṁ uppannapubbaṁ”.  
“In these eighty years, I don’t recall that any thought of sensuality …  
“Asīti me, āvuso, vassāni pabbajitassa nābhijānāmi byāpādavitakkaṁ …pe…  
ill will …  
“Asīti me, āvuso, vassāni pabbajitassa nābhijānāmi gahapaticīvaraṁ sāditā”.  
“In these eighty years, I don’t recall accepting a robe from a householder …  
“Asīti me, āvuso, vassāni pabbajitassa nābhijānāmi satthena cīvaraṁ chinditā”.  
cutting a robe with a knife …  
“Asīti me, āvuso, vassāni pabbajitassa nābhijānāmi sūciyā cīvaraṁ sibbitā …pe…  
sewing a robe with a needle …  
“Asīti me, āvuso, vassāni pabbajitassa nābhijānāmi gāmantasenāsane vassaṁ upagantā”.  
“In these eighty years, I don’t recall commencing the rainy season residence within a village.”  
“Sattāhameva kho ahaṁ, āvuso, saraṇo raṭṭhapiṇḍaṁ bhuñjiṁ;  
“Reverend, for seven days I ate the nation’s almsfood as a debtor.  
Labheyyāhaṁ, āvuso bākula, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye pabbajjaṁ, labheyyaṁ upasampadan”ti.  
Reverend Bakkula, may I receive the going forth, the ordination in this teaching and training?”  

mn127hāvuso āvuso18Pi En Ru dhamma

“Tadaṅgena kho, āvuso kaccāna, santettha ekaccā devatā parittābhā, santi panettha ekaccā devatā appamāṇābhā”ti.   “In that respect, Reverend Kaccāna, some deities there have limited radiance, while some have limitless radiance.”  
“Tena hāvuso kaccāna, taṁyevettha paṭipucchissāmi. Yathā te khameyya tathā naṁ byākareyyāsi.  
“Well then, Reverend Kaccāna, I’ll ask you about this in return, and you can answer as you like.  
Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, āvuso kaccāna,  
What do you think, Reverend Kaccāna?  
“Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, āvuso kaccāna,  
“What do you think, Reverend Kaccāna?  
“Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, āvuso kaccāna, yvāyaṁ bhikkhu yāvatā ekaṁ gāmakkhettaṁ ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati, yo cāyaṁ bhikkhu yāvatā dve vā tīṇi vā gāmakkhettāni ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati— 
two or three village districts …  
“Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, āvuso kaccāna, yvāyaṁ bhikkhu yāvatā dve vā tīṇi vā gāmakkhettāni ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati, yo cāyaṁ bhikkhu yāvatā ekaṁ mahārajjaṁ ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati— 
a single kingdom …  
“Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, āvuso kaccāna, yvāyaṁ bhikkhu yāvatā ekaṁ mahārajjaṁ ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati, yo cāyaṁ bhikkhu yāvatā dve vā tīṇi vā mahārajjāni ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati— 
two or three kingdoms …  
“Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, āvuso kaccāna, yvāyaṁ bhikkhu yāvatā dve vā tīṇi vā mahārajjāni ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati, yo cāyaṁ bhikkhu yāvatā samuddapariyantaṁ pathaviṁ ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati— 
this land surrounded by ocean?”  
“Ayaṁ kho, āvuso kaccāna, hetu ayaṁ paccayo, yena tāsaṁ devatānaṁ ekaṁ devanikāyaṁ upapannānaṁ santettha ekaccā devatā parittābhā, santi panettha ekaccā devatā appamāṇābhā”ti.  
“This is the cause, Reverend Kaccāna, this is the reason why, when those deities have been reborn in a single order of gods, some deities there have limited radiance, while some have limitless radiance.”  
“Tadaṅgena kho, āvuso kaccāna, santettha ekaccā devatā saṅkiliṭṭhābhā, santi panettha ekaccā devatā parisuddhābhā”ti.  
“In that respect, Reverend Kaccāna, some deities there have corrupted radiance, while some have pure radiance.”  
“Tena hāvuso kaccāna, upamaṁ te karissāmi.  
“Well then, Reverend Kaccāna, I shall give you a simile.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso kaccāna, telappadīpassa jhāyato telampi aparisuddhaṁ vaṭṭipi aparisuddhā.  
Suppose an oil lamp was burning with impure oil and impure wick.  
evameva kho, āvuso kaccāna, idhekacco bhikkhu ‘saṅkiliṭṭhābhā’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati,  
In the same way, take some mendicant who meditates determined on pervading ‘corrupted radiance’.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso kaccāna, telappadīpassa jhāyato telampi parisuddhaṁ vaṭṭipi parisuddhā.  
Suppose an oil lamp was burning with pure oil and pure wick.  
evameva kho, āvuso kaccāna, idhekacco bhikkhu ‘parisuddhābhā’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati.  
In the same way, take some mendicant who meditates determined on pervading ‘pure radiance’.  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso kaccāna, hetu ayaṁ paccayo yena tāsaṁ devatānaṁ ekaṁ devanikāyaṁ upapannānaṁ santettha ekaccā devatā saṅkiliṭṭhābhā, santi panettha ekaccā devatā parisuddhābhā”ti.  
“This is the cause, Reverend Kaccāna, this is the reason why, when those deities have been reborn in a single order of gods, some deities there have corrupted radiance, while some have pure radiance.”  
“Addhā kho ayaṁ, āvuso kaccāna, āsajja upanīya vācā bhāsitā,  
“Your words are clearly invasive and intrusive, Reverend Kaccāna.  
‘dīgharattaṁ kho me, āvuso kaccāna, tāhi devatāhi saddhiṁ sannivutthapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā’”ti.  
For a long time I have previously lived together with those deities, conversed, and engaged in discussion.”  

mn128āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“mā, āvuso dāyapāla, bhagavantaṁ vāresi.   “Don’t keep the Buddha out, good park keeper!  

mn132āvuso14Pi En Ru dhamma

‘Kathañca, āvuso, atītaṁ anvāgameti?   (Ānanda went on to repeat the analysis as in the previous discourse, MN 131.)  
evaṁ kho, āvuso, atītaṁ anvāgameti.  
 
Kathañca, āvuso, atītaṁ nānvāgameti?  
 
evaṁ kho, āvuso, atītaṁ nānvāgameti.  
 
Kathañca, āvuso, anāgataṁ paṭikaṅkhati?  
 
evaṁ kho, āvuso, anāgataṁ paṭikaṅkhati.  
 
Kathañca, āvuso, anāgataṁ nappaṭikaṅkhati?  
 
evaṁ kho, āvuso, anāgataṁ nappaṭikaṅkhati.  
 
Kathañca, āvuso, paccuppannesu dhammesu saṁhīrati?  
 
Idha, āvuso, assutavā puthujjano ariyānaṁ adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto sappurisānaṁ adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme avinīto  
 
evaṁ kho, āvuso, paccuppannesu dhammesu saṁhīrati.  
 
Kathañca, āvuso, paccuppannesu dhammesu na saṁhīrati?  
 
Idha, āvuso, sutavā ariyasāvako ariyānaṁ dassāvī ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto sappurisānaṁ dassāvī sappurisadhammassa kovido sappurisadhamme suvinīto  
 
evaṁ kho, āvuso, paccuppannesu dhammesu na saṁhīrati.  
 

mn133addhāvuso cāvuso evamāvuso’ti hāvuso panāvuso āvuso47Pi En Ru dhamma

“Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, dhāremi bhaddekarattassa uddesañca vibhaṅgañca.   “No, reverend, I do not.  
Tvaṁ panāvuso, dhāresi bhaddekarattassa uddesañca vibhaṅgañcā”ti?  
Do you?”  
“Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, dhāremi bhaddekarattiyo gāthāti.  
“I do not.  
Tvaṁ panāvuso, dhāresi bhaddekarattiyo gāthā”ti?  
Do you?”  
‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, dhāremi bhaddekarattassa uddesañca vibhaṅgañca.  
 
Tvaṁ panāvuso, dhāresi bhaddekarattassa uddesañca vibhaṅgañcā’ti?  
 
‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, dhāremi bhaddekarattiyo gāthāti.  
 
Tvaṁ panāvuso, dhāresi bhaddekarattiyo gāthā’ti?  
 
“idaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
“The Buddha gave this brief passage for recitation, then entered his dwelling without explaining the meaning in detail. …  
“idaṁ kho no, āvuso kaccāna, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
 
Tesaṁ no, āvuso kaccāna, amhākaṁ, acirapakkantassa bhagavato, etadahosi— 
 
idaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
 
Tesaṁ no, āvuso kaccāna, amhākaṁ etadahosi:  
 
“Seyyathāpi, āvuso, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṁ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva mūlaṁ atikkamma khandhaṁ sākhāpalāse sāraṁ pariyesitabbaṁ maññeyya;  
“Reverends, suppose there was a person in need of heartwood. And while wandering in search of heartwood he’d come across a large tree standing with heartwood. But he’d pass over the roots and trunk, imagining that the heartwood should be sought in the branches and leaves.  
So hāvuso, bhagavā jānaṁ jānāti, passaṁ passati, cakkhubhūto ñāṇabhūto dhammabhūto brahmabhūto vattā pavattā atthassa ninnetā amatassa dātā dhammassāmī tathāgato.  
For he is the Buddha, the one who knows and sees. He is vision, he is knowledge, he is the manifestation of principle, he is the manifestation of divinity. He is the teacher, the proclaimer, the elucidator of meaning, the bestower of the deathless, the lord of truth, the Realized One.  
“Addhāvuso kaccāna, bhagavā jānaṁ jānāti, passaṁ passati, cakkhubhūto ñāṇabhūto dhammabhūto brahmabhūto vattā pavattā atthassa ninnetā amatassa dātā dhammassāmī tathāgato.  
“Certainly he is the Buddha, the one who knows and sees. He is vision, he is knowledge, he is the manifestation of principle, he is the manifestation of divinity. He is the teacher, the proclaimer, the elucidator of meaning, the bestower of the deathless, the lord of truth, the Realized One.  
“Tena hāvuso, suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.  
“Well then, reverends, listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahākaccānassa paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, reverend,” they replied.  
“Yaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
“Reverends, the Buddha gave this brief passage for recitation, then entered his dwelling without explaining the meaning in detail:  
Imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi— 
And this is how I understand the detailed meaning of this passage for recitation.  
Kathañca, āvuso, atītaṁ anvāgameti?  
And how do you run back to the past?  
evaṁ kho, āvuso, atītaṁ anvāgameti.  
That’s how you run back to the past.  
Kathañca, āvuso, atītaṁ nānvāgameti?  
And how do you not run back to the past?  
evaṁ kho, āvuso, atītaṁ nānvāgameti.  
That’s how you don’t run back to the past.  
Kathañca, āvuso, anāgataṁ paṭikaṅkhati?  
And how do you hope for the future?  
evaṁ kho, āvuso, anāgataṁ paṭikaṅkhati.  
That’s how you hope for the future.  
Kathañca, āvuso, anāgataṁ nappaṭikaṅkhati?  
And how do you not hope for the future?  
evaṁ kho, āvuso, anāgataṁ nappaṭikaṅkhati.  
That’s how you don’t hope for the future.  
Kathañca, āvuso, paccuppannesu dhammesu saṁhīrati?  
And how do you falter amid presently arisen phenomena?  
Yañcāvuso, cakkhu ye ca rūpā— 
Both the eye and sights  
Yañcāvuso, sotaṁ ye ca saddā …pe…  
Both the ear and sounds …  
yañcāvuso, ghānaṁ ye ca gandhā …  
nose and smells …  
yā cāvuso, jivhā ye ca rasā …  
tongue and tastes …  
yo cāvuso, kāyo ye ca phoṭṭhabbā …  
body and touches …  
yo cāvuso, mano ye ca dhammā— 
mind and ideas  
evaṁ kho, āvuso, paccuppannesu dhammesu saṁhīrati.  
That’s how you falter amid presently arisen phenomena.  
Kathañca, āvuso, paccuppannesu dhammesu na saṁhīrati?  
And how do you not falter amid presently arisen phenomena?  
Yañcāvuso, cakkhu ye ca rūpā— 
Both the eye and sights  
Yañcāvuso, sotaṁ ye ca saddā …pe…  
Both the ear and sounds …  
yañcāvuso, ghānaṁ ye ca gandhā …  
nose and smells …  
yā cāvuso, jivhā ye ca rasā …  
tongue and tastes …  
yo cāvuso, kāyo ye ca phoṭṭhabbā …  
body and touches …  
yo cāvuso, mano ye ca dhammā— 
mind and ideas  
evaṁ kho, āvuso, paccuppannesu dhammesu na saṁhīrati.  
That’s how you don’t falter amid presently arisen phenomena.  
Yaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
This is how I understand the detailed meaning of that brief passage for recitation given by the Buddha.  
Imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
 
‘idaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
 

mn134panāvuso āvuso10Pi En Ru dhamma

“Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, dhāremi bhaddekarattassa uddesañca vibhaṅgañca.   “No, reverend, I do not.  
Tvaṁ panāvuso, dhāresi bhaddekarattassa uddesañca vibhaṅgañcā”ti?  
Do you?”  
“Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, dhāremi bhaddekarattiyo gāthā.  
“I do not.  
Tvaṁ panāvuso, dhāresi bhaddekarattiyo gāthā”ti?  
Do you?”  
“Yathā kathaṁ pana tvaṁ, āvuso, dhāresi bhaddekarattiyo gāthā”ti?  
“How do you remember the verses on One Fine Night?”  
‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, dhāremi bhaddekarattassa uddesañca vibhaṅgañca.  
Tvaṁ panāvuso, dhāresi bhaddekarattassa uddesañca vibhaṅgañcā’ti?  
‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, dhāremi bhaddekarattiyo gāthā.  
Tvaṁ panāvuso, dhāresi bhaddekarattiyo gāthā’ti?  
‘Yathā kathaṁ pana tvaṁ, āvuso, dhāresi bhaddekarattiyo gāthā’ti?  

mn136evamāvuso’ti māvuso āvuso15Pi En Ru dhamma

“sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso samiddhi, samaṇassa gotamassa sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:   “Reverend Samiddhi, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the ascetic Gotama:  
“Mā hevaṁ, āvuso potaliputta, avaca; mā hevaṁ, āvuso potaliputta, avaca; mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi. Na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ. Na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya:  
“Don’t say that, Reverend Potaliputta, don’t say that! Don’t misrepresent the Buddha, for misrepresentation of the Buddha is not good. And the Buddha would not say this.  
mā hevaṁ, āvuso potaliputta, avaca → idaṁ vākyaṁ sya-all, km potthakesu  
‘Atthi ca kho sā, āvuso, samāpatti yaṁ samāpattiṁ samāpanno na kiñci vediyatī’”ti.  
But, reverend, there is such an attainment where the one who enters it does not feel anything at all.”  
“Kīvaciraṁ pabbajitosi, āvuso samiddhī”ti?  
“Reverend Samiddhi, how long has it been since you went forth?”  
“Na ciraṁ, āvuso, tīṇi vassānī”ti.  
“Not long, reverend: three years.”  
Sañcetanikaṁ, āvuso samiddhi, kammaṁ katvā kāyena vācāya manasā kiṁ so vediyatī”ti?  
After doing an intentional deed by way of body, speech, or mind, reverend, what does one feel?”  
“Sañcetanikaṁ, āvuso potaliputta, kammaṁ katvā kāyena vācāya manasā dukkhaṁ so vediyatī”ti.  
“After doing an intentional deed by way of body, speech, or mind, reverend, one feels suffering.”  
“atthi kho idaṁ, āvuso samiddhi, kathāpābhataṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.  
“Reverend Samiddhi, we should see the Buddha about this matter.  
Āyāmāvuso samiddhi, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ bhagavato ārocessāma.  
Come, let’s go to the Buddha and inform him about this.  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā samiddhi āyasmato ānandassa paccassosi.  
“Yes, reverend,” Samiddhi replied.  
‘sañcetanikaṁ, āvuso potaliputta, kammaṁ katvā kāyena vācāya manasā sukhavedanīyaṁ sukhaṁ so vedayati;  
‘After doing an intentional deed to be experienced as pleasant by way of body, speech, or mind, one feels pleasure.  
sañcetanikaṁ, āvuso potaliputta, kammaṁ katvā kāyena vācāya manasā dukkhavedanīyaṁ dukkhaṁ so vedayati;  
After doing an intentional deed to be experienced as painful by way of body, speech, or mind, one feels pain.  
sañcetanikaṁ, āvuso potaliputta, kammaṁ katvā kāyena vācāya manasā adukkhamasukhavedanīyaṁ adukkhamasukhaṁ so vedayatī’ti.  
After doing an intentional deed to be experienced as neutral by way of body, speech, or mind, one feels neutral.’  

mn138addhāvuso cāvuso evamāvuso’ti hāvuso idhāvuso āvuso39Pi En Ru dhamma

“idaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:   “The Buddha gave this brief passage for recitation, then entered his dwelling without explaining the meaning in detail.  
“Idaṁ kho no, āvuso kaccāna, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
 
Tesaṁ no, āvuso kaccāna, amhākaṁ, acirapakkantassa bhagavato, etadahosi:  
 
‘idaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
 
Tesaṁ no, āvuso kaccāna, amhākaṁ etadahosi:  
 
“Seyyathāpi, āvuso, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṁ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva mūlaṁ atikkamma khandhaṁ sākhāpalāse sāraṁ pariyesitabbaṁ maññeyya,  
“Reverends, suppose there was a person in need of heartwood. And while wandering in search of heartwood he’d come across a large tree standing with heartwood. But he’d pass over the roots and trunk, imagining that the heartwood should be sought in the branches and leaves.  
So hāvuso, bhagavā jānaṁ jānāti, passaṁ passati, cakkhubhūto ñāṇabhūto dhammabhūto brahmabhūto vattā pavattā atthassa ninnetā amatassa dātā dhammassāmī tathāgato.  
For he is the Buddha, the one who knows and sees. He is vision, he is knowledge, he is the manifestation of principle, he is the manifestation of divinity. He is the teacher, the proclaimer, the elucidator of meaning, the bestower of the deathless, the lord of truth, the Realized One.  
“Addhāvuso kaccāna, bhagavā jānaṁ jānāti, passaṁ passati, cakkhubhūto ñāṇabhūto dhammabhūto brahmabhūto vattā pavattā atthassa ninnetā amatassa dātā dhammassāmī tathāgato.  
“Certainly he is the Buddha, the one who knows and sees. He is vision, he is knowledge, he is the manifestation of principle, he is the manifestation of divinity. He is the teacher, the proclaimer, the elucidator of meaning, the bestower of the deathless, the lord of truth, the Realized One.  
“Tena hāvuso, suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.  
“Well then, reverends, listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahākaccānassa paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, reverend,” they replied.  
“Yaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
“Reverends, the Buddha gave this brief passage for recitation, then entered his dwelling without explaining the meaning in detail:  
Imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
And this is how I understand the detailed meaning of this passage for recitation.  
Kathañcāvuso, bahiddhā viññāṇaṁ vikkhittaṁ visaṭanti vuccati?  
And how is consciousness scattered and diffused externally?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā rūpanimittānusāri viññāṇaṁ hoti rūpanimittassādagadhitaṁ rūpanimittassādavinibandhaṁ rūpanimittassādasaṁyojanasaṁyuttaṁ bahiddhā viññāṇaṁ vikkhittaṁ visaṭanti vuccati.  
Take a mendicant who sees a sight with their eyes. Their consciousness follows after the signs of that sight, tied, attached, and fettered to gratification in its signs. So their consciousness is said to be scattered and diffused externally.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bahiddhā viññāṇaṁ vikkhittaṁ visaṭanti vuccati.  
That’s how consciousness is scattered and diffused externally.  
Kathañcāvuso, bahiddhā viññāṇaṁ avikkhittaṁ avisaṭanti vuccati?  
And how is consciousness not scattered and diffused externally?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā na rūpanimittānusāri viññāṇaṁ hoti, na rūpanimittassādagadhitaṁ na rūpanimittassādavinibandhaṁ na rūpanimittassādasaṁyojanasaṁyuttaṁ bahiddhā viññāṇaṁ avikkhittaṁ avisaṭanti vuccati.  
Take a mendicant who sees a sight with their eyes. Their consciousness doesn’t follow after the signs of that sight, and is not tied, attached, and fettered to gratification in its signs. So their consciousness is said to be not scattered and diffused externally.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bahiddhā viññāṇaṁ avikkhittaṁ avisaṭanti vuccati.  
That’s how consciousness is not scattered and diffused externally.  
Kathañcāvuso, ajjhattaṁ saṇṭhitanti vuccati?  
And how is their consciousness stuck internally?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Furthermore, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Furthermore, with the fading away of rapture, a mendicant enters and remains in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Furthermore, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a mendicant enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, ajjhattaṁ saṇṭhitanti vuccati.  
That’s how their consciousness is stuck internally.  
Kathañcāvuso, ajjhattaṁ asaṇṭhitanti vuccati?  
And how is their consciousness not stuck internally?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Furthermore, they enter the second absorption …  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Furthermore, they enter and remain in the third absorption …  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  
Furthermore, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption …  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, ajjhattaṁ asaṇṭhitanti vuccati.  
That’s how their consciousness is not stuck internally.  
Kathañcāvuso, anupādā paritassanā hoti?  
And how are they anxious because of grasping?  
Idhāvuso, assutavā puthujjano ariyānaṁ adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto sappurisānaṁ adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme avinīto  
It’s when an unlearned ordinary person has not seen the noble ones, and is neither skilled nor trained in the teaching of the noble ones. They’ve not seen true persons, and are neither skilled nor trained in the teaching of the true persons.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, anupādā paritassanā hoti.  
That’s how they are anxious because of grasping.  
Kathañcāvuso, anupādānā aparitassanā hoti?  
And how are they not anxious because of grasping?  
Idhāvuso, sutavā ariyasāvako ariyānaṁ dassāvī ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto sappurisānaṁ dassāvī sappurisadhammassa kovido sappurisadhamme suvinīto  
It’s when a learned noble disciple has seen the noble ones, and is skilled and trained in the teaching of the noble ones. They’ve seen true persons, and are skilled and trained in the teaching of the true persons.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, anupādā aparitassanā hoti.  
That’s how they are not anxious because of grasping.  
Yaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
The Buddha gave this brief passage for recitation, then entered his dwelling without explaining the meaning in detail:  
Imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
And this is how I understand the detailed meaning of this passage for recitation.  
‘idaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho— 
 

mn140atthāvuso evamāvuso’ti āvuso āvusovādena7Pi En Ru dhamma

“Urundaṁ, āvuso, kumbhakārāvesanaṁ.   “The potter’s workshop is spacious, reverend.  
“Atthāvuso, samaṇo gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito.  
“Reverend, there is the ascetic Gotama—a Sakyan, gone forth from a Sakyan family.  
“Atthāvuso, uttaresu janapadesu sāvatthi nāma nagaraṁ.  
“In the northern lands there is a city called Sāvatthī.  
“Na kho me, āvuso, diṭṭhapubbo so bhagavā;  
“No, I’ve never seen him,  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā pukkusāti bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, reverend,” replied Pukkusāti.  
“accayo maṁ, bhante, accagamā yathābālaṁ yathāmūḷhaṁ yathāakusalaṁ, yohaṁ bhagavantaṁ āvusovādena samudācaritabbaṁ amaññissaṁ.  
“I have made a mistake, sir. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of me to presume to address the Buddha as ‘reverend’.  
“Taggha tvaṁ, bhikkhu, accayo accagamā yathābālaṁ yathāmūḷhaṁ yathāakusalaṁ, yaṁ maṁ tvaṁ āvusovādena samudācaritabbaṁ amaññittha.  
“Indeed, mendicant, you made a mistake. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of you to act in that way.  

mn141cāvuso gatenāvuso idhāvuso vuccantāvuso vuccatāvuso āvuso61Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   «Друзья монахи!»  
“Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Tathāgatena, āvuso, arahatā sammāsambuddhena bārāṇasiyaṁ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitaṁ appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ, yadidaṁ— 
в Варанаси, в Оленьем парке, в Исипатане Татхагата, совершенный и полностью просветлённый, привёл в движение несравненное Колесо Дхаммы, которое не может быть остановлено каким-либо жрецом или отшельником, божеством, Марой, Брахмой, или кем бы то ни было в мире, –  
“Near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana, the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha rolled forth the supreme Wheel of Dhamma. And that wheel cannot be rolled back by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.  
Katamañcāvuso, dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ?  
И что такое, друзья, благородная истина о страдании?  
And what is the noble truth of suffering?  
Katamā cāvuso, jāti?  
И что такое рождение, друзья? 
And what is rebirth?  
ayaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘jāti’.  
это называется рождением.  
This is called rebirth.  
Katamā cāvuso, jarā?  
И что такое старение, друзья?  
And what is old age?  
ayaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘jarā’.  
это называется старением.  
This is called old age.  
Katamañcāvuso, maraṇaṁ?  
И что такое смерть, друзья?  
And what is death?  
idaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘maraṇaṁ’.  
это называется смертью.  
This is called death.  
Katamo cāvuso, soko?  
И что такое печаль, друзья?  
And what is sorrow?  
Yo kho, āvuso, aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa soko socanā socitattaṁ antosoko antoparisoko,  
Печаль, горесть, уныние, внутренняя печаль, внутреннее огорчение того, кто повстречал неудачу или кто охвачен некоторым болезненным состоянием, –  
The sorrow, sorrowing, state of sorrow, inner sorrow, inner deep sorrow in someone who has undergone misfortune, who has experienced suffering.  
ayaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘soko’.  
это называется печалью.  
This is called sorrow.  
Katamo cāvuso, paridevo?  
И что такое стенание, друзья? 
And what is lamentation?  
Yo kho, āvuso, aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa ādevo paridevo ādevanā paridevanā ādevitattaṁ paridevitattaṁ,  
Рыдание и стенание, оплакивание и причитание, плач и горевание того, кто повстречал неудачу или кто охвачен некоторым болезненным состоянием, –  
The wail, lament, wailing, lamenting, state of wailing and lamentation in someone who has undergone misfortune, who has experienced suffering.  
ayaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘paridevo’.  
это называется стенанием.  
This is called lamentation.  
Katamañcāvuso, dukkhaṁ?  
И что такое боль, друзья?  
And what is pain?  
Yaṁ kho, āvuso, kāyikaṁ dukkhaṁ kāyikaṁ asātaṁ kāyasamphassajaṁ dukkhaṁ asātaṁ vedayitaṁ,  
Телесная боль, телесный дискомфорт, болезненное, неприятное чувство, рождённое телесным контактом –  
Physical pain, physical unpleasantness, the painful, unpleasant feeling that’s born from physical contact.  
idaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘dukkhaṁ’.  
это называется болью.  
This is called pain.  
Katamañcāvuso, domanassaṁ?  
И что такое грусть, друзья?  
And what is sadness?  
Yaṁ kho, āvuso, cetasikaṁ dukkhaṁ cetasikaṁ asātaṁ manosamphassajaṁ dukkhaṁ asātaṁ vedayitaṁ,  
Умственная боль, умственный дискомфорт, болезненное, неприятное чувство, рождённое умственным контактом, –  
Mental pain, mental displeasure, the painful, unpleasant feeling that’s born from mind contact.  
idaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘domanassaṁ’.  
это называется грустью.  
This is called sadness.  
Katamo cāvuso, upāyāso?  
И что такое отчаяние, друзья?  
And what is distress?  
Yo kho, āvuso, aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa āyāso upāyāso āyāsitattaṁ upāyāsitattaṁ,  
Беда и отчаяние, бедствие и безысходность у того, кто повстречал неудачу или кто охвачен некоторым болезненным состоянием, –  
The stress, distress, state of stress and distress in someone who has undergone misfortune, who has experienced suffering.  
ayaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘upāyāso’.  
это называется отчаяньем.  
This is called distress.  
Katamañcāvuso, yampicchaṁ na labhati tampi dukkhaṁ?  
И что означает, друзья, «неполучение желаемого – это страдание»?  
And what is ‘not getting what you wish for is suffering’?  
Jātidhammānaṁ, āvuso, sattānaṁ evaṁ icchā uppajjati:  
Существам, подверженным рождению, приходит желание:  
In sentient beings who are liable to be reborn, such a wish arises:  
Jarādhammānaṁ, āvuso, sattānaṁ …pe…  
Существам, подверженным старению…  
In sentient beings who are liable to grow old …  
byādhidhammānaṁ, āvuso, sattānaṁ …  
болезни …  
fall ill …  
maraṇadhammānaṁ, āvuso, sattānaṁ …  
смерти …  
die …  
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadhammānaṁ, āvuso, sattānaṁ evaṁ icchā uppajjati:  
печали, стенанию, боли, грусти и отчаянию приходит желание:  
experience sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress, such a wish arises:  
Katame cāvuso, saṅkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā?  
И что такое, друзья, пять совокупностей, подверженных цеплянию, которые, одним словом, являются страданием?  
And what is ‘in brief, the five grasping aggregates are suffering’?  
Ime vuccantāvuso: ‘saṅkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā’.  
Таковы пять совокупностей, подверженных цеплянию, которые, одним словом, являются страданием.  
This is called ‘in brief, the five grasping aggregates are suffering.’  
Idaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ’.  
Это называется благородной истиной о страдании.  
This is called the noble truth of suffering.  
Katamañcāvuso, dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ?  
И что такое, друзья, благородная истина о происхождении страдания?  
And what is the noble truth of the origin of suffering?  
idaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ’.  
Это называется благородной истиной об источнике страдания.  
This is called the noble truth of the origin of suffering.  
Katamañcāvuso, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ?  
И что такое, друзья, благородная истина о прекращении страдания?  
And what is the noble truth of the cessation of suffering?  
idaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ’.  
Это называется благородной истиной об источнике страдания. 
This is called the noble truth of the cessation of suffering.  
Katamañcāvuso, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ?  
И что такое, друзья, благородная истина о пути, ведущем к прекращению страдания?  
And what is the noble truth of the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering?  
Katamā cāvuso, sammādiṭṭhi?  
И что такое, друзья, правильные воззрения?  
And what is right view?  
Yaṁ kho, āvuso, dukkhe ñāṇaṁ, dukkhasamudaye ñāṇaṁ, dukkhanirodhe ñāṇaṁ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṁ,  
Знание страдания, знание происхождения страдания, знание прекращения страдания, знание пути, ведущего к прекращению страдания.  
Knowing about suffering, the origin of suffering, the cessation of suffering, and the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering.  
ayaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘sammādiṭṭhi’.  
Это называется правильными воззрениями.  
This is called right view.  
Katamo cāvuso, sammāsaṅkappo?  
И что такое, друзья, правильное устремление?  
And what is right thought?  
ayaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘sammāsaṅkappo’.  
Это называется правильным устремлением.  
This is called right thought.  
Katamā cāvuso, sammāvācā?  
И что такое, друзья, правильная речь?  
And what is right speech?  
ayaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘sammāvācā’.  
Это называется правильной речью. 
This is called right speech.  
Katamo cāvuso, sammākammanto?  
И что такое, друзья, правильные действия?  
And what is right action?  
ayaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘sammākammanto’.  
Это называется правильными действиями.  
This is called right action.  
Katamo cāvuso, sammāājīvo?  
И что такое, друзья, правильные средства к жизни?  
And what is right livelihood?  
Idhāvuso, ariyasāvako micchāājīvaṁ pahāya sammāājīvena jīvikaṁ kappeti,  
Вот благородный ученик, отбросив неправильные средства к жизни, зарабатывает на жизнь правильными средствами.  
It’s when a noble disciple gives up wrong livelihood and earns a living by right livelihood.  
ayaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘sammāājīvo’.  
Это называется правильными средствами к жизни.  
This is called right livelihood.  
Katamo cāvuso, sammāvāyāmo?  
И что такое, друзья, правильное усилие?  
And what is right effort?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu anuppannānaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ anuppādāya chandaṁ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṁ ārabhati cittaṁ paggaṇhāti padahati,  
Вот монах пробуждает рвение ради не-возникновения невозникших плохих, неблагих состояний. Он делает усилие, зарождает усердие, направляет на это ум, старается.  
It’s when a mendicant generates enthusiasm, tries, makes an effort, exerts the mind, and strives so that bad, unskillful qualities don’t arise.  
ayaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘sammāvāyāmo’.  
Это называется правильным усилием.  
This is called right effort.  
Katamā cāvuso, sammāsati?  
И что такое, друзья, правильная осознанность?  
And what is right mindfulness?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.  
Вот монах пребывает в созерцании тела как тела, будучи решительным, бдительным, осознанным, устранив алчность и грусть к миру.  
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world.  
ayaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘sammāsati’.  
Это называется правильной осознанностью. 
This is called right mindfulness.  
Katamo cāvuso, sammāsamādhi?  
И что такое, друзья, правильное сосредоточение?  
And what is right immersion?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati,  
С угасанием направления и удержания [ума на объекте] он входит и пребывает во второй джхане, в которой наличествуют уверенность в себе и единение ума, в которой нет направления и удержания, но есть восторг и удовольствие, что возникли посредством сосредоточения.  
It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected.  
ayaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘sammāsamādhi’.  
Это называется правильным сосредоточением.  
This is called right immersion.  
Idaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ’.  
Это называется благородной истиной о пути, ведущем к прекращению страданий.  
This is called the noble truth of the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering.  
Tathāgatenāvuso, arahatā sammāsambuddhena bārāṇasiyaṁ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitaṁ appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ, yadidaṁ— 
Друзья, в Варанаси, в Оленьем парке, в Исипатане Татхагата, совершенный и полностью просветлённый, привёл в движение несравненное Колесо Дхаммы, которое не может быть остановлено каким-либо жрецом или отшельником, божеством, Марой, Брахмой, или кем бы то ни было в мире, –  
Near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana, the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha rolled forth the supreme Wheel of Dhamma. And that wheel cannot be rolled back by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.  

mn144cāvuso evamāvuso’ti māvuso pucchāvuso āvuso47Pi En Ru dhamma

“āyāmāvuso cunda, yenāyasmā channo tenupasaṅkamissāma gilānapucchakā”ti.   “Come, Reverend Cunda, let’s go to see Venerable Channa and ask about his illness.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā mahācundo āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosi.  
“Yes, reverend,” replied Mahācunda.  
“kacci te, āvuso channa, khamanīyaṁ, kacci yāpanīyaṁ? Kacci te dukkhā vedanā paṭikkamanti, no abhikkamanti; paṭikkamosānaṁ paññāyati, no abhikkamo”ti?  
“I hope you’re keeping well, Reverend Channa; I hope you’re getting by. I hope that your pain is fading, not growing, that its fading is evident, not its growing.”  
“Na me, āvuso sāriputta, khamanīyaṁ na yāpanīyaṁ. Bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamanti; abhikkamosānaṁ paññāyati, no paṭikkamo.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, I’m not keeping well, I’m not getting by. The pain is terrible and growing, not fading; its growing is evident, not its fading.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso sāriputta, balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena muddhani abhimattheyya; evameva kho me, āvuso sāriputta, adhimattā vātā muddhani ūhananti.  
The winds piercing my head are so severe, it feels like a strong man drilling into my head with a sharp point.  
Na me, āvuso sāriputta, khamanīyaṁ na yāpanīyaṁ. Bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamanti; abhikkamosānaṁ paññāyati no paṭikkamo.  
 
Seyyathāpi, āvuso sāriputta, balavā puriso daḷhena varattakkhaṇḍena sīse sīsaveṭhaṁ dadeyya; evameva kho me, āvuso sāriputta, adhimattā sīse sīsavedanā.  
The pain in my head is so severe, it feels like a strong man tightening a tough leather strap around my head.  
Na me, āvuso sāriputta, khamanīyaṁ na yāpanīyaṁ. Bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamanti; abhikkamosānaṁ paññāyati, no paṭikkamo.  
 
Seyyathāpi, āvuso sāriputta, dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā tiṇhena govikantanena kucchiṁ parikanteyya; evameva kho me, āvuso sāriputta, adhimattā vātā kucchiṁ parikantanti.  
The winds slicing my belly are so severe, like a deft butcher or their apprentice were slicing open a cows’s belly with a meat cleaver.  
Na me, āvuso sāriputta, khamanīyaṁ na yāpanīyaṁ. Bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamanti; abhikkamosānaṁ paññāyati, no paṭikkamo.  
 
Seyyathāpi, āvuso sāriputta, dve balavanto purisā dubbalataraṁ purisaṁ nānābāhāsu gahetvā aṅgārakāsuyā santāpeyyuṁ samparitāpeyyuṁ; evameva kho me, āvuso sāriputta, adhimatto kāyasmiṁ ḍāho.  
The burning in my body is so severe, it feels like two strong men grabbing a weaker man by the arms to burn and scorch him on a pit of glowing coals.  
Na me, āvuso sāriputta, khamanīyaṁ na yāpanīyaṁ. Bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamanti; abhikkamosānaṁ paññāyati, no paṭikkamo.  
I’m not keeping well, I’m not getting by. The pain is terrible and growing, not fading; its growing is evident, not its fading.  
Satthaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, āharissāmi, nāvakaṅkhāmi jīvitan”ti.  
Reverend Sāriputta, I will slit my wrists. I don’t wish to live.”  
“Napi me, āvuso sāriputta, natthi sappāyāni bhojanāni;  
“Reverend Sāriputta, it’s not that I don’t have suitable food,  
api cāvuso sāriputta, pariciṇṇo me satthā dīgharattaṁ manāpeneva no amanāpena.  
Moreover, for a long time now I have served the Teacher with love, not without love.  
Etañhi, āvuso sāriputta, sāvakassa patirūpaṁ yaṁ satthāraṁ paricareyya manāpeneva no amanāpena.  
For it is proper for a disciple to serve the Teacher with love, not without love.  
‘Anupavajjaṁ channo bhikkhu satthaṁ āharissatī’ti evametaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, dhārehī”ti.  
You should remember this: ‘The mendicant Channa will slit his wrists blamelessly.’”  
“Pucchāvuso sāriputta, sutvā vedissāmī”ti.  
“Ask, Reverend Sāriputta. When I’ve heard it I’ll know.”  
“Cakkhuṁ, āvuso channa, cakkhuviññāṇaṁ cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassasi?  
“Reverend Channa, do you regard the eye, eye consciousness, and things knowable by eye consciousness in this way: ‘This is mine, I am this, this is my self’?  
Sotaṁ, āvuso channa, sotaviññāṇaṁ …pe…  
Do you regard the ear …  
ghānaṁ, āvuso channa, ghānaviññāṇaṁ …  
nose …  
jivhaṁ, āvuso channa, jivhāviññāṇaṁ …  
tongue …  
kāyaṁ, āvuso channa, kāyaviññāṇaṁ …  
body …  
manaṁ, āvuso channa, manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassasī”ti?  
mind, mind consciousness, and things knowable by mind consciousness in this way: ‘This is mine, I am this, this is my self’?”  
“Cakkhuṁ, āvuso sāriputta, cakkhuviññāṇaṁ cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassāmi.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, I regard the eye, eye consciousness, and things knowable by eye consciousness in this way: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self.’  
Sotaṁ, āvuso sāriputta …pe…  
I regard the ear …  
ghānaṁ, āvuso sāriputta …  
nose …  
jivhaṁ, āvuso sāriputta …  
tongue …  
kāyaṁ, āvuso sāriputta …  
body …  
manaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassāmī”ti.  
mind, mind consciousness, and things knowable by mind consciousness in this way: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self’.”  
“Cakkhusmiṁ, āvuso channa, cakkhuviññāṇe cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu kiṁ disvā kiṁ abhiññāya cakkhuṁ cakkhuviññāṇaṁ cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassasi?  
“Reverend Channa, what have you seen, what have you directly known in these things that you regard them in this way: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self’?”  
Sotasmiṁ, āvuso channa, sotaviññāṇe …  
 
ghānasmiṁ, āvuso channa, ghānaviññāṇe …  
 
jivhāya, āvuso channa, jivhāviññāṇe …  
 
kāyasmiṁ, āvuso channa, kāyaviññāṇe …  
 
manasmiṁ, āvuso channa, manoviññāṇe manoviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu kiṁ disvā kiṁ abhiññāya manaṁ manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassasī”ti?  
 
“Cakkhusmiṁ, āvuso sāriputta, cakkhuviññāṇe cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu nirodhaṁ disvā nirodhaṁ abhiññāya cakkhuṁ cakkhuviññāṇaṁ cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassāmi.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, after seeing cessation, after directly knowing cessation in these things I regard them in this way: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self’.”  
Sotasmiṁ, āvuso sāriputta, sotaviññāṇe …  
 
ghānasmiṁ, āvuso sāriputta, ghānaviññāṇe …  
 
jivhāya, āvuso sāriputta, jivhāviññāṇe …  
 
kāyasmiṁ, āvuso sāriputta, kāyaviññāṇe …  
 
manasmiṁ, āvuso sāriputta, manoviññāṇe manoviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu nirodhaṁ disvā nirodhaṁ abhiññāya manaṁ manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassāmī”ti.  
 
“tasmātiha, āvuso channa, idampi tassa bhagavato sāsanaṁ, niccakappaṁ manasi kātabbaṁ:  
“So, Reverend Channa, you should regularly apply your mind to this instruction of the Buddha:  

mn150āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ime kho no, āvuso, ākārā, ime anvayā, yena mayaṁ evaṁ vadema—  These are the reasons and evidence that you have regarding those venerables that justifies saying,  

sn1.1āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Appatiṭṭhaṁ khvāhaṁ, āvuso, anāyūhaṁ oghamatarin”ti.   “«Не останавливаясь, друг, но и не напрягаясь, я пересёк наводнение».”  
“Neither standing nor swimming, sir, I crossed the flood.”  
“Yadāsvāhaṁ, āvuso, santiṭṭhāmi tadāssu saṁsīdāmi;  
“Когда я останавливался, друг, то я тонул.  
“When I stood still, I went under.  
yadāsvāhaṁ, āvuso, āyūhāmi tadāssu nibbuyhāmi.  
А когда я боролся, то меня сносило.  
And when I swam, I was swept away.  
Evaṁ khvāhaṁ, āvuso, appatiṭṭhaṁ anāyūhaṁ oghamatarin”ti.  
Вот так, друг, не останавливаясь, но и не напрягаясь, я пересёк наводнение”  
That’s how I crossed the flood neither standing nor swimming.”  

sn1.2āvuso2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Jānāmi khvāhaṁ, āvuso, sattānaṁ nimokkhaṁ pamokkhaṁ vivekan”ti.   «Я знаю, друг»  
“I do, sir.”  
Evaṁ khvāhaṁ āvuso jānāmi;  
вот каким образом, друг, я знаю  
that, sir, is how I understand liberation,  

sn1.20evamāvuso’ti āvuso9Pi En Ru dhamma

“Na khvāhaṁ, āvuso, sandiṭṭhikaṁ hitvā kālikaṁ anudhāvāmi.   “I’m not, good sir;  
Kālikañca khvāhaṁ, āvuso, hitvā sandiṭṭhikaṁ anudhāvāmi.  
I’m giving up what takes effect over time to chase after what is visible in the present.  
Kālikā hi, āvuso, kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā; ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.  
For the Buddha has said that sensual pleasures take effect over time, with much suffering and distress, and they’re all the more full of drawbacks.  
“Ahaṁ kho, āvuso, navo acirapabbajito adhunāgato imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ.  
“I’m junior, good sir, recently gone forth, newly come to this teaching and training.  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā samiddhi tassā devatāya paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā samiddhi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, good sir,” Venerable Samiddhi replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. Then he added:  
‘na khvāhaṁ, āvuso, sandiṭṭhikaṁ hitvā kālikaṁ anudhāvāmi;  
 
kālikañca khvāhaṁ, āvuso, hitvā sandiṭṭhikaṁ anudhāvāmi.  
 
Kālikā hi, āvuso, kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā; ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.  
 
‘ahaṁ kho, āvuso, navo acirapabbajito adhunāgato imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ, na tāhaṁ sakkomi vitthārena ācikkhituṁ.  
 

sn2.18evamāvuso’ti āvuso’ti4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kiṁ laddhā, āvuso”ti?   “What have I gained, sir?”  
“Kiṁ jīyittha, āvuso”ti?  
“What have I lost, sir?”  
“Evamāvuso”ti.  
“Yes, sir.”  
evaṁ jānāhi āvuso”ti.  
a mendicant free of delight and misery.”  

sn2.26āvuso5Pi En Ru dhamma

“Yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṁ taṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ daṭṭheyyaṁ patteyyanti vadāmī”ti.   “Reverend, I say it’s not possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by traveling to a place where there’s no being born, growing old, dying, passing away, or being reborn.”  
‘yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṁ taṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ daṭṭheyyaṁ patteyyanti vadāmī’ti.  
 
‘yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṁ taṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ daṭṭheyyaṁ patteyyanti vadāmī’”ti.  
‘Reverend, I say it’s not possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by traveling to a place where there’s no being born, growing old, dying, passing away, or being reborn.’”  
“Na kho panāhaṁ, āvuso, appatvā lokassa antaṁ dukkhassa antakiriyaṁ vadāmi.  
“But Reverend, I also say there’s no making an end of suffering without reaching the end of the world.  
Api ca khvāhaṁ, āvuso, imasmiṁyeva byāmamatte kaḷevare sasaññimhi samanake lokañca paññapemi lokasamudayañca lokanirodhañca lokanirodhagāminiñca paṭipadanti.  
For it is in this fathom-long carcass with its perception and mind that I describe the world, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation.  

sn5.3āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

na taṁ bhāyāmi āvuso.   and I’m not afraid of you, sir!  

sn5.5āvuso’ti1Pi En Ru dhamma

na taṁ bhāyāmi āvuso”ti.   and I’m not afraid of you, sir!”  

sn5.6āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Jātiṁ khvāhaṁ, āvuso, na rocemī”ti.   “I don’t approve of rebirth, sir.”  

sn5.7āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Na khvāhaṁ, āvuso, katthaci uppajjitukāmā”ti.   “I don’t want to be reborn anywhere, sir.”  

sn5.8āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Na khvāhaṁ, āvuso, kassaci pāsaṇḍaṁ rocemī”ti.   “I don’t believe in anyone’s creed, sir.”  

sn6.5āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Ajjāpi te āvuso sā diṭṭhi,   “Sir, do you still have the same view  

sn6.9āvuso āvuso’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kosi tvaṁ, āvuso”ti?   “Who are you, reverend?”  
“Nanu tvaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā anāgāmī byākato, atha kiñcarahi idhāgato?  
“Didn’t the Buddha declare you a non-returner? So what exactly are you doing back here?  

sn6.14āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

pahomi khvāhaṁ, āvuso, brahmaloke ṭhito sahassilokadhātuṁ sarena viññāpetun’ti.   “Standing in the Brahmā realm, I can make my voice heard throughout the galaxy.”’  

sn8.6āvuso3Pi En Ru dhamma

“paṭibhāti maṁ, āvuso sāriputta, paṭibhāti maṁ, āvuso sāriputtā”ti.   “I feel inspired to speak, Reverend Sāriputta! I feel inspired to speak, Reverend Sāriputta!”  
“Paṭibhātu taṁ, āvuso vaṅgīsā”ti.  
“Then speak as you feel inspired,” said Sāriputta.  

sn10.3āvuso3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Na khvāhaṁ taṁ, āvuso, bhāyāmi;   “No, sir, I’m not afraid.  
“Na khvāhaṁ taṁ, āvuso, passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya, yo me cittaṁ vā khipeyya hadayaṁ vā phāleyya pādesu vā gahetvā pāragaṅgāya khipeyya;  
“I don’t see anyone in this world with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans who could do that to me.  
api ca tvaṁ, āvuso, puccha yadā kaṅkhasī”ti. (…)  
But anyway, ask what you wish.”  

sn10.12dhāvuso’ti āvuso9Pi En Ru dhamma

“Sādhāvuso”ti bhagavā nikkhami.   Saying, “All right, sir,” the Buddha went out.  
“Sādhāvuso”ti bhagavā pāvisi.  
Saying, “All right, sir,” the Buddha went in.  
“Sādhāvuso”ti bhagavā nikkhami.  
Saying, “All right, sir,” the Buddha went out.  
“Sādhāvuso”ti bhagavā pāvisi.  
Saying, “All right, sir,” the Buddha went in.  
“Sādhāvuso”ti bhagavā nikkhami.  
Saying, “All right, sir,” the Buddha went out.  
“Sādhāvuso”ti bhagavā pāvisi.  
Saying, “All right, sir,” the Buddha went in.  
“Na khvāhaṁ taṁ, āvuso, nikkhamissāmi.  
“No, sir, I won’t get out.  
“Na khvāhaṁ taṁ, āvuso, passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya, yo me cittaṁ vā khipeyya hadayaṁ vā phāleyya, pādesu vā gahetvā pāragaṅgāya khipeyya.  
“I don’t see anyone in this world with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans who could do that to me.  
Api ca tvaṁ, āvuso, puccha yadā kaṅkhasī”ti (…).  
But anyway, ask what you wish.”  

sn12.24panāvuso santāvuso tatrāvuso āvuso27Pi En Ru dhamma

“Santāvuso sāriputta, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṅkataṁ dukkhaṁ paññapenti.   “Reverend Sāriputta, there are ascetics and brahmins who teach the efficacy of deeds. Some of them declare that suffering is made by oneself.  
Santi panāvuso sāriputta, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā paraṅkataṁ dukkhaṁ paññapenti.  
Some of them declare that suffering is made by another.  
Santāvuso sāriputta, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṅkatañca paraṅkatañca dukkhaṁ paññapenti.  
Some of them declare that suffering is made by both oneself and another.  
Santi panāvuso sāriputta, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṅkāraṁ aparaṅkāraṁ adhiccasamuppannaṁ dukkhaṁ paññapenti.  
Some of them declare that suffering arises by chance, not made by oneself or another.  
Idha, panāvuso sāriputta, samaṇo gotamo kiṁvādī kimakkhāyī?  
What does the ascetic Gotama say about this? How does he explain it?  
“Paṭiccasamuppannaṁ kho, āvuso, dukkhaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
“Reverends, the Buddha said that suffering is dependently originated.  
Tatrāvuso, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṅkataṁ dukkhaṁ paññapenti tadapi phassapaccayā.  
Consider the ascetics and brahmins who teach the efficacy of deeds. In the case of those who declare that suffering is made by oneself, that’s conditioned by contact.  
Tatrāvuso, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṅkataṁ dukkhaṁ paññapenti, te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṁvedissantīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.  
Consider the ascetics and brahmins who teach the efficacy of deeds. In the case of those who declare that suffering is made by oneself, it’s impossible that they will experience that without contact.  
‘Santāvuso gotama, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṅkataṁ dukkhaṁ paññapenti.  
(The wanderers asked the Buddha the very same questions, and he gave the same answers.)  
Santi panāvuso gotama, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā paraṅkataṁ dukkhaṁ paññapenti.  
 
Santāvuso gotama, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṅkatañca paraṅkatañca dukkhaṁ paññapenti.  
 
Santi panāvuso gotama, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṅkāraṁ aparaṅkāraṁ adhiccasamuppannaṁ dukkhaṁ paññapenti.  
 
‘paṭiccasamuppannaṁ kho, āvuso, dukkhaṁ vuttaṁ mayā.  
 
Tatrāvuso, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṅkataṁ dukkhaṁ paññapenti tadapi phassapaccayā.  
 
Tatrāvuso, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṅkataṁ dukkhaṁ paññapenti, te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṁvedissantīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.  
 
‘jarāmaraṇaṁ, āvuso ānanda, kiṁnidānaṁ kiṁsamudayaṁ kiṁjātikaṁ kiṁpabhavan’ti?  
‘Reverend Ānanda, what is the source, origin, birthplace, and inception of old age and death?’  
‘jarāmaraṇaṁ kho, āvuso, jātinidānaṁ jātisamudayaṁ jātijātikaṁ jātipabhavan’ti.  
‘Reverends, rebirth is the source, origin, birthplace, and inception of old age and death.’  
‘jāti panāvuso ānanda, kiṁnidānā kiṁsamudayā kiṁjātikā kiṁpabhavā’ti?  
‘What is the source of rebirth?’  
‘jāti kho, āvuso, bhavanidānā bhavasamudayā bhavajātikā bhavappabhavā’ti.  
‘Continued existence is the source of rebirth.’  
‘bhavo panāvuso ānanda, kiṁnidāno kiṁsamudayo kiṁjātiko kiṁpabhavo’ti?  
‘What is the source of continued existence?’  
‘bhavo kho, āvuso, upādānanidāno upādānasamudayo upādānajātiko upādānappabhavo’ti.  
‘Grasping is the source of continued existence.’  
upādānaṁ panāvuso …pe…  
‘What is the source of grasping?’ …  
taṇhā panāvuso …pe…  
craving …  
vedanā panāvuso …pe…  
feeling …  
‘phasso panāvuso ānanda, kiṁnidāno kiṁsamudayo kiṁjātiko kiṁpabhavo’ti?  
‘What is the source of contact?’  
‘phasso kho, āvuso, saḷāyatananidāno saḷāyatanasamudayo saḷāyatanajātiko saḷāyatanappabhavo’ti.  
‘The six sense fields are the source, origin, birthplace, and inception of contact.’  
‘Channaṁ tveva, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṁ asesavirāganirodhā phassanirodho;  
‘When the six fields of contact fade away and cease with nothing left over, contact ceases.  

sn12.25panāvuso santāvuso tatrāvuso āvuso8Pi En Ru dhamma

“Santāvuso sāriputta, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṅkataṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paññapenti.   “Reverend Sāriputta, there are ascetics and brahmins who teach the efficacy of deeds. Some of them declare that pleasure and pain are made by oneself.  
Santi panāvuso sāriputta, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā paraṅkataṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paññapenti.  
Some of them declare that pleasure and pain are made by another.  
Santāvuso sāriputta, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṅkatañca paraṅkatañca sukhadukkhaṁ paññapenti.  
Some of them declare that pleasure and pain are made by both oneself and another.  
Santi panāvuso sāriputta, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṅkāraṁ aparaṅkāraṁ adhiccasamuppannaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paññapenti.  
Some of them declare that pleasure and pain arise by chance, not made by oneself or another.  
Idha no, āvuso sāriputta, bhagavā kiṁvādī kimakkhāyī,  
What does the Buddha say about this? How does he explain it?  
“Paṭiccasamuppannaṁ kho, āvuso, sukhadukkhaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
“Reverend, the Buddha said that pleasure and pain are dependently originated.  
Tatrāvuso, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṅkataṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paññapenti, tadapi phassapaccayā.  
Consider the ascetics and brahmins who teach the efficacy of deeds. In the case of those who declare that pleasure and pain are made by oneself, that’s conditioned by contact. …  
Tatrāvuso, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṅkataṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paññapenti, te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṁvedissantīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.  
Consider the ascetics and brahmins who teach the efficacy of deeds. In the case of those who declare that pleasure and pain are made by oneself, it’s impossible that they will experience that without contact. …  

sn12.32panāvuso panāvuso’ti āvuso āvuso’ti33Pi En Ru dhamma

“moḷiyaphagguno, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvatto”ti.   “Reverend Sāriputta, the mendicant Phagguna of the Top-Knot has resigned the training and returned to a lesser life.”  
“Na khvāhaṁ, āvuso, kaṅkhāmī”ti.  
“Reverend, I have no uncertainty.”  
“Āyatiṁ, panāvuso”ti?  
“But what of the future?”  
“Na khvāhaṁ, āvuso, vicikicchāmī”ti.  
“I have no doubt.”  
‘satthā taṁ, āvuso sāriputta, āmantetī’”ti.  
the teacher summons him.”  
“satthā taṁ, āvuso sāriputta, āmantetī”ti.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, the teacher summons you.”  
“Evaṁ, āvuso”ti kho āyasmā sāriputto tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
“Yes, reverend,” replied Sāriputta. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,  
‘kathaṁ jānatā pana tayā, āvuso sāriputta, kathaṁ passatā aññā byākatā— 
‘But Reverend Sāriputta, how have you known and seen so that you’ve declared enlightenment:  
‘kathaṁ jānatā pana tayā, āvuso sāriputta, kathaṁ passatā aññā byākatā— 
 
‘yaṁnidānā, āvuso, jāti, tassa nidānassa khayā khīṇasmiṁ khīṇāmhīti viditaṁ.  
‘Reverends, because of the ending of the source of rebirth, when it ended, I knew “it is ended”.  
‘jāti panāvuso sāriputta, kiṁnidānā kiṁsamudayā kiṁjātikā kiṁpabhavā’ti?  
‘But what is the source, origin, birthplace, and inception of rebirth?’  
‘jāti panāvuso sāriputta, kiṁnidānā kiṁsamudayā kiṁjātikā kiṁpabhavā’ti?  
 
‘jāti kho, āvuso, bhavanidānā bhavasamudayā bhavajātikā bhavappabhavā’ti.  
‘Continued existence is the source, origin, birthplace, and inception of rebirth.’  
‘bhavo panāvuso sāriputta, kiṁnidāno kiṁsamudayo kiṁjātiko kiṁpabhavo’ti?  
‘What is the source of continued existence?’  
‘bhavo panāvuso sāriputta, kiṁnidāno kiṁsamudayo kiṁjātiko kiṁpabhavo’ti?  
 
‘bhavo kho, āvuso, upādānanidāno upādānasamudayo upādānajātiko upādānappabhavo’ti.  
‘Grasping is the source of continued existence.’  
‘upādānaṁ panāvuso …pe…  
‘What is the source of grasping?’ …  
taṇhā panāvuso sāriputta, kiṁnidānā kiṁsamudayā kiṁjātikā kiṁpabhavā’ti?  
‘What is the source of craving?’  
‘taṇhā panāvuso sāriputta, kiṁnidānā kiṁsamudayā kiṁjātikā kiṁpabhavā’ti?  
 
‘taṇhā kho, āvuso, vedanānidānā vedanāsamudayā vedanājātikā vedanāpabhavā’ti.  
‘Feeling is the source of craving.’  
‘kathaṁ jānato pana te, āvuso sāriputta, kathaṁ passato yā vedanāsu nandī sā na upaṭṭhāsī’ti.  
‘But how have you known and seen so that the relishing of feelings is no longer present?’  
‘kathaṁ jānato pana te, āvuso sāriputta, kathaṁ passato yā vedanāsu nandī sā na upaṭṭhāsī’ti evaṁ puṭṭhohaṁ, bhante, evaṁ byākareyyaṁ:  
I’d answer:  
‘tisso kho imā, āvuso, vedanā.  
‘Reverends, there are three feelings.  
Imā kho, āvuso, tisso vedanā aniccā.  
These three feelings are impermanent,  
‘kathaṁ vimokkhā pana tayā, āvuso sāriputta, aññā byākatā— 
‘But Reverend, how have you been released that you declare enlightenment:  
‘kathaṁ vimokkhā pana tayā, āvuso sāriputta, aññā byākatā— 
 
‘ajjhattaṁ vimokkhā khvāhaṁ, āvuso, sabbupādānakkhayā tathā sato viharāmi yathā sataṁ viharantaṁ āsavā nānussavanti, attānañca nāvajānāmī’ti.  
‘Because of an inner release with the ending of all grasping, I live mindfully so that defilements don’t defile me and I don’t look down on myself.’  
“pubbe appaṭisaṁviditaṁ maṁ, āvuso, bhagavā paṭhamaṁ pañhaṁ apucchi, tassa me ahosi dandhāyitattaṁ.  
“Reverends, the first question that the Buddha asked me was something that I’d not previously considered, so I hesitated.  
Yato ca kho me, āvuso, bhagavā paṭhamaṁ pañhaṁ anumodi, tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, etadahosi— 
But when the Buddha agreed with my answer, I thought:  
pubbe appaṭisaṁviditaṁ maṁ, āvuso, bhagavā paṭhamaṁ pañhaṁ apucchi, tassa me ahosi dandhāyitattaṁ.  
(And he told the Buddha all that Sāriputta had said.)  
Yato ca kho me, āvuso, bhagavā paṭhamaṁ pañhaṁ anumodi, tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, etadahosi— 
 

sn12.67khvāvuso panāvuso tenahāvuso āvuso24Pi En Ru dhamma

“kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, sayaṅkataṁ jarāmaraṇaṁ, paraṅkataṁ jarāmaraṇaṁ, sayaṅkatañca paraṅkatañca jarāmaraṇaṁ, udāhu asayaṅkāraṁ aparaṅkāraṁ adhiccasamuppannaṁ jarāmaraṇan”ti?   “Well, Reverend Sāriputta, are old age and death made by oneself? Or by another? Or by both oneself and another? Or do they arise by chance, not made by oneself or another?”  
“Na kho, āvuso koṭṭhika, sayaṅkataṁ jarāmaraṇaṁ, na paraṅkataṁ jarāmaraṇaṁ, na sayaṅkatañca paraṅkatañca jarāmaraṇaṁ, nāpi asayaṅkāraṁ aparaṅkāraṁ adhiccasamuppannaṁ jarāmaraṇaṁ.  
“No, Reverend Koṭṭhita, old age and death are not made by oneself, nor by another, nor by both oneself and another, nor do they arise by chance, not made by oneself or another.  
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, sayaṅkatā jāti, paraṅkatā jāti, sayaṅkatā ca paraṅkatā ca jāti, udāhu asayaṅkārā aparaṅkārā adhiccasamuppannā jātī”ti?  
“Well, Reverend Sāriputta, is rebirth made by oneself? Or by another? Or by both oneself and another? Or does it arise by chance, not made by oneself or another?”  
“Na kho, āvuso koṭṭhika, sayaṅkatā jāti, na paraṅkatā jāti, na sayaṅkatā ca paraṅkatā ca jāti, nāpi asayaṅkārā aparaṅkārā adhiccasamuppannā jāti.  
“No, Reverend Koṭṭhita, rebirth is not made by oneself, nor by another, nor by both oneself and another, nor does it arise by chance, not made by oneself or another.  
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, sayaṅkato bhavo …pe…  
“Well, Reverend Sāriputta, is continued existence made by oneself? …” …  
“Na kho, āvuso koṭṭhika, sayaṅkataṁ nāmarūpaṁ, na paraṅkataṁ nāmarūpaṁ, na sayaṅkatañca paraṅkatañca nāmarūpaṁ, nāpi asayaṅkāraṁ aparaṅkāraṁ, adhiccasamuppannaṁ nāmarūpaṁ.  
“No, Reverend Koṭṭhita, name and form are not made by oneself, nor by another, nor by both oneself and another, nor do they arise by chance, not made by oneself or another.  
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, sayaṅkataṁ viññāṇaṁ, paraṅkataṁ viññāṇaṁ, sayaṅkatañca paraṅkatañca viññāṇaṁ, udāhu asayaṅkāraṁ aparaṅkāraṁ adhiccasamuppannaṁ viññāṇan”ti?  
“Well, Reverend Sāriputta, is consciousness made by oneself? Or by another? Or by both oneself and another? Or does it arise by chance, not made by oneself or another?”  
“Na kho, āvuso koṭṭhika, sayaṅkataṁ viññāṇaṁ, na paraṅkataṁ viññāṇaṁ, na sayaṅkatañca paraṅkatañca viññāṇaṁ, nāpi asayaṅkāraṁ aparaṅkāraṁ adhiccasamuppannaṁ viññāṇaṁ.  
“No, Reverend Koṭṭhita, consciousness is not made by oneself, nor by another, nor by both oneself and another, nor does it arise by chance, not made by oneself or another.  
‘na khvāvuso koṭṭhika, sayaṅkataṁ nāmarūpaṁ, na paraṅkataṁ nāmarūpaṁ, na sayaṅkatañca paraṅkatañca nāmarūpaṁ, nāpi asayaṅkāraṁ aparaṅkāraṁ adhiccasamuppannaṁ nāmarūpaṁ.  
‘No, Reverend Koṭṭhita, name and form are not made by oneself, nor by another, nor by both oneself and another, nor do they arise by chance, not made by oneself or another.  
‘na khvāvuso koṭṭhika, sayaṅkataṁ viññāṇaṁ, na paraṅkataṁ viññāṇaṁ, na sayaṅkatañca paraṅkatañca viññāṇaṁ, nāpi asayaṅkāraṁ aparaṅkāraṁ adhiccasamuppannaṁ viññāṇaṁ.  
‘No, Reverend Koṭṭhita, consciousness is not made by oneself, nor by another, nor by both oneself and another, nor does it arise by chance, not made by oneself or another.  
Yathā kathaṁ panāvuso sāriputta, imassa bhāsitassa attho daṭṭhabbo”ti?  
How then should we see the meaning of this statement?”  
“Tenahāvuso, upamaṁ te karissāmi.  
“Well then, reverend, I shall give you a simile.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, dve naḷakalāpiyo aññamaññaṁ nissāya tiṭṭheyyuṁ.  
Suppose there were two bundles of reeds leaning up against each other.  
Evameva kho, āvuso, nāmarūpapaccayā viññāṇaṁ;  
In the same way, name and form are conditions for consciousness.  
Tāsañce, āvuso, naḷakalāpīnaṁ ekaṁ ākaḍḍheyya, ekā papateyya;  
If the first of those bundles of reeds were to be pulled away, the other would collapse.  
Evameva kho, āvuso, nāmarūpanirodhā viññāṇanirodho;  
In the same way, when name and form cease, consciousness ceases.  
“Acchariyaṁ, āvuso sāriputta;  
“It’s incredible, Reverend Sāriputta, it’s amazing!  
abbhutaṁ, āvuso sāriputta.  
 
‘Jarāmaraṇassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya dhammaṁ deseti, dhammakathiko bhikkhūti alaṁvacanāya.  
If a mendicant teaches Dhamma for disillusionment, dispassion, and cessation regarding old age and death, they’re qualified to be called a ‘mendicant who speaks on Dhamma’.  
Jarāmaraṇassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti, dhammānudhammappaṭipanno bhikkhūti alaṁvacanāya.  
If they practice for disillusionment, dispassion, and cessation regarding old age and death, they’re qualified to be called a ‘mendicant who practices in line with the teaching’.  
Jarāmaraṇassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhu nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti, diṭṭhadhammanibbānappatto bhikkhūti alaṁvacanāya.  
If they’re freed by not grasping by disillusionment, dispassion, and cessation regarding old age and death, they’re qualified to be called a ‘mendicant who has attained extinguishment in this very life’.  
avijjāya ce, āvuso, bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya dhammaṁ deseti, dhammakathiko bhikkhūti alaṁvacanāya.  
If a mendicant teaches Dhamma for disillusionment, dispassion, and cessation regarding ignorance, they’re qualified to be called a ‘mendicant who speaks on Dhamma’.  
Avijjāya ce, āvuso, bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti, dhammānudhammappaṭipanno bhikkhūti alaṁvacanāya.  
If they practice for disillusionment, dispassion, and cessation regarding ignorance, they’re qualified to be called a ‘mendicant who practices in line with the teaching’.  
Avijjāya ce, āvuso, bhikkhu nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti, diṭṭhadhammanibbānappatto bhikkhūti alaṁvacanāyā’”ti.  
If they’re freed by not grasping by disillusionment, dispassion, and cessation regarding ignorance, they’re qualified to be called a ‘mendicant who has attained extinguishment in this very life’.” 

sn12.68dhāvuso āvuso26Pi En Ru dhamma

“aññatreva, āvuso musila, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā atthāyasmato musilassa paccattameva ñāṇaṁ:   “Reverend Musīla, apart from faith, endorsement, oral tradition, reasoned contemplation, or acceptance of a view after consideration, do you know for yourself that  
“Aññatreva, āvuso paviṭṭha, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā ahametaṁ jānāmi ahametaṁ passāmi:  
“Reverend Saviṭṭha, apart from faith, endorsement, oral tradition, reasoned contemplation, or acceptance of a view after consideration, I know and see that  
“Aññatreva, āvuso musila, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā atthāyasmato musilassa paccattameva ñāṇaṁ:  
“Reverend Musīla, apart from faith, endorsement, oral tradition, reasoned contemplation, or acceptance of a view after consideration, do you know for yourself that  
“Aññatreva, āvuso paviṭṭha, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā ahametaṁ jānāmi ahametaṁ passāmi:  
“Reverend Saviṭṭha, apart from faith, endorsement, oral tradition, reasoned contemplation, or acceptance of a view after consideration, I know and see that  
“Aññatreva, āvuso musila, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā atthāyasmato musilassa paccattameva ñāṇaṁ:  
“Reverend Musīla, apart from faith, endorsement, oral tradition, reasoned contemplation, or acceptance of a view after consideration, do you know for yourself that  
“Aññatreva, āvuso paviṭṭha, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā ahametaṁ jānāmi ahametaṁ passāmi:  
“Reverend Saviṭṭha, apart from faith, endorsement, oral tradition, reasoned contemplation, or acceptance of a view after consideration, I know and see that  
“Aññatreva, āvuso musila, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā atthāyasmato musilassa paccattameva ñāṇaṁ:  
“Reverend Musīla, apart from faith, endorsement, oral tradition, reasoned contemplation, or acceptance of a view after consideration, do you know for yourself that  
“Aññatreva, āvuso paviṭṭha, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā ahametaṁ jānāmi ahametaṁ passāmi:  
“Reverend Saviṭṭha, apart from faith, endorsement, oral tradition, reasoned contemplation, or acceptance of a view after consideration, I know and see that  
“Aññatreva, āvuso musila, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā atthāyasmato musilassa paccattameva ñāṇaṁ:  
“Reverend Musīla, apart from faith, endorsement, oral tradition, reasoned contemplation, or acceptance of a view after consideration, do you know for yourself that  
“Aññatreva, āvuso paviṭṭha, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā ahametaṁ jānāmi ahametaṁ passāmi:  
“Reverend Saviṭṭha, apart from faith, endorsement, oral tradition, reasoned contemplation, or acceptance of a view after consideration, I know and see that  
“sādhāvuso paviṭṭha, ahaṁ etaṁ pañhaṁ labheyyaṁ.  
“Reverend Saviṭṭha, please let me answer these questions.  
Aññatreva, āvuso nārada, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā atthāyasmato nāradassa paccattameva ñāṇaṁ:  
(Saviṭṭha repeats exactly the same series of questions, and Nārada answers just as Musīla did.)  
“Aññatreva, āvuso paviṭṭha, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā ahametaṁ jānāmi ahametaṁ passāmi:  
 
“Aññatreva, āvuso nārada, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā atthāyasmato nāradassa paccattameva ñāṇaṁ— 
 
“Aññatreva, āvuso paviṭṭha, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā ahametaṁ jānāmi ahametaṁ passāmi:  
 
“Aññatreva, āvuso nārada, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā atthāyasmato nāradassa paccattameva ñāṇaṁ:  
 
“Aññatreva, āvuso paviṭṭha, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā ahametaṁ jānāmi ahametaṁ passāmi:  
 
“Aññatreva, āvuso nārada, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā atthāyasmato nāradassa paccattameva ñāṇaṁ:  
 
“Aññatreva, āvuso paviṭṭha, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā ahametaṁ jānāmi ahametaṁ passāmi:  
 
“Aññatreva, āvuso nārada, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā atthāyasmato nāradassa paccattameva ñāṇaṁ:  
“Reverend Nārada, apart from faith, endorsement, oral tradition, reasoned contemplation, or acceptance of a view after consideration, do you know for yourself that  
“Aññatreva, āvuso paviṭṭha, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā ahametaṁ jānāmi ahametaṁ passāmi:  
“Reverend Saviṭṭha, apart from faith, endorsement, oral tradition, reasoned contemplation, or acceptance of a view after consideration, I know and see that  
“‘Bhavanirodho nibbānan’ti kho me, āvuso, yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhaṁ, na camhi arahaṁ khīṇāsavo.  
“I have truly seen clearly with right wisdom that the cessation of continued existence is extinguishment. Yet I am not a perfected one.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, kantāramagge udapāno, tatra nevassa rajju na udakavārako.  
Suppose there was a well on a desert road that had neither rope nor bucket.  
Evameva kho, āvuso, ‘bhavanirodho nibbānan’ti yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhaṁ, na camhi arahaṁ khīṇāsavo”ti.  
In the same way, I have truly seen clearly with right wisdom that the cessation of continued existence is extinguishment. Yet I am not a perfected one.”  
“evaṁvādī tvaṁ, āvuso paviṭṭha, āyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ kiṁ vadesī”ti?  
“Reverend Saviṭṭha, what do you have to say to Venerable Nārada when he speaks like this?”  
“Evaṁvādāhaṁ, āvuso ānanda, āyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ na kiñci vadāmi aññatra kalyāṇā aññatra kusalā”ti.  
“Reverend Ānanda, I have nothing to say to Venerable Nārada when he speaks like this, except what is good and wholesome.” 

sn12.70evamāvuso’ti āvuso āvuso”14Pi En Ru dhamma

“ehi tvaṁ, āvuso susima, samaṇe gotame brahmacariyaṁ cara.   “Reverend Susīma, please lead the spiritual life with the ascetic Gotama.  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho susimo paribbājako sakāya parisāya paṭissuṇitvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi.  
“Yes, reverends,” replied Susīma. Then he went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him.  
“icchāmahaṁ, āvuso ānanda, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun”ti.  
“Reverend Ānanda, I wish to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.”  
‘icchāmahaṁ, āvuso ānanda, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun’”ti.  
he wishes to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti.  
“Yes, reverend.”  
“No hetaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No, reverend.”  
“No hetaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No, reverend.”  
“No hetaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No, reverend.”  
“No hetaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No, reverend.”  
“No hetaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No, reverend.”  
“No hetaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No, reverend.”  
“Ettha dāni āyasmanto idañca veyyākaraṇaṁ imesañca dhammānaṁ asamāpatti; idaṁ no, āvuso, kathan”ti?  
“Well now, venerables, how could there be such a declaration when these things are not attained?”  
“Paññāvimuttā kho mayaṁ, āvuso susimā”ti.  
“Reverend Susīma, we are freed by wisdom.”  
“Ājāneyyāsi vā tvaṁ, āvuso susima, na vā tvaṁ ājāneyyāsi atha kho paññāvimuttā mayan”ti.  
“Reverend Susīma, whether you understand or not, we are freed by wisdom.”  

sn16.2cāvuso idhāvuso panāvuso āvuso16Pi En Ru dhamma

“vuccati hidaṁ, āvuso kassapa, anātāpī anottappī abhabbo sambodhāya abhabbo nibbānāya abhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya;   “Reverend Kassapa, it’s said that without being keen and prudent you can’t achieve awakening, extinguishment, and the supreme sanctuary from the yoke.  
“Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, anātāpī hoti anottappī abhabbo sambodhāya abhabbo nibbānāya abhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya;  
To what extent is this the case?”  
kittāvatā ca panāvuso, ātāpī hoti ottappī bhabbo sambodhāya bhabbo nibbānāya bhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāyā”ti?  
 
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu ‘anuppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjamānā anatthāya saṁvatteyyun’ti na ātappaṁ karoti, ‘uppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīyamānā anatthāya saṁvatteyyun’ti na ātappaṁ karoti, ‘anuppannā me kusalā dhammā nuppajjamānā anatthāya saṁvatteyyun’ti na ātappaṁ karoti, ‘uppannā me kusalā dhammā nirujjhamānā anatthāya saṁvatteyyun’ti na ātappaṁ karoti.  
“Reverend, take a mendicant who doesn’t foster keenness by thinking: ‘If unarisen unskillful qualities arise in me, they’ll lead to harm.’ ‘If I don’t give up arisen unskillful qualities, they’ll lead to harm.’ ‘If I don’t give rise to unarisen skillful qualities, they’ll lead to harm.’ ‘If arisen skillful qualities cease in me, they’ll lead to harm.’  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, anātāpī hoti.  
That’s how you’re not keen.  
Kathañcāvuso, anottappī hoti?  
And how are you not prudent?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu ‘anuppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjamānā anatthāya saṁvatteyyun’ti na ottappati, ‘uppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīyamānā anatthāya saṁvatteyyun’ti na ottappati, ‘anuppannā me kusalā dhammā nuppajjamānā anatthāya saṁvatteyyun’ti na ottappati, ‘uppannā me kusalā dhammā nirujjhamānā anatthāya saṁvatteyyun’ti na ottappati.  
Take a mendicant who doesn’t foster prudence by thinking: ‘If unarisen unskillful qualities arise in me, they’ll lead to harm.’ ‘If I don’t give up arisen unskillful qualities, they’ll lead to harm.’ ‘If I don’t give rise to unarisen skillful qualities, they’ll lead to harm.’ ‘If arisen skillful qualities cease in me, they’ll lead to harm.’  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, anottappī hoti.  
That’s how you’re not prudent.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, anātāpī anottappī abhabbo sambodhāya abhabbo nibbānāya abhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya.  
That’s how without being keen and prudent you can’t achieve awakening, extinguishment, and the supreme sanctuary from the yoke.  
Kathañcāvuso, ātāpī hoti?  
And how are you keen?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu ‘anuppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjamānā anatthāya saṁvatteyyun’ti ātappaṁ karoti, ‘uppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīyamānā anatthāya saṁvatteyyun’ti ātappaṁ karoti, anuppannā me kusalā dhammā …pe… ātappaṁ karoti.  
Take a mendicant who fosters keenness by thinking: ‘If unarisen unskillful qualities arise in me, they’ll lead to harm.’ ‘If I don’t give up arisen unskillful qualities, they’ll lead to harm.’ ‘If I don’t give rise to unarisen skillful qualities, they’ll lead to harm.’ ‘If arisen skillful qualities cease in me, they’ll lead to harm.’  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, ātāpī hoti.  
That’s how you’re keen.  
Kathañcāvuso, ottappī hoti?  
And how are you prudent?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu ‘anuppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjamānā anatthāya saṁvatteyyun’ti ottappati, ‘uppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīyamānā anatthāya saṁvatteyyun’ti ottappati, ‘anuppannā me kusalā dhammā anuppajjamānā anatthāya saṁvatteyyun’ti ottappati, ‘uppannā me kusalā dhammā nirujjhamānā anatthāya saṁvatteyyun’ti ottappati.  
Take a mendicant who fosters prudence by thinking: ‘If unarisen unskillful qualities arise in me, they’ll lead to harm.’ ‘If I don’t give up arisen unskillful qualities, they’ll lead to harm.’ ‘If I don’t give rise to unarisen skillful qualities, they’ll lead to harm.’ ‘If arisen skillful qualities cease in me, they’ll lead to harm.’  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, ottappī hoti.  
That’s how you’re prudent.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, ātāpī ottappī bhabbo sambodhāya bhabbo nibbānāya bhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāyā”ti.  
That’s how if you’re keen and prudent you can achieve awakening, extinguishment, and the supreme sanctuary from the yoke.” 

sn16.6evamāvuso’ti1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te bhikkhū bhagavā etadavoca:   “Yes, reverend,” those monks replied. They went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to them:  

sn16.10āvuso9Pi En Ru dhamma

“Gaccha tvaṁ, āvuso ānanda, bahukicco tvaṁ bahukaraṇīyo”ti.   “You go, Reverend Ānanda. You have many duties and responsibilities.”  
“Gaccha tvaṁ, āvuso ānanda, bahukicco tvaṁ bahukaraṇīyo”ti.  
 
“kiṁ nu kho, āvuso ānanda, ahaṁ sūcivāṇijako, tvaṁ sūcikāro;  
“Is that right, Reverend Ānanda? Am I the needle seller and you the needle maker?  
“Āgamehi tvaṁ, āvuso ānanda, mā te saṅgho uttari upaparikkhi.  
“Hold on, Reverend Ānanda! Don’t make the Saṅgha investigate you further!  
Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, āvuso ānanda,  
What do you think, Reverend Ānanda?  
“Ahaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavato sammukhā bhikkhusaṅghe upanīto:  
“I was the one the Buddha brought up before the Saṅgha of mendicants, saying:  
Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, āvuso ānanda,  
What do you think, Reverend Ānanda?  
“Ahaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavato sammukhā bhikkhusaṅghe upanīto:  
“I was the one the Buddha brought up before the Saṅgha of mendicants, saying:  
Sattaratanaṁ vā, āvuso, nāgaṁ aḍḍhaṭṭhamaratanaṁ vā tālapattikāya chādetabbaṁ maññeyya, yo me cha abhiññā chādetabbaṁ maññeyyā”ti.  
Reverend, you might as well think to hide a bull elephant that’s three or three and a half meters tall behind a palm leaf as to hide my six insights.”  

sn16.11tagghāvuso āvuso27Pi En Ru dhamma

“kati nu kho, āvuso ānanda, atthavase paṭicca bhagavatā kulesu tikabhojanaṁ paññattan”ti?   “Reverend Ānanda, for how many reasons did the Buddha lay down a rule against eating in groups of more than three among families?”  
“Atha kiñcarahi tvaṁ, āvuso ānanda, imehi navehi bhikkhūhi indriyesu aguttadvārehi bhojane amattaññūhi jāgariyaṁ ananuyuttehi saddhiṁ cārikaṁ carasi?  
“So what exactly are you doing, wandering together with these junior mendicants? They don’t guard their sense doors, they eat too much, and they’re not committed to wakefulness.  
Olujjati kho te, āvuso ānanda, parisā;  
Your following is falling apart, Reverend Ānanda,  
palujjanti kho te, āvuso, navappāyā.  
and those just getting started are slipping away.  
“Tathā hi pana tvaṁ, āvuso ānanda, imehi navehi bhikkhūhi indriyesu aguttadvārehi bhojane amattaññūhi jāgariyaṁ ananuyuttehi saddhiṁ cārikaṁ carasi, sassaghātaṁ maññe carasi, kulūpaghātaṁ maññe carasi.  
“It’s because you wander with these junior mendicants. …  
Olujjati kho te, āvuso ānanda, parisā;  
Your following is falling apart, Reverend Ānanda,  
palujjanti kho te, āvuso, navappāyā.  
and those just getting started are slipping away.  
palujjanti kho te, āvuso → palujjati kho te āvuso ānanda parisā (bj)  
“tagghāvuso ānanda, thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā sahasā appaṭisaṅkhā vācā bhāsitā.  
“Indeed, Reverend Ānanda, the nun Thullanandā spoke rashly and without reflection.  
Yatvāhaṁ, āvuso, kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito, nābhijānāmi aññaṁ satthāraṁ uddisitā, aññatra tena bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena.  
Since I shaved off my hair and beard, dressed in ocher robes, and went forth from the lay life to homelessness, I don’t recall acknowledging any other teacher apart from the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
Pubbe me, āvuso, agārikabhūtassa sato etadahosi:  
Formerly when I was still a layman, I thought:  
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, aparena samayena paṭapilotikānaṁ saṅghāṭiṁ kāretvā ye loke arahanto te uddissa kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajiṁ.  
After some time I made an outer robe of patches and, in the name of the perfected ones in the world, I shaved off my hair and beard, dressed in ocher robes, and went forth from the lay life to homelessness.  
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, tattheva bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocaṁ:  
Then I bowed with my head at the Buddha’s feet and said:  
Evaṁ vutte, maṁ, āvuso, bhagavā etadavoca:  
The Buddha said to me,  
Atha kho maṁ, āvuso, bhagavā iminā ovādena ovaditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.  
And when the Buddha had given me this advice he got up from his seat and left.  
Sattāhameva khvāhaṁ, āvuso, saraṇo raṭṭhapiṇḍaṁ bhuñjiṁ aṭṭhamiyā aññā udapādi.  
For seven days I ate the nation’s almsfood as a debtor. On the eighth day I was enlightened.  
Atha kho, āvuso, bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataraṁ rukkhamūlaṁ tenupasaṅkami.  
And then the Buddha left the road and went to the root of a certain tree.  
Atha khvāhaṁ, āvuso, paṭapilotikānaṁ saṅghāṭiṁ catugguṇaṁ paññapetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocaṁ:  
So I spread out my outer robe of patches folded in four and said to him,  
Nisīdi kho, āvuso, bhagavā paññatte āsane.  
The Buddha sat on the seat spread out  
Nisajja kho maṁ, āvuso, bhagavā etadavoca:  
and said to me,  
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, paṭapilotikānaṁ saṅghāṭiṁ bhagavato pādāsiṁ.  
And so I presented my outer robe of patches to the Buddha,  
Yañhi taṁ, āvuso, sammā vadamāno vadeyya:  
For if anyone should be rightly called  
Ahaṁ kho, āvuso, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.  
Whenever I want, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, I enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. …  
Ahaṁ kho, āvuso, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi …pe…  
 
Ahaṁ kho, āvuso, āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmi;  
I have realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And I live having realized it with my own insight due to the ending of defilements.  
sattaratanaṁ vā, āvuso, nāgaṁ aḍḍhaṭṭhamaratanaṁ vā tālapattikāya chādetabbaṁ maññeyya, yo me cha abhiññā chādetabbaṁ maññeyyā”ti.  
Reverend, you might as well think to hide a bull elephant that’s three or three and a half meters tall behind a palm leaf as to hide my six insights.”  

sn16.12carahāvuso panāvuso āvuso14Pi En Ru dhamma

“kiṁ nu kho, āvuso kassapa, hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā”ti?   “Reverend Kassapa, does a Realized One exist after death?”  
“Abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā:  
“Reverend, this has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso, na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā”ti?  
“Well then, does a Realized One not exist after death?”  
“Evampi kho, āvuso, abyākataṁ bhagavatā:  
“This too has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā”ti?  
“Well then, does a Realized One both exist and not exist after death?”  
“Abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā:  
“This too has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso, neva hoti, na na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā”ti?  
“Well then, does a Realized One neither exist nor not exist after death?”  
“Evampi kho, āvuso, abyākataṁ bhagavatā:  
“This too has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
“Kasmā cetaṁ, āvuso, abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
“And why has this not been declared by the Buddha?”  
“Na hetaṁ, āvuso, atthasaṁhitaṁ nādibrahmacariyakaṁ na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṁvattati.  
“Because it’s not beneficial or relevant to the fundamentals of the spiritual life. It doesn’t lead to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment.  
“Atha kiñcarahāvuso, byākataṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
“So what now has been declared by the Buddha?”  
“Idaṁ ‘dukkhan’ti kho, āvuso, byākataṁ bhagavatā;  
“‘This is suffering’ has been declared by the Buddha.  
“Kasmā cetaṁ, āvuso, byākataṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
“And why has this been declared by the Buddha?”  
“Etañhi, āvuso, atthasaṁhitaṁ etaṁ ādibrahmacariyakaṁ etaṁ nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati.  
“Because it’s beneficial and relevant to the fundamentals of the spiritual life. It leads to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment.  

sn19.1evamāvuso’ti māvuso āvuso9Pi En Ru dhamma

“āyāmāvuso lakkhaṇa, rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pavisissāmā”ti.   “Come, Reverend Lakkhaṇa, let’s enter Rājagaha for alms.”  
āyāmāvuso → ehi āvuso (sya-all, km, mr)  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā lakkhaṇo āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosi.  
“Yes, reverend,” Lakkhaṇa replied.  
“ko nu kho, āvuso moggallāna, hetu ko paccayo sitassa pātukammāyā”ti?  
“What is the cause, Reverend Moggallāna, what is the reason you smiled?”  
“Akālo kho, āvuso lakkhaṇa, etassa pañhassa.  
“Reverend Lakkhaṇa, it’s the wrong time for this question.  
Ko nu kho, āvuso moggallāna, hetu ko paccayo sitassa pātukammāyā”ti?  
What is the cause, Reverend Moggallāna, what is the reason you smiled?”  
“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikaṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantiṁ.  
“Just now, reverend, as I was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain I saw a skeleton flying through the air.  
Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, etadahosi:  
It occurred to me:  

sn19.2āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ maṁsapesiṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantiṁ.   “Just now, reverend, as I was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain I saw a scrap of meat flying through the air.  

sn19.3āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ maṁsapiṇḍaṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantaṁ.   “Just now, reverend, as I was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain I saw a piece of flesh flying through the air.  

sn19.4āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ nicchaviṁ purisaṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantaṁ.   “Just now, reverend, as I was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain I saw a flayed man flying through the air.  

sn19.5āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ asilomaṁ purisaṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantaṁ.   “Just now, reverend, as I was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain I saw a man whose body hairs were swords flying through the air.  

sn19.6āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ sattilomaṁ purisaṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantaṁ.   “Just now, reverend, as I was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain I saw a man whose body hairs were spears flying through the air.  

sn19.7āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ usulomaṁ purisaṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantaṁ.   “Just now, reverend, as I was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain I saw a man whose body hairs were arrows flying through the air.  

sn19.8āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ sūcilomaṁ purisaṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantaṁ.   “Just now, reverend, as I was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain I saw a man whose body hairs were needles flying through the air.  

sn19.9āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ sūcilomaṁ purisaṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantaṁ.   “Just now, reverend, as I was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain I saw a man whose body hairs were needles flying through the air.  

sn19.10āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ kumbhaṇḍaṁ purisaṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantaṁ.   “Just now, reverend, as I was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain I saw a man with testicles as big as pots flying through the air.  

sn19.11āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ purisaṁ gūthakūpe sasīsakaṁ nimuggaṁ …pe…   “Just now, reverend, as I was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain I saw a man sunk over his head in a sewer. …” …  

sn19.12āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ purisaṁ gūthakūpe nimuggaṁ ubhohi hatthehi gūthaṁ khādantaṁ …pe…   “Just now, reverend, as I was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain I saw a man sunk in a sewer, eating dung with both hands. …” …  

sn19.13āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ nicchaviṁ itthiṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantiṁ.   “Just now, reverend, as I was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain I saw a flayed woman flying through the air.  

sn19.14āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ itthiṁ duggandhaṁ maṅguliṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantiṁ.   “Just now, reverend, as I was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain I saw a stinking fishwife flying through the air.  

sn19.15āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ itthiṁ uppakkaṁ okiliniṁ okiriniṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantiṁ.   “Just now, reverend, as I was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain I saw a scorched woman, sooty and sweaty, flying through the air,  

sn19.16āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ asīsakaṁ kabandhaṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantaṁ.   “Just now, reverend, as I was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain I saw a headless trunk flying through the air.  

sn19.17āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ bhikkhuṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantaṁ.   “Just now, reverend, as I was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain I saw a monk flying through the air.  

sn19.21āvuso2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ sāmaṇeriṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantiṁ.   “Just now, reverend, as I was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain I saw a novice nun flying through the air.  
Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, etadahosi:  
It occurred to me:  

sn21.1āvuso8Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“idha mayhaṁ, āvuso, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi:  
“Just now, reverends, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind:  
Tassa mayhaṁ āvuso, etadahosi:  
It occurred to me:  
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja vihariṁ.  
And so, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected were stilled, I was entering and remaining in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected.  
Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, iminā vihārena viharato vitakkasahagatā saññā manasikārā samudācaranti.  
While I was in that meditation, perceptions accompanied by placing the mind beset me due to loss of focus.  
Atha kho maṁ, āvuso, bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca:  
Then the Buddha came up to me with his psychic power and said,  
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, aparena samayena vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.  
And so, after some time, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected were stilled, I entered and remained in the second absorption …  
Yañhi taṁ, āvuso, sammā vadamāno vadeyya:  
So if anyone should be rightly called  

sn21.2āvuso5Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Idha mayhaṁ, āvuso, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi:  
“Just now, reverends, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind:  
Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, etadahosi:  
It occurred to me:  
“satthupi kho te, āvuso sāriputta, vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā nuppajjeyyuṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā”ti?  
“Even if the Teacher were to decay and perish? Wouldn’t that give rise to sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress in you?”  
“Satthupi kho me, āvuso, vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā nuppajjeyyuṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā, api ca me evamassa:  
“Even if the Teacher were to decay and perish, that wouldn’t give rise to sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress in me. Still, I would think:  

sn21.3āvuso10Pi En Ru dhamma

“Vippasannāni kho te, āvuso moggallāna, indriyāni;   “Reverend Moggallāna, your faculties are so very clear, and your complexion is pure and bright.  
“Oḷārikena khvāhaṁ, āvuso, ajja vihārena vihāsiṁ.  
“Reverend, I’ve spent the day in a coarse meditation.  
“Bhagavatā kho me, āvuso, saddhiṁ ahosi dhammī kathā”ti.  
“With the Buddha.”  
“Dūre kho, āvuso, bhagavā etarahi sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  
“But Reverend, the Buddha is far away. He’s staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.  
“Na khvāhaṁ, āvuso, bhagavantaṁ iddhiyā upasaṅkamiṁ;  
“No reverend, I didn’t go to him with my psychic power,  
“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, bhagavantaṁ etadavocaṁ:  
“Well, reverend, I said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, maṁ, āvuso, bhagavā etadavoca:  
When I said this, the Buddha said,  
Evaṁ kho me, āvuso, bhagavatā saddhiṁ ahosi dhammī kathā”ti.  
That’s the Dhamma talk I had together with the Buddha.”  
“Seyyathāpi, āvuso, himavato pabbatarājassa parittā pāsāṇasakkharā yāvadeva upanikkhepanamattāya;  
“Reverend, next to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna I’m like a few pieces of gravel next to the Himalayas, the king of mountains.  
“Seyyathāpi, āvuso, mahatiyā loṇaghaṭāya parittā loṇasakkharāya yāvadeva upanikkhepanamattāya;  
“Reverend, next to Venerable Sāriputta I’m like a few grains of salt next to a mound of salt.  

sn21.4evamāvuso’ti āvuso3Pi En Ru dhamma

“ehi tvaṁ, bhikkhu, mama vacanena taṁ bhikkhuṁ āmantehi ‘satthā taṁ, āvuso, āmantetī’”ti.   “Please, monk, in my name tell that monk that the Teacher summons him.”  
“satthā taṁ, āvuso, āmantetī”ti.  
“Reverend, the teacher summons you.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho so bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho taṁ bhikkhuṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
“Yes, reverend,” that monk replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

sn21.10evamāvuso’ti āvuso3Pi En Ru dhamma

‘satthā taṁ, āvuso thera, āmantetī’”ti.   the teacher summons him.”  
“satthā taṁ, āvuso thera, āmantetī”ti.  
“Reverend Senior, the teacher summons you.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā thero tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ theraṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
“Yes, reverend,” that monk replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

sn22.2cāvuso evamāvuso’ti hāvuso āvuso28Pi En Ru dhamma

“icchāma mayaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, pacchābhūmaṁ janapadaṁ gantuṁ, pacchābhūme janapade nivāsaṁ kappetuṁ.   “Reverend Sāriputta, we wish to go to a western land to take up residence there.  
“Santi hāvuso, nānāverajjagataṁ bhikkhuṁ pañhaṁ pucchitāro— 
“Reverends, there are those who question a mendicant who has gone abroad— 
Paṇḍitā hāvuso, manussā vīmaṁsakā:  
for astute people are inquisitive:  
“Dūratopi kho mayaṁ, āvuso, āgaccheyyāma āyasmato sāriputtassa santike etassa bhāsitassa atthamaññātuṁ.  
“Reverend, we would travel a long way to learn the meaning of this statement in the presence of Venerable Sāriputta.  
“Tena hāvuso, suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.  
“Well then, reverends, listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, reverend,” they replied.  
“Santi hāvuso, nānāverajjagataṁ bhikkhuṁ pañhaṁ pucchitāro— 
“Reverends, there are those who question a mendicant who has gone abroad— 
Paṇḍitā hāvuso, manussā vīmaṁsakā:  
for astute people are inquisitive:  
Evaṁ puṭṭhā tumhe, āvuso, evaṁ byākareyyātha:  
When questioned like this, reverends, you should answer:  
‘chandarāgavinayakkhāyī kho no, āvuso, satthā’ti.  
‘Reverend, our Teacher explained the removal of desire and lust.’  
Evaṁ byākatepi kho, āvuso, assuyeva uttariṁ pañhaṁ pucchitāro— 
When you answer like this, such astute people may inquire further:  
Paṇḍitā hāvuso, manussā vīmaṁsakā:  
 
Evaṁ puṭṭhā tumhe, āvuso, evaṁ byākareyyātha:  
When questioned like this, reverends, you should answer:  
‘rūpe kho, āvuso, chandarāgavinayakkhāyī satthā,  
‘Our teacher explains the removal of desire and lust for form,  
Evaṁ byākatepi kho, āvuso, assuyeva uttariṁ pañhaṁ pucchitāro— 
When you answer like this, such astute people may inquire further:  
Paṇḍitā hāvuso, manussā vīmaṁsakā:  
 
Evaṁ puṭṭhā tumhe, āvuso, evaṁ byākareyyātha:  
When questioned like this, reverends, you should answer:  
‘rūpe kho, āvuso, avigatarāgassa avigatacchandassa avigatapemassa avigatapipāsassa avigatapariḷāhassa avigatataṇhassa tassa rūpassa vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā.  
‘If you’re not free of greed, desire, fondness, thirst, passion, and craving for form, when that form decays and perishes it gives rise to sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress.  
Idaṁ kho no, āvuso, ādīnavaṁ disvā rūpe chandarāgavinayakkhāyī satthā,  
This is the drawback our Teacher has seen that he teaches the removal of desire and lust for form,  
Evaṁ byākatepi kho, āvuso, assuyeva uttariṁ pañhaṁ pucchitāro— 
When you answer like this, such astute people may inquire further:  
Paṇḍitā hāvuso, manussā vīmaṁsakā:  
 
Evaṁ puṭṭhā tumhe, āvuso, evaṁ byākareyyātha:  
When questioned like this, reverends, you should answer:  
‘rūpe kho, āvuso, vigatarāgassa vigatacchandassa vigatapemassa vigatapipāsassa vigatapariḷāhassa vigatataṇhassa tassa rūpassa vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā nuppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā.  
‘If you are rid of greed, desire, fondness, thirst, passion, and craving for form, when that form decays and perishes it doesn’t give rise to sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress.  
Idaṁ kho no, āvuso, ānisaṁsaṁ disvā rūpe chandarāgavinayakkhāyī satthā, vedanāya …  
This is the benefit our Teacher has seen that he teaches the removal of desire and lust for form, feeling,  
Akusale cāvuso, dhamme upasampajja viharato diṭṭhe ceva dhamme sukho vihāro abhavissa avighāto anupāyāso apariḷāho, kāyassa ca bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugati pāṭikaṅkhā, nayidaṁ bhagavā akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānaṁ vaṇṇeyya.  
If those who acquired and kept unskillful qualities were to live happily in the present life, free of anguish, distress, and fever; and if, when their body breaks up, after death, they could expect to go to a good place, the Buddha would not praise giving up unskillful qualities.  
Yasmā ca kho, āvuso, akusale dhamme upasampajja viharato diṭṭhe ceva dhamme dukkho vihāro savighāto saupāyāso sapariḷāho, kāyassa ca bhedā paraṁ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā, tasmā bhagavā akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānaṁ vaṇṇeti.  
But since those who acquire and keep unskillful qualities live unhappily in the present life, full of anguish, distress, and fever; and since, when their body breaks up, after death, they can expect to go to a bad place, the Buddha praises giving up unskillful qualities.  
Kusale cāvuso, dhamme upasampajja viharato diṭṭhe ceva dhamme dukkho vihāro abhavissa savighāto saupāyāso sapariḷāho, kāyassa ca bhedā paraṁ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā, nayidaṁ bhagavā kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadaṁ vaṇṇeyya.  
If those who embraced and kept skillful qualities were to live unhappily in the present life, full of anguish, distress, and fever; and if, when their body breaks up, after death, they could expect to go to a bad place, the Buddha would not praise embracing skillful qualities.  
Yasmā ca kho, āvuso, kusale dhamme upasampajja viharato diṭṭhe ceva dhamme sukho vihāro avighāto anupāyāso apariḷāho, kāyassa ca bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugati pāṭikaṅkhā, tasmā bhagavā kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadaṁ vaṇṇetī”ti.  
But since those who embrace and keep skillful qualities live happily in the present life, free of anguish, distress, and fever; and since, when their body breaks up, after death, they can expect to go to a good place, the Buddha praises embracing skillful qualities.”  

sn22.37āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

‘katamesaṁ, āvuso ānanda, dhammānaṁ uppādo paññāyati, vayo paññāyati, ṭhitassa aññathattaṁ paññāyatī’ti?   ‘Reverend Ānanda, what are the things for which arising is evident, vanishing is evident, and change while persisting is evident?’  
‘katamesaṁ, āvuso ānanda, dhammānaṁ uppādo paññāyati, vayo paññāyati, ṭhitassa aññathattaṁ paññāyatī’ti?  
‘What are the things for which arising is evident, vanishing is evident, and change while persisting is evident?’  
‘rūpassa kho, āvuso, uppādo paññāyati, vayo paññāyati, ṭhitassa aññathattaṁ paññāyati.  
‘Reverend, the arising of form is evident, its vanishing is evident, and change while persisting is evident.  
Imesaṁ kho, āvuso, dhammānaṁ uppādo paññāyati, vayo paññāyati, ṭhitassa aññathattaṁ paññāyatī’ti.  
These are the things for which arising is evident, vanishing is evident, and change while persisting is evident.’  

sn22.38āvuso8Pi En Ru dhamma

‘katamesaṁ, āvuso ānanda, dhammānaṁ uppādo paññāyittha, vayo paññāyittha, ṭhitassa aññathattaṁ paññāyittha?   ‘Reverend Ānanda, what are the things for which arising, vanishing, and change while persisting were evident?  
‘katamesaṁ, āvuso ānanda, dhammānaṁ uppādo paññāyittha, vayo paññāyittha, ṭhitassa aññathattaṁ paññāyittha?  
‘Reverend Ānanda, what are the things for which arising, vanishing, and change while persisting were evident?  
‘yaṁ kho, āvuso, rūpaṁ atītaṁ niruddhaṁ vipariṇataṁ;  
‘Whatever form has passed, ceased, and perished,  
Imesaṁ kho, āvuso, dhammānaṁ uppādo paññāyittha, vayo paññāyittha, ṭhitassa aññathattaṁ paññāyittha.  
These the things for which arising, vanishing, and change while persisting were evident.  
Yaṁ kho, āvuso, rūpaṁ ajātaṁ apātubhūtaṁ;  
Whatever form is not yet born, and has not yet appeared,  
Imesaṁ kho, āvuso, dhammānaṁ uppādo paññāyissati, vayo paññāyissati, ṭhitassa aññathattaṁ paññāyissati.  
These are the things for which arising, vanishing, and change while persisting will be evident.  
Yaṁ kho, āvuso, rūpaṁ jātaṁ pātubhūtaṁ;  
Whatever form has been born, and has appeared,  
Imesaṁ kho, āvuso, dhammānaṁ uppādo paññāyati, vayo paññāyati, ṭhitassa aññathattaṁ paññāyatī’ti.  
These are the things for which arising is evident, vanishing is evident, and change while persisting is evident.’  

sn22.81esāvuso āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“esāvuso ānanda, bhagavā sāmaṁ senāsanaṁ saṁsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya anāmantetvā upaṭṭhāke anapaloketvā bhikkhusaṅghaṁ eko adutiyo cārikaṁ pakkanto”ti.    
“Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye bhagavā sāmaṁ senāsanaṁ saṁsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya anāmantetvā upaṭṭhāke anapaloketvā bhikkhusaṅghaṁ eko adutiyo cārikaṁ pakkamati, ekova bhagavā tasmiṁ samaye viharitukāmo hoti;  
Ānanda said, “Reverend, when the Buddha leaves like this it means he wants to stay alone.  
“cirassutā kho no, āvuso ānanda, bhagavato sammukhā dhammī kathā;  
“Reverend, it’s been a long time since we’ve heard a Dhamma talk from the Buddha.  
icchāma mayaṁ, āvuso ānanda, bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṁ kathaṁ sotun”ti.  
We wish to hear a Dhamma talk from the Buddha.”  

sn22.83āvuso āvuso’9Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Puṇṇo nāma, āvuso, āyasmā mantāṇiputto amhākaṁ navakānaṁ sataṁ bahūpakāro hoti.  
“Reverends, the venerable named Puṇṇa son of Mantāṇī was very helpful to me when I was just ordained.  
‘upādāya, āvuso ānanda, asmīti hoti, no anupādāya.  
‘Reverend Ānanda, the notion “I am” occurs because of grasping, not by not grasping.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso ānanda, itthī vā puriso vā daharo yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko ādāse vā parisuddhe pariyodāte acche vā udakapatte sakaṁ mukhanimittaṁ paccavekkhamāno upādāya passeyya, no anupādāya;  
Suppose there was a woman or man who was young, youthful, and fond of adornments, and they check their own reflection in a clean bright mirror or a clear bowl of water. They’d look because of grasping, not by not grasping.  
evameva kho, āvuso ānanda, rūpaṁ upādāya asmīti hoti, no anupādāya.  
In the same way, the notion “I am” occurs because of grasping form,  
Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, āvuso ānanda,  
What do you think, Reverend Ānanda?  
‘Aniccaṁ, āvuso’.  
‘Impermanent, reverend.’  
‘Aniccaṁ, āvuso’ …pe….  
‘Impermanent, reverend.’ …  
Puṇṇo nāma, āvuso, āyasmā mantāṇiputto amhākaṁ navakānaṁ sataṁ bahūpakāro hoti.  
Reverends, the venerable named Puṇṇa son of Mantāṇī was very helpful to me when I was just ordained.  

sn22.84evamāvuso’ti āvuso5Pi En Ru dhamma

“api me, āvuso, madhurakajāto viya kāyo; disāpi me na pakkhāyanti; dhammāpi maṁ na paṭibhanti; thinamiddhañca me cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati; anabhirato ca brahmacariyaṁ carāmi; hoti ca me dhammesu vicikicchā”ti.   “Reverends, my body feels like it’s drugged. I’m disorientated, the teachings don’t spring to mind, and dullness and drowsiness fill my mind. I lead the spiritual life dissatisfied, and have doubts about the teachings.”  
‘api me, āvuso, madhurakajāto viya kāyo; disāpi me na pakkhāyanti; dhammāpi maṁ na paṭibhanti; thinamiddhañca me cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati; anabhirato ca brahmacariyaṁ carāmi; hoti ca me dhammesu vicikicchā’”ti.  
“satthā taṁ, āvuso tissa, āmantetī”ti.  
“Reverend Tissa, the teacher summons you.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā tisso tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ tissaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
“Yes, reverend,” Tissa replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  
‘api me, āvuso, madhurakajāto viya kāyo …pe… hoti ca me dhammesu vicikicchā’”ti?  
your body feels like it’s drugged … and you have doubts about the teachings?”  

sn22.85evamāvuso’ti hāvuso āvuso āvuso”41Pi En Ru dhamma

“Saccaṁ kira te, āvuso yamaka, evarūpaṁ pāpakaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ:   “Is it really true, Reverend Yamaka, that you have such a harmful misconception:  
“Evaṁ khvāhaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi:  
“Yes, reverends, that’s how I understand the Buddha’s teaching.”  
“Mā, āvuso yamaka, evaṁ avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi. Na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhācikkhanaṁ. Na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya:  
“Don’t say that, Yamaka! Don’t misrepresent the Buddha, for misrepresentation of the Buddha is not good. And the Buddha would not say that.”  
“yamakassa nāma, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhuno evarūpaṁ pāpakaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ:  
 
“Saccaṁ kira te, āvuso yamaka, evarūpaṁ pāpakaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ:  
“Is it really true, Reverend Yamaka, that you have such a harmful misconception:  
“Evaṁ khvāhaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi, yathā khīṇāsavo bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati vinassati, na hoti paraṁ maraṇā”ti.  
“Yes, reverend, that’s how I understand the Buddha’s teaching.”  
“Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, āvuso yamaka,  
“What do you think, Yamaka?  
“Aniccaṁ, āvuso”.  
“Impermanent, reverend.”  
“Aniccaṁ, āvuso”.  
“Impermanent, reverend.”  
Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, āvuso yamaka,  
What do you think, Reverend Yamaka?  
“No hetaṁ, āvuso” …  
“No, reverend.”  
“No hetaṁ, āvuso” …  
 
“No hetaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No, reverend.”  
“Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, āvuso yamaka,  
“What do you think, Reverend Yamaka?  
“No hetaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No, reverend.”  
“No hetaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No, reverend.”  
“No hetaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No, reverend.”  
“No hetaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No, reverend.”  
“Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, āvuso yamaka,  
“What do you think, Yamaka?  
“No hetaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No, reverend.”  
“Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, āvuso yamaka,  
“What do you think, Yamaka?  
“No hetaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No, reverend.”  
“Ettha ca te, āvuso yamaka, diṭṭheva dhamme saccato thetato tathāgate anupalabbhiyamāne, kallaṁ nu te taṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ:  
“In that case, Reverend Yamaka, since you don’t actually find the Realized One in the present life, is it appropriate to declare:  
“Ahu kho me taṁ, āvuso sāriputta, pubbe aviddasuno pāpakaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ;  
“Reverend Sāriputta, in my ignorance, I used to have that misconception.  
“Sace taṁ, āvuso yamaka, evaṁ puccheyyuṁ:  
“Reverend Yamaka, suppose they were to ask you:  
‘yo so, āvuso yamaka, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo so kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā kiṁ hotī’ti?  
‘When their body breaks up, after death, what happens to a perfected one, who has ended the defilements?’  
Evaṁ puṭṭho tvaṁ, āvuso yamaka, kinti byākareyyāsī”ti?  
How would you answer?”  
“Sace maṁ, āvuso, evaṁ puccheyyuṁ:  
“Reverend, if they were to ask this,  
‘yo so, āvuso yamaka, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo so kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā kiṁ hotī’ti?  
 
Evaṁ puṭṭhohaṁ, āvuso, evaṁ byākareyyaṁ:  
I’d answer like this:  
‘rūpaṁ kho, āvuso, aniccaṁ.  
‘Reverend, form is impermanent.  
Evaṁ puṭṭhohaṁ, āvuso, evaṁ byākareyyan”ti.  
That’s how I’d answer such a question.”  
“Sādhu sādhu, āvuso yamaka.  
“Good, good, Reverend Yamaka!  
Tena hāvuso yamaka, upamaṁ te karissāmi etasseva atthassa bhiyyoso mattāya ñāṇāya.  
Well then, I shall give you a simile to make the meaning even clearer.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso yamaka, gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo;  
Suppose there was a householder or householder’s son who was rich, with a lot of money and great wealth,  
Yadā kho, āvuso, tassa purisassa evamassa:  
But when that person realizes that  
Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, āvuso yamaka,  
What do you think, Yamaka?  
“Evamāvuso”ti.  
“Yes, reverend.”  
“Evameva kho, āvuso, assutavā puthujjano ariyānaṁ adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto, sappurisānaṁ adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme avinīto  
“In the same way, an unlearned ordinary person has not seen the noble ones, and is neither skilled nor trained in the teaching of the noble ones. They’ve not seen true persons, and are neither skilled nor trained in the teaching of the true persons.  
Sutavā ca kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako ariyānaṁ dassāvī …pe… sappurisadhamme suvinīto  
A learned noble disciple has seen the noble ones, and is skilled and trained in the teaching of the noble ones. They’ve seen true persons, and are skilled and trained in the teaching of the true persons.  
“Evametaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, hoti yesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ tādisā sabrahmacārino anukampakā atthakāmā ovādakā anusāsakā.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, this is how it is when you have such venerables as spiritual companions to advise and instruct you out of kindness and compassion.  

sn22.86āvuso5Pi En Ru dhamma

“yo so, āvuso anurādha, tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto, taṁ tathāgato imesu catūsu ṭhānesu paññāpayamāno paññāpeti:   “Reverend Anurādha, when a Realized One is describing a Realized One—a supreme person, highest of people, who has reached the highest point—they describe them in these four ways:  
“yo so āvuso tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto taṁ tathāgato aññatra imehi catūhi ṭhānehi paññāpayamāno paññāpeti:  
“Reverends, when a Realized One is describing a Realized One—a supreme person, highest of people, who has reached the highest point—they describe them other than these four ways:  
‘yo so, āvuso anurādha, tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto taṁ tathāgato imesu catūsu ṭhānesu paññāpayamāno paññāpeti— 
 
“yo so, āvuso, tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto, taṁ tathāgato aññatra imehi catūhi ṭhānehi paññāpayamāno paññāpeti:  
 
‘yo so, āvuso, tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto taṁ tathāgato aññatra imehi catūhi ṭhānehi paññāpayamāno paññāpeti— 
‘Reverends, when a Realized One is describing a Realized One—a supreme person, highest of people, who has reached the highest point—they describe them other than these four ways:  

sn22.87evamāvuso’ti hāvuso āvuso16Pi En Ru dhamma

“etha tumhe, āvuso, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamatha; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatha:   “Please, reverends, go to the Buddha, and in my name bow with your head to his feet. Say to him:  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato vakkalissa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
“Yes, reverend,” those monks replied. They did as he asked.  
“etha maṁ, āvuso, mañcakaṁ āropetvā yena isigilipassaṁ kāḷasilā tenupasaṅkamatha.  
“Come on, reverends, lift my cot and take me to the Black Rock on the slopes of Isigili.  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato vakkalissa paṭissutvā āyasmantaṁ vakkaliṁ mañcakaṁ āropetvā yena isigilipassaṁ kāḷasilā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu.  
“Yes, reverend,” replied those mendicants, and did as he asked.  
‘Suṇāvuso tvaṁ, vakkali, bhagavato vacanaṁ dvinnañca devatānaṁ.  
‘Vakkali, hear the word of the Buddha and two deities.  
Imaṁ, āvuso, rattiṁ dve devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ gijjhakūṭaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.  
Late last night, two glorious deities, lighting up the entire Vulture’s Peak, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side.  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, āvuso, ekā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca— 
One deity said to him,  
Bhagavā ca taṁ, āvuso vakkali, evamāha— 
And the Buddha said,  
“suṇāvuso vakkali, bhagavato vacanaṁ dvinnañca devatānan”ti.  
“Vakkali, hear the word of the Buddha and two deities.”  
“etha maṁ, āvuso, mañcakā oropetha.  
“Please, reverends, help me off my cot.  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato vakkalissa paṭissutvā āyasmantaṁ vakkaliṁ mañcakā oropesuṁ.  
“Yes, reverend,” replied those mendicants, and helped him off his cot.  
“Imaṁ, āvuso, rattiṁ dve devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā …pe… ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.  
They repeated what the Buddha had said.  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, āvuso, ekā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
 
Bhagavā ca taṁ, āvuso vakkali, evamāha:  
 
“Tena hāvuso, mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatha:  
Vakkali said, “Well then, reverends, in my name bow with your head at the Buddha’s feet. Say to him:  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato vakkalissa paṭissutvā pakkamiṁsu.  
“Yes, reverend,” those monks replied, and left.  

sn22.88evamāvuso’ti āvuso2Pi En Ru dhamma

“etha tumhe, āvuso, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamatha; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatha:   “Please, reverends, go to the Buddha, and in my name bow with your head to his feet. Say to him:  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato assajissa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
“Yes, reverend,” those monks replied. They did as he asked.  

sn22.89evamāvuso’ti harāvuso panāvuso āvuso āvuso”56Pi En Ru dhamma

“ehi tvaṁ, āvuso dāsaka, yena khemako bhikkhu tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā khemakaṁ bhikkhuṁ evaṁ vadehi:   “Please, Reverend Dāsaka, go to the mendicant Khemaka and say to him:  
‘therā taṁ, āvuso khemaka, evamāhaṁsu— 
‘Reverend Khemaka, the seniors  
kacci te, āvuso, khamanīyaṁ, kacci yāpanīyaṁ, kacci dukkhā vedanā paṭikkamanti no abhikkamanti, paṭikkamosānaṁ paññāyati no abhikkamo’”ti?  
hope you’re keeping well; they hope you’re getting by. They hope that your pain is fading, not growing, that its fading is evident, not its growing.’”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā dāsako therānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ paṭissutvā yenāyasmā khemako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ khemakaṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, reverends,” replied Dāsaka. He went to Khemaka and said to him:  
“therā taṁ, āvuso khemaka, evamāhaṁsu:  
“Reverend Khemaka, the seniors  
‘kacci te, āvuso, khamanīyaṁ …pe… no abhikkamo’”ti?  
hope you’re keeping well; they hope you’re getting by. They hope that your pain is fading, not growing, that its fading is evident, not its growing.”  
“Na me, āvuso, khamanīyaṁ na yāpanīyaṁ …pe… abhikkamosānaṁ paññāyati no paṭikkamo”ti.  
“Reverend, I’m not keeping well, I’m not getting by. My pain is terrible and growing, not fading; its growing is evident, not its fading.”  
“khemako, āvuso, bhikkhu evamāha:  
 
‘na me, āvuso, khamanīyaṁ …pe… abhikkamosānaṁ paññāyati no paṭikkamo’”ti.  
 
“Ehi tvaṁ, āvuso dāsaka, yena khemako bhikkhu tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā khemakaṁ bhikkhuṁ evaṁ vadehi:  
“Please, Reverend Dāsaka, go to the mendicant Khemaka and say to him:  
‘therā taṁ, āvuso khemaka, evamāhaṁsu— 
‘Reverend Khemaka, the seniors say that  
pañcime, āvuso, upādānakkhandhā vuttā bhagavatā, seyyathidaṁ— 
these five grasping aggregates have been taught by the Buddha, that is:  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā dāsako therānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ paṭissutvā yenāyasmā khemako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā …pe…  
“Yes, reverends,” replied Dāsaka. He relayed the message to Khemaka, who replied:  
therā taṁ, āvuso khemaka, evamāhaṁsu:  
 
“pañcime, āvuso, upādānakkhandhā vuttā bhagavatā, seyyathidaṁ— 
 
“Pañcime, āvuso, upādānakkhandhā vuttā bhagavatā, seyyathidaṁ— 
“These five grasping aggregates have been taught by the Buddha, that is:  
Imesu khvāhaṁ, āvuso, pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu na kiñci attaṁ vā attaniyaṁ vā samanupassāmī”ti.  
I do not regard anything among these five grasping aggregates as self or as belonging to self.”  
“khemako, āvuso, bhikkhu evamāha:  
 
‘pañcime, āvuso, upādānakkhandhā vuttā bhagavatā, seyyathidaṁ— 
 
Imesu khvāhaṁ, āvuso, pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu na kiñci attaṁ vā attaniyaṁ vā samanupassāmī’”ti.  
 
“Ehi tvaṁ, āvuso dāsaka, yena khemako bhikkhu tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā khemakaṁ bhikkhuṁ evaṁ vadehi:  
“Please, Reverend Dāsaka, go to the mendicant Khemaka and say to him:  
‘therā taṁ, āvuso khemaka, evamāhaṁsu— 
‘Reverend Khemaka, the seniors say that  
pañcime, āvuso, upādānakkhandhā vuttā bhagavatā, seyyathidaṁ— 
these five grasping aggregates have been taught by the Buddha, that is:  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā dāsako therānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ paṭissutvā yenāyasmā khemako …pe…  
“Yes, reverends,” replied Dāsaka. He relayed the message to Khemaka, who replied:  
therā taṁ, āvuso khemaka, evamāhaṁsu:  
 
“pañcime, āvuso, upādānakkhandhā vuttā bhagavatā, seyyathidaṁ— 
 
“Pañcime, āvuso, upādānakkhandhā vuttā bhagavatā, seyyathidaṁ— 
“These five grasping aggregates have been taught by the Buddha, that is:  
Imesu khvāhaṁ, āvuso, pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu na kiñci attaṁ vā attaniyaṁ vā samanupassāmi, na camhi arahaṁ khīṇāsavo;  
I do not regard anything among these five grasping aggregates as self or as belonging to self, yet I am not a perfected one, with defilements ended.  
api ca me, āvuso, pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu ‘asmī’ti adhigataṁ, ‘ayamahamasmī’ti na ca samanupassāmī”ti.  
For when it comes to the five grasping aggregates I’m not rid of the conceit ‘I am’. But I don’t regard anything as ‘I am this’.”  
“khemako, āvuso, bhikkhu evamāha— 
 
pañcime, āvuso, upādānakkhandhā vuttā bhagavatā, seyyathidaṁ— 
 
Imesu khvāhaṁ, āvuso, pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu na kiñci attaṁ vā attaniyaṁ vā samanupassāmi, na camhi arahaṁ khīṇāsavo;  
 
api ca me, āvuso, pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu ‘asmī’ti adhigataṁ, ‘ayamahamasmī’ti na ca samanupassāmī”ti.  
 
“Ehi tvaṁ, āvuso dāsaka, yena khemako bhikkhu tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā khemakaṁ bhikkhuṁ evaṁ vadehi:  
“Please, Reverend Dāsaka, go to the mendicant Khemaka and say to him:  
‘therā taṁ, āvuso khemaka, evamāhaṁsu— 
‘Reverend Khemaka, the seniors ask,  
yametaṁ, āvuso khemaka, asmīti vadesi, kimetaṁ asmīti vadesi?  
when you say “I am”, what is it that you’re talking about?  
Yametaṁ, āvuso khemaka, asmīti vadesi. Kimetaṁ asmīti vadesī’”ti?  
When you say “I am”, what is it that you’re talking about?”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā dāsako therānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ paṭissutvā yenāyasmā khemako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ khemakaṁ etadavoca— 
“Yes, reverends,” replied Dāsaka. He relayed the message to Khemaka, who replied:  
therā taṁ, āvuso khemaka, evamāhaṁsu:  
 
“yametaṁ, āvuso khemaka, ‘asmī’ti vadesi, kimetaṁ ‘asmī’ti vadesi?  
 
Yametaṁ, āvuso khemaka, ‘asmī’ti vadesi, kimetaṁ ‘asmī’ti vadesī”ti?  
 
“Alaṁ, āvuso dāsaka, kiṁ imāya sandhāvanikāya.  
“Enough, Reverend Dāsaka! What’s the point in running back and forth?  
Āharāvuso, daṇḍaṁ;  
Bring my staff,  
“yametaṁ, āvuso khemaka, ‘asmī’ti vadesi, kimetaṁ ‘asmī’ti vadesi?  
“Reverend Khemaka, when you say ‘I am’, what is it that you’re talking about?  
Yametaṁ, āvuso khemaka, ‘asmī’ti vadesi, kimetaṁ ‘asmī’ti vadesī”ti?  
When you say ‘I am’, what is it that you’re talking about?”  
“Na khvāhaṁ, āvuso, rūpaṁ ‘asmī’ti vadāmi; napi aññatra rūpā ‘asmī’ti vadāmi.  
“Reverends, I don’t say ‘I am’ with reference to form, or apart from form.  
Api ca me, āvuso, pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu ‘asmī’ti adhigataṁ ‘ayamahamasmī’ti na ca samanupassāmi.  
For when it comes to the five grasping aggregates I’m not rid of the conceit ‘I am’. But I don’t regard anything as ‘I am this’.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, uppalassa vā padumassa vā puṇḍarīkassa vā gandho.  
It’s like the scent of a blue water lily, or a pink or white lotus.  
“No hetaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No, reverend.”  
“Yathā kathaṁ, panāvuso, sammā byākaramāno byākareyyā”ti?  
“Then, reverends, how should it be said?”  
“‘Pupphassa gandho’ti kho, āvuso, sammā byākaramāno byākareyyā”ti.  
“It would be right to say that the scent belongs to the flower.”  
“Evameva khvāhaṁ, āvuso, na rūpaṁ ‘asmī’ti vadāmi, napi aññatra rūpā ‘asmī’ti vadāmi.  
“In the same way, reverends, I don’t say ‘I am’ with reference to form, or apart from form.  
Api ca me, āvuso, pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu ‘asmī’ti adhigataṁ ‘ayamahamasmī’ti na ca samanupassāmi.  
For when it comes to the five grasping aggregates I’m not rid of the conceit ‘I am’. But I don’t regard anything as ‘I am this’.  
Kiñcāpi, āvuso, ariyasāvakassa pañcorambhāgiyāni saṁyojanāni pahīnāni bhavanti, atha khvassa hoti: ‘yo ca pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu anusahagato asmīti māno, asmīti chando, asmīti anusayo asamūhato.  
Although a noble disciple has given up the five lower fetters, they still have a lingering residue of the conceit ‘I am’, the desire ‘I am’, and the underlying tendency ‘I am’ which has not been eradicated.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, vatthaṁ saṅkiliṭṭhaṁ malaggahitaṁ. Tamenaṁ sāmikā rajakassa anupadajjuṁ.  
Suppose there was a cloth that was dirty and soiled, so the owners give it to a launderer.  
Evameva kho, āvuso, kiñcāpi ariyasāvakassa pañcorambhāgiyāni saṁyojanāni pahīnāni bhavanti, atha khvassa hoti yeva pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu anusahagato ‘asmī’ti, māno ‘asmī’ti, chando ‘asmī’ti anusayo asamūhato.  
In the same way, although a noble disciple has given up the five lower fetters, they still have a lingering residue of the conceit ‘I am’, the desire ‘I am’, and the underlying tendency ‘I am’ which has not been eradicated.  

sn22.90odahāvuso āvuso10Pi En Ru dhamma

“rūpaṁ kho, āvuso channa, aniccaṁ;   “Reverend Channa, form,  
“Ekamidāhaṁ, āvuso ānanda, samayaṁ bārāṇasiyaṁ viharāmi isipatane migadāye.  
 
Atha khvāhaṁ, āvuso, sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito avāpuraṇaṁ ādāya vihārena vihāraṁ upasaṅkamiṁ;  
 
Evaṁ vutte, maṁ, āvuso, therā bhikkhū etadavocuṁ:  
 
‘rūpaṁ kho, āvuso channa, aniccaṁ;  
 
Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, etadahosi:  
 
Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, etadahosi:  
 
Odahāvuso channa, sotaṁ;  
Listen well, Channa.  
“Sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso channa, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ kaccānagottaṁ bhikkhuṁ ovadantassa— 
“Reverend Channa, I heard and learned in the presence of the Buddha his advice to the mendicant Kaccānagotta:  
“Evametaṁ, āvuso ānanda, hoti yesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ tādisā sabrahmacārayo anukampakā atthakāmā ovādakā anusāsakā.  
“Reverend Ānanda, this is how it is when you have such venerables as spiritual companions to advise and instruct you out of kindness and compassion.  

sn22.122khvāvuso lavatāvuso panāvuso āvuso16Pi En Ru dhamma

“sīlavatāvuso, sāriputta, bhikkhunā katame dhammā yoniso manasikātabbā”ti?   “Reverend Sāriputta, what things should an ethical mendicant rationally apply the mind to?”  
“Sīlavatāvuso, koṭṭhika, bhikkhunā pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā.  
“Reverend Koṭṭhita, an ethical mendicant should rationally apply the mind to the five grasping aggregates as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.  
Sīlavatāvuso, koṭṭhika, bhikkhunā ime pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā.  
An ethical mendicant should rationally apply the mind to these five grasping aggregates as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.  
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ sīlavā bhikkhu ime pañcupādānakkhandhe aniccato …pe… anattato yoniso manasi karonto sotāpattiphalaṁ sacchikareyyā”ti.  
It’s possible that an ethical mendicant who rationally applies the mind to the five grasping aggregates will realize the fruit of stream-entry.”  
“Sotāpannena panāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā katame dhammā yoniso manasi kātabbā”ti?  
“But Reverend Sāriputta, what things should a mendicant stream-enterer rationally apply the mind to?”  
“Sotāpannenapi kho, āvuso koṭṭhika, bhikkhunā ime pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato …pe… anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā.  
“A mendicant stream-enterer should also rationally apply the mind to these five grasping aggregates as impermanent … as not-self.  
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ sotāpanno bhikkhu ime pañcupādānakkhandhe aniccato …pe… anattato yoniso manasi karonto sakadāgāmiphalaṁ sacchikareyyā”ti.  
It’s possible that a mendicant stream-enterer who rationally applies the mind to the five grasping aggregates will realize the fruit of once-return.”  
“Sakadāgāminā panāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā katame dhammā yoniso manasi kātabbā”ti?  
“But Reverend Sāriputta, what things should a mendicant once-returner rationally apply the mind to?”  
“Sakadāgāmināpi kho, āvuso koṭṭhika, bhikkhunā ime pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato …pe… anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā.  
“A mendicant once-returner should also rationally apply the mind to these five grasping aggregates as impermanent … as not-self.  
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ sakadāgāmī bhikkhu ime pañcupādānakkhandhe aniccato …pe… anattato yoniso manasi karonto anāgāmiphalaṁ sacchikareyyā”ti.  
It’s possible that a mendicant once-returner who rationally applies the mind to the five grasping aggregates will realize the fruit of non-return.”  
“Anāgāminā panāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā katame dhammā yoniso manasi kātabbā”ti?  
“But Reverend Sāriputta, what things should a mendicant non-returner rationally apply the mind to?”  
“Anāgāmināpi kho, āvuso koṭṭhika, bhikkhunā ime pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato …pe… anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā.  
“A mendicant non-returner should also rationally apply the mind to these five grasping aggregates as impermanent … as not-self.  
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati yaṁ anāgāmī bhikkhu ime pañcupādānakkhandhe aniccato …pe… anattato yoniso manasi karonto arahattaṁ sacchikareyyā”ti.  
It’s possible that a mendicant non-returner who rationally applies the mind to the five grasping aggregates will realize perfection.”  
“Arahatā panāvuso sāriputta, katame dhammā yoniso manasi kātabbā”ti?  
“But Reverend Sāriputta, what things should a perfected one rationally apply the mind to?”  
“Arahatāpi kho, āvuso koṭṭhika, ime pañcupādānakkhandhe aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā.  
“Reverend Koṭṭhita, a perfected one should also rationally apply the mind to the five grasping aggregates as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.  
Natthi, khvāvuso, arahato uttari karaṇīyaṁ katassa vā paticayo;  
A perfected one has nothing more to do, and nothing that needs improvement.  

sn22.123khvāvuso panāvuso sutavatāvuso āvuso10Pi En Ru dhamma

“Sutavatāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā katame dhammā yoniso manasi kātabbā”ti?   “Reverend Sāriputta, what things should a learned mendicant rationally apply the mind to?”  
“Sutavatāvuso koṭṭhika, bhikkhunā pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato …pe… anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā.  
“A learned mendicant should rationally apply the mind to these five grasping aggregates as impermanent … as not-self.  
Sutavatāvuso koṭṭhika, bhikkhunā ime pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato …pe… anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā.  
A learned mendicant should rationally apply the mind to these five grasping aggregates as impermanent … as not-self.  
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati—yaṁ sutavā bhikkhu ime pañcupādānakkhandhe aniccato …pe… anattato yoniso manasi karonto sotāpattiphalaṁ sacchikareyyā”ti.  
It’s possible that a learned mendicant who rationally applies the mind to the five grasping aggregates will realize the fruit of stream-entry.”  
“Sotāpannena panāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā katame dhammā yoniso manasi kātabbā”ti?  
“But Reverend Sāriputta, what things should a mendicant stream-enterer rationally apply the mind to?”  
“Sotāpannenapi kho āvuso koṭṭhika, bhikkhunā ime pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato …pe… anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā.  
“A mendicant stream-enterer should also rationally apply the mind to these five grasping aggregates as impermanent … as not-self.  
Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati—yaṁ sotāpanno bhikkhu ime pañcupādānakkhandhe aniccato …pe… anattato yoniso manasi karonto sakadāgāmiphalaṁ …pe…  
It’s possible that a mendicant stream-enterer who rationally applies the mind to the five grasping aggregates will realize the fruit of once-return.” …  
“Arahatā panāvuso sāriputta, katame dhammā yoniso manasi kātabbā”ti?  
“But Reverend Sāriputta, what things should a perfected one rationally apply the mind to?”  
“Arahatāpi khvāvuso koṭṭhika, ime pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā.  
“Reverend Koṭṭhita, a perfected one should rationally apply the mind to the five grasping aggregates as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.  
Natthi, khvāvuso, arahato uttari karaṇīyaṁ, katassa vā paticayo;  
A perfected one has nothing more to do, and nothing that needs improvement.  

sn22.127idhāvuso āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘avijjā, avijjā’ti, āvuso sāriputta, vuccati.   “Reverend Sāriputta, they speak of this thing called ‘ignorance’.  
Katamā nu kho, āvuso, avijjā;  
What is ignorance?  
“Idhāvuso assutavā puthujjano samudayadhammaṁ rūpaṁ ‘samudayadhammaṁ rūpan’ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti; vayadhammaṁ rūpaṁ …pe… ‘samudayavayadhammaṁ rūpan’ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti.  
“Reverend, it’s when an unlearned ordinary person doesn’t truly understand form, which is liable to originate … liable to vanish … liable to originate and vanish, as form which is liable to originate and vanish.  
Ayaṁ vuccati, āvuso, avijjā;  
This is called ignorance.  

sn22.128idhāvuso vuccatāvuso āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘vijjā, vijjā’ti, āvuso sāriputta, vuccati.   “Reverend Sāriputta, they speak of this thing called ‘knowledge’.  
Katamā nu kho, āvuso, vijjā;  
What is knowledge?  
“Idhāvuso, sutavā ariyasāvako samudayadhammaṁ rūpaṁ ‘samudayadhammaṁ rūpan’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti; vayadhammaṁ rūpaṁ …pe… samudayavayadhammaṁ rūpaṁ ‘samudayavayadhammaṁ rūpan’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti;  
“Reverend, it’s when a learned noble disciple truly understands form, which is liable to originate … liable to vanish … liable to originate and vanish, as form which is liable to originate and vanish.  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, vijjā;  
This is called knowledge.  

sn22.129idhāvuso vuccatāvuso āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘avijjā, avijjā’ti, āvuso sāriputta, vuccati.   “Reverend Sāriputta, they speak of this thing called ‘ignorance’.  
Katamā nu kho, āvuso, avijjā;  
What is ignorance?  
“Idhāvuso assutavā puthujjano rūpassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti.  
“Reverend, an unlearned ordinary person doesn’t truly understand the gratification, the drawback, and the escape when it comes to form,  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, avijjā;  
This is called ignorance.  

sn22.130idhāvuso vuccatāvuso āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘vijja, vijjā’ti, āvuso sāriputta, vuccati.   “Reverend Sāriputta, they speak of this thing called ‘knowledge’.  
Katamā nu kho, āvuso, vijjā;  
What is knowledge?  
“Idhāvuso, sutavā ariyasāvako rūpassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti.  
“Reverend, a learned noble disciple truly understands the gratification, the drawback, and the escape when it comes to form,  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, vijjā;  
This is called knowledge.  

sn22.131idhāvuso vuccatāvuso āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘avijjā, avijjā’ti, āvuso sāriputta, vuccati.   “Reverend Sāriputta, they speak of this thing called ‘ignorance’.  
Katamā nu kho, āvuso, avijjā;  
What is ignorance?  
“Idhāvuso, assutavā puthujjano rūpassa samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti.  
“Reverend, an unlearned ordinary person doesn’t truly understand the origin, the ending, the gratification, the drawback, and the escape when it comes to form,  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, avijjā;  
This is called ignorance.  

sn22.132idhāvuso vuccatāvuso āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘vijjā, vijjā’ti, āvuso sāriputta, vuccati.   “Reverend Sāriputta, they speak of this thing called ‘knowledge’.  
Katamā nu kho, āvuso, vijjā;  
What is knowledge?  
“Idhāvuso, sutavā ariyasāvako rūpassa samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti.  
“Reverend, a learned noble disciple truly understands the origin, the ending, the gratification, the drawback, and the escape when it comes to form,  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, vijjā;  
This is called knowledge.  

sn22.133idhāvuso vuccatāvuso āvuso8Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘avijjā, avijjā’ti, āvuso koṭṭhika, vuccati.   “Reverend Koṭṭhita, they speak of this thing called ‘ignorance’.  
Katamā nu kho, āvuso, avijjā;  
What is ignorance?  
“Idhāvuso, assutavā puthujjano rūpassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti.  
“Reverend, an unlearned ordinary person doesn’t truly understand the gratification, the drawback, and the escape when it comes to form,  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, avijjā;  
This is called ignorance.  
“‘vijjā, vijjā’ti, āvuso koṭṭhika, vuccati.  
“Reverend Koṭṭhita, they speak of this thing called ‘knowledge’.  
Katamā nu kho, āvuso, vijjā;  
What is knowledge?  
“Idhāvuso, sutavā ariyasāvako rūpassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti.  
“Reverend, a learned noble disciple truly understands the gratification, the drawback, and the escape when it comes to form,  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, vijjā;  
This is called knowledge.  

sn22.134idhāvuso vuccatāvuso āvuso8Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘avijjā, avijjā’ti, āvuso koṭṭhika, vuccati.   “Reverend Koṭṭhita, they speak of this thing called ‘ignorance’.  
Katamā nu kho, āvuso, avijjā;  
What is ignorance?  
“Idhāvuso, assutavā puthujjano rūpassa samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti.  
“Reverend, an unlearned ordinary person doesn’t truly understand the origin, the ending, the gratification, the drawback, and the escape when it comes to form,  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, avijjā;  
This is called ignorance.  
“‘vijjā, vijjā’ti, āvuso koṭṭhika, vuccati.  
“Reverend Koṭṭhita, they speak of this thing called ‘knowledge’.  
Katamā nu kho, āvuso, vijjā;  
What is knowledge?  
“Idhāvuso, sutavā ariyasāvako rūpassa samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti.  
“Reverend, a learned noble disciple truly understands the origin, the ending, the gratification, the drawback, and the escape when it comes to form,  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, vijjā;  
This is called knowledge.  

sn22.135idhāvuso vuccatāvuso āvuso8Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘avijjā, avijjā’ti, āvuso koṭṭhika, vuccati.   “Reverend Koṭṭhita, they speak of this thing called ‘ignorance’.  
Katamā nu kho, āvuso, avijjā;  
What is ignorance?  
“Idhāvuso, assutavā puthujjano rūpaṁ nappajānāti, rūpasamudayaṁ nappajānāti, rūpanirodhaṁ nappajānāti, rūpanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ nappajānāti.  
“Reverend, it’s when an unlearned ordinary person doesn’t understand form, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation.  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, avijjā;  
This is called ignorance.  
“‘vijjā, vijjā’ti, āvuso koṭṭhika, vuccati.  
“Reverend Koṭṭhita, they speak of this thing called ‘knowledge’.  
Katamā nu kho, āvuso, vijjā;  
What is knowledge?  
“Idhāvuso, sutavā ariyasāvako rūpaṁ pajānāti, rūpasamudayaṁ pajānāti, rūpanirodhaṁ pajānāti, rūpanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ pajānāti.  
“Reverend, it’s when a learned noble disciple understands form, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation.  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, vijjā;  
This is called knowledge.  

sn28.1āvuso3Pi En Ru dhamma

“vippasannāni kho te, āvuso sāriputta, indriyāni; parisuddho mukhavaṇṇo pariyodāto.   “Reverend Sāriputta, your faculties are so very clear, and your complexion is pure and bright.  
“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.  
“Reverend, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, I entered and remained in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected.  
Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, na evaṁ hoti:  
But it didn’t occur to me:  

sn28.2āvuso3Pi En Ru dhamma

“vippasannāni kho te, āvuso sāriputta, indriyāni; parisuddho mukhavaṇṇo pariyodāto.   “Reverend Sāriputta, your faculties are so very clear, and your complexion is pure and bright.  
“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.  
“Reverend, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected were stilled, I entered and remained in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected.  
Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, na evaṁ hoti:  
But it didn’t occur to me:  

sn28.3āvuso3Pi En Ru dhamma

“vippasannāni kho te, āvuso sāriputta, indriyāni; parisuddho mukhavaṇṇo pariyodāto.   “Reverend Sāriputta, your faculties are so very clear, and your complexion is pure and bright.  
“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca vihāsiṁ sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedemi; yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.  
“Reverend, with the fading away of rapture, I entered and remained in the third absorption, where I meditated with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’  
Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, na evaṁ hoti:  
But it didn’t occur to me:  

sn28.4āvuso3Pi En Ru dhamma

“vippasannāni kho te, āvuso sāriputta, indriyāni; parisuddho mukhavaṇṇo pariyodāto.   “Reverend Sāriputta, your faculties are so very clear, and your complexion is pure and bright.  
“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.  
“Reverend, with the giving up of pleasure and pain, and the ending of former happiness and sadness, I entered and remained in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness.  
Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, na evaṁ hoti:  
But it didn’t occur to me:  

sn28.5āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“idhāhaṁ, āvuso, sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ananto ākāsoti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharāmi …pe…   “Reverend, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, I entered and remained in the dimension of infinite space. …” …  

sn28.6āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“idhāhaṁ, āvuso, sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma anantaṁ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharāmi …pe…   “Reverend, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, I entered and remained in the dimension of infinite consciousness. …” …  

sn28.7āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“idhāhaṁ, āvuso, sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma, natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharāmi …pe…   “Reverend, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, I entered and remained in the dimension of nothingness. …” …  

sn28.8āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“idhāhaṁ, āvuso, ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharāmi …pe…   “Reverend, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, I entered and remained in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. …” …  

sn28.9āvuso2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.   “Reverend, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, I entered and remained in the cessation of perception and feeling.  
Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, na evaṁ hoti:  
But it didn’t occur to me:  

sn35.69āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

“etha me, āvuso, imaṁ kāyaṁ mañcakaṁ āropetvā bahiddhā nīharatha.   “Come, reverends, lift this body onto a cot and carry it outside  
‘etha me, āvuso, imaṁ kāyaṁ mañcakaṁ āropetvā bahiddhā nīharatha.  
‘Come, reverends, lift this body onto a cot and carry it outside  
“Yassa nūna, āvuso sāriputta, evamassa:  
“Reverend Sāriputta, there may be an impairment in body or deterioration of faculties for someone who thinks:  
Tassa, āvuso sāriputta, siyā kāyassa vā aññathattaṁ indriyānaṁ vā vipariṇāmo.  
 
Mayhañca kho, āvuso sāriputta, na evaṁ hoti:  
But I don’t think like that.  
Tassa mayhañca kho, āvuso sāriputta, kiṁ kāyassa vā aññathattaṁ bhavissati, indriyānaṁ vā vipariṇāmo”ti.  
So why would there be an impairment in my body or deterioration of my faculties?”  

sn35.81āvuso5Pi En Ru dhamma

‘kimatthiyaṁ, āvuso, samaṇe gotame brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti?   ‘Reverends, what’s the purpose of leading the spiritual life under the ascetic Gotama?’  
‘dukkhassa kho, āvuso, pariññatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti.  
‘The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is to completely understand suffering.’  
‘katamaṁ pana taṁ, āvuso, dukkhaṁ, yassa pariññāya samaṇe gotame brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti?  
‘Reverends, what is that suffering?’  
‘cakkhu kho, āvuso, dukkhaṁ, tassa pariññāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussati.  
‘Reverends, the eye is suffering. The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is to completely understand this.  
Idaṁ kho taṁ, āvuso, dukkhaṁ, tassa pariññāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti.  
This is that suffering. The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is to completely understand this.’  

sn35.87evamāvuso’ti māvuso pucchāvuso āvuso34Pi En Ru dhamma

“āyāmāvuso cunda, yenāyasmā channo tenupasaṅkamissāma gilānapucchakā”ti.   “Come, Reverend Cunda, let’s go to see Venerable Channa and ask about his illness.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā mahācundo āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosi.  
“Yes, reverend,” replied Mahācunda.  
“kacci te, āvuso channa, khamanīyaṁ, kacci yāpanīyaṁ, kacci dukkhā vedanā paṭikkamanti no abhikkamanti, paṭikkamosānaṁ paññāyati no abhikkamo”ti?  
“I hope you’re keeping well, Reverend Channa; I hope you’re getting by. I hope that your pain is fading, not growing, that its fading is evident, not its growing.”  
“Na me, āvuso sāriputta, khamanīyaṁ na yāpanīyaṁ, bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti no paṭikkamanti, abhikkamosānaṁ paññāyati no paṭikkamo.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, I’m not keeping well, I’m not getting by. The pain is terrible and growing, not fading; its growing is evident, not its fading.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena muddhani abhimattheyya; evameva kho, āvuso, adhimattā vātā muddhani ūhananti.  
The winds piercing my head are so severe, it feels like a strong man drilling into my head with a sharp point.  
Na me, āvuso, khamanīyaṁ, na yāpanīyaṁ …pe… no paṭikkamo.  
 
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, balavā puriso daḷhena varattakkhaṇḍena sīse sīsaveṭhaṁ dadeyya; evameva kho, āvuso, adhimattā sīse sīsavedanā.  
The pain in my head is so severe, it feels like a strong man tightening a tough leather strap around my head.  
Na me, āvuso, khamanīyaṁ, na yāpanīyaṁ …pe… no paṭikkamo.  
 
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā tiṇhena govikantanena kucchiṁ parikanteyya; evameva kho adhimattā vātā kucchiṁ parikantanti.  
The winds slicing my belly are so severe, like a deft butcher or their apprentice were slicing open a cows’s belly with a meat cleaver.  
Na me, āvuso, khamanīyaṁ, na yāpanīyaṁ …pe… no paṭikkamo.  
 
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, dve balavanto purisā dubbalataraṁ purisaṁ nānābāhāsu gahetvā aṅgārakāsuyā santāpeyyuṁ samparitāpeyyuṁ; evameva kho, āvuso, adhimatto kāyasmiṁ ḍāho.  
The burning in my body is so severe, it feels like two strong men grabbing a weaker man by the arms to burn and scorch him on a pit of glowing coals.  
Na me, āvuso, khamanīyaṁ, na yāpanīyaṁ, bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti no paṭikkamanti, abhikkamosānaṁ paññāyati no paṭikkamo.  
I’m not keeping well, I’m not getting by. The pain is terrible and growing, not fading; its growing is evident, not its fading.  
Satthaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, āharissāmi, nāvakaṅkhāmi jīvitan”ti.  
Reverend Sāriputta, I will slit my wrists. I don’t wish to live.”  
“Na me, āvuso sāriputta, natthi sappāyāni bhojanāni;  
“Reverend Sāriputta, it’s not that I don’t have suitable food;  
Api ca me, āvuso, satthā pariciṇṇo dīgharattaṁ manāpeneva, no amanāpena.  
Moreover, for a long time now I have served the Teacher with love, not without love.  
Etañhi, āvuso, sāvakassa patirūpaṁ yaṁ satthāraṁ paricareyya manāpeneva, no amanāpena.  
For it is proper for a disciple to serve the Teacher with love, not without love.  
‘Anupavajjaṁ channo bhikkhu satthaṁ āharissatī’ti—evametaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, dhārehī”ti.  
You should remember this: ‘The mendicant Channa will slit his wrists blamelessly.’”  
“Pucchāvuso sāriputta, sutvā vedissāmā”ti.  
“Ask, Reverend Sāriputta. When I’ve heard it I’ll know.”  
“Cakkhuṁ, āvuso channa, cakkhuviññāṇaṁ cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassasi …pe…  
“Reverend Channa, do you regard the eye, eye consciousness, and things knowable by eye consciousness in this way: ‘This is mine, I am this, this is my self’?  
jivhaṁ, āvuso channa, jivhāviññāṇaṁ jivhāviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassasi …pe…  
Do you regard the ear … nose … tongue … body …  
manaṁ, āvuso channa, manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassasī”ti?  
mind, mind consciousness, and things knowable by mind consciousness in this way: ‘This is mine, I am this, this is my self’?”  
“Cakkhuṁ, āvuso sāriputta, cakkhuviññāṇaṁ cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassāmi …pe…  
“Reverend Sāriputta, I regard the eye, eye consciousness, and things knowable by eye consciousness in this way: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self.’  
jivhaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, jivhāviññāṇaṁ jivhāviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassāmi …pe…  
I regard the ear … nose … tongue … body …  
manaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassāmī”ti.  
mind, mind consciousness, and things knowable by mind consciousness in this way: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self’.”  
“Cakkhusmiṁ, āvuso channa, cakkhuviññāṇe cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu kiṁ disvā kiṁ abhiññāya cakkhuṁ cakkhuviññāṇaṁ cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassasi …  
“Reverend Channa, what have you seen, what have you directly known in these things that you regard them in this way: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self’?”  
jivhāya, āvuso channa, jivhāviññāṇe jivhāviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu kiṁ disvā kiṁ abhiññāya jivhaṁ jivhāviññāṇaṁ jivhāviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassasi …  
 
manasmiṁ, āvuso channa, manoviññāṇe manoviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu kiṁ disvā kiṁ abhiññāya manaṁ manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassasī”ti?  
 
“Cakkhusmiṁ, āvuso sāriputta, cakkhuviññāṇe cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu nirodhaṁ disvā nirodhaṁ abhiññāya cakkhuṁ cakkhuviññāṇaṁ cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassāmi …pe…  
“Reverend Sāriputta, after seeing cessation, after directly knowing cessation in these things I regard them in this way: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self’.”  
jivhāya, āvuso sāriputta, jivhāviññāṇe jivhāviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu nirodhaṁ disvā nirodhaṁ abhiññāya jivhaṁ jivhāviññāṇaṁ jivhāviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassāmi …pe…  
 
manasmiṁ, āvuso sāriputta, manoviññāṇe manoviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu nirodhaṁ disvā nirodhaṁ abhiññāya manaṁ manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassāmī”ti.  
 
“tasmātiha, āvuso channa, idampi tassa bhagavato sāsanaṁ niccakappaṁ sādhukaṁ manasi kātabbaṁ:  
“So, Reverend Channa, you should regularly apply your mind well to this instruction of the Buddha:  

sn35.116addhāvuso cāvuso evamāvuso’ti hāvuso tenahāvuso āvuso26Pi En Ru dhamma

“idaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:   “The Buddha gave this brief passage for recitation, then entered his dwelling without explaining the meaning in detail. …  
“Idaṁ kho no, āvuso ānanda, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
 
Tesaṁ no, āvuso, amhākaṁ acirapakkantassa bhagavato etadahosi:  
 
‘idaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho— 
 
Tesaṁ no, āvuso, amhākaṁ etadahosi:  
 
‘ayaṁ kho, āvuso, āyasmā ānando satthu ceva saṁvaṇṇito, sambhāvito ca viññūnaṁ sabrahmacārīnaṁ.  
 
“Seyyathāpi, āvuso, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṁ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva, mūlaṁ atikkammeva, khandhaṁ sākhāpalāse sāraṁ pariyesitabbaṁ maññeyya;  
“Reverends, suppose there was a person in need of heartwood. And while wandering in search of heartwood he’d come across a large tree standing with heartwood. But he’d pass over the roots and trunk, imagining that the heartwood should be sought in the branches and leaves.  
So hāvuso, bhagavā jānaṁ jānāti, passaṁ passati— 
For he is the Buddha, the one who knows and sees. He is vision, he is knowledge, he is the manifestation of principle, he is the manifestation of divinity. He is the teacher, the proclaimer, the elucidator of meaning, the bestower of the deathless, the lord of truth, the Realized One.  
“Addhāvuso ānanda, bhagavā jānaṁ jānāti, passaṁ passati— 
“Certainly he is the Buddha, the one who knows and sees. He is vision, he is knowledge, he is the manifestation of principle, he is the manifestation of divinity. He is the teacher, the proclaimer, the elucidator of meaning, the bestower of the deathless, the lord of truth, the Realized One.  
“Tenahāvuso, suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.  
“Then listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato ānandassa paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, reverend,” they replied.  
“Yaṁ kho vo, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
“Reverends, the Buddha gave this brief passage for recitation, then entered his dwelling without explaining the meaning in detail:  
imassa khvāhaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
This is how I understand the detailed meaning of this passage for recitation.  
Yena kho, āvuso, lokasmiṁ lokasaññī hoti lokamānī— 
Whatever in the world through which you perceive the world and conceive the world  
Kena cāvuso, lokasmiṁ lokasaññī hoti lokamānī?  
And through what in the world do you perceive the world and conceive the world?  
Cakkhunā kho, āvuso, lokasmiṁ lokasaññī hoti lokamānī.  
Through the eye in the world you perceive the world and conceive the world.  
Sotena kho, āvuso …  
Through the ear …  
ghānena kho, āvuso …  
nose …  
jivhāya kho, āvuso, lokasmiṁ lokasaññī hoti lokamānī.  
tongue …  
Kāyena kho, āvuso …  
body …  
manena kho, āvuso, lokasmiṁ lokasaññī hoti lokamānī.  
mind in the world you perceive the world and conceive the world.  
Yena kho, āvuso, lokasmiṁ lokasaññī hoti lokamānī— 
Whatever in the world through which you perceive the world and conceive the world  
Yaṁ kho vo, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
When the Buddha gave this brief passage for recitation, then entered his dwelling without explaining the meaning in detail:  
imassa khvāhaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
That is how I understand the detailed meaning of this summary.  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato ānandassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
“Yes, reverend,” replied those mendicants. Then they rose from their seats and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  
‘idaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho— 
 

sn35.117evamāvuso’ti tenahāvuso āvuso15Pi En Ru dhamma

“idaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:   “The Buddha gave this brief summary, then entered his dwelling without explaining the meaning in detail. …  
“Idaṁ kho no, āvuso ānanda, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
 
Tesaṁ no, āvuso, amhākaṁ acirapakkantassa bhagavato etadahosi:  
 
‘idaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
 
Tesaṁ no, āvuso, amhākaṁ etadahosi:  
 
“Seyyathāpi, āvuso, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṁ caramāno mahato rukkhassa …pe…  
“Reverends, suppose there was a person in need of heartwood. …”  
“Tenahāvuso, suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.  
“Then listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato ānandassa paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, reverend,” they replied.  
“Yaṁ kho vo, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
“Reverends, the Buddha gave this brief summary, then entered his dwelling without explaining the meaning in detail:  
Imassa khvāhaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
And this is how I understand the detailed meaning of this summary.  
Saḷāyatananirodhaṁ no etaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā sandhāya bhāsitaṁ:  
The Buddha was referring to the cessation of the six sense fields when he said:  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
The Buddha gave this brief summary, then entered his dwelling without explaining the meaning in detail.  
Imassa khvāhaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
And this is how I understand the detailed meaning of this summary.  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato ānandassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
“Yes, reverend,” replied those mendicants. Then they rose from their seats and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  
‘idaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho:  
 

sn35.120cāvuso idhāvuso tihāvuso vatāvuso āvuso15Pi En Ru dhamma

“saddhivihāriko, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvatto”ti.   “Reverend Sāriputta, a mendicant pupil of mine has resigned the training and returned to a lesser life.”  
“Evametaṁ, āvuso, hoti indriyesu aguttadvārassa, bhojane amattaññuno, jāgariyaṁ ananuyuttassa.  
“That’s how it is, reverend, when someone doesn’t guard the sense doors, eats too much, and is not committed to wakefulness.  
‘So vatāvuso, bhikkhu indriyesu aguttadvāro bhojane amattaññū jāgariyaṁ ananuyutto yāvajīvaṁ paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ santānessatī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.  
It’s quite impossible for such a mendicant to maintain the full and pure spiritual life for the rest of their life.  
‘So vatāvuso, bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro, bhojane mattaññū, jāgariyaṁ anuyutto yāvajīvaṁ paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ santānessatī’ti ṭhānametaṁ vijjati.  
But it is quite possible for a mendicant to maintain the full and pure spiritual life for the rest of their life if they guard the sense doors, eat in moderation, and are committed to wakefulness.  
Kathañcāvuso, indriyesu guttadvāro hoti?  
And how does someone guard the sense doors?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī.  
When a mendicant sees a sight with the eyes, they don’t get caught up in the features and details.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, indriyesu guttadvāro hoti.  
That’s how someone guards the sense doors.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhojane mattaññū hoti?  
And how does someone eat in moderation?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso āhāraṁ āhāreti:  
It’s when a mendicant reflects rationally on the food that they eat:  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhojane mattaññū hoti.  
That’s how someone eats in moderation.  
Kathañcāvuso, jāgariyaṁ anuyutto hoti?  
And how is someone committed to wakefulness?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu divasaṁ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṁ parisodheti.  
It’s when a mendicant practices walking and sitting meditation by day, purifying their mind from obstacles.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, jāgariyaṁ anuyutto hoti.  
That’s how someone is committed to wakefulness.  
Tasmātihāvuso, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ:  
So you should train like this:  
Evañhi vo, āvuso, sikkhitabban”ti.  
That’s how you should train.” 

sn35.152panāvuso āvuso5Pi En Ru dhamma

‘kimatthiyaṁ, āvuso, samaṇe gotame brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti?   ‘Reverends, what’s the purpose of leading the spiritual life under the ascetic Gotama?’  
‘dukkhassa kho, āvuso, pariññāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti.  
‘The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is to completely understand suffering.’  
‘katamaṁ panāvuso, dukkhaṁ, yassa pariññāya samaṇe gotame brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti?  
‘Reverends, what is that suffering?’  
‘Cakkhu kho, āvuso, dukkhaṁ;  
‘The eye is suffering.  
Idaṁ kho, āvuso, dukkhaṁ;  
This is that suffering.  

sn35.232āvuso āvuso”20Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, cakkhu rūpānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ, rūpā cakkhussa saṁyojanaṁ …pe…   “Reverend Sāriputta, which is it? Is the eye the fetter of sights, or are sights the fetter of the eye?  
“Na kho, āvuso koṭṭhika, cakkhu rūpānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ, na rūpā cakkhussa saṁyojanaṁ.  
“Reverend Koṭṭhita, the eye is not the fetter of sights, nor are sights the fetter of the eye.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, kāḷo ca balībaddo odāto ca balībaddo ekena dāmena vā yottena vā saṁyuttā assu.  
Suppose there was a black ox and a white ox yoked by a single harness or yoke.  
“No hetaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No, reverend.  
“Na kho, āvuso, kāḷo balībaddo odātassa balībaddassa saṁyojanaṁ, na odāto balībaddo kāḷassa balībaddassa saṁyojanaṁ.  
The black ox is not the yoke of the white ox, nor is the white ox the yoke of the black ox.  
Evameva kho, āvuso, na cakkhu rūpānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ, na rūpā cakkhussa saṁyojanaṁ.  
“In the same way, the eye is not the fetter of sights, nor are sights the fetter of the eye.  
Cakkhu vā, āvuso, rūpānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ abhavissa, rūpā vā cakkhussa saṁyojanaṁ, nayidaṁ brahmacariyavāso paññāyetha sammā dukkhakkhayāya.  
If the eye were the fetter of sights, or if sights were the fetter of the eye, this living of the spiritual life for the complete ending of suffering would not be found.  
Yasmā ca kho, āvuso, na cakkhu rūpānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ, na rūpā cakkhussa saṁyojanaṁ;  
However, since this is not the case, but  
Jivhā, āvuso, rasānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ abhavissa, rasā vā jivhāya saṁyojanaṁ, nayidaṁ brahmacariyavāso paññāyetha sammā dukkhakkhayāya.  
If the ear … nose … tongue … body …  
Yasmā ca kho, āvuso, na jivhā rasānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ, na rasā jivhāya saṁyojanaṁ; yañca tattha tadubhayaṁ paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo, taṁ tattha saṁyojanaṁ, tasmā brahmacariyavāso paññāyati sammā dukkhakkhayāya …pe….  
 
Mano vā, āvuso, dhammānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ abhavissa, dhammā vā manassa saṁyojanaṁ, nayidaṁ brahmacariyavāso paññāyetha sammā dukkhakkhayāya.  
mind were the fetter of ideas, or if ideas were the fetter of the mind, this living of the spiritual life for the complete ending of suffering would not be found.  
Yasmā ca kho, āvuso, na mano dhammānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ, na dhammā manassa saṁyojanaṁ;  
However, since this is not the case, but  
Imināpetaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā na cakkhu rūpānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ, na rūpā cakkhussa saṁyojanaṁ.  
This too is a way to understand how this is so.  
Saṁvijjati kho, āvuso, bhagavato cakkhu.  
The Buddha has an eye  
Saṁvijjati kho, āvuso, bhagavato sotaṁ.  
The Buddha has an ear …  
Saṁvijjati kho, āvuso, bhagavato ghānaṁ.  
nose …  
Saṁvijjati kho, āvuso, bhagavato jivhā.  
tongue …  
Saṁvijjati kho, āvuso, bhagavato kāyo.  
The Buddha has a body  
Saṁvijjati kho, āvuso, bhagavato mano.  
The Buddha has a mind  
Iminā kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā na cakkhu rūpānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ, na rūpā cakkhussa saṁyojanaṁ;  
This too is a way to understand how the eye is not the fetter of sights, nor are sights the fetter of the eye.  

sn35.233āvuso āvuso”6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso ānanda, cakkhu rūpānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ, rūpā cakkhussa saṁyojanaṁ …pe…   “Reverend Ānanda, which is it? Is the eye the fetter of sights, or are sights the fetter of the eye?  
“Na kho, āvuso kāmabhū, cakkhu rūpānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ, na rūpā cakkhussa saṁyojanaṁ.  
“Reverend Kāmabhū, the eye is not the fetter of sights, nor are sights the fetter of the eye.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, kāḷo ca balībaddo odāto ca balībaddo ekena dāmena vā yottena vā saṁyuttā assu.  
Suppose there was a black ox and a white ox yoked by a single harness or yoke.  
“No hetaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No, reverend.  
“Na kho, āvuso, kāḷo balībaddo odātassa balībaddassa saṁyojanaṁ, napi odāto balībaddo kāḷassa balībaddassa saṁyojanaṁ.  
The black ox is not the yoke of the white ox, nor is the white ox the yoke of the black ox.  
Evameva kho, āvuso, na cakkhu rūpānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ, na rūpā cakkhussa saṁyojanaṁ …pe…  
“In the same way, the eye is not the fetter of sights, nor are sights the fetter of the eye.  

sn35.234cāvuso evamāvuso’ti āvuso āvuso”19Pi En Ru dhamma

“Yatheva nu kho, āvuso ānanda, ayaṁ kāyo bhagavatā anekapariyāyena akkhāto vivaṭo pakāsito:   “Reverend Ānanda, the Buddha has explained, opened, and illuminated in many ways how this body is not-self.  
“Yatheva kho, āvuso udāyī, ayaṁ kāyo bhagavatā anekapariyāyena akkhāto vivaṭo pakāsito:  
 
“Cakkhuñca, āvuso, paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇan”ti?  
Does eye consciousness arise dependent on the eye and sights?”  
“Evamāvuso”ti.  
“Yes, reverend.”  
“Yo cāvuso, hetu, yo ca paccayo cakkhuviññāṇassa uppādāya, so ca hetu, so ca paccayo sabbena sabbaṁ sabbathā sabbaṁ aparisesaṁ nirujjheyya. Api nu kho cakkhuviññāṇaṁ paññāyethā”ti?  
“If the cause and reason that gives rise to eye consciousness were to totally and utterly cease without anything left over, would eye consciousness still be found?”  
“No hetaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No, reverend.”  
“Imināpi kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena bhagavatā akkhātaṁ vivaṭaṁ pakāsitaṁ: ‘itipidaṁ viññāṇaṁ anattā’”ti …pe….  
“In this way, too, it can be understood how consciousness is not-self.  
“Jivhañcāvuso, paṭicca rase ca uppajjati jivhāviññāṇan”ti?  
Does ear … nose … tongue … body …  
“Evamāvuso”ti.  
 
“Yo cāvuso, hetu yo ca paccayo jivhāviññāṇassa uppādāya, so ca hetu, so ca paccayo sabbena sabbaṁ sabbathā sabbaṁ aparisesaṁ nirujjheyya, api nu kho jivhāviññāṇaṁ paññāyethā”ti?  
 
“No hetaṁ, āvuso”.  
 
“Imināpi kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena bhagavatā akkhātaṁ vivaṭaṁ pakāsitaṁ: ‘itipidaṁ viññāṇaṁ anattā’”ti …pe….  
 
“Manañcāvuso, paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇan”ti?  
mind consciousness arise dependent on the mind and ideas?”  
“Evamāvuso”ti.  
“Yes, reverend.”  
“Yo cāvuso, hetu, yo ca paccayo manoviññāṇassa uppādāya, so ca hetu, so ca paccayo sabbena sabbaṁ sabbathā sabbaṁ aparisesaṁ nirujjheyya, api nu kho manoviññāṇaṁ paññāyethā”ti?  
“If the cause and reason that gives rise to mind consciousness were to totally and utterly cease without anything left over, would mind consciousness still be found?”  
“No hetaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No, reverend.”  
“Imināpi kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena bhagavatā akkhātaṁ vivaṭaṁ pakāsitaṁ: ‘itipidaṁ viññāṇaṁ anattā’ti.  
“In this way, too, it can be understood how consciousness is not-self.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṁ caramāno tiṇhaṁ kuṭhāriṁ ādāya vanaṁ paviseyya. So tattha passeyya mahantaṁ kadalikkhandhaṁ ujuṁ navaṁ akukkukajātaṁ. Tamenaṁ mūle chindeyya; mūle chetvā agge chindeyya; agge chetvā pattavaṭṭiṁ vinibbhujeyya. So tattha pheggumpi nādhigaccheyya, kuto sāraṁ.  
Suppose there was a person in need of heartwood. Wandering in search of heartwood, they’d take a sharp axe and enter a forest. There they’d see a big banana tree, straight and young and grown free of defects. They’d cut it down at the base, cut off the root, cut off the top, and unroll the coiled sheaths. But they wouldn’t even find sapwood, much less heartwood.  
Evameva kho, āvuso, bhikkhu chasu phassāyatanesu nevattānaṁ na attaniyaṁ samanupassati.  
In the same way, a mendicant sees these six fields of contact as neither self nor belonging to self.  

sn35.243cāvuso evamāvuso’ti idhāvuso vuccatāvuso āvuso21Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“avassutapariyāyañca vo, āvuso, desessāmi, anavassutapariyāyañca.  
“I will teach you the explanation of the corrupt and the uncorrupted.  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, reverend,” they replied.  
“Kathaṁ, āvuso, avassuto hoti?  
“And how is someone corrupt?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā piyarūpe rūpe adhimuccati, appiyarūpe rūpe byāpajjati, anupaṭṭhitakāyassatī viharati parittacetaso,  
Take a mendicant who sees a sight with the eye. If it’s pleasant they hold on to it, but if it’s unpleasant they dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body unestablished and their heart restricted.  
Ayaṁ vuccati, āvuso, bhikkhu avassuto cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu …pe…  
This is called a mendicant who is corrupt when it comes to sights known by the eye,  
Evaṁvihāriñcāvuso, bhikkhuṁ cakkhuto cepi naṁ māro upasaṅkamati labhateva māro otāraṁ, labhati māro ārammaṇaṁ …pe…  
When a mendicant lives like this, if Māra comes at them through the eye he finds a vulnerability and gets hold of them.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, naḷāgāraṁ vā tiṇāgāraṁ vā sukkhaṁ kolāpaṁ terovassikaṁ.  
Suppose there was a house made of reeds or straw that was dried up, withered, and decrepit.  
Evameva kho, āvuso, evaṁvihāriṁ bhikkhuṁ cakkhuto cepi naṁ māro upasaṅkamati, labhateva māro otāraṁ, labhati māro ārammaṇaṁ …pe…  
In the same way, when a mendicant lives like this, if Māra comes at them through the eye he finds a vulnerability and gets hold of them.  
Evaṁvihāriñcāvuso, bhikkhuṁ rūpā adhibhaṁsu, na bhikkhu rūpe adhibhosi;  
When a mendicant lives like this, they’re mastered by sights,  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, bhikkhu rūpādhibhūto, saddādhibhūto, gandhādhibhūto, rasādhibhūto, phoṭṭhabbādhibhūto, dhammādhibhūto, adhibhūto, anadhibhū, adhibhaṁsu naṁ pāpakā akusalā dhammā saṅkilesikā ponobhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṁ jātijarāmaraṇiyā.  
This is called a mendicant who has been mastered by sights, sounds, smells, tastes, touches, and ideas. They’re mastered, not a master. Bad, unskillful qualities have mastered them, which are corrupting, leading to future lives, hurtful, and resulting in suffering and future rebirth, old age, and death.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, avassuto hoti.  
That’s how someone is corrupt.  
Kathañcāvuso, anavassuto hoti?  
And how is someone uncorrupted?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā piyarūpe rūpe nādhimuccati, appiyarūpe rūpe na byāpajjati, upaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati appamāṇacetaso,  
Take a mendicant who sees a sight with the eye. If it’s pleasant they don’t hold on to it, and if it’s unpleasant they don’t dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body established and a limitless heart.  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, bhikkhu anavassuto cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu …pe…  
This is called a mendicant who is uncorrupted when it comes to sights known by the eye,  
Evaṁvihāriñcāvuso, bhikkhuṁ cakkhuto cepi naṁ māro upasaṅkamati, neva labhati māro otāraṁ, na labhati māro ārammaṇaṁ …pe…  
When a mendicant lives like this, if Māra comes at them through the eye he doesn’t find a vulnerability or get hold of them.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, kūṭāgāraṁ vā sālā vā bahalamattikā addāvalepanā.  
Suppose there was a bungalow or hall made of thick clay with its plaster still wet.  
Evameva kho, āvuso, evaṁvihāriṁ bhikkhuṁ cakkhuto cepi naṁ māro upasaṅkamati, neva labhati māro otāraṁ, na labhati māro ārammaṇaṁ …pe…  
In the same way, when a mendicant lives like this, if Māra comes at them through the eye he doesn’t find a vulnerability or get hold of them.  
Evaṁvihārī cāvuso, bhikkhu rūpe adhibhosi, na rūpā bhikkhuṁ adhibhaṁsu;  
When a mendicant lives like this, they master sights,  
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, bhikkhu rūpādhibhū, saddādhibhū, gandhādhibhū, rasādhibhū, phoṭṭhabbādhibhū, dhammādhibhū, adhibhū, anadhibhūto, adhibhosi te pāpake akusale dhamme saṅkilesike ponobhavike sadare dukkhavipāke āyatiṁ jātijarāmaraṇiye.  
This is called a mendicant who has mastered sights, sounds, smells, tastes, touches, and ideas. They’re a master, not mastered. Bad, unskillful qualities have been mastered by them, which are corrupting, leading to future lives, hurtful, and resulting in suffering and future rebirth, old age, and death.  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, anavassuto hotī”ti.  
That’s how someone is uncorrupted.”  

sn35.245āvuso18Pi En Ru dhamma

“kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno dassanaṁ suvisuddhaṁ hotī”ti?   “Reverend, at what point is a mendicant’s vision well purified?”  
“Yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhu channaṁ phassāyatanānaṁ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno dassanaṁ suvisuddhaṁ hotī”ti.  
“When a mendicant truly understands the origin and ending of the six fields of contact, at that point their vision is well purified.”  
“kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno dassanaṁ suvisuddhaṁ hotī”ti?  
 
“Yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhu pañcannaṁ upādānakkhandhānaṁ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno dassanaṁ suvisuddhaṁ hotī”ti.  
“When a mendicant truly understands the origin and ending of the five grasping aggregates, at that point their vision is well purified.”  
“kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno dassanaṁ suvisuddhaṁ hotī”ti?  
 
“Yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhu catunnaṁ mahābhūtānaṁ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno dassanaṁ suvisuddhaṁ hotī”ti.  
“When a mendicant truly understands the origin and ending of the four primary elements, at that point their vision is well purified.”  
“kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno dassanaṁ suvisuddhaṁ hotī”ti?  
 
“Yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhu yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ, sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhammanti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno dassanaṁ suvisuddhaṁ hotī”ti.  
“When a mendicant truly understands that everything that has a beginning has an end, at that point their vision is well purified.”  
‘kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno dassanaṁ suvisuddhaṁ hotī’ti?  
 
‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhu channaṁ phassāyatanānaṁ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno dassanaṁ suvisuddhaṁ hotī’ti.  
 
‘kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno dassanaṁ suvisuddhaṁ hotī’ti?  
 
‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhu pañcannaṁ upādānakkhandhānaṁ …pe…  
 
yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhammanti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno dassanaṁ suvisuddhaṁ hotī’ti.  
 

sn36.19āvuso2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘na kho, āvuso, bhagavā sukhaññeva vedanaṁ sandhāya sukhasmiṁ paññapeti.   ‘Reverends, when the Buddha describes what’s included in happiness, he’s not just referring to pleasant feeling.  
Yattha yattha, āvuso, sukhaṁ upalabbhati, yahiṁ yahiṁ, taṁ taṁ tathāgato sukhasmiṁ paññapetī’”ti.  
The Realized One describes pleasure as included in happiness wherever it is found, and in whatever context.’” 

sn36.20āvuso2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘na kho, āvuso, bhagavā sukhaññeva vedanaṁ sandhāya sukhasmiṁ paññapeti.   ‘Reverends, when the Buddha describes what’s included in happiness, he’s not just referring to pleasant feeling.  
Yattha yattha, āvuso, sukhaṁ upalabbhati yahiṁ yahiṁ, taṁ taṁ tathāgato sukhasmiṁ paññapetī’”ti.  
The Realized One describes pleasure as included in happiness wherever it is found, and in whatever context.’”  

sn38.1panāvuso āvuso10Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Nibbānaṁ, nibbānan’ti, āvuso sāriputta, vuccati.   “Reverend Sāriputta, they speak of this thing called ‘extinguishment’.  
Katamaṁ nu kho, āvuso, nibbānan”ti?  
What is extinguishment?”  
“Yo kho, āvuso, rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo— 
“Reverend, the ending of greed, hate, and delusion  
“Atthi panāvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti?  
“But, reverend, is there a path and a practice for realizing this extinguishment?”  
“Atthi kho, āvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti.  
“There is, reverend.”  
“Katamo panāvuso, maggo katamā paṭipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti?  
“Well, what is it?”  
“Ayameva kho, āvuso, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya, seyyathidaṁ— 
“It is simply this noble eightfold path, that is:  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, maggo ayaṁ paṭipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti.  
This is the path, the practice, for realizing this extinguishment.”  
“Bhaddako, āvuso, maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya.  
“Reverend, this is a fine path, a fine practice, for realizing this extinguishment.  
Alañca panāvuso sāriputta, appamādāyā”ti.  
Just this much is enough to be diligent.” 

sn38.2panāvuso āvuso10Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Arahattaṁ, arahattan’ti, āvuso sāriputta, vuccati.   “Reverend Sāriputta, they speak of this thing called ‘perfection’.  
Katamaṁ nu kho, āvuso, arahattan”ti?  
What is perfection?”  
“Yo kho, āvuso, rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo— 
“Reverend, the ending of greed, hate, and delusion  
“Atthi panāvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa arahattassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti?  
“But, reverend, is there a path and a practice for realizing this perfection?”  
“Atthi kho, āvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa arahattassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti.  
“There is, reverend.”  
“Katamo panāvuso, maggo katamā paṭipadā etassa arahattassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti?  
“Well, what is it?”  
“Ayameva kho, āvuso, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etassa arahattassa sacchikiriyāya, seyyathidaṁ— 
“It is simply this noble eightfold path, that is:  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, maggo, ayaṁ paṭipadā etassa arahattassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti.  
This is the path, the practice, for realizing this perfection.”  
“Bhaddako, āvuso, maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etassa arahattassa sacchikiriyāya.  
“Reverend, this is a fine path, a fine practice, for realizing this perfection.  
Alañca panāvuso sāriputta, appamādāyā”ti.  
Just this much is enough to be diligent.” 

sn38.3panāvuso āvuso11Pi En Ru dhamma

“Ke nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, loke dhammavādino, ke loke suppaṭipannā, ke loke sugatā”ti?   “Reverend Sāriputta, who in the world have principled speech? Who in the world practice well? Who are the Holy Ones in the world?”  
“Ye kho, āvuso, rāgappahānāya dhammaṁ desenti, dosappahānāya dhammaṁ desenti, mohappahānāya dhammaṁ desenti, te loke dhammavādino.  
“Reverend, those who teach principles for giving up greed, hate, and delusion have principled speech in the world.  
Ye kho, āvuso, rāgassa pahānāya paṭipannā, dosassa pahānāya paṭipannā, mohassa pahānāya paṭipannā, te loke suppaṭipannā.  
Those who practice for giving up greed, hate, and delusion are practicing well in the world.  
Yesaṁ kho, āvuso, rāgo pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṁ anuppādadhammo, doso pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṁ anuppādadhammo, moho pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṁ anuppādadhammo, te loke sugatā”ti.  
Those who have given up greed, hate, and delusion—so they’re cut off at the root, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future—are Holy Ones in the world.”  
“Atthi panāvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāyā”ti?  
“But, reverend, is there a path and a practice for giving up that greed, hate, and delusion?”  
“Atthi kho, āvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāyā”ti.  
“There is, reverend.”  
“Katamo panāvuso, maggo katamā paṭipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāyā”ti?  
“Well, what is it?”  
“Ayameva kho, āvuso, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāya, seyyathidaṁ— 
“It is simply this noble eightfold path, that is:  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, maggo ayaṁ paṭipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāyā”ti.  
This is the path, this is the practice for giving up that greed, hate, and delusion.”  
“Bhaddako, āvuso, maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā, etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāya.  
“This is a fine path, a fine practice, for giving up greed, hate, and delusion.  
Alañca panāvuso sāriputta, appamādāyā”ti.  
Just this much is enough to be diligent.” 

sn38.4panāvuso āvuso9Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kimatthiyaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, samaṇe gotame brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?   “Какова цель, друг Сарипутта, вести святую жизнь по отшельнику Готаме?”  
“Reverend Sāriputta, what’s the purpose of leading the spiritual life under the ascetic Gotama?”  
“Dukkhassa kho, āvuso, pariññatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti.  
“Для полного понимания боли, друг, вести святую жизнь по Благословенному.”  
“The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is to completely understand suffering.”  
“Atthi panāvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa dukkhassa pariññāyā”ti?  
“Но есть ли, друг, путь, есть ли практика полного понимания этой боли?”  
“But, reverend, is there a path and a practice for completely understanding this suffering?”  
“Atthi kho, āvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā, etassa dukkhassa pariññāyā”ti?  
“Есть, друг, путь, есть практика полного понимания этой боли?”  
“There is.” …  
“Katamo panāvuso, maggo katamā paṭipadā, etassa dukkhassa pariññāyā”ti?  
“И каков же, друг, путь, какова практика полного понимания этой боли?”  
 
“Ayameva kho, āvuso, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, etassa dukkhassa pariññāya, seyyathidaṁ— 
“Это именно этот, друг, Благородный Восьмеричный Путь, для полного понимания этой боли, в частности — 
 
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, maggo ayaṁ paṭipadā etassa dukkhassa pariññāyā”ti.  
Это, друг, путь, это практика полного понимания этой боли.”  
 
“Bhaddako, āvuso, maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā, etassa dukkhassa pariññāya.  
“Отличный, друг, путь, отличная практика, полного понимания этой боли.  
 
Alañca panāvuso sāriputta, appamādāyā”ti.  
Стоит того, друг Сарипутта, чтобы приложить усилия.”  
" 

sn38.5panāvuso āvuso11Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Assāsappatto, assāsappatto’ti, āvuso sāriputta, vuccati.   “Reverend Sāriputta, they speak of this thing called ‘gaining solace’.  
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, assāsappatto hotī”ti?  
At what point do you gain solace?”  
“Yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhu channaṁ phassāyatanānaṁ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, ettāvatā kho, āvuso, assāsappatto hotī”ti.  
“When a mendicant truly understands the six fields of contact’s origin, ending, gratification, drawback, and escape, at that point they’ve gained solace.”  
“Atthi panāvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā, etassa assāsassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti?  
“But, reverend, is there a path and a practice for realizing this solace?”  
“Atthi kho, āvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā, etassa assāsassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti.  
“There is.” …  
“Katamo panāvuso, maggo katamā paṭipadā, etassa assāsassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti?  
 
“Ayameva kho, āvuso, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etassa assāsassa sacchikiriyāya, seyyathidaṁ— 
 
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, maggo ayaṁ paṭipadā, etassa assāsassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti.  
 
“Bhaddako, āvuso, maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā, etassa assāsassa sacchikiriyāya.  
 
Alañca panāvuso sāriputta, appamādāyā”ti.  
" 

sn38.6panāvuso āvuso11Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Paramassāsappatto, paramassāsappatto’ti, āvuso sāriputta, vuccati.   “Reverend Sāriputta, they speak of this thing called ‘gaining ultimate solace’.  
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, paramassāsappatto hotī”ti?  
At what point do you gain ultimate solace?”  
“Yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhu channaṁ phassāyatanānaṁ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ viditvā anupādāvimutto hoti, ettāvatā kho, āvuso, paramassāsappatto hotī”ti.  
“When a mendicant is freed by not grasping after truly understanding the six fields of contact’s origin, ending, gratification, drawback, and escape, at that point they’ve gained ultimate solace.”  
“Atthi panāvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā, etassa paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti?  
“But, reverend, is there a path and a practice for realizing this ultimate solace?”  
“Atthi kho, āvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā, etassa paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti.  
“There is.” …  
“Katamo pana, āvuso, maggo katamā paṭipadā, etassa paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti?  
 
“Ayameva kho, āvuso, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etassa paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāya, seyyathidaṁ— 
 
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, maggo ayaṁ paṭipadā, etassa paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti.  
 
“Bhaddako, āvuso, maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā, etassa paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāya.  
 
Alañca panāvuso sāriputta, appamādāyā”ti.  
" 

sn38.7imāvuso panāvuso āvuso11Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Vedanā, vedanā’ti, āvuso sāriputta, vuccati.   “Reverend Sāriputta, they speak of this thing called ‘feeling’.  
Katamā nu kho, āvuso, vedanā”ti?  
What is feeling?”  
“Tisso imāvuso, vedanā.  
“Reverend, there are three feelings.  
imā kho, āvuso, tisso vedanā”ti.  
These are the three feelings.”  
“Atthi panāvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā, etāsaṁ tissannaṁ vedanānaṁ pariññāyā”ti?  
“But reverend, is there a path and a practice for completely understanding these three feelings?”  
“Atthi kho, āvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā, etāsaṁ tissannaṁ vedanānaṁ pariññāyā”ti.  
“There is.” …  
“Katamo panāvuso, maggo katamā paṭipadā, etāsaṁ tissannaṁ vedanānaṁ pariññāyā”ti?  
 
“Ayameva kho, āvuso, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, etāsaṁ tissannaṁ vedanānaṁ pariññāya, seyyathidaṁ— 
 
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, maggo ayaṁ paṭipadā, etāsaṁ tissannaṁ vedanānaṁ pariññāyā”ti.  
 
“Bhaddako, āvuso, maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā, etāsaṁ tissannaṁ vedanānaṁ pariññāya.  
 
Alañca panāvuso sāriputta, appamādāyā”ti.  
" 

sn38.8panāvuso āvuso11Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Āsavo, āsavo’ti, āvuso sāriputta, vuccati.   “Reverend Sāriputta, they speak of this thing called ‘defilement’.  
Katamo nu kho, āvuso, āsavo”ti?  
What is defilement?”  
“Tayo me, āvuso, āsavā.  
“Reverend, there are three defilements.  
ime kho, āvuso, tayo āsavā”ti.  
These are the three defilements.”  
“Atthi panāvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā etesaṁ āsavānaṁ pahānāyā”ti?  
“But, reverend, is there a path and a practice for completely understanding these three defilements?”  
“Atthi kho, āvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā etesaṁ āsavānaṁ pahānāyā”ti.  
“There is.” …  
“Katamo panāvuso, maggo katamā paṭipadā etesaṁ āsavānaṁ pahānāyā”ti?  
 
“Ayameva kho, āvuso, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etesaṁ āsavānaṁ pahānāya, seyyathidaṁ— 
 
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, maggo ayaṁ paṭipadā, etesaṁ āsavānaṁ pahānāyā”ti.  
 
“Bhaddako, āvuso, maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā, etesaṁ āsavānaṁ pahānāya.  
 
Alañca panāvuso sāriputta, appamādāyā”ti.  
" 

sn38.9panāvuso vuccatāvuso āvuso11Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Avijjā, avijjā’ti, āvuso sāriputta, vuccati.   “Reverend Sāriputta, they speak of this thing called ‘ignorance’.  
Katamā nu kho, āvuso, avijjā”ti?  
What is ignorance?”  
“Yaṁ kho, āvuso, dukkhe aññāṇaṁ, dukkhasamudaye aññāṇaṁ, dukkhanirodhe aññāṇaṁ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇaṁ— 
“Not knowing about suffering, the origin of suffering, the cessation of suffering, and the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering.  
ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, avijjā”ti.  
This is called ignorance.”  
“Atthi panāvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā, etissā avijjāya pahānāyā”ti?  
“But, reverend, is there a path and a practice for giving up that ignorance?”  
“Atthi kho, āvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā, etissā avijjāya pahānāyā”ti.  
“There is.” …  
“Katamo panāvuso, maggo katamā paṭipadā, etissā avijjāya pahānāyā”ti?  
 
“Ayameva kho, āvuso, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, etissā avijjāya pahānāya, seyyathidaṁ— 
 
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, maggo ayaṁ paṭipadā, etissā avijjāya pahānāyā”ti.  
 
“Bhaddako, āvuso, maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā, etissā avijjāya pahānāya.  
 
Alañca panāvuso sāriputta, appamādāyā”ti.  
" 

sn38.10panāvuso āvuso11Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Taṇhā, taṇhā’ti, āvuso sāriputta, vuccati.   “Reverend Sāriputta, they speak of this thing called ‘craving’.  
Katamā nu kho, āvuso, taṇhā”ti?  
What is craving?”  
“Tisso imā, āvuso, taṇhā.  
“Reverend, there are these three cravings.  
imā kho, āvuso, tisso taṇhā”ti.  
These are the three cravings.”  
“Atthi panāvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā, etāsaṁ taṇhānaṁ pahānāyā”ti?  
“But, reverend, is there a path and a practice for completely understanding these cravings?”  
“Atthi kho, āvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā, etāsaṁ taṇhānaṁ pahānāyā”ti.  
“There is.” …  
“Katamo panāvuso, maggo katamā paṭipadā, etāsaṁ taṇhānaṁ pahānāyā”ti?  
 
“Ayameva kho, āvuso, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, etāsaṁ taṇhānaṁ pahānāya, seyyathidaṁ— 
 
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, maggo ayaṁ paṭipadā, etāsaṁ taṇhānaṁ pahānāyā”ti.  
 
“Bhaddako, āvuso, maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā, etāsaṁ taṇhānaṁ pahānāya.  
 
Alañca panāvuso sāriputta, appamādāyā”ti.  
" 

sn38.11panāvuso āvuso11Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Ogho, ogho’ti, āvuso sāriputta, vuccati.   “Reverend Sāriputta, they speak of this thing called ‘a flood’.  
Katamo nu kho, āvuso, ogho”ti?  
What is a flood?”  
“Cattārome, āvuso, oghā.  
“Reverend, there are these four floods.  
ime kho, āvuso, cattāro oghā”ti.  
These are the four floods.”  
“Atthi panāvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā, etesaṁ oghānaṁ pahānāyā”ti?  
“But, reverend, is there a path and a practice for completely understanding these floods?”  
“Atthi kho, āvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā, etesaṁ oghānaṁ pahānāyā”ti.  
“There is.” …  
“Katamo panāvuso, maggo katamā paṭipadā, etesaṁ oghānaṁ pahānāyā”ti?  
 
“Ayameva kho, āvuso, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, etesaṁ oghānaṁ pahānāya, seyyathidaṁ— 
 
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, maggo ayaṁ paṭipadā, etesaṁ oghānaṁ pahānāyā”ti.  
 
“Bhaddako, āvuso, maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā, etesaṁ oghānaṁ pahānāya.  
 
Alañca panāvuso sāriputta, appamādāyā”ti.  
" 

sn38.12panāvuso āvuso11Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Upādānaṁ, upādānan’ti, āvuso sāriputta, vuccati.   “Reverend Sāriputta, they speak of this thing called ‘grasping’.  
Katamaṁ nu kho, āvuso, upādānan”ti?  
What is grasping?”  
“Cattārimāni, āvuso, upādānāni.  
“Reverend, there are these four kinds of grasping.  
imāni kho, āvuso, cattāri upādānānī”ti.  
These are the four kinds of grasping.”  
“Atthi panāvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā, etesaṁ upādānānaṁ pahānāyā”ti?  
“But, reverend, is there a path and a practice for completely understanding these four kinds of grasping?”  
“Atthi kho, āvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā, etesaṁ upādānānaṁ pahānāyā”ti.  
“There is.” …  
“Katamo panāvuso, maggo katamā paṭipadā, etesaṁ upādānānaṁ pahānāyā”ti?  
 
“Ayameva kho, āvuso, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, etesaṁ upādānānaṁ pahānāya, seyyathidaṁ— 
 
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, maggo ayaṁ paṭipadā, etesaṁ upādānānaṁ pahānāyā”ti.  
 
“Bhaddako, āvuso, maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā, etesaṁ upādānānaṁ pahānāya.  
 
Alañca panāvuso sāriputta, appamādāyā”ti.  
" 

sn38.13panāvuso āvuso11Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Bhavo, bhavo’ti, āvuso sāriputta, vuccati.   “Reverend Sāriputta, they speak of these things called ‘states of existence’.  
Katamo nu kho, āvuso, bhavo”ti?  
What are states of existence?”  
“Tayome, āvuso, bhavā.  
“Reverend, there are these three states of existence.  
ime kho, āvuso, tayo bhavā”ti.  
These are the three states of existence.”  
“Atthi panāvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā, etesaṁ bhavānaṁ pariññāyā”ti?  
“But, reverend, is there a path and a practice for completely understanding these three states of existence?”  
“Atthi kho, āvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā, etesaṁ bhavānaṁ pariññāyā”ti.  
“There is.” …  
“Katamo, panāvuso, maggo katamā paṭipadā, etesaṁ bhavānaṁ pariññāyā”ti?  
 
“Ayameva kho, āvuso, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, etesaṁ bhavānaṁ pariññāya, seyyathidaṁ— 
 
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, maggo ayaṁ paṭipadā, etesaṁ bhavānaṁ pariññāyā”ti.  
 
“Bhaddako, āvuso, maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā, etesaṁ bhavānaṁ pariññāya.  
 
Alañca panāvuso sāriputta, appamādāyā”ti.  
" 

sn38.14panāvuso āvuso11Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Dukkhaṁ, dukkhan’ti, āvuso sāriputta, vuccati.   “Reverend Sāriputta, they speak of this thing called ‘suffering’.  
Katamaṁ nu kho, āvuso, dukkhan”ti?  
What is suffering?”  
“Tisso imā, āvuso, dukkhatā.  
“Reverend, there are these three forms of suffering.  
imā kho, āvuso, tisso dukkhatā”ti.  
These are the three forms of suffering.”  
“Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā, etāsaṁ dukkhatānaṁ pariññāyā”ti?  
“But, reverend, is there a path and a practice for completely understanding these forms of suffering?”  
“Atthi kho, āvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā, etāsaṁ dukkhatānaṁ pariññāyā”ti.  
“There is.” …  
“Katamo panāvuso, maggo katamā paṭipadā, etāsaṁ dukkhatānaṁ pariññāyā”ti?  
 
“Ayameva kho, āvuso, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, etāsaṁ dukkhatānaṁ pariññāya, seyyathidaṁ— 
 
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, maggo ayaṁ paṭipadā, etāsaṁ dukkhatānaṁ pariññāyā”ti.  
 
“Bhaddako, āvuso, maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā, etāsaṁ dukkhatānaṁ pariññāya.  
 
Alañca panāvuso sāriputta, appamādāyā”ti.  
" 

sn38.15panāvuso āvuso11Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Sakkāyo, sakkāyo’ti, āvuso sāriputta, vuccati.   “Reverend Sāriputta, they speak of this thing called ‘substantial reality’.  
Katamo nu kho, āvuso, sakkāyo”ti?  
What is substantial reality?”  
“Pañcime, āvuso, upādānakkhandhā sakkāyo vutto bhagavatā, seyyathidaṁ— 
“Reverend, the Buddha said that these five grasping aggregates are substantial reality. That is,  
Ime kho, āvuso, pañcupādānakkhandhā sakkāyo vutto bhagavatā”ti.  
The Buddha said that these five grasping aggregates are substantial reality.”  
“Atthi panāvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā, etassa sakkāyassa pariññāyā”ti?  
“But, reverend, is there a path and a practice for completely understanding this substantial reality?”  
“Atthi kho, āvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā, etassa sakkāyassa pariññāyā”ti.  
“There is.” …  
“Katamo panāvuso, maggo katamā paṭipadā, etassa sakkāyassa pariññāyā”ti?  
 
“Ayameva kho, āvuso, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, etassa sakkāyassa pariññāya, seyyathidaṁ— 
 
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, maggo ayaṁ paṭipadā, etassa sakkāyassa pariññāyā”ti.  
 
“Bhaddako, āvuso, maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā, etassa sakkāyassa pariññāya.  
 
Alañca panāvuso sāriputta, appamādāyā”ti.  
" 

sn38.16panāvuso āvuso āvuso’ti8Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye dukkaran”ti?   “Reverend Sāriputta, in this teaching and training, what is hard to do?”  
“Pabbajjā kho, āvuso, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye dukkarā”ti.  
“Going forth, reverend, is hard to do in this teaching and training.”  
“Pabbajitena panāvuso, kiṁ dukkaran”ti?  
“But what’s hard to do for someone who has gone forth?”  
“Pabbajitena kho, āvuso, abhirati dukkarā”ti.  
“When you’ve gone forth it’s hard to be satisfied.”  
“Abhiratena panāvuso, kiṁ dukkaran”ti?  
“But what’s hard to do for someone who is satisfied?”  
“Abhiratena kho, āvuso, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti dukkarā”ti.  
“When you’re satisfied, it’s hard to practice in line with the teaching.”  
“Kīvaciraṁ panāvuso, dhammānudhammappaṭipanno bhikkhu arahaṁ assā”ti?  
“But if a mendicant practices in line with the teaching, will it take them long to become a perfected one?”  
“Naciraṁ, āvuso”ti.  
“Not long, reverend.”  

sn39.1-15panāvuso āvuso10Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Nibbānaṁ, nibbānan’ti, āvuso sāriputta, vuccati.   “Reverend Sāriputta, they speak of this thing called ‘extinguishment’.  
Katamaṁ nu kho, āvuso, nibbānan”ti?  
What is extinguishment?”  
“Yo kho, āvuso, rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo— 
“Reverend, the ending of greed, hate, and delusion  
“Atthi panāvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā, etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti?  
“But, reverend, is there a path and a practice for realizing this extinguishment?”  
“Atthi kho, āvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā, etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti.  
“There is, reverend.”  
“Katamo panāvuso, maggo katamā paṭipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti?  
“Well, what is it?”  
“Ayameva kho, āvuso, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya, seyyathidaṁ— 
“It is simply this noble eightfold path, that is:  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, maggo ayaṁ paṭipadā, etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti.  
This is the path, the practice, for realizing this extinguishment.”  
“Bhaddako, āvuso, maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā, etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya.  
“Reverend, this is a fine path, a fine practice, for realizing this extinguishment.  
Alañca panāvuso sāriputta, appamādāyā”ti.  
Just this much is enough to be diligent.”  

sn39.16panāvuso āvuso āvuso’ti8Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye dukkaran”ti?   “Reverend Sāriputta, in this teaching and training, what is hard to do?”  
“Pabbajjā kho, āvuso, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye dukkarā”ti.  
“Going forth, reverend, is hard to do in this teaching and training.”  
“Pabbajitena panāvuso, kiṁ dukkaran”ti?  
“But what’s hard to do for someone who has gone forth?”  
“Pabbajitena kho, āvuso, abhirati dukkarā”ti.  
“When you’ve gone forth it’s hard to be satisfied.”  
“Abhiratena panāvuso, kiṁ dukkaran”ti?  
“But what’s hard to do for someone who is satisfied?”  
“Abhiratena kho, āvuso, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti dukkarā”ti.  
“When you’re satisfied, it’s hard to practice in line with the teaching.”  
“Kīvaciraṁ panāvuso, dhammānudhammappaṭipanno bhikkhu arahaṁ assā”ti?  
“But if a mendicant practices in line with the teaching, will it take them long to become a perfected one?”  
“Naciraṁ, āvuso”ti.  
“Not long, reverend.”  

sn40.1āvuso8Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Idha mayhaṁ, āvuso, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi:  
“Just now, reverends, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind:  
Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, etadahosi:  
It occurred to me:  
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.  
And so … I was entering and remaining in the first absorption.  
Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, iminā vihārena viharato kāmasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti.  
While I was in that meditation, perceptions accompanied by sensual pleasures beset me due to loss of focus.  
Atha kho maṁ, āvuso, bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca:  
Then the Buddha came up to me with his psychic power and said,  
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, aparena samayena vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja vihāsiṁ.  
And so, after some time … I entered and remained in the first absorption.  
Yañhi taṁ, āvuso, sammā vadamāno vadeyya:  
So if anyone should be rightly called  

sn40.2āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, etadahosi:   It occurred to me:  
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.  
And so … I was entering and remaining in the second absorption.  
Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, iminā vihārena viharato vitakkasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti.  
While I was in that meditation, perceptions accompanied by placing the mind beset me due to loss of focus.  
Atha kho maṁ, āvuso, bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca:  
Then the Buddha came up to me with his psychic power and said,  
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, aparena samayena vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja vihāsiṁ.  
And so, after some time … I entered and remained in the second absorption.  
Yañhi taṁ, āvuso, sammā vadamāno vadeyya:  
So if anyone should be rightly called  

sn40.3āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, etadahosi—  It occurred to me:  
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharāmi sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedemi. Yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.  
And so … I was entering and remaining in the third absorption.  
Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, iminā vihārena viharato pītisahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti.  
While I was in that meditation, perceptions accompanied by rapture beset me due to loss of focus.  
Atha kho maṁ, āvuso, bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca:  
Then the Buddha came up to me with his psychic power and said,  
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, aparena samayena pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharāmi sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedemi, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja vihāsiṁ.  
And so, after some time … I entered and remained in the third absorption.  
Yañhi taṁ āvuso sammā vadamāno vadeyya …pe… mahābhiññataṁ patto”ti.  
So if anyone should be rightly called a disciple who attained to great direct knowledge with help from the Teacher, it’s me.” 

sn40.4āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, etadahosi:   It occurred to me:  
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.  
And so … I was entering and remaining in the fourth absorption.  
Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, iminā vihārena viharato sukhasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti.  
While I was in that meditation, perceptions accompanied by pleasure beset me due to loss of focus.  
Atha kho maṁ, āvuso, bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca:  
Then the Buddha came up to me with his psychic power and said,  
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, aparena samayena sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja vihāsiṁ.  
And so, after some time … I entered and remained in the fourth absorption.  
Yañhi taṁ, āvuso, sammā vadamāno vadeyya …pe… mahābhiññataṁ patto”ti.  
So if anyone should be rightly called a disciple who attained to great direct knowledge with help from the Teacher, it’s me.” 

sn40.5āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, etadahosi:   It occurred to me:  
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ananto ākāsoti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.  
And so … I was entering and remaining in the dimension of infinite space.  
Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, iminā vihārena viharato rūpasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti.  
While I was in that meditation, perceptions accompanied by forms beset me due to loss of focus.  
Atha kho maṁ, āvuso, bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca:  
Then the Buddha came up to me with his psychic power and said,  
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, aparena samayena sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ananto ākāsoti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja vihāsiṁ.  
And so, after some time … I entered and remained in the dimension of infinite space.  
Yañhi taṁ, āvuso, sammā vadamāno vadeyya …pe… mahābhiññataṁ patto”ti.  
So if anyone should be rightly called a disciple who attained to great direct knowledge with help from the Teacher, it’s me.” 

sn40.6āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, etadahosi:   It occurred to me:  
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma anantaṁ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.  
And so … I was entering and remaining in the dimension of infinite consciousness.  
Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, iminā vihārena viharato ākāsānañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti.  
While I was in that meditation, perceptions accompanied by the dimension of infinite space beset me due to loss of focus.  
Atha kho maṁ, āvuso, bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca:  
Then the Buddha came up to me with his psychic power and said,  
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, aparena samayena sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma anantaṁ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja vihāsiṁ.  
And so, after some time … I entered and remained in the dimension of infinite consciousness.  
Yañhi taṁ, āvuso, sammā vadamāno vadeyya …pe… mahābhiññataṁ patto”ti.  
So if anyone should be rightly called a disciple who attained to great direct knowledge with help from the Teacher, it’s me.” 

sn40.7āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, etadahosi:   It occurred to me:  
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.  
And so … I was entering and remaining in the dimension of nothingness.  
Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, iminā vihārena viharato viññāṇañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti.  
While I was in that meditation, perceptions accompanied by the dimension of infinite consciousness beset me due to loss of focus.  
Atha kho maṁ, āvuso, bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca:  
Then the Buddha came up to me with his psychic power and said,  
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, aparena samayena sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja vihāsiṁ.  
And so, after some time … I entered and remained in the dimension of nothingness.  
Yañhi taṁ, āvuso, sammā vadamāno vadeyya …pe… mahābhiññataṁ patto”ti.  
So if anyone should be rightly called a disciple who attained to great direct knowledge with help from the Teacher, it’s me.” 

sn40.8āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, etadahosi:   It occurred to me:  
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.  
And so … I was entering and remaining in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.  
Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, iminā vihārena viharato ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti.  
While I was in that meditation, perceptions accompanied by the dimension of nothingness beset me due to loss of focus.  
Atha kho maṁ, āvuso, bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca:  
Then the Buddha came up to me with his psychic power and said,  
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, aparena samayena sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja vihāsiṁ.  
And so, after some time … I entered and remained in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.  
Yañhi taṁ, āvuso, sammā vadamāno vadeyya …pe… mahābhiññataṁ patto”ti.  
So if anyone should be rightly called a disciple who attained to great direct knowledge with help from the Teacher, it’s me.” 

sn40.9āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, etadahosi:   It occurred to me:  
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā animittaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharāmi.  
And so … I was entering and remaining in the signless immersion of the heart.  
Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, iminā vihārena viharato nimittānusāri viññāṇaṁ hoti.  
While I was in that meditation, my consciousness followed after signs.  
Atha kho maṁ, āvuso, bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca:  
Then the Buddha came up to me with his psychic power and said,  
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, aparena samayena sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā animittaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja vihāsiṁ.  
And so, after some time … I entered and remained in the signless immersion of the heart.  
Yañhi taṁ, āvuso, sammā vadamāno vadeyya:  
So if anyone should be rightly called  

sn41.1āvuso9Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘saṁyojanan’ti vā, āvuso, ‘saṁyojaniyā dhammā’ti vā ime dhammā nānatthā nānābyañjanā udāhu ekatthā byañjanameva nānan”ti?   “Reverends, the ‘fetter’ and the ‘things prone to being fettered’: do these things differ in both meaning and phrasing? Or do they mean the same thing, and differ only in the phrasing?”  
“‘saṁyojanan’ti vā, āvuso, ‘saṁyojaniyā dhammā’ti vā ime dhammā nānatthā ceva nānābyañjanā cā”ti.  
“Reverends, the ‘fetter’ and the ‘things prone to being fettered’: these things differ in both meaning and phrasing.”  
“‘saṁyojanan’ti vā, āvuso, ‘saṁyojaniyā dhammā’ti vā ime dhammā ekatthā byañjanameva nānan”ti.  
“Reverends, the ‘fetter’ and the ‘things prone to being fettered’ mean the same thing; they differ only in the phrasing.”  
“‘saṁyojanan’ti vā, āvuso, ‘saṁyojaniyā dhammā’ti vā ime dhammā nānatthā nānābyañjanā udāhu ekatthā byañjanameva nānan”ti?  
 
“‘saṁyojanan’ti vā, āvuso, ‘saṁyojaniyā dhammā’ti vā ime dhammā nānatthā ceva nānābyañjanā cā”ti.  
 
“‘saṁyojanan’ti vā, āvuso, ‘saṁyojaniyā dhammā’ti vā ime dhammā ekatthā byañjanameva nānan”ti.  
 
‘saṁyojanan’ti vā, āvuso, ‘saṁyojaniyā dhammā’ti vā ime dhammā nānatthā nānābyañjanā udāhu ekatthā byañjanameva nānan”ti?  
 
“‘saṁyojanan’ti vā, āvuso, ‘saṁyojaniyā dhammā’ti vā ime dhammā nānatthā ceva nānābyañjanā cā”ti.  
 
Ekaccehi therehi bhikkhūhi evaṁ byākataṁ “‘saṁyojanan’ti vā, āvuso, ‘saṁyojaniyā dhammā’ti vā ime dhammā ekatthā byañjanameva nānan”ti.  
 

sn41.2tenahāvuso āvuso3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Byākarohi tvaṁ, āvuso isidatta, cittassa gahapatino etaṁ pañhan”ti.   “Answer it, Reverend Isidatta.”  
“sādhu kho taṁ, āvuso isidatta, eso pañho paṭibhāsi, neso pañho maṁ paṭibhāsi.  
“Isidatta, it’s good that you felt inspired to answer that question, because I didn’t.  
Tenahāvuso isidatta, yadā aññathāpi evarūpo pañho āgaccheyya, taññevettha paṭibhāseyyā”ti.  
So when a similar question comes up, you should also answer it as you feel inspired.” 

sn41.3tenahāvuso āvuso3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Byākarohi tvaṁ, āvuso isidatta, cittassa gahapatino etaṁ pañhan”ti.   “Answer it, Reverend Isidatta.”  
“sādhu kho taṁ, āvuso isidatta, eso pañho paṭibhāsi.  
“Isidatta, it’s good that you felt inspired to answer that question, because I didn’t.  
Tenahāvuso isidatta, yadā aññathāpi evarūpo pañho āgaccheyya, taññevettha paṭibhāseyyā”ti.  
So when a similar question comes up, you should also answer it as you feel inspired.”  

sn41.4āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Sādhu khvassa, āvuso mahaka, yaṁ sītako ca vāto vāyeyya, abbhasampilāpo ca assa, devo ca ekamekaṁ phusāyeyyā”ti.   “It would indeed be nice, Reverend Mahaka.”  
“Alamettāvatā, āvuso mahaka.  
“That’s sufficient, Reverend Mahaka,  
Katamettāvatā, āvuso mahaka.  
you’ve done enough  
Pūjitamettāvatā, āvuso mahakā”ti.  
and offered enough.”  

sn44.2āvuso5Pi En Ru dhamma

“yo so, āvuso anurādha, tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto, taṁ tathāgato imesu catūsu ṭhānesu paññāpayamāno paññāpeti:   “Reverend Anurādha, when a Realized One is describing a Realized One—a supreme person, highest of people, who has reached the highest point—they describe them in these four ways:  
“Yo so, āvuso, tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto, taṁ tathāgato aññatra imehi catūhi ṭhānehi paññāpayamāno paññāpeti:  
“Reverends, when a Realized One is describing a Realized One—a supreme person, highest of people, who has reached the highest point—they describe them other than these four ways:  
‘yo so, āvuso anurādha, tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto, taṁ tathāgato imesu catūsu ṭhānesu paññāpayamāno paññāpeti:  
 
‘yo so, āvuso, tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto, taṁ tathāgato aññatra imehi catūhi ṭhānehi paññāpayamāno paññāpeti:  
 
yo so, āvuso, tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto, taṁ tathāgato aññatra imehi catūhi ṭhānehi paññāpayamāno paññāpeti:  
‘Reverends, when a Realized One is describing a Realized One—a supreme person, highest of people, who has reached the highest point—they describe them other than these four ways:  

sn44.3panāvuso āvuso19Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā”ti?   “Reverend Sāriputta, does a Realized One exist after death?”  
“Abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā:  
“Reverend, this has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso, na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā”ti?  
“Well then, does a Realized One not exist after death? …  
“Etampi kho, āvuso, abyākataṁ bhagavatā:  
 
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā”ti?  
Does a Realized One both exist and not exist after death? …  
“Abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā:  
 
“Kiṁ panāvuso, neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā”ti?  
Does a Realized One neither exist nor not exist after death?”  
“Etampi kho, āvuso, abyākataṁ bhagavatā:  
“This too has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
“‘Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’ti iti puṭṭho samāno, ‘abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā— 
“Reverend, when asked these questions, you say that they have not been declared by the Buddha.  
‘kiṁ panāvuso, neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’ti iti puṭṭho samāno:  
 
‘etampi kho, āvuso, abyākataṁ bhagavatā— 
 
Ko nu kho, āvuso, hetu, ko paccayo yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
What’s the cause, what’s the reason why they have not been declared by the Buddha?”  
“Hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇāti kho, āvuso, rūpagatametaṁ.  
“Reverend, ‘does a Realized One exist after death?’ is included in form.  
Hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇāti kho, āvuso, vedanāgatametaṁ.  
‘Does a Realized One exist after death?’ is included in feeling …  
Hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇāti kho, āvuso, saññāgatametaṁ.  
perception …  
Hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇāti kho, āvuso, saṅkhāragatametaṁ.  
choices …  
Hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇāti kho, āvuso, viññāṇagatametaṁ.  
consciousness.  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, hetu ayaṁ paccayo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti.  
This is the cause, this is the reason why this has not been declared by the Buddha.” 

sn44.4āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Ko nu kho, āvuso, hetu, ko paccayo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti?   “What’s the cause, reverend, what’s the reason why this has not been declared by the Buddha?”  
“Rūpaṁ kho, āvuso, ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṁ, rūpasamudayaṁ ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṁ, rūpanirodhaṁ ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṁ, rūpanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṁ, ‘hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’tipissa hoti;  
“Reverend, not truly knowing and seeing form, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation, one thinks ‘a Realized One still exists after death’ or  
Rūpañca kho, āvuso, jānato passato yathābhūtaṁ, rūpasamudayaṁ jānato passato yathābhūtaṁ, rūpanirodhaṁ jānato passato yathābhūtaṁ, rūpanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ jānato passato yathābhūtaṁ, ‘hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’tipissa na hoti …pe…  
Truly knowing and seeing form …  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, hetu ayaṁ paccayo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti.  
This is the cause, this is the reason why this has not been declared by the Buddha.” 

sn44.5āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Ko nu kho, āvuso, hetu ko paccayo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti?   “What’s the cause, reverend, what’s the reason why this has not been declared by the Buddha?”  
“Rūpe kho, āvuso, avigatarāgassa avigatacchandassa avigatapemassa avigatapipāsassa avigatapariḷāhassa avigatataṇhassa ‘hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’tipissa hoti …pe…  
“Reverend, if you’re not rid of greed, desire, fondness, thirst, passion, and craving for form …  
Rūpe ca kho, āvuso, vigatarāgassa …pe…  
If you are rid of greed for form …  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, hetu, ayaṁ paccayo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti.  
This is the cause, this is the reason why this has not been declared by the Buddha.” 

sn44.6panāvuso āvuso33Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘kiṁ nu kho, āvuso koṭṭhika, hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’ti …pe…   “Reverend Koṭṭhita, does a Realized One exist after death?” …  
‘kiṁ panāvuso, neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’ti iti puṭṭho samāno:  
“Reverend, when asked these questions, you say that this has not been declared by the Buddha.  
‘etampi kho, āvuso, abyākataṁ bhagavatā— 
 
Ko nu kho, āvuso, hetu, ko paccayo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
What’s the cause, what’s the reason why this has not been declared by the Buddha?”  
“Rūpārāmassa kho, āvuso, rūparatassa rūpasammuditassa rūpanirodhaṁ ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṁ, ‘hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’tipissa hoti;  
“Reverend, if you like, love, and enjoy form, and don’t truly see the cessation of form, you think ‘a Realized One still exists after death’ or  
Vedanārāmassa kho, āvuso, vedanāratassa vedanāsammuditassa, vedanānirodhaṁ ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṁ, ‘hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’tipissa hoti …pe…  
If you like, love, and enjoy feeling …  
saññārāmassa kho, āvuso …pe…  
perception …  
saṅkhārārāmassa kho āvuso …pe…  
choices …  
viññāṇārāmassa kho, āvuso, viññāṇaratassa viññāṇasammuditassa viññāṇanirodhaṁ ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṁ, ‘hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’tipissa hoti …pe…  
consciousness, and don’t truly see the cessation of consciousness, you think ‘a Realized One still exists after death’ …  
Na rūpārāmassa kho, āvuso, na rūparatassa na rūpasammuditassa, rūpanirodhaṁ jānato passato yathābhūtaṁ, ‘hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’tipissa na hoti …pe…  
If you don’t like, love, and enjoy form …  
Na vedanārāmassa kho, āvuso …pe…  
feeling …  
na saññārāmassa kho, āvuso …pe…  
perception …  
na saṅkhārārāmassa kho, āvuso …pe…  
choices …  
na viññāṇārāmassa kho, āvuso, na viññāṇaratassa na viññāṇasammuditassa, viññāṇanirodhaṁ jānato passato yathābhūtaṁ, ‘hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’tipissa na hoti …pe…  
consciousness, and you truly see the cessation of consciousness, you don’t think ‘a Realized One still exists after death’ …  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, hetu, ayaṁ paccayo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti.  
This is the cause, this is the reason why this has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
“Siyā panāvuso, aññopi pariyāyo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
“But reverend, could there be another way of explaining why this was not declared by the Buddha?”  
“Siyā, āvuso.  
“There could, reverend.  
Bhavārāmassa kho, āvuso, bhavaratassa bhavasammuditassa, bhavanirodhaṁ ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṁ, ‘hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’tipissa hoti …pe…  
If you like, love, and enjoy existence, and don’t truly see the cessation of continued existence, you think ‘a Realized One still exists after death’ …  
Na bhavārāmassa kho, āvuso, na bhavaratassa na bhavasammuditassa, bhavanirodhaṁ jānato passato yathābhūtaṁ, ‘hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’tipissa na hoti …pe…  
If you don’t like, love, and enjoy existence, and you truly see the cessation of continued existence, you don’t think ‘a Realized One still exists after death’ …  
Ayampi kho, āvuso, pariyāyo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti.  
This too is a way of explaining why this was not declared by the Buddha.”  
“Siyā panāvuso, aññopi pariyāyo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
“But reverend, could there be another way of explaining why this was not declared by the Buddha?”  
“Siyā, āvuso.  
“There could, reverend.  
Upādānārāmassa kho, āvuso, upādānaratassa upādānasammuditassa, upādānanirodhaṁ ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṁ, ‘hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’tipissa hoti …pe…  
If you like, love, and enjoy grasping, and don’t truly see the cessation of grasping, you think ‘a Realized One still exists after death’ …  
Na upādānārāmassa kho, āvuso, na upādānaratassa na upādānasammuditassa, upādānanirodhaṁ jānato passato yathābhūtaṁ, ‘hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’tipissa na hoti …pe…  
If you don’t like, love, and enjoy grasping, and you truly see the cessation of grasping, you don’t think ‘a Realized One still exists after death’ …  
Ayampi kho, āvuso, pariyāyo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti.  
This too is a way of explaining why this was not declared by the Buddha.”  
“Siyā panāvuso, aññopi pariyāyo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
“But reverend, could there be another way of explaining why this was not declared by the Buddha?”  
“Siyā, āvuso.  
“There could, reverend.  
Taṇhārāmassa kho, āvuso, taṇhāratassa taṇhāsammuditassa, taṇhānirodhaṁ ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṁ, ‘hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’tipissa hoti …pe…  
If you like, love, and enjoy craving, and don’t truly see the cessation of craving, you think ‘a Realized One still exists after death’ …  
Na taṇhārāmassa kho, āvuso, na taṇhāratassa na taṇhāsammuditassa, taṇhānirodhaṁ jānato passato yathābhūtaṁ, ‘hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’tipissa na hoti …pe…  
If you don’t like, love, and enjoy craving, and you truly see the cessation of craving, you don’t think ‘a Realized One still exists after death’ …  
Ayampi kho, āvuso, pariyāyo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti.  
This too is a way of explaining why this was not declared by the Buddha.”  
“Siyā panāvuso, aññopi pariyāyo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
“But reverend, could there be another way of explaining why this was not declared by the Buddha?”  
“Ettha dāni, āvuso sāriputta, ito uttari kiṁ icchasi?  
“Seriously, reverend, what more could you want?  
Taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttassa, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhuno vaṭṭaṁ natthi paññāpanāyā”ti.  
For one who is freed due to the ending of craving, there is no cycle of rebirths to be found.” 

sn44.11āvuso2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Naciraṁ, āvuso, tīṇi vassānī”ti.   “Not long, reverend: three years.”  
“Yassapassa, āvuso, etamettakena ettakameva tampassa bahu, ko pana vādo evaṁ abhikkante”ti.  
“Well, you’ve learned a lot already, let alone what lies ahead!”  

sn45.5panāvuso āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

‘kimatthiyaṁ, āvuso, samaṇe gotame brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti?   ‘Reverends, what’s the purpose of leading the spiritual life under the ascetic Gotama?’  
‘dukkhassa kho, āvuso, pariññatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti.  
‘The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is to completely understand suffering.’  
‘atthi panāvuso, maggo, atthi paṭipadā etassa dukkhassa pariññāyā’ti, evaṁ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ evaṁ byākareyyātha:  
‘Is there a path and a practice for completely understanding that suffering?’ You should answer them like this:  
‘atthi kho, āvuso, maggo, atthi paṭipadā etassa dukkhassa pariññāyā’ti.  
‘There is.’  

sn45.18evamāvuso’ti āvuso9Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Abrahmacariyaṁ, abrahmacariyan’ti, āvuso ānanda, vuccati.   “Reverend, they speak of this thing called ‘not the spiritual path’.  
Katamaṁ nu kho, āvuso, abrahmacariyan”ti?  
What is not the spiritual path?”  
“Sādhu sādhu, āvuso bhadda.  
“Good, good, Reverend Bhadda!  
Bhaddako kho te, āvuso bhadda, ummaṅgo, bhaddakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ, kalyāṇī paripucchā.  
Your approach and articulation are excellent, and it’s a good question.  
Evañhi tvaṁ, āvuso bhadda, pucchasi:  
For you asked:  
‘abrahmacariyaṁ, abrahmacariyanti, āvuso ānanda, vuccati.  
‘They speak of this thing called “not the spiritual path”.  
Katamaṁ nu kho, āvuso, abrahmacariyan’”ti?  
What is not the spiritual path?’”  
“Evamāvuso”ti.  
“Yes, reverend.”  
“Ayameva kho, āvuso, aṭṭhaṅgiko micchāmaggo abrahmacariyaṁ, seyyathidaṁ— 
“What is not the spiritual path is simply the wrong eightfold path, that is:  

sn45.19evamāvuso’ti āvuso10Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Brahmacariyaṁ, brahmacariyan’ti, āvuso ānanda, vuccati.   “Reverend, they speak of this thing called the ‘spiritual path’.  
Katamaṁ nu kho, āvuso, brahmacariyaṁ, katamaṁ brahmacariyapariyosānan”ti?  
What is the spiritual path? And what is the culmination of the spiritual path?”  
“Sādhu sādhu, āvuso bhadda.  
“Good, good, Reverend Bhadda!  
Bhaddako kho te, āvuso bhadda, ummaṅgo, bhaddakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ, kalyāṇī paripucchā.  
Your approach and articulation are excellent, and it’s a good question.  
Evañhi tvaṁ, āvuso bhadda, pucchasi:  
For you asked:  
‘brahmacariyaṁ, brahmacariyanti, āvuso ānanda, vuccati.  
‘They speak of this thing called “the spiritual path”.  
Katamaṁ nu kho, āvuso, brahmacariyaṁ, katamaṁ brahmacariyapariyosānan’”ti?  
What is the spiritual path? And what is the culmination of the spiritual path?’”  
“Evamāvuso”ti.  
“Yes, reverend.”  
“Ayameva kho, āvuso, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo brahmacariyaṁ, seyyathidaṁ— 
“The spiritual path is simply this noble eightfold path, that is:  
Yo kho, āvuso, rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo— 
The ending of greed, hate, and delusion:  

sn45.20evamāvuso’ti āvuso11Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Brahmacariyaṁ, brahmacariyan’ti, āvuso ānanda, vuccati.   “Reverend, they speak of this thing called the ‘spiritual path’.  
Katamaṁ nu kho, āvuso, brahmacariyaṁ, katamo brahmacārī, katamaṁ brahmacariyapariyosānan”ti?  
What is the spiritual path? Who is someone on the spiritual path? And what is the culmination of the spiritual path?”  
“Sādhu sādhu, āvuso bhadda.  
“Good, good, Reverend Bhadda!  
Bhaddako kho te, āvuso bhadda, ummaṅgo, bhaddakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ, kalyāṇī paripucchā.  
Your approach and articulation are excellent, and it’s a good question. …  
Evañhi tvaṁ, āvuso bhadda, pucchasi:  
 
‘brahmacariyaṁ, brahmacariyanti, āvuso ānanda, vuccati.  
 
Katamaṁ nu kho, āvuso, brahmacariyaṁ, katamo brahmacārī, katamaṁ brahmacariyapariyosānan’”ti?  
 
“Evamāvuso”ti.  
 
“Ayameva kho, āvuso, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo brahmacariyaṁ, seyyathidaṁ— 
The spiritual path is simply this noble eightfold path, that is:  
Yo kho, āvuso, iminā ariyena aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena samannāgato— 
Someone who possesses this noble eightfold path  
Yo kho, āvuso, rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo— 
The ending of greed, hate, and delusion:  

sn45.41panāvuso āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

‘kimatthiyaṁ, āvuso, samaṇe gotame brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, evaṁ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ evaṁ byākareyyātha:   ‘Reverends, what’s the purpose of leading the spiritual life under the ascetic Gotama?’ You should answer them like this:  
‘rāgavirāgatthaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti.  
‘The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is the fading away of greed.’  
‘atthi panāvuso, maggo, atthi paṭipadā rāgavirāgāyā’ti, evaṁ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ evaṁ byākareyyātha:  
‘Is there a path and a practice for the fading away of greed?’ You should answer them like this:  
‘atthi kho, āvuso, maggo, atthi paṭipadā rāgavirāgāyā’ti.  
‘There is a path and a practice for the fading away of greed.’  

sn45.42-47āvuso7Pi En Ru dhamma

‘kimatthiyaṁ, āvuso, samaṇe gotame brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, evaṁ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ evaṁ byākareyyātha:   ‘Reverends, what’s the purpose of leading the spiritual life under the ascetic Gotama?’ You should answer them like this:  
‘saṁyojanappahānatthaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti …pe…  
‘The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is to give up the fetters.’ …  
‘anusayasamugghātanatthaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti …pe…  
‘… to uproot the underlying tendencies.’ …  
‘addhānapariññatthaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti …pe…  
‘… to completely understand the course of time.’ …  
‘āsavānaṁ khayatthaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti …pe…  
‘… to end the defilements.’ …  
‘vijjāvimuttiphalasacchikiriyatthaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti …pe…  
‘… to realize the fruit of knowledge and freedom.’ …  
‘ñāṇadassanatthaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti …pe….  
‘… for knowledge and vision.’ …” 

sn45.48panāvuso āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

‘kimatthiyaṁ, āvuso, samaṇe gotame brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, evaṁ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ evaṁ byākareyyātha:   ‘Reverends, what’s the purpose of leading the spiritual life under the ascetic Gotama?’ You should answer them like this:  
‘anupādāparinibbānatthaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti.  
‘The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is extinguishment by not grasping.’  
‘atthi panāvuso, maggo, atthi paṭipadā anupādāparinibbānāyā’ti, evaṁ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ evaṁ byākareyyātha:  
‘Is there a path and a practice for extinguishment by not grasping?’ You should answer them like this:  
‘atthi kho, āvuso, maggo, atthi paṭipadā anupādāparinibbānāyā’ti.  
‘There is a path and a practice for extinguishment by not grasping.’  

sn46.4āvuso10Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhavo”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Sattime, āvuso, bojjhaṅgā.  
“There are these seven awakening factors.  
ime kho, āvuso, satta bojjhaṅgā.  
These are the seven awakening factors.  
Imesaṁ khvāhaṁ, āvuso, sattannaṁ bojjhaṅgānaṁ yena yena bojjhaṅgena ākaṅkhāmi pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tena tena bojjhaṅgena pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharāmi;  
In the morning, I meditate on whichever of these seven awakening factors I want.  
Satisambojjhaṅgo iti ce me, āvuso, hoti, ‘appamāṇo’ti me hoti, ‘susamāraddho’ti me hoti, tiṭṭhantañca naṁ ‘tiṭṭhatī’ti pajānāmi.  
If it’s the awakening factor of mindfulness, I know that it’s limitless and that it’s properly implemented. While it remains I understand that it remains.  
upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo iti ce me, āvuso, hoti, ‘appamāṇo’ti me hoti, ‘susamāraddho’ti me hoti, tiṭṭhantañca naṁ ‘tiṭṭhatī’ti pajānāmi.  
If it’s the awakening factor of equanimity, I know that it’s limitless and that it’s properly implemented. While it remains I understand that it remains.  
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, rañño vā rājamahāmattassa vā nānārattānaṁ dussānaṁ dussakaraṇḍako pūro assa.  
Suppose that a ruler or their minister had a chest full of garments of different colors.  
Evameva khvāhaṁ, āvuso, imesaṁ sattannaṁ bojjhaṅgānaṁ yena yena bojjhaṅgena ākaṅkhāmi pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tena tena bojjhaṅgena pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharāmi;  
In the same way, in the morning,  
Satisambojjhaṅgo iti ce me, āvuso, hoti, ‘appamāṇo’ti me hoti, ‘susamāraddho’ti me hoti, tiṭṭhantañca naṁ ‘tiṭṭhatī’ti pajānāmi.  
If it’s the awakening factor of mindfulness, I know that it’s limitless and that it’s properly implemented. While it remains I understand that it remains.  
upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo iti ce me, āvuso, hoti, ‘appamāṇo’ti me hoti, ‘susamāraddho’ti me hoti, tiṭṭhantañca naṁ ‘tiṭṭhatī’ti pajānāmi.  
If it’s the awakening factor of equanimity, I know that it’s limitless and that it’s properly implemented. While it remains I understand that it remains.  

sn46.8āvuso5Pi En Ru dhamma

“Jāneyya nu kho, āvuso upavāna, bhikkhu ‘paccattaṁ yonisomanasikārā evaṁ susamāraddhā me satta bojjhaṅgā phāsuvihārāya saṁvattantī’”ti?   “Reverend Upavāna, can a mendicant know by investigating inside themselves that the seven awakening factors are well implemented so that they lead to living at ease?”  
“Jāneyya kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu ‘paccattaṁ yonisomanasikārā evaṁ susamāraddhā me satta bojjhaṅgā phāsuvihārāya saṁvattantī’”ti.  
“They can, Reverend Sāriputta.  
“Satisambojjhaṅgaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu ārabbhamāno pajānāti ‘cittañca me suvimuttaṁ, thinamiddhañca me susamūhataṁ, uddhaccakukkuccañca me suppaṭivinītaṁ, āraddhañca me vīriyaṁ, aṭṭhiṁ katvā manasi karomi, no ca līnan’ti …pe…  
As a mendicant rouses up the awakening factor of mindfulness, they understand: ‘My mind is well freed. I’ve eradicated dullness and drowsiness, and eliminated restlessness and remorse. My energy is roused up, and my mind is sharply focused, not sluggish.’ …  
upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṁ āvuso, bhikkhu ārabbhamāno pajānāti ‘cittañca me suvimuttaṁ, thinamiddhañca me susamūhataṁ, uddhaccakukkuccañca me suppaṭivinītaṁ, āraddhañca me vīriyaṁ, aṭṭhiṁ katvā manasi karomi, no ca līnan’”ti.  
As they rouse up the awakening factor of equanimity, they understand: ‘My mind is well freed. I’ve eradicated dullness and drowsiness, and eliminated restlessness and remorse. My energy is roused up, and my mind is sharply focused, not sluggish.’  
“Evaṁ kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu jāneyya ‘paccattaṁ yonisomanasikārā evaṁ susamāraddhā me satta bojjhaṅgā phāsuvihārāya saṁvattantī’”ti.  
That’s how a mendicant can know by investigating inside themselves that the seven awakening factors are well implemented so that they lead to living at ease.” 

sn46.52panāvuso āvuso9Pi En Ru dhamma

“Samaṇo, āvuso, gotamo sāvakānaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ deseti:   “Reverends, the ascetic Gotama teaches his disciples like this:  
Mayampi kho, āvuso, sāvakānaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ desema:  
We too teach our disciples:  
‘etha tumhe, āvuso, pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṁ bhāvethā’ti.  
‘Reverends, please give up the five hindrances—corruptions of the heart that weaken wisdom—and truly develop the seven awakening factors.’  
Idha no, āvuso, ko viseso, ko adhippayāso, kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ samaṇassa vā gotamassa amhākaṁ vā, yadidaṁ—dhammadesanāya vā dhammadesanaṁ, anusāsaniyā vā anusāsanin”ti?  
What, then, is the difference between the ascetic Gotama’s teaching and instruction and ours?”  
‘Samaṇo, āvuso, gotamo sāvakānaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ deseti “etha tumhe, bhikkhave, pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṁ bhāvethā”ti.  
 
Mayampi kho, āvuso, sāvakānaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ desema:  
 
“etha tumhe, āvuso, pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṁ bhāvethā”ti.  
 
Idha no, āvuso, ko viseso, ko adhippayāso, kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ samaṇassa vā gotamassa amhākaṁ vā, yadidaṁ—dhammadesanāya vā dhammadesanaṁ, anusāsaniyā vā anusāsanin’ti?  
 
‘atthi panāvuso, pariyāyo, yaṁ pariyāyaṁ āgamma pañca nīvaraṇā dasa honti, satta bojjhaṅgā catuddasā’ti.  
‘But reverends, is there a way in which the five hindrances become ten and the seven awakening factors become fourteen?’  

sn46.53panāvuso āvuso2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye līnaṁ cittaṁ hoti, katamesaṁ tasmiṁ samaye bojjhaṅgānaṁ akālo bhāvanāya, katamesaṁ tasmiṁ samaye bojjhaṅgānaṁ kālo bhāvanāya?   ‘Reverends, which awakening factors should not be developed when the mind is sluggish? And which awakening factors should be developed at that time?  
Yasmiṁ panāvuso, samaye uddhataṁ cittaṁ hoti, katamesaṁ tasmiṁ samaye bojjhaṅgānaṁ akālo bhāvanāya, katamesaṁ tasmiṁ samaye bojjhaṅgānaṁ kālo bhāvanāyā’ti?  
Which awakening factors should not be developed when the mind is restless? And which awakening factors should be developed at that time?’  

sn46.54panāvuso āvuso12Pi En Ru dhamma

“Samaṇo, āvuso, gotamo sāvakānaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ deseti:   “Reverends, the ascetic Gotama teaches his disciples like this:  
Mayampi kho, āvuso, sāvakānaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ desema:  
We too teach our disciples in just the same way.  
‘etha tumhe, āvuso, pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharatha …pe…  
 
Idha no, āvuso, ko viseso, ko adhippayāso, kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ samaṇassa vā gotamassa amhākaṁ vā, yadidaṁ—dhammadesanāya vā dhammadesanaṁ, anusāsaniyā vā anusāsanin”ti?  
What, then, is the difference between the ascetic Gotama’s teaching and instruction and ours?”  
‘Samaṇo, āvuso, gotamo sāvakānaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ deseti:  
 
Mayampi kho, āvuso, sāvakānaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ desema:  
 
‘etha tumhe, āvuso, pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharatha …pe…  
 
Idha no, āvuso, ko viseso, ko adhippayāso, kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ samaṇassa vā gotamassa amhākaṁ vā, yadidaṁ, dhammadesanāya vā dhammadesanaṁ, anusāsaniyā vā anusāsaninti?  
 
‘kathaṁ bhāvitā panāvuso, mettācetovimutti, kiṅgatikā hoti, kiṁparamā, kiṁphalā, kiṁpariyosānā?  
‘But reverends, how is the heart’s release by love developed? What is its destination, apex, fruit, and culmination?  
Kathaṁ bhāvitā panāvuso, karuṇācetovimutti, kiṅgatikā hoti, kiṁparamā, kiṁphalā, kiṁpariyosānā?  
How is the heart’s release by compassion developed? What is its destination, apex, fruit, and end?  
Kathaṁ bhāvitā panāvuso, muditācetovimutti, kiṅgatikā hoti, kiṁparamā, kiṁphalā, kiṁpariyosānā?  
How is the heart’s release by rejoicing developed? What is its destination, apex, fruit, and end?  
Kathaṁ bhāvitā panāvuso, upekkhācetovimutti, kiṅgatikā hoti, kiṁparamā, kiṁphalā, kiṁpariyosānā’ti?  
How is the heart’s release by equanimity developed? What is its destination, apex, fruit, and end?’  

sn47.4āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

Etha tumhe, āvuso, kāye kāyānupassino viharatha ātāpino sampajānā ekodibhūtā vippasannacittā samāhitā ekaggacittā, kāyassa yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇāya;   Please, reverends, meditate observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, at one, with minds that are clear, immersed in samādhi, and unified, so as to truly know the body.  

sn47.13māvuso āvuso2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Atthi kho idaṁ, āvuso cunda, kathāpābhataṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.   “Reverend Cunda, we should see the Buddha about this matter.  
Āyāmāvuso cunda, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocessāmā”ti.  
Come, let’s go to the Buddha and inform him about this.”  

sn47.21evamāvuso’ti idhāvuso āvuso9Pi En Ru dhamma

“yānimāni, āvuso ānanda, kusalāni sīlāni vuttāni bhagavatā, imāni kusalāni sīlāni kimatthiyāni vuttāni bhagavatā”ti?   “Reverend Ānanda, the Buddha has spoken of skillful ethics. What’s their purpose?”  
“Sādhu sādhu, āvuso bhadda.  
“Good, good, Reverend Bhadda!  
Bhaddako kho te, āvuso bhadda, ummaṅgo, bhaddakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ, kalyāṇī paripucchā.  
Your approach and articulation are excellent, and it’s a good question.  
Evañhi tvaṁ, āvuso bhadda, pucchasi:  
For you asked:  
‘yānimāni, āvuso ānanda, kusalāni sīlāni vuttāni bhagavatā, imāni kusalāni sīlāni kimatthiyāni vuttāni bhagavatā’”ti?  
‘The Buddha has spoken of skillful ethics. What’s their purpose?’”  
“Evamāvuso”ti.  
“Yes, reverend.”  
“Yānimāni, āvuso bhadda, kusalāni sīlāni vuttāni bhagavatā, imāni kusalāni sīlāni yāvadeva catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvanāya vuttāni bhagavatā.  
“The Buddha has spoken of skillful ethics to the extent necessary for developing the four kinds of mindfulness meditation.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world.  
Yānimāni, āvuso bhadda, kusalāni sīlāni vuttāni bhagavatā, imāni kusalāni sīlāni yāvadeva imesaṁ catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvanāya vuttāni bhagavatā”ti.  
The Buddha has spoken of skillful ethics to the extent necessary for developing the four kinds of mindfulness meditation.” 

sn47.22evamāvuso’ti idhāvuso panāvuso āvuso13Pi En Ru dhamma

“ko nu kho, āvuso ānanda, hetu, ko paccayo yena tathāgate parinibbute saddhammo na ciraṭṭhitiko hoti?   “What is the cause, Reverend Ānanda, what is the reason why the true teaching does not last long after the final extinguishment of the Realized One?  
Ko panāvuso ānanda, hetu, ko paccayo yena tathāgate parinibbute saddhammo ciraṭṭhitiko hotī”ti?  
What is the cause, what is the reason why the true teaching does last long after the final extinguishment of the Realized One?”  
“Sādhu sādhu, āvuso bhadda.  
“Good, good, Reverend Bhadda!  
Bhaddako kho te, āvuso bhadda, ummaṅgo, bhaddakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ, kalyāṇī paripucchā.  
Your approach and articulation are excellent, and it’s a good question.  
Evañhi tvaṁ, āvuso bhadda, pucchasi:  
For you asked:  
‘ko nu kho, āvuso ānanda, hetu, ko paccayo yena tathāgate parinibbute saddhammo na ciraṭṭhitiko hoti?  
‘What is the cause, Reverend Ānanda, what is the reason why the true teaching does not last long after the final extinguishment of the Realized One?  
Ko panāvuso ānanda, hetu, ko paccayo yena tathāgate parinibbute saddhammo ciraṭṭhitiko hotī’”ti?  
What is the cause, what is the reason why the true teaching does last long after the final extinguishment of the Realized One?’”  
“Evamāvuso”ti.  
“Yes, reverend.”  
“Catunnaṁ kho, āvuso, satipaṭṭhānānaṁ abhāvitattā abahulīkatattā tathāgate parinibbute saddhammo na ciraṭṭhitiko hoti.  
“It’s because of not developing and cultivating the four kinds of mindfulness meditation that the true teaching doesn’t last long after the final extinguishment of the Realized One.  
Catunnañca kho, āvuso, satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā tathāgate parinibbute saddhammo ciraṭṭhitiko hoti.  
It’s because of developing and cultivating the four kinds of mindfulness meditation that the true teaching does last long after the final extinguishment of the Realized One.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world.  
Imesaṁ kho, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ abhāvitattā abahulīkatattā tathāgate parinibbute saddhammo na ciraṭṭhitiko hoti.  
It’s because of not developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation that the true teaching doesn’t last long after the final extinguishment of the Realized One.  
Imesañca kho, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā tathāgate parinibbute saddhammo ciraṭṭhitiko hotī”ti.  
It’s because of developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation that the true teaching does last long after the final extinguishment of the Realized One.” 

sn47.23evamāvuso’ti idhāvuso panāvuso āvuso13Pi En Ru dhamma

“ko nu kho, āvuso ānanda, hetu, ko paccayo yena saddhammaparihānaṁ hoti?   “What’s the cause, Reverend Ānanda, what’s the reason why the true teaching declines?  
Ko nu kho, āvuso ānanda, hetu, ko paccayo yena saddhammaaparihānaṁ hotī”ti?  
And what’s the cause, what’s the reason why the true teaching doesn’t decline?”  
“Sādhu sādhu, āvuso bhadda.  
“Good, good, Reverend Bhadda!  
Bhaddako kho te, āvuso bhadda, ummaṅgo, bhaddakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ, kalyāṇī paripucchā.  
Your approach and articulation are excellent, and it’s a good question.  
Evañhi tvaṁ, āvuso bhadda, pucchasi:  
For you asked:  
‘ko nu kho, āvuso ānanda, hetu, ko paccayo yena saddhammaparihānaṁ hoti?  
‘What’s the cause, what’s the reason why the true teaching declines?  
Ko panāvuso ānanda, hetu, ko paccayo yena saddhammaaparihānaṁ hotī’”ti?  
And what’s the cause, what’s the reason why the true teaching doesn’t decline?’”  
“Evamāvuso”ti.  
“Yes, reverend.”  
“Catunnaṁ kho, āvuso, satipaṭṭhānānaṁ abhāvitattā abahulīkatattā saddhammaparihānaṁ hoti.  
“It’s because of not developing and cultivating the four kinds of mindfulness meditation that the true teaching declines.  
Catunnañca kho, āvuso, satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā saddhammaaparihānaṁ hoti.  
It’s because of developing and cultivating the four kinds of mindfulness meditation that the true teaching doesn’t decline.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world.  
Imesaṁ kho, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ abhāvitattā abahulīkatattā saddhammaparihānaṁ hoti.  
It’s because of not developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation that the true teaching declines.  
Imesañca kho, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā saddhammaaparihānaṁ hotī”ti.  
And it’s because of developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation that the true teaching doesn’t decline.” 

sn47.26idhāvuso āvuso5Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘sekho, sekho’ti, āvuso anuruddha, vuccati.   “Reverend, they speak of this person called ‘a trainee’.  
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, sekho hotī”ti?  
How is a trainee defined?”  
“Catunnaṁ kho, āvuso, satipaṭṭhānānaṁ padesaṁ bhāvitattā sekho hoti.  
“Reverends, a trainee is someone who has partly developed the four kinds of mindfulness meditation.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world.  
Imesaṁ kho, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ padesaṁ bhāvitattā sekho hotī”ti.  
A trainee is someone who has partly developed the four kinds of mindfulness meditation.” 

sn47.27idhāvuso āvuso5Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘asekho, asekho’ti, āvuso anuruddha, vuccati.   “Reverend, they speak of this person called ‘an adept’.  
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, asekho hotī”ti?  
How is an adept defined?”  
“Catunnaṁ kho, āvuso, satipaṭṭhānānaṁ samattaṁ bhāvitattā asekho hoti.  
“Reverends, an adept is someone who has completely developed the four kinds of mindfulness meditation.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world.  
Imesaṁ kho, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ samattaṁ bhāvitattā asekho hotī”ti.  
An adept is someone who has completely developed the four kinds of mindfulness meditation.” 

sn47.28āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

“katamesaṁ, āvuso anuruddha, dhammānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā mahābhiññataṁ patto”ti?   “Reverend Anuruddha, what things have you developed and cultivated to attain great direct knowledge?”  
katamesaṁ, āvuso anuruddha → āyasmā anuruddho (bj, sya-all) 
“Catunnaṁ, āvuso, satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā mahābhiññataṁ patto.  
“Reverend, I attained great direct knowledge by developing and cultivating the four kinds of mindfulness meditation.  
Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, kāye kāyānupassī viharāmi ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  
It’s when I meditate observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world.  
Imesaṁ khvāhaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā mahābhiññataṁ patto.  
I attained great direct knowledge by developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation.  
Imesañca panāhaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā sahassaṁ lokaṁ abhijānāmī”ti.  
And it’s because of developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation that I directly know the entire galaxy.” 

sn52.1idhāvuso āvuso3Pi En Ru dhamma

“kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso anuruddha, bhikkhuno cattāro satipaṭṭhānā āraddhā hontī”ti?   “Reverend Anuruddha, how do you define the undertaking of the four kinds of mindfulness meditation by a mendicant?”  
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu ajjhattaṁ kāye samudayadhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattaṁ kāye vayadhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattaṁ kāye samudayavayadhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.  
“Reverend, it’s when a mendicant meditates observing the body internally as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to originate and vanish—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world.  
Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cattāro satipaṭṭhānā āraddhā hontī”ti.  
That’s how to define the undertaking of the four kinds of mindfulness meditation by a mendicant.” 

sn52.2idhāvuso āvuso3Pi En Ru dhamma

“kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso anuruddha, bhikkhuno cattāro satipaṭṭhānā āraddhā hontī”ti?   “Reverend Anuruddha, how do you define the undertaking of the four kinds of mindfulness meditation by a mendicant?”  
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu ajjhattaṁ kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.  
“Reverend, it’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body internally—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world.  
Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cattāro satipaṭṭhānā āraddhā hontī”ti.  
That’s how to define the undertaking of the four kinds of mindfulness meditation by a mendicant.” 

sn52.3āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Catunnaṁ khvāhaṁ, āvuso, satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā mahābhiññataṁ patto.   “Reverends, I attained great direct knowledge by developing and cultivating the four kinds of mindfulness meditation.  
Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, kāye kāyānupassī viharāmi ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  
I meditate observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world.  
imesaṁ khvāhaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā mahābhiññataṁ patto.  
I attained great direct knowledge by developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation.  
Imesañca panāhaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā hīnaṁ dhammaṁ hīnato abbhaññāsiṁ, majjhimaṁ dhammaṁ majjhimato abbhaññāsiṁ, paṇītaṁ dhammaṁ paṇītato abbhaññāsin”ti.  
And it was by developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation that I directly knew the lower realm as lower, the middle realm as middle, and the higher realm as higher.” 

sn52.4idhāvuso sekhenāvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“sekhenāvuso anuruddha, bhikkhunā katame dhammā upasampajja vihātabbā”ti?   “Reverend Anuruddha, what things should a trainee mendicant enter and remain in?”  
“Sekhenāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā cattāro satipaṭṭhānā upasampajja vihātabbā.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, a trainee mendicant should enter and remain in the four kinds of mindfulness meditation.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world.  
sekhenāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā upasampajja vihātabbā”ti.  
A trainee mendicant should enter and remain in these four kinds of mindfulness meditation.” 

sn52.5asekhenāvuso idhāvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“asekhenāvuso anuruddha, bhikkhunā katame dhammā upasampajja vihātabbā”ti?   “Reverend Anuruddha, what things should a mendicant who is an adept enter and remain in?”  
“Asekhenāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā cattāro satipaṭṭhānā upasampajja vihātabbā.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, a mendicant who is an adept should enter and remain in the four kinds of mindfulness meditation.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world.  
asekhenāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā upasampajja vihātabbā”ti.  
A mendicant who is an adept should enter and remain in these four kinds of mindfulness meditation.” 

sn52.6āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Catunnaṁ khvāhaṁ, āvuso, satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā mahābhiññataṁ patto.   “Reverend, I attained great direct knowledge by developing and cultivating the four kinds of mindfulness meditation.  
Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, kāye kāyānupassī viharāmi ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  
I meditate observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world.  
imesaṁ khvāhaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā mahābhiññataṁ patto.  
I attained great direct knowledge by developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation.  
Imesañca panāhaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā sahassaṁ lokaṁ abhijānāmī”ti.  
And it’s because of developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation that I directly know the entire galaxy.” 

sn52.7idhāvuso āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“āvuso bhikkhavo”ti.   “Reverends, mendicants!”  
“Cattārome, āvuso, satipaṭṭhānā bhāvitā bahulīkatā taṇhākkhayāya saṁvattanti.  
“Reverends, when these four kinds of mindfulness meditation are developed and cultivated they lead to the ending of craving.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati …pe…  
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body …  
ime kho, āvuso, cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvitā bahulīkatā taṇhākkhayāya saṁvattantī”ti.  
When these four kinds of mindfulness meditation are developed and cultivated they lead to the ending of craving.” 

sn52.8athāvuso cāvuso idhāvuso āvuso āvuso”10Pi En Ru dhamma

“seyyathāpi, āvuso, gaṅgā nadī pācīnaninnā pācīnapoṇā pācīnapabbhārā.   “Reverends, suppose that, although the Ganges river slants, slopes, and inclines to the east,  
Taṁ kiṁ maññathāvuso, api nu so mahājanakāyo gaṅgānadiṁ pacchāninnaṁ kareyya pacchāpoṇaṁ pacchāpabbhāran”ti?  
What do you think, reverends? Would they succeed?”  
“No hetaṁ, āvuso”.  
“No, reverend.  
“Gaṅgā, āvuso, nadī pācīnaninnā pācīnapoṇā pācīnapabbhārā.  
The Ganges river slants, slopes, and inclines to the east.  
“Evameva kho, āvuso, bhikkhuṁ cattāro satipaṭṭhāne bhāventaṁ cattāro satipaṭṭhāne bahulīkarontaṁ rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā bhogehi abhihaṭṭhuṁ pavāreyyuṁ:  
“In the same way, while a mendicant develops and cultivates the four kinds of mindfulness meditation, if rulers or their ministers, friends or colleagues, relatives or family should invite them to accept wealth, saying:  
So vata, āvuso, bhikkhu cattāro satipaṭṭhāne bhāvento cattāro satipaṭṭhāne bahulīkaronto sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissatīti—netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.  
It’s quite impossible for a mendicant who is developing and cultivating the four kinds of mindfulness meditation to resign the training and return to a lesser life.  
Yañhi taṁ, āvuso, cittaṁ dīgharattaṁ vivekaninnaṁ vivekapoṇaṁ vivekapabbhāraṁ taṁ vata hīnāyāvattissatīti—netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.  
Because for a long time that mendicant’s mind has slanted, sloped, and inclined to seclusion. So it’s impossible for them to return to a lesser life.  
Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu cattāro satipaṭṭhāne bhāveti, cattāro satipaṭṭhāne bahulīkarotīti?  
And how does a mendicant develop the four kinds of mindfulness meditation?  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati …pe…  
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body …  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu cattāro satipaṭṭhāne bhāveti, cattāro satipaṭṭhāne bahulīkarotī”ti.  
That’s how a mendicant develops and cultivates the four kinds of mindfulness meditation.” 

sn52.9āvuso7Pi En Ru dhamma

“Vippasannāni kho te, āvuso anuruddha, indriyāni, parisuddho mukhavaṇṇo pariyodāto.   “Reverend Anuruddha, your faculties are so very clear, and your complexion is pure and bright.  
“Catūsu khvāhaṁ, āvuso, satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacitto etarahi bahulaṁ viharāmi.  
“These days, reverend, I usually meditate with my mind firmly established in the four kinds of mindfulness meditation.  
Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, kāye kāyānupassī viharāmi ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  
I meditate observing an aspect of the body …  
imesu khvāhaṁ, āvuso, catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacitto etarahi bahulaṁ viharāmi.  
These days I usually meditate with my mind firmly established in these four kinds of mindfulness meditation.  
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, so imesu catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacitto bahulaṁ viharatī”ti.  
A mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—usually meditates with their mind firmly established in these four kinds of mindfulness meditation.”  
“Lābhā vata no, āvuso, suladdhaṁ vata no, āvuso.  
“We’re so fortunate, reverend, so very fortunate,  

sn52.10āvuso3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Catūsu kho me, āvuso, satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittassa viharato uppannā sārīrikā dukkhā vedanā cittaṁ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti.   “Reverends, I meditate with my mind firmly established in the four kinds of mindfulness meditation so that physical pain doesn’t occupy my mind.  
Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, kāye kāyānupassī viharāmi …pe…  
I meditate observing an aspect of the body …  
imesu kho me, āvuso, catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittassa viharato uppannā sārīrikā dukkhā vedanā cittaṁ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhantī”ti.  
I meditate with my mind firmly established in these four kinds of mindfulness meditation so that physical pain doesn’t occupy my mind.”  

sn52.11āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Catunnaṁ khvāhaṁ, āvuso, satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā mahābhiññataṁ patto.   “Reverends, I attained great direct knowledge by developing and cultivating the four kinds of mindfulness meditation.  
Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, kāye kāyānupassī viharāmi …pe…  
I meditate observing an aspect of the body …  
imesaṁ khvāhaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā mahābhiññataṁ patto.  
I attained great direct knowledge by developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation.  
Imesañca panāhaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā kappasahassaṁ anussarāmī”ti.  
And it’s because of developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation that I recollect a thousand eons.” 

sn52.12āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Imesañca panāhaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhomi—ekopi hutvā bahudhā homi …pe… yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattemī”ti.   “… And it’s because of developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation that I wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying myself and becoming one again … controlling the body as far as the Brahmā realm.” 

sn52.13āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Imesañca panāhaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya ubho sadde suṇāmi dibbe ca mānuse ca ye dūre santike cā”ti.   “… And it’s because of developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation that, with clairaudience that is purified and superhuman, I hear both kinds of sounds, human and divine, whether near or far.” 

sn52.14āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Imesañca panāhaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā parasattānaṁ parapuggalānaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi—  “… And it’s because of developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation that I understand the minds of other beings and individuals, having comprehended them with my mind.  

sn52.15āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Imesañca panāhaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā ṭhānañca ṭhānato aṭṭhānañca aṭṭhānato yathābhūtaṁ pajānāmī”ti.   “… And it’s because of developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation that I truly understand the possible as possible and the impossible as impossible.” 

sn52.16āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Imesañca panāhaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā atītānāgatapaccuppannānaṁ kammasamādānānaṁ ṭhānaso hetuso vipākaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāmī”ti.   “… And it’s because of developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation that I truly understand the result of deeds undertaken in the past, future, and present in terms of grounds and causes.” 

sn52.17āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Imesañca panāhaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā sabbatthagāminippaṭipadaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāmī”ti.   “… And it’s because of developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation that I truly understand where all paths of practice lead.” 

sn52.18āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Imesañca panāhaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā anekadhātunānādhātulokaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāmī”ti.   “… And it’s because of developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation that I truly understand the world with its many and diverse elements.” 

sn52.19āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Imesañca panāhaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā sattānaṁ nānādhimuttikataṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāmī”ti.   “… And it’s because of developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation that I truly understand the diverse convictions of sentient beings.” 

sn52.20āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Imesañca panāhaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā parasattānaṁ parapuggalānaṁ indriyaparopariyattaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāmī”ti.   “… And it’s because of developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation that I truly understand the faculties of other sentient beings and other individuals after comprehending them with my mind.” 

sn52.21āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Imesañca panāhaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā jhānavimokkhasamādhisamāpattīnaṁ saṅkilesaṁ vodānaṁ vuṭṭhānaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāmī”ti.   “… And it’s because of developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation that I truly understand corruption, cleansing, and emergence regarding the absorptions, liberations, immersions, and attainments.” 

sn52.22āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Imesañca panāhaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarāmi, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarāmī”ti.   “… And it’s because of developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation that I recollect my many kinds of past lives, with features and details.” 

sn52.23āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Imesañca panāhaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne upapajjamāne …pe… iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena yathākammūpage satte pajānāmī”ti.   “… And it’s because of developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation that, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, I understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.” 

sn52.24āvuso1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Imesañca panāhaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmī”ti.   “… And it’s because of developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation that I realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And I live having realized it with my own insight due to the ending of defilements.”  

sn54.11katamenāvuso āvuso2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘katamenāvuso, vihārena samaṇo gotamo vassāvāsaṁ bahulaṁ vihāsī’ti, evaṁ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ evaṁ byākareyyātha:   ‘Reverends, what was the ascetic Gotama’s usual meditation during the rainy season residence?’ You should answer them like this.  
‘ānāpānassatisamādhinā kho, āvuso, bhagavā vassāvāsaṁ bahulaṁ vihāsī’ti.  
‘Reverends, the ascetic Gotama’s usual meditation during the rainy season residence was immersion due to mindfulness of breathing.’  

sn54.12katamenāvuso āvuso14Pi En Ru dhamma

“Na kho, āvuso mahānāma, sveva sekho vihāro, so tathāgatavihāro.   “Reverend Mahānāma, the meditation of a trainee and a realized one are not the same;  
Añño kho, āvuso mahānāma, sekho vihāro, añño tathāgatavihāro.  
they are different.  
Ye te, āvuso mahānāma, bhikkhū sekhā appattamānasā anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ patthayamānā viharanti, te pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya viharanti.  
Those mendicants who are trainees haven’t achieved their heart’s desire, but live aspiring for the supreme sanctuary from the yoke. They meditate after giving up the five hindrances.  
Yepi te, āvuso mahānāma, bhikkhū sekhā appattamānasā anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ patthayamānā viharanti, te ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya viharanti.  
Those who are trainee mendicants … meditate after giving up the five hindrances.  
Ye ca kho te, āvuso mahānāma, bhikkhū arahanto khīṇāsavā vusitavanto katakaraṇīyā ohitabhārā anuppattasadatthā parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojanā sammadaññāvimuttā, tesaṁ pañca nīvaraṇā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṁ anuppādadhammā.  
Those mendicants who are perfected—who have ended the defilements, completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and are rightly freed through enlightenment—for them, the five hindrances are cut off at the root, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future.  
Ye te, āvuso mahānāma, bhikkhū arahanto khīṇāsavā vusitavanto katakaraṇīyā ohitabhārā anuppattasadatthā parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojanā sammadaññāvimuttā, tesaṁ ime pañca nīvaraṇā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṁ anuppādadhammā.  
Those mendicants who are perfected—who have ended the defilements … for them, the five hindrances are cut off at the root … and unable to arise in the future.  
Tadamināpetaṁ, āvuso mahānāma, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā— 
And here’s another way to understand how  
Ekamidaṁ, āvuso mahānāma, samayaṁ bhagavā icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe.  
At one time the Buddha was staying in a forest near Icchānaṅgala.  
Tatra kho, āvuso mahānāma, bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:  
There he addressed the mendicants,  
‘Evaṁ, bhante’ti kho, āvuso mahānāma, te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā nāssudha koci bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamati, aññatra ekena piṇḍapātanīhārakena.  
‘Yes, sir,’ replied those mendicants. And no-one approached him, except for the one who brought the almsfood.  
Atha kho, āvuso, bhagavā tassa temāsassa accayena paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhikkhū āmantesi:  
Then after three months had passed, the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed the mendicants:  
“katamenāvuso, vihārena samaṇo gotamo vassāvāsaṁ bahulaṁ vihāsī”ti, evaṁ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ evaṁ byākareyyātha:  
“Reverends, what was the ascetic Gotama’s usual meditation during the rainy season residence?” You should answer them like this:  
“ānāpānassatisamādhinā kho, āvuso, bhagavā vassāvāsaṁ bahulaṁ vihāsī”’ti.  
“Reverends, the ascetic Gotama’s usual meditation during the rainy season residence was immersion due to mindfulness of breathing.”  
Iminā kho etaṁ, āvuso mahānāma, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ, yathā— 
This is another way to understand how  

sn55.4idhāvuso āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“katinaṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, dhammānaṁ samannāgamanahetu evamayaṁ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā”ti?   “Reverend, how many things do people have to possess in order for the Buddha to declare that they’re a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening?”  
“Catunnaṁ kho, āvuso, dhammānaṁ samannāgamanahetu evamayaṁ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā.  
“Reverend, people have to possess four things in order for the Buddha to declare that they’re a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening.  
Idhāvuso, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti— 
It’s when a noble disciple has experiential confidence in the Buddha …  
Imesaṁ kho, āvuso, catunnaṁ dhammānaṁ samannāgamanahetu evamayaṁ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā”ti.  
People have to possess these four things in order for the Buddha to declare that they’re a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening.” 

sn55.13āvuso11Pi En Ru dhamma

“katinaṁ kho, āvuso ānanda, dhammānaṁ pahānā, katinaṁ dhammānaṁ samannāgamanahetu, evamayaṁ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā”ti?   “Reverend, how many things do people have to give up and how many do they have to possess in order for the Buddha to declare that they’re a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening?”  
“Catunnaṁ kho, āvuso, dhammānaṁ pahānā, catunnaṁ dhammānaṁ samannāgamanahetu, evamayaṁ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇāti.  
“Reverend, people have to give up four things and possess four things in order for the Buddha to declare that they’re a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening.  
Yathārūpena kho, āvuso, buddhe appasādena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati tathārūpassa buddhe appasādo na hoti.  
They don’t have the distrust in the Buddha that causes an unlearned ordinary person to be reborn—when their body breaks up, after death—in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.  
Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato sutavā ariyasāvako kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati tathārūpassa buddhe aveccappasādo hoti— 
And they do have the experiential confidence in the Buddha that causes a learned noble disciple to be reborn—when their body breaks up, after death—in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, dhamme appasādena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati tathārūpassa dhamme appasādo na hoti.  
They don’t have the distrust in the teaching that causes an unlearned ordinary person to be reborn—when their body breaks up, after death—in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.  
Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato sutavā ariyasāvako kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati tathārūpassa dhamme aveccappasādo hoti— 
And they do have the experiential confidence in the teaching that causes a learned noble disciple to be reborn—when their body breaks up, after death—in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, saṅghe appasādena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati tathārūpassa saṅghe appasādo na hoti.  
They don’t have the distrust in the Saṅgha that causes an unlearned ordinary person to be reborn—when their body breaks up, after death—in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.  
Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato sutavā ariyasāvako kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati tathārūpassa saṅghe aveccappasādo hoti— 
And they do have the experiential confidence in the Saṅgha that causes a learned noble disciple to be reborn—when their body breaks up, after death—in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, dussīlyena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati tathārūpassa dussīlyaṁ na hoti.  
They don’t have the unethical conduct that causes an unlearned ordinary person to be reborn—when their body breaks up, after death—in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.  
Yathārūpehi ca kho, āvuso, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato sutavā ariyasāvako kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati tathārūpāni ariyakantāni sīlāni honti akhaṇḍāni …pe…  
And they do have the ethical conduct loved by the noble ones that causes a learned noble disciple to be reborn—when their body breaks up, after death—in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Imesaṁ kho, āvuso, catunnaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānā imesaṁ catunnaṁ dhammānaṁ samannāgamanahetu evamayaṁ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā”ti.  
People have to give up these four things and possess these four things in order for the Buddha to declare that they’re a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening.” 

sn55.18āvuso5Pi En Ru dhamma

“Sādhu kho, āvuso, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti—  “Reverends, it’s good to have experiential confidence in the Buddha. …  
Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Sādhu kho, āvuso, dhamme …pe…  
It’s good to have experiential confidence in the teaching. …  
sādhu kho, āvuso, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṁ hoti akhaṇḍehi …pe… samādhisaṁvattanikehi.  
and to have the ethical conduct that’s loved by the noble ones … leading to immersion.  
Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti.  
It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”  

sn55.19āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Sādhu kho, āvuso, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti—  “Reverends, it’s good to have experiential confidence in the Buddha. …  
Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā.  
It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, have been reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Sādhu kho, āvuso, dhamme …pe…  
It’s good to have experiential confidence in the teaching. …  
Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā”ti.  
It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, have been reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”  

sn55.20āvuso4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Sādhu kho, āvuso, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti—  “Reverends, it’s good to have experiential confidence in the Buddha. …  
Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evam’idhekacce sattā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā.  
It’s the reason why some sentient beings are stream-enterers, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening.  
Sādhu kho, āvuso, dhamme …pe…  
It’s good to have experiential confidence in the teaching. …  
Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evam’idhekacce sattā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā”ti.  
It’s the reason why some sentient beings are stream-enterers, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening.”  

sn55.52cāvuso āvuso6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Arogo cāvuso, bhagavā balavā cā”ti.   “He is, good sirs.”  
“Sāriputtamoggallānāpi kho, āvuso, arogā ceva balavanto cā”ti.  
“They are.”  
“Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho, āvuso, arogo ca balavā cā”ti.  
“It is.”  
“Sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
“Good sirs, I heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Aparampi kho me, āvuso, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
In addition, I heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Aparampi kho me, āvuso, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
In addition, I heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  

sn55.54āvuso5Pi En Ru dhamma

‘mānusakehi kho, āvuso, kāmehi dibbā kāmā abhikkantatarā ca paṇītatarā ca.   ‘Good sir, heavenly sensual pleasures are better than human sensual pleasures.  
‘cātumahārājikehi kho, āvuso, devehi tāvatiṁsā devā abhikkantatarā ca paṇītatarā ca.  
‘Good sir, the gods of the Thirty-Three are better than the gods of the Four Great Kings …  
‘tāvatiṁsehi kho, āvuso, devehi yāmā devā …pe…  
Good sir, the gods of Yama …  
paranimmitavasavattīhi kho, āvuso, devehi brahmaloko abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca.  
the Gods of the Brahmā realm are better than the Gods Who Control the Creations of Others.  
‘brahmalokopi kho, āvuso, anicco addhuvo sakkāyapariyāpanno.  
‘Good sir, the Brahmā realm is impermanent, not lasting, and included within substantial reality.  

sn56.30āvuso2Pi En Ru dhamma

“yo nu kho, āvuso, dukkhaṁ passati dukkhasamudayampi so passati, dukkhanirodhampi passati, dukkhanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadampi passatī”ti.   “Reverends, does someone who sees suffering also see the origin of suffering, the cessation of suffering, and the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering?”  
“sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
“Reverends, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha: